A Working Reference

Texas Business Law Glossary

A reference for attorneys, law students, and legal researchers working in Texas business and corporate law. Statutory citations to the Texas Business Organizations Code, Texas Government Code, and supporting case law, with current statutory amendments through 2026.

100
Entries
300+
Statutory Sections
60+
Cases Cited
May 2026
Last Revised
Methodology

Each entry begins with a definition in plain English, followed by primary statutory and case-law authority, the operative rules and exceptions, and where appropriate, practical context drawn from how Texas business lawyers work with the doctrine. Citations follow standard Texas legal citation format.

Entries marked 2025 reflect statutory or doctrinal changes from the 2024–2026 legislative cluster, including House Bill 19 creating the Texas Business Court (effective September 1, 2024), Senate Bill 29 codifying the business judgment rule (effective May 14, 2025), and House Bill 40 expanding Business Court jurisdiction (effective September 1, 2025).

The corpus is a working reference, not legal advice. It is maintained by Kraus Law and revised as Texas business law evolves.

A

Acceleration Clause

A provision in a promissory note, deed of trust, or credit agreement that allows the lender, upon the occurrence of a specified event of default, to declare the entire outstanding balance immediately due and payable. In Texas, acceleration of a real-property-secured loan generally requires both notice of intent to accelerate and notice of acceleration, and is subject to a four-year statute of limitations on subsequent enforcement.

An acceleration clause is a provision in a promissory note, deed of trust, or credit agreement that allows the lender, upon the occurrence of a specified event of default, to declare the entire outstanding loan balance immediately due and payable, bypassing the original installment schedule. Without an acceleration clause, a lender's only remedy for a missed installment would be to sue for that installment as it comes due, an inefficient mechanism that effectively forces the lender to wait through maturity. Acceleration is the gateway to most lender remedies, including foreclosure on collateral.

Two-step Texas notice rule

Texas common law has long required two separate notices to accelerate a debt secured by real property: (1) notice of intent to accelerate, informing the borrower that default exists and that acceleration will occur if the default is not cured by a specified date; and (2) notice of acceleration, declaring that acceleration has occurred and the entire balance is due. Holy Cross Church of God in Christ v. Wolf (Tex. 2001) confirmed that both notices are independently required absent express contractual waiver. Most modern deeds of trust include language addressing the two-step requirement either by waiver or by specification of the notice mechanism.

Statutory residential notice

For residential real property used as the borrower's principal residence, Section 51.002(d) of the Property Code adds a statutory 20-day cure period: the mortgage servicer must serve a notice of default with at least 20 days to cure before serving a notice of sale. The 20-day notice requirement is non-waivable for residential homestead foreclosures and operates in addition to the contractual notice-of-intent-to-accelerate requirement. Federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) regulations may add further pre-foreclosure obligations on residential mortgage servicers.

Statute of limitations interaction

Section 16.035 imposes a four-year statute of limitations on foreclosure of a real property lien. Where a loan has an acceleration clause, the limitations period generally begins running on the date of acceleration (rather than the original maturity date). This creates a practical trap: an acceleration triggered too early, before the lender is ready to enforce, can start the clock prematurely and result in a barred claim. Lenders typically include "rescission of acceleration" provisions in deeds of trust permitting the lender to abandon a prior acceleration, restarting the limitations clock.

Events triggering acceleration

Standard acceleration triggers include: (1) failure to pay principal or interest when due; (2) breach of any covenant after notice and cure period; (3) bankruptcy or insolvency of borrower or guarantor; (4) material misrepresentation in loan documents; (5) sale or transfer of collateral without consent ("due-on-sale" clauses); (6) cross-default on other indebtedness; (7) death or dissolution of guarantor; (8) material adverse change in financial condition. Each trigger should be carefully calibrated in the credit agreement, overly broad triggers create surprise defaults and litigation risk.

Rescission and reinstatement

An acceleration may be rescinded by mutual agreement of the parties or, in some cases, by unilateral lender action under specific contractual rescission rights. Many deeds of trust grant the borrower a right to reinstate after acceleration but before foreclosure sale by paying all delinquent amounts plus costs. Rescission and reinstatement both restore the loan to its pre-acceleration installment schedule and reset the limitations clock.

Practical context

For Texas lenders, acceleration is a powerful but procedurally exacting remedy. Best practice: (1) confirm contractual notice requirements and serve all required notices in proper form; (2) confirm any statutory notice requirements (residential 20-day notice); (3) document delivery of notices via certified mail with retained receipts; (4) calendar the 4-year limitations period from acceleration date; (5) consider rescission of acceleration if circumstances change before enforcement. For Texas borrowers facing acceleration, the most common defenses involve insufficient notice, improper notice content, or lender estoppel from prior conduct (accepting late payments without insisting on strict performance).

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Promissory Note· Deed of Trust· Default· Guaranty Agreement· Nonjudicial Foreclosure

Accredited Investor

An investor meeting specific SEC criteria permitting purchase of unregistered securities under Regulation D. Individuals qualify by (i) net worth >$1M (excluding primary residence), (ii) income >$200K (or $300K with spouse) for last two years with reasonable expectation to continue, or (iii) holding specified professional certifications (Series 7, 65, 82). Entities qualify if they meet specific asset, ownership, or status thresholds. Defined in 17 C.F.R. § 230.501(a).

An accredited investor is an investor meeting specific SEC criteria permitting purchase of unregistered securities under Regulation D. The accredited investor concept is foundational to U.S. private capital raising, most private offerings are limited to accredited investors to qualify for Regulation D exemptions from registration. Individuals qualify by income, net worth, or specified professional certifications; entities qualify by asset thresholds, ownership composition, or specific regulated-entity status.

Individual qualification, financial criteria

Individual investors qualify under Rule 501(a) by meeting any of: (1) net worth test, net worth (alone or with spouse) exceeds $1,000,000, excluding primary residence; (2) income test, individual income exceeds $200,000 in each of the two most recent years (or $300,000 joint with spouse), with reasonable expectation of reaching the same level in the current year. Net worth excludes primary residence value but includes all other assets minus liabilities; mortgage debt up to fair value of residence is excluded from liabilities.

Individual qualification, professional certification (2020 expansion)

The 2020 SEC expansion added accredited investor status for individuals holding specified professional certifications: (1) Series 7 (general securities representative); (2) Series 65 (uniform investment adviser); (3) Series 82 (private securities offerings representative). The certification must be in good standing. The expansion recognizes financial sophistication independent of net worth or income.

Entity qualification

Entities qualify under Rule 501(a) by meeting various criteria: (1) specific regulated entities, banks, insurance companies, broker-dealers, registered investment companies, BDCs, SBICs; (2) employee benefit plans with $5M+ assets; (3) charitable organizations, corporations, partnerships, LLCs with $5M+ total assets; (4) directors, executive officers, general partners of the issuer; (5) entities owned entirely by accredited investors; (6) family offices (with $5M+ AUM, certain governance), added 2020; (7) knowledgeable employees of private funds, added 2020; (8) investment advisers registered with SEC or state, added 2020.

Verification requirements

Reasonable steps to verify accredited investor status are required for Rule 506(c) offerings (general solicitation permitted). Standard verification methods: (1) income verification, reviewing IRS forms (W-2, 1099, K-1, 1040) for last two years; (2) net worth verification, recent third-party documentation of assets and liabilities; (3) third-party verification, written confirmation from registered broker-dealer, investment adviser, attorney, or CPA; (4) self-certification, sufficient for Rule 506(b) but not 506(c). Many issuers use third-party verification services.

Why accredited investor status matters

Accredited investor status enables: (1) Regulation D Rule 506 offerings, most common private placement framework; (2) fewer disclosure requirements in Rule 506(b) offerings; (3) access to private funds; (4) private startup investments; (5) secondary private market participation. Non-accredited investors face substantially more limited private-market access.

Practical context

For Texas issuers raising private capital, accredited investor status is the gating concept. Best practice: (1) for Rule 506(b), can include up to 35 non-accredited investors but disclosure burdens increase substantially, most issuers limit to accredited only; (2) for Rule 506(c) general solicitation, all purchasers must be verified accredited; (3) maintain documentation of verification; (4) coordinate with subscription agreement representations; (5) update verification at re-investment or new offering. For investors: (1) understand qualification criteria and documentation requirements; (2) recognize that self-certification alone does not satisfy 506(c); (3) for entity investors, evaluate qualification under entity-specific rules; (4) consider professional certification path for individuals with sophistication but below financial thresholds.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Regulation D· Private Placement Memorandum· Texas Securities Act· Form D· SAFE

Action by Written Consent

A procedure by which shareholders or directors take formal corporate action without holding a meeting, by signing a written consent that specifies the action taken. The consent has the same effect as a vote at a duly-called meeting.

Action by written consent is a procedure by which shareholders or directors take formal corporate action without holding a meeting, by signing a written consent that specifies the action taken. The consent has the same effect as a vote at a duly-called meeting.

Default rule for shareholders

Under § 6.202, an action that may be taken at a shareholder meeting may be taken without a meeting if a written consent signed by the holders of all shares entitled to vote on the action sets forth the action. The default is unanimous written consent.

Less-than-unanimous consent

Under § 21.456 and § 6.202(c), the certificate of formation may permit shareholder action by written consent of holders of the minimum number of shares that would be required to approve the action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote were present (typically a majority for ordinary matters, two-thirds for fundamental actions).

Director consent

Under § 21.416, the board of directors may take any action by unanimous written consent of all directors, unless the certificate or bylaws provide otherwise. The Texas default for directors is unanimous written consent, Texas does not allow "majority" written consents at the board level absent express authorization in the governing documents.

Practical context

Closely-held corporations routinely operate by written consent rather than formal meetings. The unanimous-consent default for shareholders is often modified by the certificate of formation to permit majority written consents, without that modification, a single dissenting shareholder can force any action to a formal meeting.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Annual Meeting· Special Meeting· Voting· Shareholder· Director

Additional Insured

A party, typically not the named insured, who is added to a liability insurance policy by endorsement and entitled to coverage for liability arising from the named insured's operations or specified activities. Common in construction, real estate, vendor-vendee, and landlord-tenant relationships. Standard ISO endorsements (CG 20 10, CG 20 26, CG 20 33, CG 20 37) define scope. Coverage typically extends only to liability "caused, in whole or in part, by" the named insured's acts or omissions, not the additional insured's independent negligence.

An additional insured is a party, typically not the named insured, who is added to a liability insurance policy by endorsement and entitled to coverage for liability arising from the named insured's operations or specified activities. Additional insured status is common in commercial relationships where one party (the contractor, vendor, tenant, etc.) carries primary insurance and the other party (the owner, customer, landlord) wants protection for liability arising from the first party's operations. Standard ISO endorsement forms define the scope and limits of additional insured coverage.

Why parties want additional insured status

The principal reasons a party seeks additional insured status under another's policy: (1) direct insurance protection, separate from contractual indemnification, the additional insured can claim coverage directly under the policy if sued; (2) access to defense costs, the policy typically funds defense without requiring proof of the named insured's liability; (3) independent right against insurer, additional insured status creates rights independent of the named insured, so disputes between insured and insurer don't necessarily defeat coverage; (4) protection against indemnitor insolvency, if the indemnifying party (named insured) becomes insolvent, the insurance is still available; (5) Anti-Indemnity Act workaround, in construction, additional insured arrangements survive certain TCAIA limits that void direct indemnification.

Scope under modern endorsements, the "caused by" limitation

The 2004 and later ISO endorsements significantly narrowed additional insured coverage. Modern forms (CG 20 10 (04 13), CG 20 26 (04 13)) typically extend coverage only to liability "caused, in whole or in part, by" the acts or omissions of the named insured or those acting on its behalf. This phrasing limits coverage to liability arising from the named insured's conduct, not the additional insured's independent negligence. Older endorsements (CG 20 10 (10 93)) used broader "arising out of" language extending to liability merely connected with the named insured's operations regardless of fault. Practitioners should identify the specific endorsement edition; older endorsements provide substantially broader coverage.

Texas Supreme Court guidance

Evanston Insurance Co. v. ATOFINA Petrochemicals (Tex. 2008) addressed scope of "arising out of" coverage under older ISO endorsement forms, coverage extends to liability with even an attenuated causal connection to the named insured's operations. In re Deepwater Horizon (Tex. 2015) addressed additional insured rights in the context of complex indemnification structures, holding that contract terms can limit insurance coverage where the underlying contract specifies the scope of indemnity. ExxonMobil v. ERCOT (Tex. 2021) clarified the relationship between additional insured endorsements and underlying contractual indemnification, extrinsic-evidence limits and the four-corners rule for coverage analysis.

Construction industry, TCAIA interaction

The Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act (Chapter 151 of the Insurance Code) generally voids construction contract provisions requiring indemnification of an indemnitee for the indemnitee's own negligence. However, the TCAIA contains a narrow exception preserving additional insured coverage in OCIPs (owner-controlled insurance programs) and certain wrap-up insurance arrangements. The interaction is technical: contractual indemnification may be voided while parallel additional insured coverage survives. See Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act.

Common structural arrangements

Typical additional insured contexts: (1) construction contracts, owner is added insured on contractor's CGL; subcontractors add general contractor; (2) commercial leases, landlord is added insured on tenant's CGL covering tenant's operations; (3) vendor agreements, manufacturer adds distributor; product seller adds product manufacturer; (4) professional service contracts, client adds consultant on consultant's E&O policy; (5) event and venue contracts, venue is added insured on event organizer's policy; (6) licensing arrangements, licensor is added insured on licensee's policy.

Insurance certificates vs. endorsements

A certificate of insurance is informational only, it does not create coverage. Additional insured status is created by an actual endorsement to the policy, not by the certificate. Common contract drafting practice requires both: (1) the underlying policy must contain the additional insured endorsement; (2) the certificate must evidence that endorsement. Failure to obtain the endorsement (despite a certificate showing additional insured status) leaves the purported additional insured without coverage. Best practice: request copies of the actual endorsement, not just the certificate, for material contracts.

Primary vs. excess

Additional insured coverage is typically negotiated as either primary (responding before the additional insured's own insurance) or excess (responding only after the additional insured's own insurance is exhausted). Standard endorsements default to "other insurance" provisions that may make the additional insured's coverage primary or excess depending on the relationship. Sophisticated contracts specify primary status with a "primary and noncontributory" endorsement (e.g., CG 20 01) ensuring the named insured's policy responds first without contribution from the additional insured's own coverage.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, additional insured status is often more valuable than contractual indemnification, particularly when the indemnitor is a small contractor or vendor who could be insolvent. Best practice: (1) require additional insured status, primary and noncontributory, with waiver of subrogation, in all material commercial contracts; (2) require the actual endorsement (not just certificate) before contract execution; (3) specify the endorsement form number when possible (older "arising out of" forms provide broader coverage); (4) for construction, layer additional insured with TCAIA-compliant indemnification; (5) require ongoing-operations AND completed-operations endorsements for construction (CG 20 10 + CG 20 37); (6) renew endorsement requirements annually with each policy renewal. Common drafting failure: requiring "additional insured" without specifying the form, scope, primary status, or waiver of subrogation, leaving meaningful ambiguity about what the insurance provides.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Commercial General Liability Insurance· Subrogation· Indemnification (Contractual)· Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act· Hold-Harmless Clause

Affidavit of Completion

2022

A sworn instrument recorded by the owner of a Texas construction project stating the date the original contractor completed the work. Historically used to shorten the lien-filing window, the affidavit's power to truncate lien deadlines was eliminated by HB 2237 (effective January 1, 2022) for prime contracts entered after that date.

An affidavit of completion is a sworn instrument recorded by the owner of a Texas construction project, stating the date on which the original contractor completed the work. Under prior versions of Chapter 53 of the Property Code, the recording of a timely affidavit of completion (with required notice to the original contractor and subcontractors) could shorten the lien-affidavit deadline to 40 days after the recorded completion date. House Bill 2237 (effective January 1, 2022) eliminated that truncation effect for original contracts entered into on or after that date.

Pre-2022 mechanics

Before January 1, 2022, an owner who recorded an affidavit of completion under § 53.106, meeting all statutory content and service requirements, including delivery to all subcontractors with timely notice claims, could limit the period during which lien claimants could file lien affidavits to 40 days after the date of completion stated in the affidavit. The truncation was an important risk-shifting tool for owners and lenders preparing to release retainage and close out a project.

Current (post-HB 2237) mechanics

For original contracts entered on or after January 1, 2022, the affidavit of completion no longer shortens the lien-filing deadline. The deadlines under § 53.052 control regardless of any owner-recorded completion affidavit. The owner may still record an affidavit to evidence the date of completion for other purposes (commencement of statute-of-repose periods, retainage release timing under § 53.101, foreclosure-suit limitations under § 53.158), but the 40-day acceleration mechanism is gone.

Statutory content requirements

Under § 53.106, the affidavit must (1) be signed by the owner; (2) identify the property by legal description; (3) identify the original contractor; (4) state the date of completion; and (5) be filed with the county clerk in the county where the property is located. Notice requirements differ for residential and non-residential projects. Defective affidavits, incomplete service, deficient content, untimely recording, are routinely challenged in litigation.

Practical consequences

The HB 2237 amendments removed an important close-out planning tool. Owners and lenders on contracts post-dating January 1, 2022 must now wait through the full statutory deadline window (15th day of the 4th month after completion for non-residential original contractors; 15th of the 3rd month for residential) before they can be certain that lien rights have expired. Title insurance, retainage release, and final pay-application timing have all shifted to accommodate the longer waiting period.

Practical context

The affidavit of completion is an example of a Texas statutory tool whose practical utility has shifted dramatically, and not all transaction parties have adjusted their playbooks. Texas attorneys advising owners, contractors, lenders, or title insurers on construction matters should confirm the prime-contract execution date before assuming pre-2022 or post-2022 rules apply. Deals straddle both regimes and will continue to do so for several years given multi-year construction timelines.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Mechanic's and Materialman's Lien· Retainage· Construction Contract· Texas Prompt Payment Act

Age Discrimination in Employment Act (ADEA)

Federal statute (29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634) prohibiting employment discrimination against individuals 40 and older. Applies to employers with 20+ employees. Covers hiring, firing, promotions, layoffs, compensation, benefits. Damages: back pay, front pay, reinstatement, liquidated (double) damages for willful violations, attorney's fees, but no compensatory or punitive damages. The Older Workers Benefit Protection Act (OWBPA) imposes specific waiver requirements for severance agreements covering ADEA claims.

The Age Discrimination in Employment Act (ADEA) is a federal statute prohibiting employment discrimination against individuals 40 years of age and older. Enacted in 1967, the ADEA addresses age-based discrimination in hiring, termination, promotions, layoffs, compensation, and benefits. The statute applies to employers with 20 or more employees, narrower than Title VII's 15-employee threshold. The ADEA is one of the principal federal employment discrimination statutes alongside Title VII and the ADA, with distinctive damages structure (no compensatory or punitive; liquidated damages for willful violations) and the OWBPA waiver framework for severance agreements.

Coverage and protected class

The ADEA protects individuals 40 and older from age-based employment discrimination. Coverage extends to: (1) private employers with 20+ employees; (2) federal, state, and local government employers (with limitations); (3) employment agencies; (4) labor organizations. Reverse age discrimination, discrimination against younger workers in favor of older workers, is generally not actionable (General Dynamics v. Cline). Texas's TCHRA provides parallel coverage at the lower 15-employee threshold, extending state-law protection to mid-market Texas employers not covered by ADEA.

But-for causation, Gross v. FBL

Gross v. FBL Financial Services (2009) held that ADEA disparate-treatment claims require the plaintiff to prove age was the "but-for" cause of the adverse employment action. This is a higher standard than Title VII's "motivating factor" framework, meaning ADEA plaintiffs face a more demanding causation requirement. The decision was controversial and prompted Congressional proposals to amend the statute, but the but-for standard remains controlling. Practical implication: mixed-motive cases that would survive under Title VII may fail under ADEA, where the plaintiff must show age was the determinative reason rather than just one motivating factor.

OWBPA waiver requirements

The Older Workers Benefit Protection Act imposes specific requirements for valid waivers of ADEA claims, typically in severance agreements and reductions in force. To validly waive ADEA claims, the waiver must: (1) be in writing and understandable; (2) specifically refer to ADEA claims; (3) not waive future claims; (4) provide consideration beyond what employee is already entitled to receive; (5) advise employee in writing to consult attorney; (6) give employee at least 21 days to consider (45 days for group programs); (7) provide 7-day revocation period after signing. In group reductions, employer must provide specific information about the program (job titles and ages of selected and not-selected employees in the decisional unit). Failure to satisfy OWBPA voids the waiver as to ADEA claims, even if the broader release is otherwise valid.

Damages and remedies

ADEA damages are distinctive: (1) back pay, lost wages from termination through judgment; (2) front pay, anticipated future lost wages where reinstatement is impractical; (3) reinstatement; (4) liquidated damages equal to back pay for willful violations (effectively doubling back pay); (5) attorney's fees and costs. ADEA does not provide compensatory damages for emotional distress or punitive damages, distinguishing it from Title VII (which provides both subject to caps). The damages structure makes economic damages (back pay, front pay, liquidated) the principal recovery. The unlimited liquidated damages can produce substantial awards in willful-violation cases.

Common factual patterns

Recurring ADEA scenarios: (1) reductions in force, selecting older workers disproportionately; (2) replacement with younger workers, terminating older workers and hiring younger replacements; (3) promotion denials, passing over older workers; (4) age-based comments, "old guard," "fresh blood," "energy" comments creating evidence of intent; (5) compulsory retirement, generally prohibited except for specific BFOQs and certain executive positions; (6) "overqualified" framing of older candidates; (7) benefits cuts targeting older workers' benefits.

Practical context

For Texas employers, ADEA exposure is substantial, particularly in reductions in force, which routinely generate ADEA claims. Best practice: (1) document business reasons for adverse employment actions independent of age; (2) for RIFs, conduct adverse-impact analysis on age before final selections; (3) for severance agreements with employees 40+, comply rigorously with OWBPA (specific language, 21/45-day consideration, 7-day revocation, decisional unit information); (4) train managers on age-related comments, "stuck in their ways," "energy needs," "old school" all create evidence of intent; (5) maintain neutral retirement and benefit structures; (6) coordinate ADEA with TCHRA (Texas state-law parallel). For employees: (1) recognize that severance with OWBPA-deficient waiver does not bar ADEA claims; (2) preserve evidence of age-related comments and patterns; (3) calendar 300-day EEOC charge deadline. Common pitfall: employers using template severance agreements that satisfy general waiver requirements but fail OWBPA, leaving ADEA claims preserved despite signed releases.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
Title VII· Texas Commission on Human Rights Act· EEOC Charge· Severance Agreement· Wrongful Termination

Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)

Federal statute (42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.) prohibiting discrimination against qualified individuals with disabilities. Title I covers employment, applies to employers with 15+ employees. Requires reasonable accommodation of qualified individuals' disabilities unless undue hardship. The ADA Amendments Act of 2008 substantially broadened the disability definition. Interactive-process requirement is central, failure to engage in good-faith dialogue independently supports liability.

The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is a comprehensive federal civil rights statute prohibiting discrimination against qualified individuals with disabilities. The ADA covers employment (Title I), state and local government (Title II), public accommodations (Title III), telecommunications (Title IV), and miscellaneous provisions (Title V). For commercial employers, Title I, employment, is the principal concern. The ADA Amendments Act of 2008 (ADAAA) substantially broadened the definition of disability, reversing earlier Supreme Court decisions that had narrowed coverage.

"Disability" under the ADAAA

The ADA defines disability as: (1) a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities; (2) a record of such impairment; (3) being regarded as having such impairment. The ADAAA (2008) substantially broadened "disability" by: (1) requiring courts to construe "disability" broadly in favor of coverage; (2) overruling cases that excluded conditions controllable by mitigating measures (medication, prosthetics); (3) clarifying that "regarded as" claims do not require limitation of major life activity; (4) listing major life activities expansively (caring for self, walking, hearing, seeing, learning, concentrating, working, etc.). Post-ADAAA, the threshold disability question is rarely the principal issue; the focus has shifted to reasonable accommodation and qualified-individual analysis.

Qualified individual

ADA protection requires the individual to be "qualified", meaning the individual: (1) satisfies the requisite skill, experience, education, and other job-related requirements; (2) can perform the essential functions of the position with or without reasonable accommodation. "Essential functions", those fundamental to the position, not merely marginal, are determined by employer's judgment, written job description, time spent on functions, consequences of not requiring performance, work experience of past incumbents. Distinguishing essential from marginal functions is critical to ADA analysis; reasonable accommodations need only enable performance of essential functions.

Reasonable accommodation

The ADA requires employers to make "reasonable accommodation" of qualified individuals' disabilities unless doing so would impose "undue hardship." Common accommodations: (1) job restructuring, modifying non-essential duties; (2) modified work schedules, flexible hours, part-time, telework; (3) physical modifications, accessible workspace, assistive equipment; (4) reassignment to vacant position; (5) leave for medical treatment or recovery; (6) auxiliary aids and services, interpreters, readers, assistive technology. The accommodation must be "reasonable" but not necessarily the employee's first choice or most preferred option. Telework as accommodation has expanded substantially post-COVID.

The interactive process

The ADA requires an "interactive process", an informal, individualized dialogue between employer and employee to identify accommodation needs and options. The process typically: (1) employee notice, employee notifies employer of need (medical certification often required); (2) information exchange, employer obtains needed medical information about limitations and accommodation needs; (3) accommodation identification, discussion of possible accommodations; (4) implementation; (5) monitoring and adjustment. Failure to engage in good-faith interactive process can independently support liability, even where no specific accommodation is denied. The process is collaborative, failures in process create liability independent of accommodation outcomes.

Undue hardship

Employers can refuse otherwise reasonable accommodations that would impose "undue hardship", significant difficulty or expense considering: (1) cost of accommodation; (2) overall financial resources of employer; (3) size of facility/employer; (4) type of operations; (5) impact on operations. Undue hardship is a high bar; cost alone rarely justifies denial for large employers. Documentation of the cost-benefit analysis is critical for asserted undue-hardship defenses. Direct threat to safety can also justify denial of accommodation, but requires individualized assessment, not stereotypes about disability.

Pre-employment medical inquiries

The ADA imposes specific limitations on medical inquiries: (1) pre-offer, no medical inquiries permitted; only inquiries about ability to perform job functions; (2) post-offer/pre-employment, comprehensive medical inquiries permitted if required of all entering employees in the same job category; offer can be conditioned on medical exam; (3) post-employment, medical inquiries only when "job-related and consistent with business necessity." Improper pre-employment medical inquiries are common ADA violations.

Damages and remedies

ADA Title I damages parallel Title VII: (1) back pay and front pay; (2) compensatory damages for emotional distress; (3) punitive damages for malicious or reckless violations; (4) injunctive relief; (5) attorney's fees. Compensatory and punitive damages are subject to combined caps under the Civil Rights Act of 1991: $50K (15-100 employees), $100K (101-200), $200K (201-500), $300K (500+). Damage caps make ADA cases more economically constrained than ADEA's uncapped liquidated damages.

Practical context

For Texas employers, ADA compliance is detail-intensive and litigation-prone. Best practice: (1) maintain accurate, current job descriptions identifying essential vs. marginal functions; (2) train managers on ADA basics, particularly reasonable accommodation and interactive process; (3) document interactive process steps contemporaneously; (4) develop accommodation analysis frameworks for common requests (telework, modified schedules, leave); (5) coordinate ADA with FMLA (overlapping but distinct frameworks); (6) limit pre-employment medical inquiries strictly to ability-to-perform questions; (7) review job postings and screening processes for accidentally discriminatory criteria. For employees: (1) request accommodation in writing with medical support; (2) engage actively in interactive process; (3) document employer responses; (4) preserve EEOC charge deadlines. Common pitfall: employers treating accommodation as adversarial rather than interactive, generating both ADA liability and adverse practical outcomes.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
Title VII· Family and Medical Leave Act· Texas Commission on Human Rights Act· EEOC Charge· Workplace Discrimination

Annual Meeting

The regular yearly gathering at which shareholders of a Texas corporation elect directors and conduct other business properly brought before the meeting. Required of every Texas for-profit corporation.

An annual meeting of the shareholders is the regular yearly gathering at which shareholders of a Texas corporation elect directors and conduct other business properly brought before the meeting. Required of every Texas for-profit corporation.

Timing and place

Held at the time stated in (or set in accordance with) the corporation's bylaws. § 21.351(a). The corporation determines whether to hold the meeting in person, by remote communication under § 21.3521, or by hybrid means.

Shareholder remedy for failure to hold

Under § 21.351(b), a shareholder who has previously submitted a written request may petition the district court in the county of the corporation's principal executive office to order a meeting if the annual meeting has not been held (or no written consent in lieu has been executed) within any 13-month period.

No automatic dissolution

Failure to hold an annual meeting does not result in winding up or termination. § 21.351(c).

Practical context

Closely-held corporations frequently dispense with formal annual meetings via § 21.655 close-corporation election or via written consent in lieu of meeting under § 6.202.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Shareholder· Corporation· Bylaws· Special Meeting· Quorum· Action by Written Consent

Answer

The defendant's responsive pleading to a petition or complaint, addressing each allegation and asserting affirmative defenses or counterclaims. Establishes the issues for litigation; failure to raise certain defenses by the deadline waives them.

The answer is the defendant's responsive pleading to a petition or complaint, addressing each allegation and asserting any affirmative defenses or counterclaims. The answer establishes the issues for litigation and may waive defenses not properly raised.

Texas general denial

Under TRCP 92, a defendant may file a general denial that puts at issue all matters that may be proved by the plaintiff. The general denial is a Texas-specific procedural device, federal practice requires specific responses to each allegation under FRCP 8(b). The general denial significantly reduces drafting burden in Texas state court.

Verified denials

Certain issues require verified specific denials under TRCP 93, including denial of execution of a written instrument, denial of partnership or corporate status, and denial of authority to sue or be sued. Failure to verify-deny these matters means they are admitted.

Affirmative defenses

Defenses that avoid the cause of action even if all alleged facts are true (statute of limitations, payment, release, accord and satisfaction, fraud, waiver) must be specifically pleaded under TRCP 94, not by general denial.

Counterclaims

Defendants may assert counterclaims against the plaintiff under TRCP 97. Compulsory counterclaims must be asserted in the answer or are waived. Permissive counterclaims may be asserted at the defendant's discretion.

Timing

Texas state court: typically 10:00 a.m. on the Monday following 20 days after service. Federal court: 21 days after service of summons and complaint, or 60 days for U.S. defendants and waivers of service.

Practical context

Failure to plead an affirmative defense by the deadline waives it. Failure to verify-deny matters requiring TRCP 93 verification admits them. Sophisticated answer drafting includes all known affirmative defenses (even speculative ones) to preserve them.

Companion article: The CEO's Guide to Getting Sued

Related Terms
Petition / Complaint· Motion to Dismiss· Discovery

Arbitration

2024

A private dispute-resolution process in which the parties submit their dispute to neutral arbitrators whose decision is binding. Substitutes for traditional court litigation. Governed by the FAA (interstate) and Texas General Arbitration Act (intrastate).

Arbitration is a private dispute-resolution process in which the parties submit their dispute to one or more neutral arbitrators whose decision (the "arbitration award") is binding on the parties. Arbitration substitutes for traditional court litigation, generally producing a faster, more confidential, and more limited proceeding governed by rules selected in the arbitration agreement.

FAA preemption framework

The FAA applies to any arbitration agreement in a written contract evidencing a transaction involving interstate commerce. Allied-Bruce Terminix, 513 U.S. 265 (1995). FAA § 2 makes such agreements "valid, irrevocable, and enforceable, save upon such grounds as exist at law or in equity for the revocation of any contract." The FAA broadly preempts state law that disfavors arbitration or interferes with its fundamental attributes. AT&T Mobility v. Concepcion, 563 U.S. 333 (2011).

FAA vs. TAA

Most Texas commercial arbitrations are governed by the FAA because they involve interstate commerce. The TAA applies as a default for purely-intrastate arbitrations and where parties expressly contract for TAA application. A general choice-of-Texas-law clause is not sufficient to invoke TAA over FAA, the agreement must specifically state that the TAA controls. The two statutes are largely parallel in operation.

Enforceability of arbitration agreements

Generally-applicable contract defenses (fraud, duress, unconscionability) may invalidate arbitration agreements without triggering FAA preemption. Doctor's Associates v. Casarotto, 517 U.S. 681 (1996). Mass-arbitration tactics, class-action waivers, and delegation clauses (which assign threshold enforceability questions to the arbitrator) are routinely upheld. Epic Systems v. Lewis, 138 S. Ct. 1612 (2018).

Court's role under the FAA

Stay or compel: under FAA §§ 3–4, a party seeking arbitration may move to stay the litigation and compel arbitration. Smith v. Spizzirri (2024) held that courts must stay rather than dismiss cases subject to arbitration when a party requests a stay.

Confirm or vacate: under FAA §§ 9–11, an arbitration award must be confirmed within one year, and any objection (motion to vacate) must be filed within three months. Grounds for vacatur are narrowly limited to corruption, fraud, partiality, misconduct, or arbitrators exceeding their powers. § 10.

EFAA carveout (eff. March 3, 2022)

Pre-dispute arbitration agreements and joint-action waivers are unenforceable as to claims of sexual harassment or sexual assault, at the election of the person alleging the conduct. The provision applies prospectively only, to disputes arising on or after the enactment date, regardless of when the arbitration agreement was signed.

Waiver

Morgan v. Sundance (2022) held that waiver of arbitration does not require a showing of prejudice, ordinary contract waiver principles apply. A defendant who litigates substantively for an extended period before invoking arbitration may be held to have waived the right.

Practical context

Arbitration clauses are the default in most U.S. commercial contracts, employment agreements (subject to EFAA), and consumer adhesion contracts. Sophisticated drafting addresses (1) FAA vs. TAA selection; (2) the arbitration provider (AAA, JAMS, ICDR); (3) seat and venue; (4) scope (including which threshold questions go to the arbitrator); (5) discovery; (6) class waivers; (7) appellate procedure.

Companion article: Contract Disputes in Texas

Related Terms
Mediation· Choice of Law / Choice of Forum· Texas Business Court· Personal Jurisdiction

Asset Purchase

A transaction structure in which the buyer acquires specified assets (and typically assumes specified liabilities) of a target business, rather than acquiring the target's equity. The selling entity continues to exist after closing, holding unsold assets, retained liabilities, and the purchase price.

An asset purchase is a transaction structure in which the buyer acquires specified assets (and typically assumes specified liabilities) of a target business, rather than acquiring the target's equity. The selling entity continues to exist after closing, holding the unsold assets, retained liabilities, and the purchase price.

Scope of "all or substantially all"

Texas requires shareholder approval for a sale of "all or substantially all" of a corporation's property and assets outside the ordinary course of business. § 21.451. The phrase is not statutorily defined for LLCs and is interpreted on a fact-intensive basis for corporations, the leading consideration is whether the sale would substantially defeat the purpose for which the corporation exists.

The Texas successor-liability statute (§ 10.254)

A disposition of property by a Texas domestic entity is not a merger for any purpose, and the acquiring entity may not be held responsible or liable for any liability of the transferring entity that is not expressly assumed in the purchase agreement, except as otherwise provided by other applicable statutes. § 10.254(b). This statute is the principal reason buyers prefer asset purchases over stock purchases for Texas targets, combined with careful contractual drafting, it provides substantial protection against successor liability.

Limits on § 10.254 protection

Despite § 10.254, Texas courts have recognized common-law successor-liability exceptions in certain circumstances: (1) express or implied assumption of liabilities; (2) de facto merger (rejected by § 10.254 as a matter of state corporate law, but recognized in some federal contexts and product-liability cases); (3) mere continuation; and (4) fraudulent transfer to escape liability. Tex. Tax Code § 111.020 imposes statutory successor liability for unpaid sales and use taxes, requiring the buyer to withhold from purchase price or obtain a Comptroller's certificate of no tax due.

Practical context

Asset purchases are the dominant Texas M&A structure for sales of operating businesses where the buyer is paying primarily for operating assets and goodwill, and where the seller has tax loss carryforwards or contingent liabilities the buyer wishes to leave behind. The trade-off: contracts, licenses, and permits typically require third-party consents to assign, adding closing complexity that stock purchases avoid.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Stock Purchase· Merger· Conversion· Due Diligence· Representations and Warranties

At-Will Employment

The Texas default rule that, absent a contract specifying a fixed term or limiting termination rights, either party may terminate employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without notice. Among the strictest at-will doctrines in the country, with only narrow common-law and statutory exceptions.

At-will employment is the Texas default rule that, absent a contract specifying a fixed term or limiting termination rights, either the employer or the employee may terminate the employment relationship at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without notice. Texas at-will employment is among the strictest in the country, with only narrow common-law and statutory exceptions.

The default rule

Under East Line, the Texas presumption is that an employment relationship of indefinite duration is at-will. The presumption applies whether the employee is paid hourly, salaried, or by commission, and whether the position is entry-level or executive.

The Sabine Pilot exception

The Texas Supreme Court in Sabine Pilot recognized a single, narrow common-law exception: an employer may not terminate an employee for the sole reason that the employee refused to perform an illegal act for which the employee would be personally liable. The Sabine Pilot exception is interpreted strictly, refusal to engage in conduct that is unethical, dangerous, or contrary to public policy but not personally criminal does not trigger the exception.

Statutory exceptions

At-will termination may not be based on (1) protected characteristics under federal or Texas anti-discrimination statutes; (2) retaliation for protected activity (whistleblowing under specific statutes, FMLA leave, workers' compensation claims under Tex. Lab. Code § 451.001, jury service under Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code § 122.001); (3) refusal to violate election laws; or (4) other narrowly-defined statutory protections.

Modification of at-will status

Under Montgomery County Hospital District, oral statements about job security or general employer policy do not modify at-will status. Modification requires a clear, specific agreement, typically a written employment agreement specifying a fixed term or "for cause" termination requirement.

Practical context

Texas's strict at-will rule is widely viewed as employer-favorable but creates predictability for both parties. Employees seeking job security typically negotiate written employment agreements with for-cause termination provisions, severance arrangements, or notice requirements. The narrow scope of Sabine Pilot is frequently misunderstood by terminated employees who have moral or ethical complaints about their employer's conduct that fall outside the criminal-act exception.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee in Texas

Related Terms
Wrongful Termination· Employment Agreement· Severance Agreement· Workplace Discrimination

Attachment

The point at which a security interest becomes enforceable against the debtor as to the collateral. Under Tex. Bus. & Com. Code § 9.203, attachment requires three elements: value given by the secured party, the debtor having rights in the collateral, and (typically) authentication of a security agreement describing the collateral. Distinct from perfection, which establishes priority against third parties.

Attachment is the point at which a security interest becomes enforceable against the debtor as to the collateral. Attachment is the threshold event in any secured transaction, without attachment, no security interest exists, and questions of perfection, priority, and enforcement do not arise. Texas adopts the Uniform Commercial Code framework with limited non-uniform variations.

Three elements of attachment

Under § 9.203, a security interest attaches to collateral when (1) value has been given by the secured party, typically a loan, extension of credit, or pre-existing claim; (2) the debtor has rights in the collateral or the power to transfer rights to the secured party, meaning the debtor must own the collateral or have authority to encumber it; and (3) one of four authentication conditions is satisfied: (a) the debtor authenticates a security agreement describing the collateral; (b) the secured party has possession of the collateral pursuant to security agreement; (c) the secured party has control of certain types of collateral (deposit accounts, electronic chattel paper, investment property, letter-of-credit rights); or (d) the collateral is a certificated security delivered to the secured party.

The composite-document doctrine

The "security agreement" requirement is satisfied by any record that the debtor authenticates and that contains a description of the collateral sufficient to reasonably identify it. Texas applies the composite-document doctrine, multiple signed documents read together can satisfy the security-agreement requirement even if no single document contains all the elements. A financing statement alone is insufficient; it can serve as part of a composite security agreement only if it is authenticated by the debtor and contains the description of collateral.

Attachment vs. perfection

Attachment makes the security interest enforceable between debtor and secured party. Perfection is a separate, additional step that establishes priority against third parties, other secured creditors, lien creditors, and bankruptcy trustees. A security interest can be attached but unperfected, in which case it binds the debtor but loses priority disputes against perfected creditors and the trustee in bankruptcy. The two concepts are distinct but sequential: attachment must occur first; perfection (filing, possession, or control) follows.

After-acquired property

Section 9.204 permits security agreements to cover after-acquired property of the same kind. The security interest in after-acquired collateral attaches automatically when the debtor acquires rights in that property, assuming the security agreement contains an after-acquired property clause and the other attachment requirements are satisfied. Common exclusions: consumer goods (with narrow exceptions) and commercial tort claims (after-acquired clauses generally ineffective).

Proceeds attachment

Under § 9.203(f), a security interest attaches automatically to identifiable proceeds of collateral. If a debtor sells inventory subject to a security interest, the security interest follows the proceeds (cash, accounts receivable, replacement goods) without separate attachment. Tracking proceeds and maintaining their identifiability is a practical challenge in commingled accounts.

Practical context

For Texas commercial lenders, attachment is rarely litigated as a stand-alone issue but frequently dispositive in bankruptcy and priority disputes. Best practice: (1) ensure the security agreement contains a sufficient collateral description and is authenticated by the debtor; (2) document the value given; (3) confirm the debtor's ownership rights in the collateral (particularly for after-acquired property); (4) include an after-acquired property clause where appropriate; (5) record the date of attachment for priority and bankruptcy preference analysis. Failure of any element means the secured party is an unsecured creditor.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Perfection· Security Interest· Financing Statement· Collateral· Priority

Attorney's Fees Recovery

2021

The conditions and procedures under which a Texas litigant may recover its attorney's fees from the opposing party. Texas follows the American Rule (each side pays its own fees) absent a statutory or contractual exception. The principal statutory exception is Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code § 38.001, which allows fee recovery on enumerated claim types; HB 1578 (effective September 1, 2021) expanded the statute to permit recovery against LLCs, partnerships, and other organizations.

Texas attorney's fees recovery operates under the American Rule by default, each litigant pays its own fees regardless of outcome, unless a statute or contract authorizes fee shifting. The principal statutory authorization is Chapter 38 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, which permits a prevailing party to recover reasonable and necessary attorney's fees on contract claims and certain other enumerated causes of action. HB 1578 (effective September 1, 2021) closed a long-standing loophole that had limited § 38.001 recovery to claims against "individuals or corporations," excluding LLCs and partnerships.

Statutory framework, § 38.001

Section 38.001 enumerates the claim types supporting fee recovery: rendered services; performed labor; furnished material; freight or express overcharges; lost or damaged freight or express; killed or injured stock; sworn account; and oral or written contract. The contract category is by far the most frequently invoked. Recovery is mandatory if the claimant prevails on a valid claim and proves reasonable and necessary fees, the trial court has no discretion to deny fees, only discretion as to amount.

HB 1578 expansion (post-September 2021)

Before HB 1578, § 38.001 limited fee recovery to claims against "an individual or corporation", language Texas appellate courts strictly construed to exclude LLCs, partnerships, LLPs, and other organizational forms (Fleming & Associates, L.L.P. v. Barton, 425 S.W.3d 560 (Tex. App.-Houston [14th Dist.] 2014, pet. denied)). HB 1578 replaced "corporation" with "organization" and incorporated the Texas Business Organizations Code's broad definition of "organization", capturing virtually every commercial entity form. The change applies prospectively to actions filed on or after September 1, 2021.

Procedural prerequisites, presentment

Section 38.002 imposes a presentment requirement: the claimant must (1) be represented by an attorney; (2) present the claim to the opposing party; and (3) wait at least 30 days from presentment without payment. Failure to plead and prove presentment defeats fee recovery on the underlying claim. Presentment may be by letter, oral demand, or service of pleadings; the safest practice is a written demand with retained delivery proof, made well in advance of judgment.

Reasonable and necessary, the lodestar method

Rohrmoos Venture v. UTSW DVA Healthcare, LLP, 578 S.W.3d 469 (Tex. 2019), is the foundational modern Texas case on fee proof. The Texas Supreme Court adopted the lodestar method as the starting point: hours reasonably expended × reasonable hourly rate = base lodestar. Adjustments are then made (rarely upward, occasionally downward) based on the Arthur Andersen factors: time and labor required; novelty and difficulty; skill required; preclusion of other employment; customary fee; fixed or contingent nature; time limitations; results obtained; experience and reputation; and undesirability. Fee proof requires contemporaneous, detailed billing records describing tasks, time spent, and personnel involved.

Other fee-shifting authorities

Beyond § 38.001, Texas has dozens of cause-specific fee-shifting statutes: (1) DTPA, Tex. Bus. & Com. Code § 17.50(d) (mandatory for prevailing consumer); (2) Texas Business Court, bespoke fee provisions; (3) Texas Citizens Participation Act (anti-SLAPP), Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code § 27.009 (mandatory for movant on dismissed claim); (4) declaratory judgment actions, § 37.009 (discretionary); (5) UCC sales, Tex. Bus. & Com. Code § 2.710; (6) tortious interference with certain contracts; (7) fraud in real estate transactions; (8) franchise act; (9) family code; (10) federal civil rights (42 U.S.C. § 1988). Contractual fee-shifting clauses are generally enforceable absent unconscionability or specific statutory override.

Segregation of fees

Texas requires segregation of fees among recoverable and non-recoverable claims (Tony Gullo Motors I, L.P. v. Chapa, 212 S.W.3d 299 (Tex. 2006)). Where fees are not capable of meaningful segregation because the claims are inextricably intertwined, full recovery is permitted; where segregation is possible, failure to segregate forfeits recovery on the non-segregated portion. The segregation requirement creates substantial bookkeeping discipline, billing entries should identify the claim or task category from inception.

Practical context

For Texas commercial litigants, attorney's fees are often the dominant economic stake, particularly in contract disputes where damages are limited but legal expense is substantial. Best practice for plaintiffs: (1) confirm the underlying claim qualifies under § 38.001 or another fee-shifting authority; (2) make formal presentment in writing well before suit; (3) maintain detailed contemporaneous billing records segregated by claim and task; (4) confirm HB 1578 reach for claims against LLC/partnership defendants; (5) prepare a Rohrmoos-compliant fee affidavit at trial. For defendants, the threat of fee shifting on contract claims is itself a settlement driver, even a modest underlying claim with $200K+ in fees behind it warrants serious settlement attention.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Summary Judgment· Sanctions· Declaratory Judgment Act· Texas Business Court

Automatic Stay

An immediate, self-executing injunction triggered by the filing of a bankruptcy petition under 11 U.S.C. § 362. Halts virtually all creditor collection actions against the debtor or property of the bankruptcy estate, lawsuits, foreclosures, repossessions, garnishments, and informal collection. Provides the debtor breathing space and ensures orderly bankruptcy administration. Specific exceptions exist (criminal proceedings, certain tax matters, domestic support obligations). Violations can carry actual damages, punitive damages, and attorney's fees.

The Automatic Stay is an immediate, self-executing injunction triggered by the filing of a bankruptcy petition under 11 U.S.C. § 362. The stay halts virtually all creditor collection actions against the debtor or property of the bankruptcy estate. Among the most powerful tools in U.S. bankruptcy law, the automatic stay provides the debtor breathing space and ensures orderly bankruptcy administration by centralizing creditor claims in a single forum.

Scope of the stay

Section 362(a) stays virtually all creditor actions: (1) commencement or continuation of judicial, administrative, or other proceedings against the debtor; (2) enforcement of pre-petition judgments; (3) acts to obtain possession of property of the estate; (4) acts to create, perfect, or enforce liens against estate property; (5) acts to collect, assess, or recover pre-petition claims; (6) setoffs of pre-petition debts; (7) certain tax court proceedings. The stay applies immediately on petition filing without any court order required.

Common exceptions, § 362(b)

Specific exceptions allow continuation of: (1) criminal proceedings; (2) domestic support obligations and certain related proceedings; (3) tax audits, deficiency notices, and certain assessments; (4) governmental regulatory and police power actions (not collection of money judgments); (5) certain securities-related setoffs; (6) commercial real estate evictions in some circumstances; (7) negotiation of certain commercial loan terms. The exceptions reflect public policy judgments about which actions outweigh debtor breathing-space goals.

Relief from stay, § 362(d)

Creditors can seek relief from stay on grounds: (1) cause, including lack of adequate protection of secured creditor's interest; (2) no equity in property + property not necessary for effective reorganization; (3) single asset real estate cases with specific timing requirements; (4) in rem orders for serial filers. Relief motions are heard on expedited schedule. Common relief grounds: foreclosure on unprotected collateral, eviction for non-payment of rent, continuation of pending litigation.

Damages for violations

Section 362(k) provides damages for willful stay violations: (1) actual damages, losses caused by violation; (2) attorney's fees; (3) punitive damages in appropriate circumstances. "Willful" means knowing of the bankruptcy filing and intentionally taking the action, not requiring specific intent to violate. Common violations: continued collection calls, repossessions after notice, garnishments not stopped. Sophisticated creditors maintain bankruptcy notice protocols to avoid violations.

Practical context

For Texas creditors, automatic stay compliance is operational. Best practice: (1) maintain bankruptcy notice protocols, search PACER, register for ECF notifications; (2) immediately halt all collection upon notice of filing; (3) coordinate with collection agents and counsel; (4) seek relief from stay through proper motion when appropriate; (5) document compliance to defend against violation claims. For debtors: (1) understand stay scope and exceptions; (2) provide notice to creditors promptly; (3) document violations contemporaneously with damage evidence; (4) coordinate with bankruptcy counsel for stay enforcement.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Chapter 11· Chapter 7· Debtor-in-Possession· Workout and Restructuring· Nonjudicial Foreclosure

B

Basket / Deductible

A contractual threshold below which a buyer cannot recover indemnification for breaches of seller's representations and warranties. The basket aligns indemnification with material rather than trivial breaches.

A basket (sometimes called a "deductible") is a contractual threshold below which a buyer cannot recover indemnification for breaches of seller's representations and warranties. The basket aligns indemnification with material rather than trivial breaches, sparing the parties the cost of disputing small claims.

Two structures

Tipping basket (also called "first-dollar"): once aggregate losses exceed the basket threshold, the buyer recovers all losses from the first dollar, including the threshold amount. Buyer-favorable.

Deductible basket (also called "true deductible" or "non-tipping"): once aggregate losses exceed the threshold, the buyer recovers only the amount above the threshold. The seller permanently retains losses up to the threshold. Seller-favorable.

The choice between structures is one of the most consequential basket-related negotiations.

Per-claim minimums (the "mini-basket" or "de minimis")

Many baskets include a per-claim minimum threshold, claims below the per-claim minimum do not count toward the basket aggregate. Typical mini-basket: $5,000 to $50,000 per claim depending on deal size.

Typical sizing

Basket size is typically 0.5%–1% of enterprise value. Baskets are typically inapplicable to fundamental reps, tax reps, fraud, special indemnities, and (where present) covenants.

Practical context

The basket structure interacts with RWI retention, most RWI policies have their own retention (typically 0.5% of enterprise value as of 2025), and the basket and retention are often coordinated such that the buyer's economic exposure is uniform from dollar one of loss.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Indemnification (M&A)· Indemnification Cap· Representations and Warranties· Escrow

Beneficial Ownership Information (BOI) Reporting

2026

A federal reporting regime under the Corporate Transparency Act requiring disclosure of beneficial owners to the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN). Following FinCEN's March 2025 interim final rule, all entities formed in the United States are exempt from BOI reporting; the obligation now applies only to foreign-formed entities registered to do business in the U.S.

Beneficial Ownership Information (BOI) reporting is a federal disclosure regime created by the Corporate Transparency Act (CTA), administered by the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN). The CTA originally required nearly all U.S. business entities to disclose their beneficial owners to FinCEN. Following the volatile 2024-2025 litigation and rulemaking cycle, FinCEN's March 2025 interim final rule narrowed the obligation: as of May 2026, entities formed in the United States are exempt; only foreign-formed entities registered to do business in a U.S. state remain subject to BOI reporting.

Current state, most U.S. entities exempt

Under FinCEN's March 26, 2025 interim final rule, the regulatory definition of "reporting company" was revised to exclude all entities formed in the United States. As a result, U.S.-formed corporations, LLCs, limited partnerships, and similar entities, including those previously known as "domestic reporting companies", are not required to file initial, updated, or corrected BOI reports. U.S. persons are also exempt from being identified as beneficial owners of foreign reporting companies.

What still requires reporting

Foreign-formed entities (formed under the law of a foreign country) that have registered to do business in any U.S. state or tribal jurisdiction by filing with a secretary of state or similar office remain "reporting companies" under the interim final rule. These entities must file BOI reports identifying their beneficial owners, with deadlines extended to at least 30 days from the rule's effective date. The 23 statutory exemptions for entities such as banks, public companies, and large operating companies continue to apply.

Regulatory volatility, current as of May 2026

The interim final rule has not yet been finalized. The Eleventh Circuit's December 2025 decision upholding the CTA's constitutionality preserves the statute itself, but FinCEN's narrowed scope under the interim rule remains in force. Future regulatory or legislative changes could restore broader reporting obligations. Texas businesses should monitor the regulatory posture and retain documentation supporting beneficial-owner determinations even while the reporting obligation is suspended.

Practical context

For Texas SMBs, the BOI reporting saga has become a study in regulatory whiplash. The current posture, most U.S. entities exempt, should be treated as the operative rule rather than the permanent rule. Best practice: maintain a current beneficial-owner list as part of corporate-records hygiene regardless of the federal reporting status, since (1) state-level beneficial-owner regimes may emerge; (2) banking, lending, and M&A diligence frequently require beneficial-ownership disclosure; and (3) any future restoration of CTA reporting will likely come with short compliance windows.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Corporation· Limited Liability Company· Foreign Entity· Certificate of Formation· Registered Agent

Books and Records

2025

Corporate documents, accounts, and communications a Texas corporation must maintain and that shareholders may inspect on written demand. Scope substantially narrowed by SB 29 effective May 14, 2025.

"Books and records" refers to the corporate documents, accounts, and communications that a Texas corporation is required to maintain and that shareholders have a statutory right to inspect on written demand. The scope of what counts as "books and records", and the circumstances under which inspection may be denied, was substantially narrowed by SB 29 effective May 14, 2025.

Records the corporation must keep

Under § 3.151, every Texas corporation must keep: (1) books and records of accounts; (2) minutes of meetings of shareholders, the board, and committees; (3) a record of shareholders giving names, addresses, and number of shares held; and (4) the certificate of formation and bylaws.

Inspection right

Under § 21.218(b), a shareholder of record for at least six months immediately preceding the demand or holding at least 5% of all outstanding shares may, on written demand stating a proper purpose, examine and copy specified records of the corporation at a reasonable time.

SB 29 narrowing of scope (eff. May 14, 2025)

Amended § 21.218 specifies that the records of the corporation do not include emails, text messages, or similar electronic communications, or information from social media accounts, unless the particular communication effectuates an action by the corporation. This change responds to a trend of broad e-discovery-style inspection demands. It applies to all Texas corporations, not solely publicly-traded or opt-in corporations.

Additional restriction for opt-in corporations (§ 21.218(b-2))

A corporation that is publicly traded or that has opted into the codified business judgment rule under § 21.419 may deny an inspection demand if the corporation reasonably determines that the demand is in connection with (1) a derivative proceeding instituted or expected to be instituted by the demanding holder, or (2) an active or pending civil lawsuit in which the holder is or is expected to be an adversarial named party. The right to obtain records through ordinary discovery in pending litigation is preserved.

Practical context

SB 29's narrowing of § 21.218 is one of the most consequential SB 29 changes for ordinary corporate operations. Pre-suit "fishing expeditions" through books-and-records demands are now substantially harder to maintain.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Shareholder· Corporation· Derivative Action· Business Judgment Rule

Broker-Dealer

2025

A person or entity engaged in the business of buying or selling securities for the account of others (broker) or for their own account (dealer); registration with the SEC and FINRA is generally required.

A broker-dealer is a person or entity in the business of buying or selling securities. The "broker" function is acting as agent for the account of customers; the "dealer" function is buying and selling securities for one's own account. Most firms perform both functions and are referred to simply as broker-dealers.

Texas requirements

Broker-dealers transacting in Texas must register or qualify for an exemption under the Texas Securities Act, recodified effective January 1, 2022 at Tex. Gov't Code Chapters 4001-4008. The State Securities Board administers Texas registration. The Texas dealer registration requirement is in addition to federal SEC registration; sales and dealer-conduct rules are administered jointly between FINRA and state regulators.

Business Divorce

The negotiated, mediated, or litigated separation of co-owners of a closely-held Texas business, covering contractual, statutory, fiduciary, and judicial mechanisms by which co-owners exit a relationship that has become untenable.

"Business divorce" is the practitioners' term for the negotiated, mediated, or litigated separation of co-owners of a closely-held Texas business. It is not codified in the TBOC; it is a descriptive term covering the range of mechanisms, contractual, statutory, fiduciary, and judicial, through which co-owners exit a relationship that has become untenable.

Five structural approaches

Negotiated buy-out under a pre-existing contractual mechanism. The cleanest path. A well-drafted buy-sell agreement or redemption provision in the company agreement, shareholders' agreement, or partnership agreement provides the framework. Most disputes that reach litigation involve a failure of the contractual mechanism.

Negotiated buy-out without a pre-existing mechanism. Where the agreement is silent, parties may still negotiate an exit. Mediation is often more economical than the alternatives below.

Derivative breach-of-fiduciary-duty action. Under Ritchie v. Rupe and Sneed v. Webre, the principal post-2014 vehicle for minority owners. Closely-held-corporation procedural advantages under TBOC § 21.563 (corporations) and § 101.463 (LLCs), no demand requirement, direct recovery if justice requires, attorney's fees for substantial corporate benefit, make derivative actions a meaningful tool even where the dispute is fundamentally an exit dispute.

Judicial winding up under § 11.314 (LLCs and partnerships) or § 11.404 (corporations). The statutory route to ending the business relationship by judicial decree. § 11.314 is the more accessible remedy. See Judicial Dissolution.

Sale of the entire business. Where neither party can or will buy out the other, selling to a third party and dividing proceeds may be the only resolution. Requires either contractual authority (shotgun, drag-along) or unanimous consent.

Common triggers

Squeeze-out or freeze-out tactics by controlling owners; death, disability, divorce, or retirement of a key owner without adequate buy-sell provisions; strategic disagreements; personal conflicts; discovery of fiduciary breaches or self-dealing.

Valuation issues

Most Texas business divorces ultimately reduce to a valuation question. Texas law does not prescribe a single methodology. Where the company agreement specifies a method, that method controls. Where silent, common methods include discounted cash flow, capitalization of earnings, comparable transactions, asset-based valuation, with marketability and minority-interest discounts.

Practical context

Texas business divorce practice is heavily front-loaded, what happens at formation governs what happens at the exit. The single most important investment a Texas closely-held business owner can make to avoid expensive business-divorce litigation is careful drafting of the company agreement, shareholders' agreement, or partnership agreement at formation. Where the foundational documents are silent, business divorces become substantially more expensive, more uncertain, and more dependent on the post-Ritchie derivative-action mechanism.

Companion article: Business Divorces in Texas

Related Terms
Shareholder Oppression· Derivative Action· Judicial Dissolution· Closely Held Corporation· Company Agreement· Fiduciary Duty

Business Judgment Rule

2025

A Texas substantive doctrine protecting corporate officers and directors from liability for decisions made in good faith and within the honest exercise of business judgment. As of May 14, 2025, Texas operates two parallel regimes: a common-law version applicable to all entities by default, and a codified version under TBOC § 21.419 for publicly-traded and opt-in corporations.

The business judgment rule is a Texas substantive doctrine that protects corporate officers and directors from liability for decisions made within the honest exercise of their business judgment and discretion, even decisions that are negligent, unwise, inexpedient, or imprudent, provided the decisions are made in good faith, with reasonable diligence, and without disabling conflicts of interest. As of May 14, 2025, Texas operates two parallel business judgment rule regimes: a common-law version applicable to all Texas entities by default, and a codified statutory version (Tex. Bus. Orgs. Code § 21.419) that applies to publicly-traded Texas for-profit corporations and any Texas for-profit corporation that affirmatively elects to be governed by it.

What the common-law rule does

Where the rule applies, courts will not second-guess board decisions and will not substitute their judgment for the directors' judgment. The Texas Supreme Court in Sneed v. Webre described the rule as generally protecting corporate officers and directors from liability for acts within the honest exercise of their business judgment and discretion.

What § 21.419 does

§ 21.419 creates a rebuttable statutory presumption that directors, officers, and other managerial officials acted (1) in good faith; (2) on an informed basis; (3) in furtherance of the corporation's interests; and (4) in obedience to the law and the corporation's governing documents.

To rebut the presumption and establish liability, a plaintiff must (a) rebut one or more of the statutory presumptions, and (b) prove that the act or omission constituted a breach of duty, and (c) establish that the breach involved fraud, intentional misconduct, an ultra vires act, or a knowing violation of law. The pleading requirements track Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 9(b), claims must be pleaded with particularity.

Limits of the common-law rule

Texas courts have held the common-law rule does not protect a director's: (1) grossly negligent acts; (2) ultra vires acts; (3) fraudulent acts; (4) self-dealing transactions; (5) failure to exercise any judgment at all; or (6) uninformed decisions made without reviewing reasonably available material information. See Gearhart, 741 F.2d at 721.

Pleading burden

Under Texas common law, the rule is a substantive rule, not merely an affirmative defense. Sneed v. Webre, 465 S.W.3d at 178. A plaintiff alleging breach of fiduciary duty by a director generally must plead and prove conduct outside the rule's protections. The Texas Supreme Court has, however, relaxed this pleading burden for shareholders of closely held corporations bringing derivative claims. Sneed v. Webre, 465 S.W.3d at 193.

Coverage of the codified rule

§ 21.419 covers all duties of directors and officers, duty of care, duty of loyalty, and duties relating to interested-party transactions. This expanded scope is a significant departure from the common-law rule, which has historically been most protective in duty-of-care cases. § 21.419 also authorizes the corporation to form committees of independent and disinterested directors to review conflict transactions involving insiders.

Interaction with derivative actions

For corporations governed by § 21.419, related SB 29 amendments to § 21.552(a)(3) permit the certificate or bylaws to require a minimum ownership threshold (capped at 3% of outstanding shares) for shareholders to bring a derivative proceeding. § 21.561(c) precludes recovery of attorney's fees in a derivative proceeding involving a § 21.419 corporation if the only result is amended shareholder disclosures.

Practical context

The business judgment rule is the single most important defense in Texas director and officer litigation. The 2025 split between the common-law version and the codified § 21.419 version creates a meaningful strategic decision for closely-held Texas corporations, affirmatively opting into § 21.419 substantially increases director-and-officer protection but also subjects the corporation to the heightened pleading requirements and ownership thresholds for derivative claims. After Ritchie v. Rupe, breach of fiduciary duty claims (subject to the business judgment rule) became the principal mechanism for challenging board conduct in closely-held Texas corporations; SB 29 has now produced the most director-and-officer-friendly Texas corporate-litigation environment in modern history.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Fiduciary Duty· Director· Derivative Action· Closely Held Corporation· Texas Business Court· Corporation

Buy-Sell Agreement

A contract among owners of a closely-held business establishing terms for transfer of ownership interests upon specified triggering events, death, disability, retirement, termination of employment, divorce, bankruptcy, or voluntary transfer. Typically structured as cross-purchase (owners buy each other's interests), redemption (entity buys back interest), or hybrid. Includes valuation methodology and funding mechanism (often life insurance for death triggers). Foundational governance document for closely-held businesses.

A Buy-Sell Agreement is a contract among owners of a closely-held business establishing terms for transfer of ownership interests upon specified triggering events. Buy-sell agreements address the central practical question of closely-held ownership: what happens when an owner dies, becomes disabled, retires, divorces, or wants to leave? Without a buy-sell agreement, surviving owners may be forced to do business with deceased owners' heirs, divorcing spouses, or unfamiliar transferees. The agreement provides predictable transition mechanics and avoids costly disputes.

Triggering events

Standard triggering events: (1) death, typically mandatory buyout; funded with life insurance; (2) disability, typically mandatory after specified period; funded with disability insurance; (3) retirement, typically optional or after age threshold; (4) termination of employment, for owner-employees; mandatory in some structures; (5) divorce, to prevent ex-spouse becoming owner; (6) bankruptcy, to prevent creditor or trustee becoming owner; (7) voluntary transfer, typically subject to right of first refusal; (8) incapacity, long-term inability to participate. Event-specific terms reflect different policy considerations.

Cross-purchase vs. redemption vs. hybrid

Three principal structures: (1) cross-purchase, remaining owners buy departing owner's interest directly; provides basis step-up to buyers; complex with many owners (each owns life insurance on each other); (2) redemption, entity buys back the interest; simpler administration; no basis step-up to remaining owners; potential dividend-equivalent treatment under some circumstances; (3) hybrid (wait-and-see), flexibility to choose at trigger time; tax efficiency optimization. Cross-purchase typical for 2-3 owners; redemption typical for larger groups; hybrid for sophisticated structures.

Valuation methodology

Critical and often disputed component: (1) fixed price, specific dollar amount; updated periodically; simple but stale; (2) formula, multiple of earnings/EBITDA, book value, hybrid; objective but may not reflect market; (3) independent appraisal, qualified appraiser at trigger time; flexible but expensive and disputable; (4) negotiated, parties negotiate at trigger time; likely to fail in adverse situations; (5) most recent valuation, relies on prior 409A or other valuation. Most sophisticated agreements use formula plus appraisal as backup.

Funding mechanisms

Buy-sell obligations require funding: (1) life insurance, standard for death triggers; can be entity-owned (redemption) or cross-owned (cross-purchase); (2) disability insurance, for disability triggers; expensive and complex; (3) installment payments, typically over 5-10 years with interest; common for retirement and termination triggers; (4) sinking fund, entity sets aside reserves; uncommon; (5) borrowing, entity or remaining owners finance the buyout. Mismatched funding (e.g., promised cash buyout without insurance) creates liquidity crises at trigger time.

Valuation discounts and § 2703

Internal Revenue Code § 2703 disregards buy-sell pricing for estate tax unless the agreement: (1) is bona fide business arrangement; (2) is not a device to transfer property to family members for less than full consideration; (3) terms are comparable to similar arms-length arrangements. Aggressive buy-sell discounts can be challenged by IRS at owner death, leading to estate tax based on higher fair market value despite buy-sell price. Sophisticated estate planning coordinates buy-sell terms with § 2703 requirements.

Practical context

For Texas closely-held businesses, buy-sell agreements are foundational. Best practice: (1) execute at formation when relationships are aligned; (2) review periodically, every 3-5 years or at material changes; (3) coordinate with life and disability insurance funding; (4) ensure valuation methodology produces reasonable results in different market conditions; (5) coordinate with estate planning and § 2703 considerations; (6) address all triggering events comprehensively; (7) include dispute resolution mechanism. Common failures: outdated fixed prices ignored at trigger time; inadequate insurance funding; cross-purchase structures with too many owners; missing trigger events (divorce, bankruptcy commonly omitted); valuation methodologies generating wildly different results in different market conditions.

Companion article: Selling Your Business

Related Terms
Shareholder· Company Agreement· Right of First Refusal· Tag-Along/Drag-Along Rights· Shareholder Oppression

Bylaws

2025

Internal governance rules of a Texas corporation establishing how the corporation operates, board and shareholder meetings, officer duties, voting and quorum, indemnification, and other internal management matters.

Bylaws are the internal governance rules of a Texas corporation, the document that establishes how the corporation operates, including procedures for shareholder and board meetings, officer elections and duties, voting and quorum rules, indemnification, and other internal management matters. The bylaws supplement (but do not displace) the certificate of formation and the TBOC.

Adoption

Under § 21.057(a), the initial bylaws are adopted by the board of directors at the organization meeting required under § 21.059, held after the certificate of formation takes effect.

Content

Under § 21.057(b), bylaws may contain any provisions for the regulation and management of the corporation's affairs that are consistent with applicable law and the certificate of formation. Typical Texas bylaws include: number of directors and qualifications; board meeting procedures; officer titles, election, and duties; shareholder meeting procedures; indemnification provisions; share issuance and transfer; fiscal year; and (post-SB 29) forum-selection and jury-waiver provisions.

Amendment authority

Under § 21.058, unless the certificate of formation provides otherwise, both the shareholders and the board of directors may amend the bylaws. This dual-authority default is one of the most important provisions for closely-held corporations to consider modifying, the certificate may reserve bylaws-amendment authority to one body or impose supermajority requirements.

Bylaws vs. certificate of formation

The certificate of formation is the public document filed with the Secretary of State; bylaws are private. Where the two conflict on a matter that may be addressed in either, the certificate generally controls. Some matters must appear in the certificate (classes of stock, par value, exculpation under § 7.001); others may appear in either document.

Forum-selection and jury-waiver provisions

As amended by SB 29 effective May 14, 2025, Tex. Bus. Orgs. Code § 2.115 permits the certificate or bylaws to designate Texas courts (including the Business Court) as the exclusive forum for internal entity claims. New § 2.116 permits enforceable jury-waiver provisions in governing documents. These additions make the bylaws substantially more strategic than they were before May 2025.

Indemnification provisions

Under § 8.003 (as amended September 1, 2021), restrictions on indemnification or advancement may be set out in any "governing document" of the entity, not solely the certificate. The bylaws may now address indemnification restrictions with the same effect as if they appeared in the certificate.

Practical context

In Texas corporate practice, the bylaws are where day-to-day governance machinery lives, while the certificate establishes existence and the most fundamental structural choices. Most material amendments can be effected through the bylaws without amending the public certificate. Corporations contemplating opting into SB 29 protections typically amend both the certificate and the bylaws for defense-in-depth.

Companion article: Starting a Business in Texas

Related Terms
Corporation· Certificate of Formation· Director· Shareholder· Indemnification· Texas Business Court

C

C Corporation

2025

A for-profit corporation taxed as a separate entity under Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code; the default federal tax treatment for corporations and the entity type required for Qualified Small Business Stock under IRC § 1202.

A C corporation (often abbreviated "C-corp") is a for-profit corporation taxed under Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code. The corporation is treated as a separate taxable entity from its shareholders, paying corporate income tax on its profits at the federal corporate rate (currently 21% under IRC § 11). Distributions to shareholders are taxed again as dividends, producing the so-called "double taxation" feature of C-corps.

C corporation status is the default treatment for entities organized as corporations under state law. To be taxed as an S corporation, a corporation must affirmatively elect S-corp status via IRS Form 2553, subject to eligibility requirements (limits on shareholder type and count, single class of stock). The C-corp form is required for businesses that intend to issue Qualified Small Business Stock under IRC § 1202, raise institutional venture capital (which historically prefers Delaware C-corps), or list shares on a public exchange.

Texas C corporations

A Texas C corporation is formed by filing a certificate of formation under Tex. Bus. Orgs. Code § 3.005 and the supplemental provisions of Chapter 21. Texas does not impose a state corporate income tax but does impose a franchise tax on corporations doing business in Texas (Tex. Tax Code §§ 171.001 et seq.). The franchise tax is calculated on a margin basis rather than on net income.

C-Corporation Tax Treatment

The default federal tax treatment of a corporation under Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code. The corporation pays entity-level income tax at the 21% federal rate; shareholders pay a second tax on dividends and capital gains. The "double taxation" structure that S-corp election or LLC pass-through treatment is designed to avoid.

C-corporation tax treatment is the default federal tax regime for corporations under Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC §§ 301-385). The corporation pays entity-level federal income tax on its taxable income at the 21% rate set by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. Shareholders pay a second layer of tax on dividends received and on capital gains realized when shares are sold. This "double taxation" structure is the principal reason most closely-held businesses elect S-corporation status or operate as LLCs treated as partnerships for federal tax purposes.

Two layers of tax

At the entity level, the corporation pays 21% federal income tax on taxable income (net of deductible expenses). When the corporation distributes after-tax earnings as dividends, individual shareholders pay tax on those dividends at preferential rates of 0%, 15%, or 20% depending on income level (qualified dividends), or at ordinary rates (non-qualified). When shareholders sell their shares at a gain, they pay capital gains tax at 0%, 15%, or 20%. Combined effective rates on distributed earnings approach 36%-39% for top-bracket shareholders.

When C-corp is the right answer

Despite the double-tax burden, C-corporation status is preferred or required for: (1) businesses planning to seek venture capital, most institutional investors require C-corp structure due to fund partnership tax constraints; (2) businesses with foreign or institutional shareholders not eligible to hold S-corp shares; (3) businesses planning to retain and reinvest earnings rather than distribute; (4) businesses qualifying for the Section 1202 Qualified Small Business Stock exclusion; (5) businesses with multiple classes of stock having different economic rights; and (6) larger ownership groups exceeding the S-corp 100-shareholder cap.

Texas dimensions

Texas does not impose a state corporate income tax, its franchise tax is a margin-based privilege tax separate from federal income tax classification. A C-corporation operating in Texas pays federal income tax at 21% plus Texas franchise tax (0.75% standard / 0.375% retail-wholesale) on margin above the no-tax-due threshold. The absence of state-level double taxation makes Texas a comparatively favorable C-corp domicile relative to high-income-tax states.

Section 1202, the C-corp founder advantage

Section 1202 provides a substantial federal capital gains exclusion (potentially 100%) for founders of C-corporations meeting specified Qualified Small Business Stock criteria, provided shares are held for at least five years. This benefit is unavailable to S-corps, LLCs, or partnerships. For founders building toward an exit, the Section 1202 exclusion can outweigh the ongoing double-tax cost. See Section 1202 / Qualified Small Business Stock.

Practical context

The choice between C-corp and pass-through tax treatment is a foundational decision that should be revisited at each major corporate event, financing rounds, owner additions, acquisition discussions. The 21% C-corp rate and Section 1202 changed the calculus that prevailed before 2018; many founders previously defaulted to LLCs who today should be evaluating C-corp structure for the QSBS optionality. A reasoned tax decision should be documented in the corporate record at formation.

Companion article: Business Succession Planning in Texas

Related Terms
Corporation· S-Corporation Election· Section 1202 / Qualified Small Business Stock· Texas Franchise Tax· Pass-Through Entity

Capitalization Table (Cap Table)

A document or spreadsheet showing the equity ownership of a company, including founders, employees, investors, option holders, and SAFE/note holders. Modern cap tables typically show: outstanding common shares, outstanding preferred (by series), outstanding options, available option pool, outstanding warrants, outstanding SAFEs and notes (with conversion analysis), fully-diluted ownership percentages. Foundational document for any equity transaction, fundraising, or M&A.

A Capitalization Table (Cap Table) is a document showing the equity ownership of a company, including founders, employees, investors, option holders, and SAFE/note holders. Modern cap tables are typically maintained as spreadsheets or in specialized cap table software (Carta, Pulley, AngelList Cap Table). Cap tables are foundational to any equity transaction: fundraising, employee option grants, M&A, and investor reporting all require accurate cap table information. The cap table evolves continuously as shares are issued, options are granted and exercised, and SAFEs/notes convert.

Standard cap table structure

Comprehensive cap table includes: (1) common stock, founders, employees (after option exercise), early investors; (2) preferred stock by series, Series Seed, A, B, etc., showing each round's investors and shares; (3) options, outstanding (granted but not exercised), available pool (granted to plan but not yet to specific employees), exercise prices, vesting status; (4) warrants, typically issued to lenders, advisors, or strategic partners; (5) SAFEs, outstanding SAFEs with valuation caps and discounts; (6) convertible notes, outstanding notes with principal, interest, conversion terms; (7) fully-diluted analysis, what percentage each holder owns assuming all options exercised, SAFEs converted, notes converted.

Key cap table calculations

Critical cap table analyses: (1) fully diluted ownership, assumes all options exercised, all convertibles converted; standard for valuation and ownership analysis; (2) issued and outstanding, actual shares currently outstanding; relevant for voting; (3) basic, outstanding common only; less commonly used; (4) pre-money / post-money, ownership before vs. after a financing; (5) scenario analysis, ownership under various conversion scenarios for SAFEs and notes; (6) liquidation waterfall, proceeds distribution under various exit scenarios considering preferred preferences. Sophisticated cap tables support multiple scenario analyses.

The fully-diluted denominator

"Fully diluted" includes all securities convertible to common stock: (1) outstanding common; (2) outstanding preferred (on as-converted basis); (3) options granted (regardless of vesting); (4) options reserved but not granted (option pool); (5) outstanding warrants; (6) SAFE/note conversions (at lower of cap or financing price). The fully-diluted denominator is the foundation for ownership percentage calculations. Different parties define "fully diluted" differently, some include only outstanding options, others include reserved pool. Definition matters for valuation negotiations.

SAFE and convertible note conversion modeling

SAFEs and convertible notes complicate cap table analysis: (1) SAFE conversion, at next qualified financing; conversion price = lower of cap price or financing price; (2) convertible note conversion, same as SAFE plus accrued interest; (3) scenario modeling, at various financing prices, what percentage do SAFE/note holders receive? (4) cap table impact, SAFEs and notes can substantially dilute existing stockholders at conversion. Sophisticated cap table software supports SAFE/note scenario modeling automatically.

The option pool refresh

At each financing round, option pool is typically "refreshed" to maintain target pool size (typically 10-20% of fully-diluted post-money). The refresh creates additional dilution: (1) pre-money pool refresh, dilutes existing stockholders only; investor-favorable; (2) post-money pool refresh, dilutes both existing stockholders and new investor; founder-favorable. Option pool sizing and timing is heavily negotiated and substantially affects founder dilution.

Cap table software

Modern cap table management typically uses specialized software: (1) Carta, market leader, comprehensive; substantial cost; (2) Pulley, competitive alternative with lower cost; (3) AngelList Cap Table, bundled with AngelList investor services; (4) spreadsheet, simple companies; manual maintenance. Cap table software provides: scenario modeling, option grants, SAFE/note tracking, investor reporting, transfer agent services. Most VC-backed companies use cap table software at Series A and later.

Cap table maintenance discipline

Cap table accuracy requires ongoing discipline: (1) document all share issuances, board resolutions, stock certificates, transfer ledger; (2) document all option grants, board approval, grant agreements, vesting schedules; (3) track SAFE/note issuance; (4) update for option exercises; (5) update for transfers, secondary sales, gifts, divorce, death; (6) periodic reconciliation, quarterly or as-needed; (7) diligence preparation, clean cap table is foundational to any transaction. Cap table errors discovered during M&A diligence can delay or kill deals.

Practical context

For Texas startups, cap table discipline is foundational. Best practice: (1) maintain cap table from incorporation, even pre-revenue companies should have proper cap table; (2) use cap table software at first VC round (or earlier); (3) document all issuances with board resolutions and stock certificates; (4) reconcile regularly, quarterly minimum; (5) before any financing round, prepare clean cap table with all SAFE/note conversions modeled; (6) update for option exercises promptly; (7) maintain backup documentation, option grants, board minutes, transfer documents. For founders: (1) understand cap table impact of every financing decision; (2) model dilution scenarios before signing term sheets; (3) review cap table periodically for errors. For investors: (1) request cap table as part of diligence; (2) verify cap table accuracy through board resolutions and stock certificates; (3) model post-investment cap table including own investment. Common pitfall: cap table errors accumulating over time, small errors at Series A become substantial issues at Series B and beyond. Diligence cleanup is expensive and time-consuming.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Preferred Stock· SAFE· Convertible Note· Term Sheet· Section 83(b) Election

Capital Contribution

Cash, property, services, or promise transferred by a member to a Texas LLC in exchange for a membership interest, or by an existing member in connection with their existing interest. Includes initial contributions at formation and subsequent capital calls.

A capital contribution is the cash, property, services, or promise of any of these that a member transfers to a Texas LLC in exchange for a membership interest, or that an existing member transfers in connection with the member's existing interest. The term covers both initial contributions made at formation and subsequent contributions made during the LLC's life (commonly called "capital calls" when required by the company agreement).

Defining "contribution"

Under § 1.002(9), a contribution is "a tangible or intangible benefit that a person transfers to an entity in consideration for an ownership interest in the entity or otherwise in the person's capacity as an owner or a member." This explicitly includes cash, services rendered, contracts for future services, promissory notes, and property.

The writing requirement

A promise to make a contribution to a Texas LLC is enforceable only if the promise is (1) in writing, and (2) signed by the person making the promise. § 101.151. This rule has significant practical consequences: an oral commitment to make a future capital contribution is unenforceable. Members who orally agree to "put in another $100,000 if we need it" cannot be made to honor that commitment over their objection. The capital-contribution provisions of the company agreement itself constitute a writing signed by the member.

Changed circumstances do not excuse

Under § 101.152, a member who has made an enforceable promise to contribute is obligated to perform without regard to subsequent death, disability, or other change in personal circumstances. This protects the LLC's reliance on committed capital.

Consequences of breach

When a member fails to perform an enforceable contribution promise, the LLC may demand cash equal to the agreed value of the unperformed contribution (less any partial performance). § 101.153(a). Importantly, § 101.153(b) provides a non-exclusive list of consequences that the company agreement may impose for failure to make a required contribution, including reduction or forfeiture of the defaulting member's interest, dilution, conversion, redemption at fair market value or specified price, lending to the defaulting member, sale of the interest, arbitration, or other consequences. This authority is Texas-distinctive.

Practical context

The interaction of §§ 101.151 and 101.153(b) is the foundation of Texas capital-call practice. Sophisticated company agreements include a written capital-call mechanism identifying triggers, notice, and consequences for failure to fund; an enumerated set of consequences drawing from § 101.153(b)'s permissive list; and clear documentation of each capital call. The most common Texas LLC capital-contribution disputes turn on whether an oral commitment was made, whether the company agreement permits the consequences the LLC seeks to impose, and whether the LLC's records adequately document the agreed value of contributions.

Companion article: Raising Capital in Texas

Related Terms
Limited Liability Company· Member· Membership Interest· Company Agreement· Distribution

Certificate of Formation

The public document filed with the Texas Secretary of State to bring a domestic filing entity into legal existence under Texas law. The Texas equivalent of "articles of organization" (LLCs) or "articles of incorporation" (corporations) used in other states.

A certificate of formation is the public document filed with the Texas Secretary of State to bring a domestic filing entity (corporation, LLC, limited partnership, professional entity, real estate investment trust, cooperative association) into legal existence under Texas law. It is the Texas equivalent of what other states call "articles of organization" (LLCs) or "articles of incorporation" (corporations), the TBOC harmonized the terminology when it took effect.

Required content

Under § 3.005, every certificate of formation must state: (1) the name of the entity (which must comply with name-availability rules under TBOC Chapter 5); (2) the type of entity being formed; (3) the entity's purpose; (4) the period of duration (perpetual unless the certificate provides otherwise, § 3.003); (5) the registered agent and registered office in Texas; (6) the initial mailing address of the entity (required for filings on or after January 1, 2022); and (7) the name and address of each organizer. For an LLC, § 3.010 also requires the certificate to state whether the LLC initially has managers and the names and addresses of the initial managers or members.

Effectiveness

Under §§ 4.052 and 4.053, a certificate of formation generally becomes effective when filed by the Texas Secretary of State, but the filer may delay effectiveness to a specified date or time (up to 90 days from signing) or condition effectiveness on the occurrence of a future event.

Filing fee

$300 for LLCs and for-profit corporations, payable to the Texas Secretary of State. § 4.151.

Who may sign

Effective June 1, 2022, Tex. Bus. Orgs. Code § 101.0515 requires LLC filing instruments to be signed by an authorized officer, manager, or member of the LLC. This restricts the prior practice under which an attorney or other agent could sign formation documents.

Amendment and restatement

Certificates of formation may be amended (Subchapter B of Chapter 3) or restated (§§ 3.060, 3.061, 3.0611). A 2024 amendment to § 3.0611 permits a restated LLC certificate to omit historical information about prior managers or members.

Practical context

The certificate of formation is the public face of the LLC. It is what banks, vendors, counterparties, and litigants see when they search the Secretary of State's records. Most substantive governance, voting, distributions, transfers, dissolution, lives in the company agreement, which is private. The certificate's role is narrower: legal existence, name protection, registered agent for service of process, and the basic management structure. When the public certificate and the private company agreement conflict, the company agreement controls under § 101.052(d), except where § 101.054 makes the certificate's terms non-waivable. Effective May 14, 2025, SB 29 amended § 2.115 and added § 2.116 to permit the certificate of formation (or alternatively the bylaws or other governing document) to include enforceable exclusive-forum clauses and jury-waiver provisions, making the certificate a more strategic governance document than it was before May 2025.

Companion article: Starting a Business in Texas

Related Terms
Limited Liability Company· Company Agreement· Bylaws· Corporation· Texas Business Organizations Code

Chapter 11 (Reorganization)

Bankruptcy proceeding under 11 U.S.C. §§ 1101-1195 in which a business (or individual) reorganizes its debts and operations under court supervision while continuing to operate. The debtor typically remains in possession (DIP) and proposes a Plan of Reorganization for creditor and court approval. Common for businesses with viable operations facing financial distress. The 2019 Small Business Reorganization Act added Subchapter V, streamlined Chapter 11 for small businesses (debt limit $7.5M post-CARES, with periodic adjustments).

Chapter 11 is the bankruptcy proceeding in which a business reorganizes its debts and operations under court supervision while continuing to operate. The debtor typically remains in possession (DIP, debtor-in-possession) rather than having a trustee appointed, and proposes a Plan of Reorganization for creditor and court approval. Chapter 11 is the principal bankruptcy framework for businesses with viable operations facing financial distress, providing breathing space, cramdown ability against dissenting creditors, contract rejection authority, and DIP financing access. Subchapter V (added 2019) provides streamlined Chapter 11 for small businesses.

Debtor-in-possession

In Chapter 11, the debtor typically remains in possession with management authority, operating the business as fiduciary for creditors. Section 1107 grants DIP the rights, powers, and duties of a trustee (with limited exceptions). DIP responsibilities: (1) operate business consistent with fiduciary duties; (2) provide reporting to creditors and US Trustee; (3) avoid preferential and fraudulent transfers; (4) exercise business judgment in routine matters; (5) seek court approval for non-ordinary-course transactions. Trustee appointment occurs only for cause (fraud, dishonesty, gross mismanagement, incompetence).

Exclusive plan period

Section 1121 grants debtor 120-day exclusive period to propose a plan (extendable by court up to 18 months from petition); 180-day exclusive period to obtain plan acceptance (extendable up to 20 months). After exclusivity expires, any party in interest may file competing plan. Exclusivity gives debtor leverage in plan negotiations; competing plans often signal failed reorganization. Most successful Chapter 11s confirm plan during exclusivity period.

Plan confirmation requirements

Section 1129 imposes plan confirmation requirements: (1) good faith; (2) compliance with Chapter 11 provisions; (3) feasibility, plan likely to succeed; (4) best interests test, each creditor receives at least as much as in Chapter 7 liquidation; (5) fair and equitable for non-consenting classes; (6) at least one impaired class consents; (7) absolute priority rule, unless cramdown exception applies, equity receives nothing if creditors not paid in full. Confirmation requires substantial plan-development work; many cases convert to Chapter 7 after failed plan attempts.

Cramdown, § 1129(b)

Cramdown allows confirmation over dissenting class objections if plan is "fair and equitable" to the dissenting class. Standards vary by claim type: (1) secured creditors, retain liens plus deferred cash payments equal to allowed claim, OR sale of collateral with lien attaching to proceeds, OR indubitable equivalent; (2) unsecured creditors, paid in full, OR junior classes receive nothing (absolute priority); (3) equity, paid in full, OR no junior class receives or retains anything. Cramdown is powerful but technical; sophisticated cases involve substantial cramdown analysis.

Subchapter V, small business stream

Small Business Reorganization Act of 2019 added Subchapter V for small business debtors. Key features: (1) debt limit, $7.5M (originally $2.7M; CARES Act expanded to $7.5M; expanded threshold has been periodically extended); (2) no creditor committee typically; (3) trustee appointed with limited role (oversight, distribution); (4) no absolute priority rule, equity can retain ownership without paying creditors in full; (5) shorter timeline, 90-day plan filing deadline (vs. 120 days standard); (6) debtor-only plan filing; (7) cramdown based on disposable income over 3-5 years. Subchapter V dramatically reduces Chapter 11 cost and complexity for small businesses.

Common Chapter 11 outcomes

Chapter 11 outcomes: (1) confirmed plan, successful reorganization; debtor emerges with restructured debt; (2) 363 sale, sale of substantially all assets to going concern buyer; common in distressed M&A; (3) conversion to Chapter 7, failed reorganization; trustee liquidation; (4) dismissal, case dismissed if no progress or for cause; (5) structured dismissal, negotiated dismissal with creditor distributions outside plan. Many filings are pre-arranged or pre-packaged with substantial creditor agreement before petition filing.

Practical context

For Texas businesses considering Chapter 11, planning before filing is critical. Best practice: (1) engage experienced bankruptcy counsel and financial advisor pre-petition; (2) prepare 13-week cash flow forecast and DIP financing strategy; (3) identify executory contracts to assume or reject; (4) develop reorganization plan thesis before filing; (5) for small businesses (debt under $7.5M), evaluate Subchapter V eligibility, substantially less expensive; (6) consider pre-packaged or pre-arranged Chapter 11 with creditor agreements; (7) for distressed M&A, evaluate 363 sale strategy. For creditors: (1) file proof of claim timely; (2) participate in creditor committee where appointed; (3) evaluate plan treatment carefully; (4) preserve rights through stay relief motions where appropriate.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Chapter 7· Debtor-in-Possession· Section 363 Sale· Plan of Reorganization· Automatic Stay

Chapter 13 (Individual Reorganization)

Bankruptcy proceeding under 11 U.S.C. §§ 1301-1330 available to individuals with regular income, providing for repayment of debts over 3-5 years through court-approved plan. Allows debtor to retain assets (including non-exempt property) by paying value over plan term. Subject to debt limits (currently approximately $2.75M total per debtor). Common in mortgage cure situations, tax debts, and where Chapter 7 not available (means test failure) or undesirable.

Chapter 13 is the bankruptcy proceeding available to individuals with regular income, providing for repayment of debts over 3-5 years through a court-approved plan. Chapter 13 allows debtors to retain assets (including non-exempt property) by paying value over the plan term, distinguishing it from Chapter 7 where non-exempt assets are liquidated. Chapter 13 is common in mortgage cure situations, tax debt repayment, and where Chapter 7 is not available (above-median income) or undesirable (asset retention).

Eligibility, § 109(e)

Chapter 13 eligibility requires: (1) individual (or individual with spouse), no entities; (2) regular income, sufficient to fund plan payments; (3) debt limits, combined secured and unsecured debts under approximately $2.75M (periodic adjustments). The debt limit is important: high-debt individuals may need Chapter 11 instead. Individuals filing jointly with spouse can use combined income but must satisfy combined debt limits.

Plan structure

Chapter 13 plan must provide: (1) plan term, 3 years (below-median income) or 5 years (above-median income); (2) full payment of priority claims, taxes, domestic support, certain other priority debts; (3) secured creditor treatment, typically retain liens with payment of value over plan term; (4) unsecured creditor treatment, at minimum, what they would receive in Chapter 7 (best interests test); often pro rata of disposable income; (5) regular payments, typically monthly to trustee. Plan administered by Chapter 13 trustee.

Common uses

Chapter 13 typical scenarios: (1) mortgage cure, paying back arrears over plan term while resuming current payments; (2) tax debt repayment, priority tax debts paid over 3-5 years; (3) above-median income debtors not eligible for Chapter 7; (4) asset retention, protecting non-exempt assets from liquidation; (5) second mortgage stripping, voiding wholly underwater junior liens; (6) protection of co-debtor on consumer debts (§ 1301 codebtor stay). Many filings combine multiple goals.

Discharge, § 1328

Chapter 13 discharge issued after completion of plan payments. Discharge is broader than Chapter 7, covers some debts non-dischargeable in Chapter 7 (so-called "superdischarge"). Excluded from Chapter 13 discharge: (1) certain priority taxes; (2) domestic support obligations; (3) certain student loans; (4) drunk-driving liability; (5) criminal restitution; (6) debts incurred through fraud (with limitations). Hardship discharge available where plan completion impossible due to circumstances beyond debtor's control.

Conversion and dismissal

Chapter 13 cases can be converted or dismissed: (1) conversion to Chapter 7, debtor right or for cause; common when plan completion impossible; (2) dismissal, for cause including failure to make payments, failure to file plan; (3) conversion to Chapter 11, rare; for above debt-limit situations. Chapter 13 has high failure rate, substantial percentage of plans never complete due to circumstances changing during plan term.

Practical context

For Texas individual debtors, Chapter 13 vs. Chapter 7 election depends on income, asset profile, and goals. Best practice: (1) consult experienced bankruptcy counsel, strategy substantially affects outcomes; (2) develop realistic budget supporting plan payments, many plans fail due to optimistic budgeting; (3) coordinate with mortgage cure where applicable; (4) understand 3 vs. 5 year commitment based on income; (5) maintain payment discipline, missed payments lead to dismissal or conversion. For creditors: (1) file proof of claim timely; (2) review plan for proper treatment of claim; (3) object to unfair plan provisions; (4) monitor plan performance.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Chapter 7· Chapter 11· Automatic Stay· Nonjudicial Foreclosure· Priority

Chapter 7 (Liquidation)

Bankruptcy proceeding under 11 U.S.C. §§ 701-784 in which a court-appointed trustee liquidates the debtor's non-exempt assets and distributes proceeds to creditors. Available to individuals (subject to means test) and business entities. For individuals, typically results in discharge of qualifying debts. For business entities, typically results in dissolution. The most common form of business bankruptcy for entities without viable reorganization path. Means test under § 707(b) limits individual eligibility.

Chapter 7 is the bankruptcy proceeding in which a court-appointed trustee liquidates the debtor's non-exempt assets and distributes proceeds to creditors. Chapter 7 is available to individuals (subject to means test) and business entities. For individuals, Chapter 7 typically results in discharge of qualifying pre-petition debts after liquidation. For business entities, Chapter 7 typically results in dissolution, the entity ceases to exist after asset distribution. Chapter 7 is the most common bankruptcy form: faster and less complex than Chapter 11, but providing no reorganization opportunity.

The means test

The means test (§ 707(b)) limits individual Chapter 7 eligibility based on income: (1) median income comparison, debtor's current monthly income compared to state median; below median typically qualifies; (2) disposable income calculation, for above-median debtors, calculation determines available income for Chapter 13 plan; if above thresholds, Chapter 7 may be presumed abusive; (3) presumption rebuttal, debtor can rebut presumption with special circumstances. Above-median debtors often required to use Chapter 13 instead. Business entities (corporations, LLCs) face no means test.

The trustee role

Court-appointed Chapter 7 trustee: (1) takes possession of non-exempt assets; (2) liquidates assets, sales, auctions, recovery of preferences and fraudulent transfers; (3) reviews and objects to claims; (4) distributes proceeds per priority scheme. The trustee receives compensation as percentage of distributed assets. Trustees aggressively pursue avoidable transfers, undisclosed assets, and recovery actions to maximize estate value.

Texas exemptions

Individual debtors can elect federal or state exemptions; Texas exemptions are typically more favorable: (1) homestead, potentially unlimited value (subject to acreage limits: 10 acres urban, 100/200 rural); (2) personal property, up to $100K/$50K (family/individual) for specified categories; (3) retirement accounts, fully exempt; (4) life insurance and annuities, generally exempt; (5) tools of trade; (6) specified personal items. Texas's homestead exemption is among the most generous in the nation, making Texas a debtor-favorable jurisdiction.

Discharge, § 727 and § 523

For individuals, Chapter 7 discharge releases dischargeable pre-petition debts: (1) § 727 denials, fraud, concealment, false oath, failure to keep records; (2) § 523 non-dischargeable categories, taxes within specified periods, fraud-induced debts, domestic support, willful and malicious injury, certain student loans, drunk-driving liability, criminal restitution. Most consumer debt (credit cards, medical, unsecured) is discharged. Secured debts continue against collateral. Business entities do not receive discharge, they cease to exist.

Priority distribution

Chapter 7 proceeds distributed per § 507 priorities: (1) secured creditors, to extent of collateral value; (2) administrative expenses, trustee fees, professional fees; (3) priority unsecured, domestic support, certain employee wages, certain taxes; (4) general unsecured, pro rata distribution; (5) subordinated claims; (6) equity, only after all creditors paid in full (rare). Most general unsecured creditors receive small recovery (cents on the dollar); equity receives nothing in most cases.

Practical context

For Texas debtors, Chapter 7 vs. Chapter 13 election depends on income, assets, and goals. Best practice: (1) consult experienced bankruptcy counsel before filing, strategy matters substantially; (2) for individuals, evaluate means test eligibility; (3) elect Texas vs. federal exemptions based on asset profile (Texas homestead favors home owners; federal exemptions more generous for some personal property); (4) avoid pre-bankruptcy planning that constitutes fraud or preference; (5) file all required schedules and statements completely. For creditors: (1) file proof of claim timely; (2) attend § 341 meeting of creditors; (3) consider non-dischargeability claims under § 523 where applicable; (4) monitor trustee actions and case progress.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Chapter 11· Chapter 13· Automatic Stay· Workout and Restructuring· Priority

Charging Order

A court order entitling a judgment creditor to receive any distributions that would otherwise be paid to a debtor-member of an LLC, partner of a limited partnership, or partner of a general partnership. The exclusive remedy under Texas law for satisfying a personal judgment out of the debtor's interest in the entity.

A charging order is a court order entitling a judgment creditor to receive any distributions that would otherwise be paid to a debtor-member of an LLC, partner of a limited partnership, or partner of a general partnership. The charging order constitutes a lien on the debtor's interest but conveys no governance rights and cannot be foreclosed.

Mechanics

On application by a judgment creditor of a member or partner, a Texas court with jurisdiction may charge the debtor's interest in the entity to satisfy the judgment. The creditor's rights are limited to receiving distributions the debtor would otherwise have received. The lien created by the order may not be foreclosed under Texas law or any other law. The creditor obtains no right to participate in management, no right to access entity property, and no right to compel distributions.

The Texas exclusivity rule

This is the feature that distinguishes Texas charging order law from many other states. Each of §§ 101.112, 153.256, and 152.308 expressly provides that the entry of a charging order is the exclusive remedy by which a judgment creditor may satisfy a judgment out of the debtor's interest. The creditor cannot foreclose on the membership or partnership interest, force a sale of the interest, obtain a court order dissolving the entity, or exercise any legal or equitable remedy against the entity's property to satisfy the personal debt of a member or partner. Texas applies this exclusivity rule equally to single-member LLCs and multi-member LLCs, a notable departure from many other states.

Boundaries of exclusivity

Texas courts have addressed whether the exclusivity rule reaches distributions after they have been paid out. In Stanley v. Reef Securities, Inc. and Goodman v. Compass Bank, Texas courts held that once a distribution is made and is in the debtor's possession, it ceases to be the debtor's "partnership interest" and becomes personal property reachable by ordinary collection mechanisms (such as a turnover order under Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code § 31.002). The exclusivity rule protects the interest itself, not money already in the debtor's hands.

Practical context

The charging order regime is the foundation of Texas-specific asset-protection planning for owners of closely-held businesses, real estate holding companies, and family limited partnerships. The combination of LLC liability shields and charging-order exclusivity makes Texas one of the strongest debtor-friendly jurisdictions in the United States for protecting interests in entity ownership from personal creditors.

Companion article: Collecting a Judgment in Texas

Related Terms
Limited Liability Company· Member· Membership Interest

Choice of Law / Choice of Forum

Choice of law clauses specify which jurisdiction's substantive law governs a contract. Choice of forum (forum selection) clauses specify the courts authorized to hear disputes. Both are foundational for commercial contracts involving multi-state parties or transactions.

Choice of law clauses specify which jurisdiction's substantive law governs the interpretation and enforcement of a contract. Choice of forum (or "forum selection") clauses specify the courts or arbitral tribunals authorized to hear disputes arising from the contract. Both clause types are foundational to commercial contracts, particularly those involving parties or transactions in multiple states.

Choice of law enforceability

Under DeSantis, Texas courts generally enforce contractual choice-of-law clauses if (1) the chosen jurisdiction has a substantial relationship to the parties or the transaction, or there is another reasonable basis for the parties' choice; and (2) application of the chosen law would not be contrary to a fundamental policy of a state with a materially greater interest. The "fundamental policy" exception is invoked sparingly, most commercial choice-of-law clauses are enforced as written.

Choice of forum enforceability

Forum selection clauses are presumptively enforceable under Texas law. Mandatory forum clauses (specifying that disputes "shall" be litigated in a specific court) are enforced unless the resisting party shows the clause is unreasonable, fraud-induced, or contrary to public policy. Permissive forum clauses (specifying that a court "may" hear disputes) preserve party rights to litigate elsewhere.

Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code § 15.020

For "major transactions" (consideration exceeding $1 million), parties may by contract designate any Texas county as the mandatory venue. The statute overrides ordinary venue rules for qualifying contracts.

Practical context

Choice-of-law and forum clauses are critical for predictability, they fix in advance the substantive rules and procedural setting that will apply to disputes. Sophisticated drafting addresses (1) substantive law selection; (2) exclusive vs. non-exclusive forum; (3) whether the clause covers tort claims arising from the contract relationship, not just breach; (4) carve-outs for injunctive relief in any jurisdiction.

Companion article: Contract Disputes in Texas

Related Terms
Sale of Goods· Master Service Agreement· Statute of Frauds

Civil Conspiracy

A theory of vicarious liability in tort under which two or more persons who agree to accomplish an unlawful purpose, or a lawful purpose by unlawful means, become jointly and severally liable for the resulting harm. Texas treats civil conspiracy as a derivative tort, there must be an underlying tort that one of the conspirators committed; conspiracy alone is insufficient. The Texas Supreme Court reaffirmed this framework in Agar Corp. v. Electro Circuits International, LLC, 580 S.W.3d 136 (Tex. 2019).

Civil conspiracy is a theory of vicarious liability under which persons who agree to accomplish an unlawful purpose (or a lawful purpose by unlawful means) become jointly and severally liable for the harm that results. The doctrine extends liability for an underlying tort beyond the direct tortfeasor to co-conspirators who participated in the planning even if they did not personally commit the wrongful act. Texas treats civil conspiracy as a derivative tort, there must be a viable underlying tort, and one of the conspirators must have committed it.

The five elements

Massey v. Armco Steel articulates the five elements of civil conspiracy: (1) two or more persons; (2) an object to be accomplished; (3) a meeting of the minds on the object or course of action; (4) one or more unlawful, overt acts; and (5) damages as the proximate result. The "meeting of the minds" element requires more than parallel conduct or shared interests, proof of an actual agreement, express or tacit, to engage in the conduct.

The derivative-tort requirement

Agar Corp. v. Electro Circuits International (Tex. 2019) is the controlling modern statement of the derivative-tort doctrine. The Texas Supreme Court held that civil conspiracy is not a stand-alone cause of action but a derivative one, recovery requires (1) a viable underlying tort that one of the conspirators committed; and (2) participation by the alleged co-conspirator in the agreement to commit it. If the underlying tort fails (because of statute of limitations, immunity, lack of duty, etc.), the conspiracy claim fails with it. Agar also confirmed that the limitations period for conspiracy runs from the underlying tort's accrual, not from the conspiracy as a separate cause of action.

Common applications

Texas civil-conspiracy claims typically attach to: (1) fraud, co-conspirators in a scheme to defraud; (2) tortious interference, multiple parties coordinating to interfere with a business relationship; (3) misappropriation of trade secrets; (4) conversion; (5) fraudulent transfers in commercial litigation; (6) breach of fiduciary duty, claims against third parties who knowingly assist a fiduciary in breaching duty. The claim is particularly valuable when the direct tortfeasor is judgment-proof or unavailable but co-conspirators have assets.

The "intracorporate conspiracy" doctrine

Texas applies a limited form of the "intracorporate conspiracy" doctrine: agents of a single corporation generally cannot conspire with the corporation itself or with each other when acting within the scope of their corporate duties. Multiple-defendant civil-conspiracy claims that name only a corporation and its officers are vulnerable to dismissal unless the plaintiff can plead conduct outside the scope of corporate duties or involving non-corporate actors. The doctrine is narrower than its federal antitrust counterpart but operates similarly in many cases.

Pleading standards

Texas pleading standards for civil conspiracy require specific allegations: (1) identifying the parties to the agreement; (2) describing the meeting of the minds with sufficient specificity; (3) tying the conspiracy to a viable underlying tort; (4) alleging the overt act and proximate causation. Conclusory allegations of "conspiring" or "acting in concert" are insufficient. Federal courts applying Texas law in diversity have applied the same particularity requirements; vague conspiracy allegations are routinely dismissed under Rule 12(b)(6) or Rule 91a.

Practical context

For Texas commercial plaintiffs, civil conspiracy is most valuable when the direct tortfeasor is judgment-proof or has fled, but co-conspirators with assets remain available. Best practice: (1) confirm the underlying tort is viable before pleading conspiracy, failure of the underlying tort is fatal; (2) plead the meeting of the minds with specificity; (3) avoid intracorporate-conspiracy traps by including non-corporate or extra-corporate-scope conduct; (4) calendar limitations from the underlying tort, not separately. For defendants, the principal defenses are (1) attacking the underlying tort; (2) invoking intracorporate conspiracy; (3) challenging the meeting-of-the-minds element on parallel-conduct grounds; (4) statute-of-limitations on the underlying tort.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Tortious Interference· Fiduciary Duty· Statute of Limitations· Sanctions· Trade Secret

Class Voting / Series Voting

2025

The requirement that holders of a particular class or series of shares vote separately, as a class, on a specified matter. Substantially modified by SB 29 effective May 14, 2025, permitting Texas corporations to waive class and series voting in their certificates of formation.

Class voting (or series voting) is the requirement that the holders of a particular class or series of shares vote separately, as a class, on a specified matter. Where class voting is required, the matter must be approved by both the corporation's overall shareholder vote and the separate vote of each affected class, giving each class effective veto power over actions that disproportionately affect it.

The pre-SB 29 default

Before May 14, 2025, Texas required separate class or series voting for any "fundamental action" or "fundamental business transaction" affecting the class, including changes in authorized shares, mergers, conversions, and sales of substantially all assets. This produced significant transaction friction for venture-backed corporations with multiple preferred-stock series.

The SB 29 change (eff. May 14, 2025)

Under amended § 21.364(d)(1), Texas corporations may now waive separate class and series voting in their certificate of formation for any matter, including fundamental business transactions. The waiver may also extend to the increase or decrease of authorized shares of a class or series (subject to a floor at the number of outstanding shares of the class or series). § 21.364(d)(1).

Strategic significance

This change closes a long-standing gap between the TBOC and Delaware General Corporation Law § 242(b)(2). For venture-backed Texas corporations with multiple preferred-stock series, each with differing economic incentives in an acquisition scenario, the elimination of mandatory class voting reduces transactional veto risk and accelerates deal closings.

Practical context

The waiver requires affirmative election in the certificate of formation; existing Texas corporations seeking the benefit must amend their certificates. The waiver is most relevant for venture-stage, growth-stage, and pre-IPO Texas corporations with complex preferred-stock structures. Closely-held corporations with single-class structures are unaffected.

Companion article: Raising Capital in Texas

Related Terms
Voting· Shareholder· Corporation· Certificate of Formation· Merger

Click-Wrap Agreement

An online contract formation method in which the user manifests assent by clicking an "I agree" button or checkbox after being presented with the contract terms. The most enforceable of the online contract types under both Texas and federal law.

A click-wrap (or "click-through") agreement is an online contract formation method in which the user manifests assent to a set of contractual terms by taking an affirmative action, typically clicking an "I agree" button or checking a box, after being presented with the terms. Click-wrap is the most reliably enforceable of the three principal online contract types in Texas: click-wrap, browsewrap, and sign-in-wrap.

Click-wrap vs. browsewrap vs. sign-in-wrap

Click-wrap requires an affirmative user action (clicking "I agree") in response to displayed terms. Browsewrap purports to bind the user merely by browsing the site, with terms accessible by hyperlink. Sign-in-wrap occupies a middle ground: the user clicks a sign-in or registration button while terms are referenced near the button. Browsewrap is presumptively unenforceable; sign-in-wrap is fact-intensive and depends on the conspicuousness of the notice and the physical proximity of the terms to the assent action.

Texas enforceability requirements

Texas courts apply general contract principles plus UETA. The user must have (1) reasonable notice of the existence of the terms; (2) an opportunity to review the terms; and (3) manifested unambiguous assent. The terms-of-service hyperlink should be visually distinct (typically blue or underlined) and adjacent to the assent button. The button text or proximity language should explicitly reference assent (e.g., "By clicking Sign Up, you agree to our Terms of Service").

Common drafting failures

Terms hidden in footers, presented only after assent, displayed in low-contrast colors, or accessible only via a non-conspicuous hyperlink reduce enforceability. Material modifications to the terms require fresh notice and assent. Arbitration clauses, class-action waivers, and forum selection clauses receive heightened scrutiny when buried in click-wrap that fails the reasonable-notice test.

Practical context

Texas businesses operating any consumer-facing website, app, or SaaS portal should use click-wrap rather than browsewrap. The marginal UX cost is small; the legal certainty gain is substantial. Click-wrap is essentially mandatory for arbitration clauses, class-action waivers, and broad indemnification provisions to survive enforcement challenges.

Companion article: Licensing Your IP in Texas

Related Terms
Software License Agreement· End User License Agreement· SaaS Agreement· Consideration· Statute of Frauds

Closely Held Corporation

A Texas for-profit corporation defined by TBOC § 21.563(a) as having fewer than 35 shareholders and no public market for its shares. Triggers significant procedural advantages for shareholders pursuing derivative claims.

A "closely held corporation" is a Texas for-profit corporation defined by TBOC § 21.563(a) as a corporation that has (i) fewer than 35 shareholders and (ii) no shares listed on a national securities exchange or regularly quoted in an over-the-counter market. The closely held corporation is not a separate corporate form, it is a statutory category that triggers procedural and substantive advantages for shareholders pursuing derivative claims.

Distinguishing "closely held" from "close corporation"

Texas law uses two distinct terms that are easily confused:

Close corporation (Subchapter O of Chapter 21, §§ 21.701–21.763). A specific corporate form that a Texas corporation may elect by statement in the certificate of formation. Election enables management directly by shareholders without a board, through a shareholders' agreement under § 21.713. Opt-in regime requiring formal election.

Closely held corporation (§ 21.563). A statutory category triggered automatically by meeting size and market criteria. No election required.

A Texas corporation may be both, either, or neither. The terms are not interchangeable.

The § 21.563 derivative-action advantages

No demand requirement. The 91-day written-demand procedure of § 21.553 does not apply. Sneed v. Webre, 465 S.W.3d at 178.

No dismissal-by-independent-committee. The committee-dismissal mechanism of § 21.555 does not apply.

Direct recovery available. § 21.563(c) permits the court to order recovery to be paid directly to plaintiff shareholders rather than to the corporation if "justice requires."

Attorney's fees recoverable. § 21.561(b) permits recovery of legal fees from defendants where the suit provided substantial benefit.

The post-Ritchie significance

Ritchie v. Rupe substantially narrowed minority shareholder protections by eliminating the common-law oppression cause of action. The Texas Supreme Court in Sneed v. Webre emphasized that the closely held corporation derivative-action procedure under § 21.563 is the principal mechanism through which minority shareholders may seek meaningful relief. Sneed also held that a shareholder of a closely held parent corporation may bring a "double-derivative" suit on behalf of the parent's wholly owned subsidiary against the subsidiary's officers and directors.

LLC parallel, § 101.463

Texas LLC law contains a substantially parallel provision: an LLC qualifies for derivative-action advantages if it has fewer than 35 members and no public market.

SB 29 implications

The 2025 SB 29 corporate-governance reforms generally do not apply automatically to closely held corporations. The codified business judgment rule under § 21.419, the 3% derivative-action ownership threshold under § 21.552(a)(3), and related amendments apply by default only to publicly-traded corporations. A closely held corporation may opt into these protections, but doing so subjects the corporation to the more director-and-officer-protective regime, generally not in the interest of minority shareholders.

Practical context

The closely held corporation is the dominant form of small-to-medium Texas business that uses corporate (rather than LLC) form. The procedural advantages of § 21.563 are substantial enough that minority shareholders of Texas closely held corporations have meaningfully better protection than minority shareholders of publicly-traded Texas corporations. This produces a counterintuitive result: shareholders of small Texas corporations have stronger derivative-action protections than shareholders of large Texas corporations, by design.

Companion article: Starting a Business in Texas

Related Terms
Corporation· Shareholder· Director· Derivative Action· Shareholder Oppression· Limited Liability Company· Business Judgment Rule

Closing Conditions

The events, deliveries, and circumstances that must be satisfied (or waived by the benefited party) before either party is obligated to close an M&A transaction. Allocates signing-to-closing risk and provides termination rights when conditions fail.

Closing conditions are the specific events, deliveries, and circumstances that must be satisfied (or waived by the benefited party) before either party is obligated to close the transaction. The closing conditions allocate signing-to-closing risk and provide each party with specific termination rights when conditions fail.

Standard buyer conditions

(1) Bring-down of seller representations (reps remain true at closing, subject to materiality qualifiers); (2) compliance with covenants; (3) absence of MAC; (4) third-party consents and regulatory approvals; (5) delivery of specific documents (good standing certificates, secretary's certificates, opinions of counsel); (6) financing condition (rare in middle-market deals; common in highly-leveraged transactions); (7) employment agreements with key personnel.

Standard seller conditions

(1) Bring-down of buyer representations; (2) buyer compliance with covenants; (3) regulatory approvals; (4) buyer delivery of purchase price.

Mutual conditions

(1) Regulatory approvals (HSR, CFIUS, industry-specific approvals); (2) absence of injunctions; (3) consents.

Drop-dead date

Most agreements include an "outside date" (drop-dead date) by which closing must occur or either party may terminate. Typical: 90 days, sometimes extended for regulatory delays.

Materiality qualifiers

Reps brought down at closing typically use "in all material respects" or "MAC" qualifiers to prevent the buyer from refusing to close based on trivial inaccuracies. Carefully drafted agreements specify whether existing materiality qualifiers in the reps "double-count" with the bring-down qualifier (typically "no double materiality" provisions exclude double-counting).

Practical context

Closing conditions are negotiated alongside reps, indemnification, and termination rights as an integrated risk-allocation package. A buyer that gives ground on indemnification often holds firm on closing conditions; a seller that resists strong reps often accepts tighter closing conditions in exchange.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Representations and Warranties· Material Adverse Change· Letter of Intent· Indemnification (M&A)

COBRA Continuation Coverage

Federal statute (29 U.S.C. § 1161 et seq.) requiring group health plans to offer continuation coverage to qualified beneficiaries who lose coverage due to specified qualifying events. Applies to private employers with 20+ employees and group health plans. Standard continuation: 18 months for termination/reduction in hours; 36 months for divorce, dependent aging out, death, Medicare entitlement. Beneficiary pays full premium plus 2% admin fee (102% of plan cost).

COBRA, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, requires group health plans to offer continuation coverage to qualified beneficiaries who lose coverage due to specified qualifying events. The statute applies to private employers with 20 or more employees offering group health plans. Texas has a "mini-COBRA" or state continuation law covering smaller employers (Tex. Ins. Code Ch. 1251, Subch. F). COBRA continuation provides important bridge coverage for employees and dependents during transitions, though the high cost (typically 102% of plan premium) makes alternatives (ACA marketplace, spouse's coverage) economically attractive in many cases.

Qualifying events and coverage periods

Standard COBRA qualifying events and corresponding continuation periods: (1) termination of employment (other than gross misconduct), 18 months; (2) reduction in hours below plan eligibility threshold, 18 months; (3) employee's death, 36 months for spouse and dependents; (4) employee's divorce or legal separation, 36 months for spouse and dependents; (5) employee's Medicare entitlement, 36 months for spouse and dependents; (6) dependent child losing dependent status, 36 months. Disability extension: 18-month period extends to 29 months if SSA-determined disability. Multiple qualifying events: subsequent events can extend coverage up to 36 months total.

Notice obligations

COBRA imposes specific notice obligations: (1) initial general notice, at enrollment in plan, summarizing COBRA rights; (2) employer notice to plan administrator, within 30 days of qualifying events caused by employer (termination, reduction in hours, death, Medicare); (3) employee/dependent notice to plan administrator, within 60 days for qualifying events of which employer may not know (divorce, dependent aging out); (4) election notice, plan administrator to qualified beneficiary within 14 days of receiving qualifying-event notice; (5) election period, qualified beneficiary has 60 days from later of qualifying event or election notice to elect coverage. Failure to provide proper notices can extend election periods and create liability.

Premium structure

Qualified beneficiaries pay the full cost of coverage plus a 2% administrative fee, typically 102% of the plan's full premium (employee + employer contributions). For disability extension months 19-29, the maximum premium increases to 150%. The high cost relative to actively-employed coverage is a significant economic burden; many qualified beneficiaries decline COBRA coverage and pursue alternatives (ACA marketplace, spouse's employer coverage, Medicaid). Premium payments must be timely; grace periods are limited (30 days standard, with potential reinstatement on timely payment).

Common compliance failures

Recurring COBRA compliance issues: (1) missed initial notices, failure to provide general notice at plan enrollment; (2) delayed qualifying-event notices; (3) incorrect election notices, missing required content; (4) premium calculation errors; (5) termination-letter coordination, separation packets missing COBRA information; (6) HIPAA portability coordination; (7) FMLA coordination, FMLA leave doesn't trigger COBRA, but expiration without return can; (8) severance coordination, COBRA notices required regardless of employer-paid severance period.

Penalties

COBRA enforcement carries significant penalties: (1) excise tax, $100 per day per beneficiary per failure (up to $200 per family); annual cap $500K or 10% of plan costs; (2) statutory penalties, up to $110 per day per beneficiary for notice failures; (3) private cause of action; (4) medical expenses, beneficiaries who incur medical expenses without coverage due to employer failure may recover those expenses; (5) attorney's fees.

Practical context

For Texas employers with 20+ employees, COBRA compliance is operational rather than strategic, the rules are technical but well-defined. Best practice: (1) integrate COBRA notices into standard onboarding and offboarding processes; (2) work with experienced TPA or plan administrator for notice and election handling; (3) maintain documentation of all COBRA notices sent and received; (4) coordinate with FMLA, severance, and benefits administration; (5) train HR on qualifying events and notice triggers; (6) for smaller employers, evaluate state continuation obligations under Tex. Ins. Code Ch. 1251. For employees: (1) understand election period (60 days from later of qualifying event or election notice); (2) calculate full premium cost vs. ACA marketplace alternatives; (3) preserve documentation of qualifying events and notices. Common gap: separation packets that omit required COBRA election notices.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
ERISA· Family and Medical Leave Act· Severance Agreement· WARN Act· Wrongful Termination

Collateral

The property subject to a security interest. UCC Article 9 categorizes collateral by type, with different attachment, perfection, priority, and enforcement rules applicable to each category.

"Collateral" is the property subject to a security interest. UCC Article 9 categorizes collateral by type, with different attachment, perfection, priority, and enforcement rules applicable to each category.

Principal categories

Goods, tangible movable property, subdivided into consumer goods, equipment, farm products, and inventory. Instruments, negotiable instruments and writings evidencing a right to payment of money. Documents, documents of title (warehouse receipts, bills of lading). Chattel paper, records evidencing both a monetary obligation and a security interest in or lease of specific goods. Accounts, rights to payment for goods sold, services rendered, or property licensed. Deposit accounts, accounts maintained with a bank. Investment property, securities, securities accounts, commodity contracts. General intangibles, the residual category, including IP rights, business goodwill, and other intangibles not within other categories.

Description requirements (§ 9.108)

A description of collateral is sufficient if it reasonably identifies the collateral, including by specific listing, category, type defined in the UCC, quantity, computational formula, or any other method that makes the identity objectively determinable. A "supergeneric" description ("all assets" or "all personal property") is sufficient in a financing statement but not in a security agreement, security agreements require more specific identification.

Practical context

Collateral category determines perfection method, priority rules, and the secured party's enforcement options. Misclassification of collateral is a common error, mislabeling inventory as equipment, treating a deposit account as cash. Each error has downstream priority consequences.

Companion article: Collecting a Judgment in Texas

Related Terms
Security Interest· Financing Statement· Perfection

Commercial General Liability (CGL) Insurance

The standard liability insurance policy for businesses, providing coverage for bodily injury, property damage, personal and advertising injury, and medical payments arising from business operations, premises, and products. Standard ISO form includes Coverage A (bodily injury and property damage), Coverage B (personal and advertising injury), and Coverage C (medical payments). Subject to numerous exclusions including expected/intended injury, contractual liability (with insured-contract exceptions), pollution, employer's liability, and many others.

Commercial General Liability (CGL) Insurance is the standard liability insurance policy for businesses. CGL provides coverage for bodily injury, property damage, personal and advertising injury, and medical payments arising from the insured's business operations, premises, and products. Most commercial entities carry CGL as foundational risk protection, often layered with excess and umbrella coverage for higher limits. The standard ISO Commercial General Liability Coverage Form (CG 00 01) is the industry baseline.

Coverage structure

Standard CGL provides three principal coverages: (1) Coverage A, Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability: covers liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused by an "occurrence" during the policy period; (2) Coverage B, Personal and Advertising Injury Liability: covers liability for false arrest, malicious prosecution, libel/slander, infringement of copyright/title/slogan, etc.; (3) Coverage C, Medical Payments: provides medical expense payments without regard to fault for injuries occurring on premises or arising from operations. Each coverage has its own insuring agreement, exclusions, and conditions.

The "occurrence" requirement

Coverage A requires an "occurrence," defined in the standard form as an "accident, including continuous or repeated exposure to substantially the same general harmful conditions." Texas courts have interpreted "occurrence" expansively. Lamar Homes v. Mid-Continent (Tex. 2007) held that defective construction can constitute an occurrence, overruling a prior approach that excluded construction defects from coverage. The decision broadened CGL coverage substantially in the construction industry. Subsequent decisions (Don's Building Supply, U.S. Metals) have refined the analysis around when "property damage" occurs and the manifestation rule.

Common exclusions

The standard CGL form contains numerous exclusions: (1) expected or intended injury, injury the insured expected or intended; (2) contractual liability, liability assumed by contract, with significant exceptions for "insured contracts" (which include most commercial indemnification arrangements); (3) liquor liability; (4) workers' compensation and employer's liability; (5) employee bodily injury; (6) pollution; (7) aircraft, auto, watercraft; (8) mobile equipment; (9) war; (10) damage to property in the insured's care, custody, or control; (11) damage to your product; (12) damage to your work; (13) damage to impaired property; (14) recall of products, work, or impaired property. Each exclusion has a specific scope; coverage analysis often turns on whether an exclusion applies.

The "insured contract" exception

The contractual liability exclusion (Exclusion B in Coverage A) excludes liability assumed by contract, but with a critical exception for "insured contracts." Insured contracts include leases of premises (with exceptions), sidetrack agreements, easements, contracts with municipalities, indemnification of municipalities, and, most importantly, "any other contract or agreement pertaining to your business" under which the insured assumes the tort liability of another. The insured-contract exception means most commercial indemnification clauses are covered by the underlying CGL despite the contractual liability exclusion, a critical element of how CGL interacts with contractual risk allocation.

Texas-specific construction defect doctrine

Texas CGL coverage of construction defects is substantially different from many other states. Lamar Homes v. Mid-Continent established that construction defects can be "occurrences" supporting coverage. The decision (and its progeny) addresses subcontractor work, faulty materials, and resulting damage to other property. Coverage typically extends to (1) damage to non-defective property caused by the defective work; (2) bodily injury arising from the defects. Coverage typically does NOT extend to (3) the cost of repair or replacement of the defective work itself (the "your work" exclusion), though subcontractor exception expands coverage in some contexts.

Defense duty

The CGL insurer has a duty to defend any suit alleging facts that potentially fall within coverage, known as the "eight-corners rule" (comparing the four corners of the petition to the four corners of the policy). The duty to defend is broader than the duty to indemnify. If even one allegation in the petition states a potentially-covered claim, the insurer must defend the entire suit. Insurers typically defend under reservation of rights, preserving coverage defenses for the indemnification phase. See Reservation of Rights.

Limits structure

Standard CGL limits include: (1) per-occurrence limit, maximum payable for any single occurrence; (2) general aggregate limit, maximum payable for all occurrences in the policy period (other than products-completed operations); (3) products-completed operations aggregate limit, separate aggregate for products and completed operations claims; (4) personal and advertising injury limit, typically equal to per-occurrence; (5) medical payments limit, usually a small sublimit ($5,000-$10,000 per person). Common limit structures: $1M/$2M (per-occurrence/aggregate), $2M/$4M, $5M/$10M for larger operations. Excess and umbrella coverage layers above CGL for higher limits.

Practical context

For Texas commercial businesses, CGL is foundational risk protection. Best practice: (1) carry CGL with limits proportional to business risk, at minimum $1M/$2M for small businesses, often $2M/$4M for mid-market; (2) layer with umbrella/excess coverage for liability tail risk; (3) carefully review "insured contract" definition for indemnification coverage; (4) coordinate CGL with other policies (workers' comp, auto, pollution, professional liability) to identify gaps; (5) for contracts requiring additional insured status, require primary and noncontributory endorsements with proper form numbers; (6) maintain certificates and endorsements for all parties carrying additional insured status. Common gap: businesses with significant contract-driven exposure (construction, technology, professional services) often need specialized policies (E&O, cyber, products) layered with CGL, relying on CGL alone leaves substantial coverage gaps. Coverage counsel review of major contracts and risk profile is high-value for any mid-market business.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Additional Insured· Errors and Omissions Insurance· Excess Insurance· Stowers Doctrine· Reservation of Rights

Commercial Lease

A contract by which a property owner grants a tenant the right to use specified real property for commercial purposes for a defined term in exchange for rent. Governed by Texas common law and specific statutory provisions, distinct from the more heavily-regulated residential framework.

A commercial lease is a contract by which a property owner (the "landlord" or "lessor") grants a tenant (the "lessee") the right to use specified real property for commercial purposes for a defined term in exchange for rent. Commercial leases are governed by Texas common law and specific statutory provisions, distinct from the more heavily-regulated framework applicable to residential tenancies.

Lease structures

Gross lease: tenant pays a fixed rent; landlord pays operating expenses, taxes, insurance, and maintenance.

Net lease: tenant pays base rent plus some operating expenses. Variations: single-net (tenant pays property taxes), double-net (tenant pays taxes and insurance), triple-net (tenant pays taxes, insurance, and maintenance, common in retail and industrial).

Modified gross / modified net: hybrid structures specifying which expenses are tenant- vs landlord-paid.

Key commercial-lease provisions

(1) Premises description and use restrictions; (2) base rent and rent escalations (CPI, fixed bumps, market resets); (3) common-area maintenance (CAM) charges and reconciliation; (4) operating expense pass-throughs and audit rights; (5) tenant improvements and allowance; (6) renewal options; (7) assignment and subletting restrictions; (8) default and remedies; (9) personal guaranty (typical for closely-held tenants).

Texas-specific considerations

Texas does not regulate commercial rent or lease terms substantively, commercial leases are largely freedom-of-contract documents. The Texas landlord's lien (Tex. Prop. Code § 54.021) gives commercial landlords a statutory lien on tenant property within the leased premises, supplementing contractual remedies. The 30-day notice period required for residential tenancies does not apply to commercial leases, commercial-lease termination follows the lease's notice provisions.

Practical context

Commercial-lease negotiation focuses on (1) operating expense and pass-through definitions (CAM caps, exclusions); (2) tenant improvements and landlord work obligations; (3) renewal and termination options; (4) personal guaranty scope and duration. Sophisticated tenant-side practice involves audit rights, exclusive-use protections, and clear assignment/subletting carve-outs for affiliates and successors.

Companion article: Commercial Leases in Texas

Related Terms
Statute of Frauds· Guaranty Agreement

Commercial Real Estate Purchase Agreement

The principal contract governing the sale of commercial real property in Texas. Distinct from residential transactions in that it is typically heavily negotiated rather than form-driven, with bespoke provisions on due diligence, financing contingencies, environmental representations, title objections, and closing conditions. Statute of frauds requires writing.

A commercial real estate purchase agreement is the principal contract governing the sale of commercial real property in Texas, including office buildings, retail centers, industrial properties, raw land, and multifamily projects. Unlike residential transactions (which typically use TREC promulgated forms), commercial transactions are generally heavily negotiated through bespoke agreements drafted by counsel for each side. The contract structure follows a predictable framework but the substantive terms vary widely based on property type, deal size, and negotiating leverage.

Core deal terms

Standard provisions include (1) parties and property, exact legal description, including any improvements and personal property; (2) purchase price and earnest money, typically 1%-3% deposited with a title company as escrow agent; (3) due diligence (feasibility) period, typically 30-90 days during which the buyer may terminate without penalty; (4) title and survey objection process; (5) representations and warranties, environmental, leases, contracts, litigation, taxes; (6) closing conditions, title insurability, third-party consents, no material adverse change; (7) closing mechanics, date, place, deliverables; (8) default remedies, typically liquidated damages (earnest money) for buyer default; specific performance for seller default.

Due diligence period

The due diligence period is the most important risk-allocation provision in commercial real estate. During this window the buyer typically obtains physical inspections, environmental assessments (Phase I and, if warranted, Phase II), zoning verification, lease reviews, financial review of operating statements, and title and survey objections. The buyer typically has the right to terminate for any reason or no reason during this period, with full earnest money refund. After expiration, the buyer's outs narrow significantly to specific failed conditions.

Title and survey

Title is delivered through a Texas-form title insurance policy (typically T-1 Owner's Policy). The seller's obligation is usually framed as delivery of "marketable title insurable at standard rates," subject to "permitted exceptions" itemized in the contract. The buyer's title objection process is choreographed: title commitment delivered within X days; objection period of Y days; cure or waive; if not cured, buyer's election to terminate or close subject to the uncured objection.

Earnest money handling

Earnest money is typically held by the title company as escrow agent. The contract specifies whether the deposit is "refundable" (during due diligence) or "non-refundable" (after due diligence expiration, typically applied to purchase price at closing). Texas escrow law and Real Estate Commission rules govern the handling of the deposit. Disputes over earnest money release are common and frequently require interpleader if buyer and seller cannot agree.

Common drafting failures

Texas-specific issues that disproportionately surface in litigation: (1) ambiguous mineral rights reservations; (2) ambiguous personal property lists; (3) failure to address rollback taxes (agricultural-to-non-agricultural use); (4) overlooked tenant estoppels for leased property; (5) unclear allocation of property tax prorations; (6) absent or weak environmental indemnities; (7) ambiguity over whether the contract is assignable.

Practical context

Commercial real estate transactions in Texas frequently use letters of intent (LOIs) before the definitive agreement, capturing the major commercial points before counsel begins extensive drafting. The LOI should make clear which provisions are binding (typically confidentiality, exclusivity, earnest money) and which are non-binding business terms. Sloppy LOIs that fail this binding/non-binding distinction can themselves become the subject of litigation when one party seeks to enforce purported agreement.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Letter of Intent· Due Diligence· Representations and Warranties· Title Insurance· Earnest Money· Commercial Lease

Company Agreement

2025

The principal governance document of a Texas LLC, the contract among members (and managers, if applicable) that establishes the LLC's internal rules. The TBOC equivalent of "operating agreement" or "limited liability company agreement" used in other states.

A company agreement is the principal governance document of a Texas LLC, the contract among the members (and, if applicable, managers) that establishes the LLC's internal rules. The TBOC uses the term "company agreement"; the Delaware equivalent is "limited liability company agreement"; the colloquial term, particularly in non-Texas markets, is "operating agreement." The terms are typically used interchangeably in practice.

What it governs

Under § 101.052, the company agreement governs (a) the relations among the LLC's members, managers, officers, and assignees, and (b) other internal affairs of the company. Where the company agreement is silent, the default rules of TBOC Chapter 101 and Title 1 fill the gap.

Form and execution

The company agreement may be written, oral, or implied. § 101.001(1). In practice, every responsibly-formed Texas LLC has a written company agreement, oral and implied agreements produce expensive disputes. The agreement does not need to be filed with the Texas Secretary of State and is not a public document.

The Texas-distinctive flexibility

Tex. Bus. Orgs. Code § 101.052(c) provides that, with limited exceptions specified in § 101.054, any provision of TBOC Title 3 or Title 1 applicable to LLCs may be waived or modified in the company agreement. This makes the Texas company agreement the most contractually flexible governance document for any Texas business entity. Provisions that can be modified include voting rights (default: per capita, § 101.354), distribution rights (default: pro rata by contribution, § 101.203), management structure (member vs. manager-managed), and, under § 101.401 as amended effective May 14, 2025, fiduciary duties themselves, which the company agreement may now expand, restrict, or eliminate. The same SB 29 legislation added § 152.002(e), which extends comparable elimination authority to Texas limited partnerships through the partnership agreement. Texas now offers a unified contractual-fiduciary-duty flexibility regime across LLCs and limited partnerships that is competitive with Delaware.

Non-waivable provisions

Under § 101.054, certain provisions cannot be waived or modified by the company agreement, including the duty to take action in good faith, the right to information necessary for protecting member interests, and certain provisions related to indemnification and the rights of third-party creditors.

Amendment

Default rule: a company agreement may be amended only with the unanimous consent of all members. § 101.053. This default is itself routinely modified, most company agreements substitute a majority-in-interest or supermajority threshold.

Practical context

In Texas, what the company agreement says matters more than what the statute says. The default rules in TBOC Chapter 101 frequently produce results no one would want, equal voting regardless of contribution, no withdrawal rights, distributions only when affirmatively authorized, and the company agreement is the mechanism for tailoring those rules to the parties' actual deal. A poorly drafted or non-existent Texas company agreement is the single most common source of business divorces, derivative actions, and judicial-dissolution efforts. Spending the money on a careful company agreement at formation is, by orders of magnitude, the cheapest legal investment a Texas LLC will ever make.

Companion article: Starting a Business in Texas

Related Terms
Limited Liability Company· Member· Manager· Certificate of Formation· Fiduciary Duty

Confidentiality Agreement / NDA

A contractual obligation by one or more parties to maintain the secrecy of specified information, prohibiting unauthorized disclosure or use beyond defined permitted purposes. Operates as the primary contractual layer of trade secret protection and as a foundation for noncompete enforceability.

A confidentiality agreement (or non-disclosure agreement, "NDA") is a contractual obligation by one or more parties to maintain the secrecy of specified information, prohibiting unauthorized disclosure or use beyond defined permitted purposes. NDAs operate as the primary contractual layer of trade secret protection and as a foundation for noncompete enforceability.

Core elements

A typical confidentiality agreement specifies: (1) what information is "Confidential Information" (definition often broad, including a non-exhaustive list with carve-outs for publicly-known and independently-developed information); (2) permitted uses; (3) restrictions on disclosure to third parties; (4) protection measures the recipient must take; (5) duration; (6) return or destruction obligations on termination; (7) remedies for breach (typically including injunctive relief).

Standard carve-outs

Most NDAs exclude from the confidentiality obligation: (1) information already known to the recipient; (2) information that becomes publicly known through no fault of the recipient; (3) information independently developed without reference to the disclosed information; (4) information lawfully received from a third party. Disclosure required by law (subpoena, regulatory order) is also typically permitted with notice obligations.

Mutual vs. unilateral

Unilateral NDAs flow from a single discloser to a single recipient (typical for employer-employee or vendor relationships). Mutual NDAs flow both directions (typical for M&A diligence, joint ventures, technology partnerships). The structure should match the actual information flow.

Practical context

The confidentiality agreement is foundational. Without it, "confidential information" provided to an employee lacks the legal protection necessary to support either trade secret claims under TUTSA or noncompete claims under § 15.50. Confidentiality agreements should be in place before any meaningful disclosure of business information.

Companion article: Non-Competes in Texas

Related Terms
Trade Secret· Noncompete Agreement· Nonsolicitation Agreement· Employment Agreement· Disclosure Schedule

Consideration

The bargained-for exchange that supports a contract, something of value (a promise, act, forbearance, or property) given by each party in exchange for the other's promise. Texas requires consideration for contract formation; "naked promises" without consideration are generally unenforceable.

Consideration is the bargained-for exchange that supports a contract, something of value (a promise, act, forbearance, or property) given by each party in exchange for the other's promise. Texas requires consideration for contract formation; "naked promises" without consideration are generally unenforceable.

Elements

(1) A bargained-for exchange, each party gives something to receive something; (2) Legal value, the consideration must have legal sufficiency, though the amount need not be equivalent. Past consideration (something already given before the promise) is generally insufficient.

Pre-existing duty rule

A promise to do something one is already legally obligated to do is generally not consideration. Modifications of existing contracts traditionally require new consideration, though Texas, like the UCC, recognizes exceptions.

UCC modification exception (§ 2.209)

For sales of goods contracts, modifications need not be supported by consideration to be binding (subject to good-faith and reasonable-commercial-standards limitations). This is a deliberate UCC departure from common-law contract modification rules.

Promissory estoppel (substitute for consideration)

Where a promisee reasonably relies on a promise to the promisee's detriment, Texas courts may enforce the promise despite absence of formal consideration. Required elements: (1) a promise; (2) foreseeable reliance by the promisee; (3) substantial reliance to the promisee's detriment; (4) injustice avoidable only by enforcement.

Practical context

Consideration is rarely a serious obstacle to commercial-contract enforcement, typical commercial bargains involve reciprocal promises with obvious legal value. Consideration becomes contested in contract modification, settlement releases, employment-agreement updates (where continued at-will employment may be inadequate consideration), and gratuitous-promise disputes.

Companion article: Contract Disputes in Texas

Related Terms
Statute of Frauds· Sale of Goods· Liquidated Damages

Construction Contract

A contract governing the construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of real property. Texas construction contracts are subject to the Anti-Indemnity Act (Tex. Ins. Code Ch. 151), the mechanic's lien statute (Tex. Prop. Code Ch. 53), the Prompt Payment Act (Tex. Prop. Code Ch. 28), and a substantial body of project-delivery case law.

A construction contract is a contract governing the construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of real property. Texas construction law layers multiple statutory schemes onto private contract, the Anti-Indemnity Act, the mechanic's lien statute, the Prompt Payment Act, and various project-delivery method regulations, that materially affect what parties can and cannot agree to. Industry-standard form contracts (AIA, ConsensusDocs) are commonly used but require Texas-specific modifications to comply with these statutory overlays.

Project-delivery methods

Common Texas commercial delivery methods include: (1) design-bid-build, owner contracts separately with designer and contractor; lowest-bid award typical; (2) design-build, single entity provides both design and construction; (3) construction manager at-risk (CMAR), CM provides preconstruction services and then takes price risk via guaranteed maximum price; (4) integrated project delivery (IPD), multi-party agreements integrating owner, designer, and contractor; (5) job-order contracting, common on public projects for repetitive work. Each method has distinct contract structures and risk-allocation patterns.

Pricing structures

Standard pricing approaches: (1) lump sum / stipulated price, fixed price for defined scope; risk on contractor; (2) cost-plus-fee, owner reimburses actual costs plus a defined fee; risk on owner; (3) guaranteed maximum price (GMP), cost-plus with a ceiling; shared risk above GMP, often with savings-sharing below; (4) unit price, payment by quantity of work installed; (5) time-and-materials, most commonly used for emergency or change-order work, not whole projects.

Texas-specific compliance overlays

Texas construction contracts must reckon with: (1) the TAIA voiding broad-form indemnity that protects the indemnitee from its own fault; (2) the mechanic's lien framework requiring statutory notice and lien-filing procedures (post-HB 2237 amendments for contracts entered after January 1, 2022); (3) Prompt Payment Act mandates of 35-day owner-to-prime payment and 7-day prime-to-sub payment, with 1.5%/month interest for late payment; (4) statutes of repose limiting design and construction-defect claims to 10 years; and (5) special rules for residential construction under the Property Code.

Common disputes

Recurring construction disputes in Texas include: (1) scope of work and change-order disputes; (2) delay claims and concurrent-delay analysis; (3) defective work claims; (4) payment claims (often invoking lien rights and Prompt Payment Act); (5) differing site conditions; (6) liquidated damages for late completion; (7) termination for convenience vs. termination for default. Forum and venue selection matter greatly given the launch of the Texas Business Court (effective September 1, 2024), many sophisticated commercial construction disputes meeting the threshold may now be litigated in that specialized forum.

Practical context

For Texas owners and contractors, the construction contract is the single most important risk-management document on a project. AIA and ConsensusDocs forms provide a sophisticated starting point but require Texas-specific edits, particularly to indemnification (TAIA compliance), payment timing (Prompt Payment Act), and lien-related provisions. Form-only execution without legal review is a frequent driver of downstream disputes, particularly on projects above $500K where the cost of customization is small relative to the dispute exposure.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act· Texas Prompt Payment Act· Mechanic's and Materialman's Lien· Retainage· Liquidated Damages· Indemnification (Corporate)

Conversion

A TBOC-authorized transaction in which a Texas business entity changes its form (e.g., LLC to corporation) or jurisdiction of formation (e.g., Delaware corporation to Texas corporation) without dissolving and reforming. Contracts, debts, and liabilities continue uninterrupted.

Conversion is a TBOC-authorized transaction in which a Texas business entity changes its form (e.g., LLC to corporation, corporation to LLC, partnership to LLC) or its jurisdiction of formation (e.g., Delaware corporation to Texas corporation) without dissolving and reforming. The converted entity is the same legal person before and after the conversion; contracts, debts, and liabilities continue uninterrupted.

Plan of conversion

Under § 10.103, the plan of conversion must specify the name of the converting and converted entity, their respective forms, the manner of converting interests, and the certificate of formation or governing documents of the converted entity. The plan must be approved as required by the converting entity's governing documents and the TBOC (typically by the same vote required for a fundamental action, two-thirds of outstanding voting shares for a corporation, unless the certificate provides for a lower threshold).

Effect of conversion (§ 10.106)

On the effective date: (1) the converting entity continues to exist in the converted form; (2) all rights, title, and interests in property pass to the converted entity by operation of law; (3) all debts, liabilities, and obligations of the converting entity continue as obligations of the converted entity; and (4) all proceedings pending against the converting entity continue against the converted entity.

Practical context

Conversion is the standard mechanism for entity-form changes (LLC-to-corporation pre-IPO; corporation-to-LLC for tax planning) and for re-domiciling from another state to Texas. The conversion procedure is generally faster and more efficient than dissolving the existing entity and reforming as the new entity.

Companion article: Business Succession Planning in Texas

Related Terms
Corporation· Limited Liability Company· Merger· Certificate of Formation

Convertible Note

A debt instrument that converts to equity (typically preferred stock) upon a qualified equity financing, with a valuation cap, discount, or both. Convertible notes accrue interest (typically 4-8% annually) and have a maturity date (typically 18-24 months) at which they must be repaid or converted. Largely displaced by SAFEs in U.S. seed-stage financing but remain common in some contexts (later-stage bridges, more-investor-friendly markets, §1202 QSBS holding-period optimization).

A convertible note is a debt instrument that converts to equity (typically preferred stock) upon a qualified equity financing event, with a valuation cap, discount, or both. Convertible notes are debt instruments, they accrue interest (typically 4-8% annually), have a maturity date (typically 18-24 months), and must be repaid or converted at maturity. Convertible notes were the dominant early-stage U.S. financing instrument until SAFEs displaced them in the 2010s, but they remain common in later-stage bridges, investor-friendly markets, and contexts where the debt features (interest accrual, maturity leverage, §1202 holding-period start) are valuable.

Standard terms

Convertible note terms typically include: (1) principal amount, investment amount; (2) interest rate, typically 4-8% annually; simple or compound; (3) maturity date, typically 18-24 months; (4) conversion mechanics, qualified financing trigger ($1M+ minimum size standard), valuation cap, discount; (5) conversion price, generally lower of cap price or discount price; (6) change of control, typically 1x or 2x repayment, or conversion at cap, at investor option; (7) events of default; (8) subordination, to senior debt; (9) amendment provisions; (10) governing law.

Conversion at qualified financing

Convertible note conversion mechanics: (1) qualified financing trigger, equity financing meeting minimum size threshold; (2) conversion price, lower of cap price or financing price minus discount; (3) shares received, principal plus accrued interest divided by conversion price; (4) same securities, typically same series of preferred stock as financing investors (with possible exceptions for shadow series). Accrued interest converts alongside principal, meaning the longer the period before conversion, the more shares the investor receives.

Maturity date scenarios

If qualified financing has not occurred by maturity, several scenarios can apply (per note terms): (1) repayment, note becomes due and payable; (2) automatic conversion at fixed conversion price (e.g., cap price); (3) investor election between repayment and conversion; (4) extension if both parties agree; (5) default if not repaid and conversion option not exercised. Maturity creates negotiating leverage for investors, facing default exposure, founders may agree to renegotiate terms or convert on terms favorable to investors.

SAFE vs. convertible note comparison

Key trade-offs: (1) founder perspective, SAFEs are simpler (no debt, no maturity, no interest); convertible notes create maturity pressure; (2) investor perspective, convertible notes provide more protection (interest accrual, maturity leverage, default rights); SAFEs are cleaner but less protective; (3) cap table, both create future dilution at conversion; convertible note dilution is larger because of interest accrual; (4) tax, convertible notes start §1202 QSBS holding period at investment; SAFEs typically start at conversion; (5) balance sheet, convertible notes are debt liability; SAFEs are typically equity. The choice depends on context: founder-friendly markets favor SAFEs; investor-friendly markets and bridge contexts favor convertible notes.

The §1202 QSBS holding-period advantage

Convertible notes have a meaningful tax advantage over SAFEs for investors seeking §1202 QSBS exclusion: (1) convertible notes, §1202 holding period typically begins at note issuance (debt is exchanged for stock at conversion, but holding period tacks); (2) SAFEs, §1202 holding period typically begins at conversion since SAFEs are not stock. For investors expecting §1202 exit (5-year holding period for qualifying small business stock with substantial gain exclusion), convertible notes can save substantial tax. This advantage drives convertible note usage in some seed deals, particularly with sophisticated investors.

Common drafting issues

Recurring convertible note drafting issues: (1) qualified financing definition, minimum size, type of equity (preferred or any), inclusion of SAFE conversions; (2) cap calculation, pre-money or post-money basis; (3) interest rate, too low and investor return is inadequate; too high and dilution is excessive; (4) change of control payout, 1x or 2x principal, or conversion at cap; sophisticated investors push for higher payout; (5) amendment threshold, majority or supermajority required for changes; (6) most favored nation provisions. Each provision affects both parties' economics; careful negotiation is essential.

Practical context

For Texas startups, convertible note vs. SAFE selection depends on context. Best practice: (1) for typical seed financings, SAFEs are simpler and market-standard; (2) for bridges between rounds, convertible notes provide structure and creditor protection; (3) for sophisticated investors expecting §1202 exits, convertible notes offer tax advantages; (4) for founders worried about maturity pressure, SAFEs avoid the issue; (5) for investor-friendly markets, convertible notes are commonly preferred. Best practice: (1) maintain comprehensive cap table tracking all outstanding notes and their conversion mechanics; (2) calendar maturity dates carefully, failures generate default risk; (3) coordinate convertible note conversion at qualified financing with broader round documentation; (4) ensure proper Reg D compliance for note issuance. For investors: (1) understand interest accrual and dilution implications; (2) evaluate change of control payout, important if exit precedes qualified financing; (3) coordinate §1202 holding period; (4) document representations on accredited status. Common pitfall: founders missing maturity date, generating default and creditor claims that complicate subsequent financings.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
SAFE· Regulation D· Accredited Investor· Section 1202· Promissory Note

Copyright

2025

A federal grant of exclusive rights in original works of authorship fixed in a tangible medium of expression. Protection arises automatically upon fixation; registration is a prerequisite to filing an infringement suit. Governed entirely by federal law.

Copyright is a federal grant of exclusive rights in an original work of authorship that has been fixed in a tangible medium of expression. Protection arises automatically the moment the work is fixed; no registration, notice, or publication is required for the right to exist. Registration with the U.S. Copyright Office is, however, a prerequisite to filing an infringement suit and unlocks statutory damages and attorney's fees.

Subject matter and the fixation requirement

Section 102(a) protects original works of authorship fixed in any tangible medium. Categories include literary works, musical works, dramatic works, pictorial/graphic/sculptural works, motion pictures, sound recordings, architectural works, and computer programs (treated as literary works). The originality bar is low, modest creative spark is sufficient, but ideas, facts, procedures, processes, systems, and methods of operation are excluded under § 102(b).

Exclusive rights and infringement

Section 106 grants the copyright owner the exclusive rights to reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute, perform, and display the work publicly. Infringement is established by proving ownership and copying of constituent elements that are original. Statutory damages range from $750 to $30,000 per work for ordinary infringement and up to $150,000 per work for willful infringement, plus attorney's fees in successful registered-work cases.

Fair use after Warhol

The four-factor fair use analysis under § 107 was reframed by Andy Warhol Foundation v. Goldsmith (2023). The Supreme Court held that the first factor, purpose and character of the use, turns on whether the new use shares the same commercial purpose as the original, not merely on whether it adds new expression. Commercial uses with substantially similar purposes to the original receive narrower fair use protection than the pre-Warhol "transformative use" doctrine had suggested.

AI-generated works

The U.S. Copyright Office and the D.C. Circuit have held that human authorship is required for copyright protection. Thaler v. Perlmutter (D.C. Cir. 2025) affirmed the denial of registration for a work created entirely by an AI system. The Copyright Office's January 2025 guidance further clarifies that prompts alone are insufficient to make the prompter the author, but works combining AI assistance with sufficient human creative contribution remain protectable for the human-authored portions. See also Generative AI Output.

Practical context

For Texas businesses, copyright most commonly affects (1) software code and databases; (2) marketing materials, photography, and website copy; (3) employee-created content and contractor work product; and (4) AI-assisted content generation. Federal preemption means copyright is litigated in federal court, not Texas state court. Registration is inexpensive ($45-$125) and unlocks statutory damages, best practice is to register valuable works promptly upon creation.

Companion article: Patents vs. Trademarks vs. Trade Secrets

Related Terms
Work-for-Hire Doctrine· License Agreement· IP Assignment· Trade Secret· Generative AI Output

Corporation

2025

A Texas for-profit corporation under TBOC Title 2, Chapter 21, a separate legal entity owned by shareholders, governed by a board of directors, and managed day-to-day by officers appointed by the board.

A Texas for-profit corporation is a separate legal entity formed by filing a certificate of formation with the Texas Secretary of State under TBOC Title 2, Chapter 21. The corporation is owned by shareholders (who hold stock representing equity ownership), governed by a board of directors elected by the shareholders, and managed day-to-day by officers appointed by the board.

The three-tier governance structure

Shareholders own the corporation, vote on fundamental corporate transactions and election of directors, and receive dividends when declared. Subchapter H governs shareholder meetings.

Board of directors manages or directs the management of the corporation. Subchapter I (§§ 21.401–21.418) governs board structure, election, term, removal, vacancies, and meeting procedures.

Officers execute board policy and manage day-to-day operations. Subchapter F (§§ 21.301–21.305).

The shareholders' agreement option

§§ 21.101–21.110 permit shareholders to enter into an agreement that may eliminate the board of directors entirely, restrict the discretion or powers of the board, govern dividend distributions, control share transfer, govern the resolution of deadlocks, and address dissolution and termination. § 21.101(a). This makes Texas corporations significantly more contractually flexible than many practitioners assume.

Director and officer fiduciary duties

Texas corporate fiduciary duties are not codified in the TBOC. They are common-law duties developed through Texas Supreme Court decisions and the Fifth Circuit's interpretation of Texas law. See Fiduciary Duty. The certificate of formation may, under § 7.001, eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors for breach of the duty of care.

The 2024–2025 corporate-governance overhaul

House Bill 19 (88th Leg., 2023; eff. Sept. 1, 2024) created the Texas Business Court and Fifteenth Court of Appeals. See Texas Business Court.

Senate Bill 29 (89th Leg., 2025; eff. May 14, 2025) made the most significant changes to Texas corporate-governance law in a generation. SB 29 (a) codified the business judgment rule for publicly-traded and opt-in Texas for-profit corporations at new § 21.419; (b) authorized ownership-threshold restrictions on derivative standing at new § 21.552(a)(3) (capped at 3% of outstanding shares); (c) limited attorney's fees recovery for disclosure-only derivative settlements at new § 21.561(c); (d) narrowed shareholder books-and-records inspection rights at amended § 21.218; (e) authorized exclusive-forum clauses in governing documents at amended § 2.115; (f) authorized jury-waiver provisions in governing documents at new § 2.116; and (g) extended fiduciary-duty elimination authority to limited partnerships at new § 152.002(e). Most SB 29 protections do not apply automatically to private corporations, the corporation must affirmatively opt into the relevant provisions.

House Bill 40 (89th Leg., 2025; eff. Sept. 1, 2025) reduced the Texas Business Court's amount-in-controversy threshold from $10 million to $5 million for most categories of corporate-governance and fiduciary-duty disputes.

Practical context

Despite the dominance of LLCs in new Texas entity formation, the for-profit corporation remains the standard structure for businesses that anticipate going public, raising venture capital, granting incentive stock options, or operating with a traditional board governance model. The corporation's structural rigidity, relative to the LLC's contractual flexibility, is sometimes a feature rather than a bug. The combined effect of the Texas Business Court (operational since September 1, 2024), the SB 29 corporate-governance reforms (effective May 14, 2025), and HB 40's threshold reduction (effective September 1, 2025) is to position Texas as a serious competitor to Delaware as a state of corporate domicile for the first time in modern history.

Companion article: Starting a Business in Texas

Related Terms
Director· Shareholder· Bylaws· Certificate of Formation· Business Judgment Rule· Fiduciary Duty· Texas Business Court· Closely Held Corporation

Covenant (Financial)

A contractual obligation in a credit agreement requiring the borrower to maintain specified financial conditions or refrain from specified actions during the loan term. Affirmative covenants require the borrower to do something (deliver financial statements, maintain insurance); negative covenants restrict actions (additional debt, distributions); financial covenants impose ratio tests (leverage, debt service coverage, fixed charge coverage). Breach is a default subject to lender remedies.

A covenant in a financial-agreement context is a contractual obligation requiring the borrower to maintain specified financial conditions or refrain from specified actions during the loan term. Covenants serve two principal functions: (1) maintaining the credit profile that justified the lending decision and (2) providing early-warning triggers that allow the lender to intervene before the borrower's financial condition deteriorates beyond recovery. Three principal categories: affirmative, negative, and financial covenants.

Affirmative covenants

Affirmative covenants require the borrower to take specified actions. Common examples: (1) deliver audited annual financial statements within 120 days of fiscal year-end; (2) deliver quarterly compliance certificates; (3) maintain insurance covering specified risks at specified levels; (4) maintain corporate existence and good standing; (5) comply with material laws and permits; (6) pay taxes when due; (7) maintain books and records; (8) provide access to facilities and records on reasonable notice; (9) preserve collateral and lien priority. Most affirmative covenants are administrative, but failure to perform can constitute an event of default.

Negative covenants

Negative covenants restrict the borrower from taking specified actions. Common examples: (1) prohibition on additional debt above stated thresholds (with permitted-debt exceptions); (2) prohibition on liens (with permitted-liens exceptions); (3) restrictions on dividends and distributions; (4) restrictions on M&A activity; (5) restrictions on asset dispositions; (6) restrictions on affiliate transactions; (7) restrictions on changes in line of business; (8) restrictions on amendment of organizational documents or material contracts. Negative covenants are extensively negotiated; the carve-outs ("baskets" and "thresholds") often determine the practical operating flexibility of the borrower.

Financial covenants

Financial covenants impose ratio or absolute-dollar tests on the borrower's financial performance. Common metrics: (1) leverage ratio, total debt to EBITDA, capped at a stated multiple (e.g., 4.0x); (2) debt service coverage ratio (DSCR), EBITDA or cash flow to debt service, with a floor (e.g., 1.20x); (3) fixed charge coverage ratio, EBITDA to fixed charges (interest, lease payments, taxes); (4) minimum EBITDA, absolute floor on operating performance; (5) minimum tangible net worth. Each metric requires definitions of its component terms, these definitions are heavily negotiated and material to the practical effect.

Covenant breach and cure

Breach of a covenant is typically an event of default under the credit agreement, triggering the lender's remedies, acceleration of the loan, default-rate interest, foreclosure on collateral, and exercise of other rights. Many credit agreements provide cure rights: (1) grace periods for affirmative covenant defaults; (2) equity cures for financial-covenant defaults, permitting the borrower to remedy a financial-ratio breach by injecting equity capital that is added to EBITDA or applied to debt; (3) force majeure excuses in limited circumstances. Lenders frequently use covenant breaches as negotiation leverage to extract amendments, fees, or additional collateral rather than acceleration.

Practical drafting considerations

The key drafting points: (1) definitions matter, EBITDA, total debt, fixed charges, and similar terms must be defined precisely; (2) permitted exceptions, every restriction needs operational carve-outs sized for the borrower's reasonable business needs; (3) cure rights, equity-cure mechanics, frequency limits, and impact on subsequent periods; (4) cross-default, whether default on other indebtedness triggers default under this loan; (5) materiality qualifiers, "material adverse effect" language tempering breach consequences for minor failures.

Practical context

For Texas borrowers, the practical impact of covenants is typically felt during a downturn, the financial covenants that seemed loose at closing become tight as performance declines. Best practice: (1) build a covenant-compliance forecasting model at closing; (2) test compliance monthly using forward-looking EBITDA projections; (3) engage with the lender at the first signs of covenant pressure (lenders generally prefer proactive amendments to reactive defaults); (4) maintain detailed records supporting financial covenant calculations; (5) consider equity-cure capacity in capital-stack planning. For lenders, well-designed covenants are early-warning systems, if covenants are never tested or always loosely complied with, they are not doing their job.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Promissory Note· Guaranty Agreement· Material Adverse Change· Default· Acceleration Clause

Cumulative Voting

A method of voting in director elections that gives each shareholder votes equal to shares held multiplied by directors to be elected, with all votes castable for a single candidate or distributed. Enables minority shareholders to elect at least one director when their stake is sufficient.

Cumulative voting is a method of voting in director elections that gives each shareholder a number of votes equal to the number of shares held multiplied by the number of directors to be elected, with all such votes castable for a single candidate or distributed among multiple candidates. It enables minority shareholders to elect at least one director when their ownership stake is sufficient to overcome the relevant mathematical threshold.

Texas default

Texas is an opt-in cumulative-voting state. Under § 21.360, shareholders do not have the right to cumulate their votes unless the certificate of formation expressly provides for cumulative voting. This is the opposite of older statutes that imposed cumulative voting by default.

Calculation example

A shareholder holding 100 shares in an election of three directors has 300 votes under cumulative voting, which may be cast 300-for-one or distributed 100-100-100. Under standard plurality voting, the same shareholder has 100 votes per director seat.

Notice requirement

Under § 21.361, where cumulative voting is authorized, a shareholder must provide written notice to the corporation's secretary at least one day before the meeting of the shareholder's intent to cumulate votes.

Practical context

Cumulative voting is rarely adopted in modern Texas corporations. Closely-held corporations typically prefer the predictability of straight plurality voting; venture-backed corporations achieve minority-board representation through class-voting structures rather than cumulative voting.

Companion article: Raising Capital in Texas

Related Terms
Voting· Director· Shareholder· Class Voting / Series Voting

Cyber Insurance

2024

A specialized insurance product covering risks associated with cyber events, data breaches, ransomware, business interruption from cyber incidents, regulatory investigations, and third-party liability for cyber-related harm. Typically includes both first-party coverage (the insured's own losses, forensics, notification, business interruption, ransom payments) and third-party coverage (claims by others, customers, regulators, payment networks). Market has matured significantly; underwriting now requires substantial security controls.

Cyber insurance is a specialized insurance product covering risks associated with cyber events, data breaches, ransomware attacks, business interruption from cyber incidents, regulatory investigations, and third-party liability arising from cyber-related harm. The market has matured rapidly: from a niche product 15 years ago to a standard component of commercial insurance programs. Underwriting practices have tightened significantly with rising claim costs, particularly from ransomware. Modern policies typically require substantial security controls (multi-factor authentication, endpoint detection, backup discipline) as conditions of coverage.

Coverage structure, first-party

First-party cyber coverage addresses the insured's own losses arising from a cyber event: (1) incident response, forensic investigation, IT remediation, legal counsel; (2) notification costs, notifying affected individuals as required by breach laws; (3) credit monitoring for affected individuals (often 1-2 years); (4) public relations, crisis communications and reputation management; (5) business interruption, lost income from systems being unavailable; (6) contingent business interruption, losses from third-party providers (cloud, payment processors) experiencing cyber events; (7) data restoration, costs to recover lost or corrupted data; (8) cyber extortion, ransomware payments and negotiation costs (subject to OFAC sanctions compliance); (9) fraudulent funds transfer, coverage for social engineering/business email compromise (often sub-limited).

Coverage structure, third-party

Third-party cyber coverage addresses claims by others arising from a cyber event: (1) privacy liability, claims by individuals whose data was compromised; (2) regulatory defense, investigations and proceedings by regulators (FTC, state AGs, sectoral regulators); (3) regulatory fines and penalties, coverage where insurable (varies by jurisdiction; some fines uninsurable for public policy reasons); (4) PCI fines and assessments, penalties from payment card networks for breaches involving cardholder data; (5) media liability, defamation, copyright, trademark claims arising from online content; (6) network security liability, claims by parties whose networks or data were harmed by malware originating from the insured's systems.

Common exclusions and limitations

Modern cyber policies contain significant exclusions: (1) war and terrorism, particularly nation-state attribution exclusions, which have been heavily litigated post-NotPetya (Mondelez v. Zurich); (2) infrastructure failure not caused by cyber attack; (3) bodily injury and property damage, typically routed to other policies; (4) known incidents, events known prior to inception; (5) fraudulent acts of the insured; (6) contractual liability in some forms; (7) OFAC-prohibited ransom payments, coverage cannot fund payments to sanctioned actors. Sublimits and coinsurance are common: ransomware sub-limits, social engineering sub-limits, regulatory sub-limits.

Underwriting requirements (post-2021)

The cyber insurance market has tightened significantly post-2020 due to rising ransomware claim costs. Modern underwriting typically requires: (1) multi-factor authentication (MFA) on all remote access, email, and privileged accounts; (2) endpoint detection and response (EDR) deployment; (3) privileged access management (PAM); (4) email security with phishing protection; (5) backup discipline, offline or immutable backups; (6) incident response plan; (7) employee security training; (8) vulnerability management with regular patching; (9) network segmentation; (10) vendor risk management. Failure to maintain stated controls during the policy period can void coverage.

Texas regulatory exposure

Texas-based cyber insureds face several layered regulatory exposures: (1) Texas breach notification under Tex. Bus. & Com. Code § 521.053 (60-day notification requirement); (2) Texas Data Privacy and Security Act (TDPSA, effective July 1, 2024), sectoral compliance requirements with civil penalties up to $7,500 per violation; (3) federal sectoral laws, HIPAA (healthcare), GLBA (financial), COPPA (children); (4) FTC enforcement for unfair/deceptive data practices; (5) plaintiff class actions, Texas residents have state-law privacy claims and federal claims under various theories. Cyber insurance addresses defense and (in many cases) settlement costs across all these vectors.

Ransomware and OFAC

Ransomware payments raise OFAC compliance issues. The Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) maintains a sanctions list of designated individuals and entities. Payments to sanctioned actors are unlawful regardless of the urgency of the situation. OFAC's October 2020 advisory (and subsequent updates) emphasizes that ransomware payments may violate sanctions, with exposure for both the victim and any facilitating parties (insurers, ransomware negotiators, financial institutions). Cyber insurance policies typically condition ransom-payment coverage on OFAC compliance, payments to sanctioned actors are excluded. Best practice: engage OFAC-aware ransomware negotiation specialists who can run sanctions checks before any payment.

Coordination with other coverage

Cyber claims often implicate multiple insurance policies: (1) CGL, possible privacy injury coverage under Coverage B, though most modern CGLs exclude cyber; (2) D&O, securities and shareholder claims arising from cyber disclosure failures; (3) E&O, professional liability for technology providers; (4) crime/fidelity, employee theft and computer fraud; (5) kidnap and ransom, sometimes overlaps with cyber extortion. Sophisticated insurance programs coordinate cyber with these other coverages to avoid gaps and disputes among insurers.

Practical context

For Texas businesses, cyber insurance is increasingly essential. Best practice: (1) carry cyber insurance proportional to data sensitivity and business size, minimum $1M for small businesses with consumer data, often $5M-$25M for mid-market; (2) maintain underwriting-required security controls during the policy period (failures void coverage); (3) coordinate cyber with CGL, D&O, E&O, and crime policies to avoid gaps; (4) review war/nation-state exclusions carefully (recent litigation has narrowed coverage for state-sponsored attacks); (5) maintain incident response plans with pre-arranged forensic, legal, and PR resources; (6) for ransomware, engage OFAC-aware specialists before paying; (7) document security controls and policies to support claims. Common gap: many businesses still rely on CGL Coverage B for cyber exposure, most modern CGLs exclude cyber, so this approach leaves businesses uncovered. Standalone cyber insurance is the modern standard.

Companion article: Data Breach Response

Related Terms
Texas Data Privacy and Security Act· Commercial General Liability Insurance· Errors and Omissions Insurance· Directors and Officers Insurance· Representations and Warranties Insurance

D

Daubert and Robinson Standards

The Texas framework for judicial gatekeeping of expert witness reliability. The Texas Supreme Court adopted the Daubert framework in E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. v. Robinson, 923 S.W.2d 549 (Tex. 1995), articulating six non-exclusive factors for evaluating the reliability of scientific expert testimony. Gammill v. Jack Williams Chevrolet, Inc., 972 S.W.2d 713 (Tex. 1998), extended reliability gatekeeping to all expert testimony, including non-scientific opinion, through the "analytical gap" test.

The Daubert and Robinson standards together establish the Texas framework for judicial gatekeeping of expert witness reliability. The Texas Supreme Court adopted the federal Daubert framework in E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. v. Robinson, 923 S.W.2d 549 (Tex. 1995), and elaborated it through six non-exclusive factors evaluating the reliability of scientific expert testimony. Gammill v. Jack Williams Chevrolet, Inc., 972 S.W.2d 713 (Tex. 1998), extended reliability gatekeeping to all expert testimony, including non-scientific or experience-based opinion, through the "analytical gap" test.

The six Robinson factors

Section 702 of the Texas Rules of Evidence permits expert testimony only where it will assist the trier of fact and the witness is qualified. Robinson articulates six non-exclusive factors for evaluating the reliability of scientific expert testimony: (1) the extent to which the underlying theory has been or can be tested; (2) the extent to which the technique relies on the subjective interpretation of the expert; (3) whether the theory has been subjected to peer review and publication; (4) the technique's potential rate of error; (5) whether the underlying theory or technique has been generally accepted as valid by the relevant scientific community; and (6) the non-judicial uses to which the technique has been put. No single factor is dispositive; the trial court applies them flexibly.

Gammill and the analytical gap test

Gammill v. Jack Williams Chevrolet, Inc., 972 S.W.2d 713 (Tex. 1998), extended Robinson's reliability gatekeeping to non-scientific expert testimony, experience-based opinion in fields like accident reconstruction, business valuation, and various engineering disciplines. Where the Robinson factors don't fit (because the testimony isn't subject to scientific testing in the traditional sense), Texas courts apply the "analytical gap" test: (1) is the field a legitimate field of expertise; (2) does the testimony fall within the scope of the field; and (3) does the testimony properly rely on the principles of the field rather than relying on the bare assertion of the expert. The analytical gap is the disconnect between the data and the conclusion, courts exclude opinions where the gap is too wide.

Procedural mechanics, the Daubert challenge

Reliability challenges to expert testimony are typically raised pretrial through motion to exclude (sometimes called a "Daubert motion" or "Robinson motion"). The proper procedure: (1) timely written objection identifying the specific reliability concerns; (2) motion to exclude with supporting evidence; (3) hearing, the trial court has discretion whether to conduct an evidentiary hearing; (4) on the record, specific findings supporting admission or exclusion. Failure to challenge reliability before trial generally waives the objection. Procedural framework requires expert disclosure under Tex. R. Civ. P. 195 well in advance, providing the opposing party adequate time to mount a challenge.

Soft sciences and experience-based testimony

For "soft sciences", psychology, psychiatry, social sciences, and pure experience-based opinion, courts apply the analytical-gap test rather than the Robinson factors. The court evaluates whether the expert's field is legitimate, whether the testimony falls within that field, and whether the expert is properly applying the field's methods to the facts. Pure experience-based opinions ("I've seen 1,000 of these and this one is X") are admissible when the experience is genuinely relevant and the expert's reasoning can be evaluated by the fact-finder. Bare credentials plus conclusion is not enough; the expert must show some methodology connecting facts to conclusion.

Common reliability problems

Recurring patterns of expert exclusion: (1) untested methodology, opinions based on novel theories without empirical validation; (2) excessive subjectivity, opinions that rely entirely on the expert's intuition without disclosed methodology; (3) analytical gap, conclusions that don't follow from the disclosed data; (4) application to facts, methodology that may be reliable in general but is not properly applied to the case facts; (5) scope, opinions outside the expert's qualifications; (6) ipse dixit opinions, "because I said so" without disclosed reasoning.

Practical context

For Texas commercial litigants, the expert reliability challenge is one of the most consequential pretrial motions. A successful challenge can eliminate the opposing party's only damages theory, only causation evidence, or only liability theory, converting a contested case into one suitable for summary judgment. Best practice: (1) conduct rigorous reliability analysis on every opposing expert; (2) take expert depositions probing methodology, not just conclusions; (3) prepare Daubert motions early (prior to summary judgment, where possible); (4) for proponents, prepare experts to articulate methodology with reference to Robinson factors or analytical-gap criteria; (5) put detailed methodology in expert reports rather than reserving for trial. The Texas standard is functionally similar to federal practice; experts and counsel comfortable with Daubert practice will find the Texas framework familiar.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Expert Witness Disclosure· Summary Judgment· Motion in Limine· JNOV

Debtor-in-Possession (DIP)

The debtor in a Chapter 11 case who remains in possession and management of assets and operations rather than having a trustee appointed. DIP exercises the rights, powers, and duties of a trustee under 11 U.S.C. § 1107, operating the business as fiduciary for creditors. Default status in Chapter 11 absent cause for trustee appointment (fraud, dishonesty, gross mismanagement). Also commonly refers to DIP financing, post-petition lending with super-priority status.

The Debtor-in-Possession (DIP) is the debtor in a Chapter 11 case who remains in possession and management of assets and operations rather than having a trustee appointed. Section 1107 grants the DIP the rights, powers, and duties of a trustee, operating the business as fiduciary for creditors. DIP status is the Chapter 11 default; trustee appointment occurs only for cause. The term also commonly refers to DIP financing, post-petition lending with super-priority status under § 364, allowing distressed companies to obtain working capital during reorganization.

DIP rights and duties, § 1107

The DIP exercises trustee powers under § 1107 with limited exceptions: (1) operate the business, under § 1108; (2) use, sell, or lease property, ordinary course without court approval; non-ordinary requires § 363 motion; (3) obtain credit, under § 364; (4) assume or reject executory contracts, under § 365; (5) avoid preferential and fraudulent transfers, under §§ 547, 548, 549; (6) fiduciary duties to estate and creditors, including duty of loyalty, duty of care. The DIP typically has same management as pre-petition (with possible new CRO, Chief Restructuring Officer).

When trustee replaces DIP

Section 1104 permits trustee appointment for cause: (1) fraud, dishonesty, incompetence, or gross mismanagement by current management; (2) cause generally; (3) interests of creditors and equity; (4) upon request of US Trustee. Trustee appointment is rare in modern Chapter 11; most cases proceed with DIP throughout. Examiner appointment (§ 1104(c)) is more common, investigates specific allegations without taking management role. Recent cases (Enron, FTX) have featured trustee appointments.

DIP financing, § 364

Section 364 permits post-petition financing with various priority levels: (1) § 364(a), ordinary course unsecured credit; administrative expense priority; (2) § 364(b), non-ordinary course unsecured; administrative expense priority with court approval; (3) § 364(c)(1), super-priority administrative expense; (4) § 364(c)(2), secured by unencumbered property; (5) § 364(c)(3), junior lien on encumbered property; (6) § 364(d), priming senior liens (most aggressive). Each level requires increasingly strong showing of necessity. DIP financing is typically negotiated heavily with senior secured creditors.

Cash collateral use

Cash collateral (cash subject to secured creditor liens) requires special treatment under § 363(c)(2): (1) creditor consent; OR (2) court order after notice and hearing. Cash collateral disputes are among first issues in Chapter 11, debtor needs cash to operate; secured creditor wants protection. Standard resolution: budget-based use with adequate protection (cash payments, replacement liens, equity cushion). Cash collateral order is typically the first major Chapter 11 order.

DIP fiduciary duties

The DIP owes fiduciary duties to all creditors and the estate: (1) duty of loyalty, undivided loyalty to creditors and estate; conflicts of interest must be disclosed; (2) duty of care, reasonable diligence in business operation; (3) duty to maximize estate value; (4) duty to disclose, reporting to court, US Trustee, creditors. Breach of fiduciary duty exposes management to personal liability and can support trustee appointment. Sophisticated DIPs maintain proper governance, conflicts policies, and documented decision-making.

Practical context

For Texas Chapter 11 debtors, effective DIP operation requires preparation. Best practice: (1) engage experienced bankruptcy counsel and financial advisor; (2) consider Chief Restructuring Officer for credibility; (3) maintain detailed cash flow forecasts and reporting; (4) negotiate cash collateral agreements with secured creditors before filing; (5) prepare DIP financing strategy if needed; (6) maintain governance discipline, board oversight, conflicts management; (7) communicate with creditors transparently; (8) prepare 13-week cash flow forecasts as standard practice. For creditors: (1) review DIP financing motions carefully, often have substantial roll-up provisions; (2) participate in cash collateral negotiations; (3) monitor DIP reporting for irregularities; (4) move for trustee or examiner appointment where appropriate.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Chapter 11· Section 363 Sale· Plan of Reorganization· Automatic Stay· Workout and Restructuring

Deceptive Trade Practices Act (DTPA)

2025

Texas's principal consumer-protection statute, codified at Tex. Bus. & Com. Code §§ 17.41-17.63. Provides four causes of action, false/deceptive practice (the "laundry list"), breach of express or implied warranty, unconscionable action, and Insurance Code Chapter 541 violation. Available to "consumers" (with a $25M business-consumer exclusion). Remedies include economic damages, mental anguish (knowing violations), treble damages (intentional violations), and mandatory attorney's fees. SB 140 (eff. September 1, 2025) expanded the DTPA to cover text-message marketing violations.

The Texas Deceptive Trade Practices–Consumer Protection Act (DTPA) is Texas's principal consumer-protection statute and one of the most powerful in the United States. It provides consumers with four distinct causes of action against deceptive business practices, with remedies including economic damages, mental anguish damages for knowing violations, treble damages for intentional violations, and mandatory attorney's fees for prevailing consumers. The DTPA originated in 1973 and was substantially narrowed by 1995 tort-reform amendments; it has been revisited periodically, most recently with SB 140 (effective September 1, 2025) expanding coverage to text-message marketing violations.

The four causes of action

Section 17.50(a) provides four distinct DTPA claims: (1) laundry-list violation, use of a false, misleading, or deceptive practice specifically listed in § 17.46(b); requires consumer reliance and producing causation of damages; (2) breach of express or implied warranty, including warranties under the UCC and Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act; (3) unconscionable action, defined in § 17.45(5) as an act that takes advantage of the consumer's lack of knowledge, ability, experience, or capacity to a grossly unfair degree; (4) Insurance Code Chapter 541 violation, incorporated by reference. Each claim is independently actionable; conduct may violate one or several.

The "consumer" requirement

DTPA standing requires "consumer" status. Section 17.45(4) defines consumer as an individual, partnership, corporation, or governmental entity that "seeks or acquires by purchase or lease, any goods or services" and where those goods or services form the basis of the complaint. Two principal consumer exclusions: (1) business consumers with $25 million or more in assets are excluded under § 17.45(10); (2) business consumers controlled by entities with $25 million or more in assets are similarly excluded. The exclusion limits DTPA to genuine consumers and small to mid-market business consumers, not large corporations.

Pre-suit notice, the 60-day requirement

Section 17.505 requires the consumer to provide written pre-suit notice at least 60 days before filing a DTPA claim for damages. The notice must (1) describe the consumer's complaint in reasonable detail; (2) state the specific amount of economic damages, mental anguish damages, and attorney's fees sought; and (3) be served on the defendant. Failure to provide proper notice generally results in abatement (rather than dismissal), but can also limit fee recovery. The pre-suit notice gives the defendant an opportunity to make a settlement offer; a rejected offer that proves to be reasonable can limit the consumer's damages and fees recovery.

Damages and treble structure

Section 17.50(b) provides the DTPA's distinctive damages structure: (1) economic damages, actual pecuniary loss; available on any successful DTPA claim; (2) mental anguish damages, available only for "knowing" violations (§ 17.50(b)(1)); (3) up to three times economic damages, for "knowing" violations (treble economic); (4) up to three times economic AND mental anguish damages, for "intentional" violations; (5) mandatory reasonable and necessary attorney's fees and court costs for prevailing consumers (§ 17.50(d)), non-discretionary. Defendants prevailing on groundless or harassment-purpose claims are also entitled to fees under § 17.50(c).

The professional services exemption

Section 17.49(c) exempts professional services, services whose essence is providing advice, judgment, opinion, or similar professional skill, from the DTPA. This shields doctors, lawyers, accountants, architects, engineers, and similar licensed professionals. Four exceptions to the exemption: (1) express misrepresentation of material fact; (2) failure to disclose information required under § 17.46(b)(24); (3) unconscionable act; (4) breach of express warranty. The exemption's scope is heavily litigated, claims that look like professional negligence are exempted, but claims based on specific misrepresentations or unconscionable conduct may proceed.

SB 140, text message marketing (2025 expansion)

Senate Bill 140, effective September 1, 2025, expanded the DTPA framework to include text-message marketing violations. The statute incorporates marketing text messages (SMS, MMS, and multimedia communications) into Texas's "telephone solicitation" framework under Tex. Bus. & Com. Code Ch. 302-304 and creates private rights of action for Texas residents under the DTPA for repeated violations. Penalties range from $500 to $5,000 per violation, and treble damages are available for knowing violations. The expansion stacks with federal TCPA exposure, businesses face dual federal and state liability for non-compliant marketing texts.

Statute of limitations

Section 17.565 imposes a 2-year statute of limitations on DTPA claims, running from (a) the date of the deceptive practice or (b) the date the consumer discovered or should have discovered the deceptive practice (the discovery rule applies). The 2-year period is shorter than most contract limitations (4 years) and most tort limitations (2-4 years), making prompt prosecution important.

Practical context

For Texas plaintiffs, the DTPA remains one of the most powerful consumer-protection tools in the country, particularly the mandatory attorney's fees (§ 17.50(d)) which incentivize even modest-damage claims. Best practice: (1) confirm consumer status (the $25M business-consumer exclusion is dispositive); (2) provide proper pre-suit notice with specific damages; (3) plead all four DTPA claim categories that fit the facts; (4) document the "knowing" or "intentional" elements for treble-damages exposure; (5) calendar the 2-year limitations window. For defendants: (1) the professional services exemption is a powerful first defense for licensed professionals; (2) groundless-claim fee shifting under § 17.50(c) provides meaningful counter-leverage; (3) the $25M business-consumer exclusion eliminates large-corporate claims entirely; (4) settlement-offer practice under § 17.505 can cap downstream damages exposure.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Warranty· Sanctions· Statute of Limitations· Attorney's Fees Recovery· Texas Data Privacy and Security Act

Declaratory Judgment

A judicial determination of the rights, duties, or legal relations of parties without an order for any specific action or remedy. Allows judicial resolution of legal disputes without first incurring damage or breach. Texas Uniform Declaratory Judgments Act (Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 37).

A declaratory judgment is a judicial determination of the rights, duties, or legal relations of parties to a case, without an order for any specific action or remedy. Declaratory judgments allow parties to obtain judicial resolution of legal disputes without first incurring damage or breach. Texas's Uniform Declaratory Judgments Act provides the principal Texas statutory framework.

Permitted declarations

Under § 37.004, a party may obtain a declaration construing or determining rights under (1) deeds, wills, written contracts, or other writings constituting a contract; (2) statutes, ordinances, contracts, or franchises; (3) trusts. The relief is broad, virtually any legal-relationship question can be the subject of a declaratory action.

Standing and ripeness requirements

A declaratory judgment requires (1) a justiciable controversy between parties with adverse legal interests; and (2) the controversy must be sufficiently ripe, actual or imminent, not merely hypothetical. Texas courts decline to issue advisory opinions on hypothetical disputes.

Attorney's fees (§ 37.009)

A unique feature of UDJA actions: the court may award reasonable and necessary attorney's fees to either party as are equitable and just. This fee-shifting authority is broader than the prevailing-party fee statutes in many other contexts.

Coercive remedies coupled with declaration

A party may seek declaratory and coercive relief (damages, injunction) in the same action. The UDJA does not displace other remedies; it provides an additional mechanism.

Practical context

Declaratory judgments are common in insurance coverage disputes, contract-interpretation disputes, IP licensing disputes, and constitutional challenges to statutes. The UDJA's fee-shifting provision creates meaningful settlement leverage. Defendants facing potential claims often consider proactive declaratory actions to fix the forum and frame the issues.

Companion article: Contract Disputes in Texas

Related Terms
Injunctive Relief· Choice of Law / Choice of Forum· Texas Business Court

Declaratory Judgment Act

The Texas statute (Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 37) and federal counterpart (28 U.S.C. § 2201) authorizing courts to declare the rights, status, and legal relations of parties without granting coercive relief. Used to obtain advance judicial determination of a question, contract interpretation, statutory rights, insurance coverage, without waiting for a breach or other crystallizing event. Discretionary fee-shifting available under § 37.009.

The Texas Declaratory Judgment Act (TDJA) authorizes courts to declare the rights, status, and legal relations of parties without granting coercive relief, even where no breach has occurred. The TDJA is the principal vehicle for obtaining advance judicial determination of contract interpretation, statutory rights, insurance coverage, intellectual property scope, and similar questions where the parties need legal certainty before acting. Federal courts have parallel authority under 28 U.S.C. § 2201 (the federal Declaratory Judgment Act).

The justiciability requirement

A declaratory judgment requires a "justiciable controversy", a real and substantial controversy between parties having adverse legal interests, capable of being adjudicated by a present-fact-finder, such that the court can issue an effective judgment. The Texas Supreme Court has emphasized that declaratory relief is not appropriate for hypothetical questions, advisory opinions, or controversies that are too contingent to support concrete adjudication. The controversy must be ripe (sufficiently developed for judicial decision) but does not require an actual breach or completed harm, anticipating breach can support declaratory relief.

Common applications

Frequently invoked TDJA categories: (1) contract interpretation, parties dispute the meaning of a clause and need a binding interpretation before performing or breaching; (2) insurance coverage, insurers seek declarations that policies do not cover claimed losses; insureds seek declarations that they do; (3) statutory and regulatory rights, parties challenge the application of a statute or regulation; (4) real property rights, disputes over restrictive covenants, easements, mineral rights, boundary lines; (5) corporate governance, questions about authority of corporate officers, validity of board actions, derivative-suit standing; (6) employment, interpretation of restrictive covenants, severance terms, equity vesting; (7) intellectual property, patent and trademark scope.

Discretionary fee-shifting under § 37.009

Section 37.009 provides that "[i]n any proceeding under this chapter, the court may award costs and reasonable and necessary attorney's fees as are equitable and just." Unlike § 38.001's mandatory fee recovery for prevailing claimants, § 37.009 fee recovery is discretionary, the court evaluates equitable factors and may award fees to either party (including the losing party in unusual circumstances). The discretionary nature of TDJA fees is both a feature (allowing flexibility) and a risk (less predictability than § 38.001 in contract cases).

The reverse-engineering problem

Texas courts have addressed the recurring problem of parties using declaratory-judgment claims to obtain attorney's fees that would not be available under § 38.001, for example, by recasting a breach-of-contract dispute as a declaratory action. The Texas Supreme Court has cautioned against allowing § 37.009 to become an end-run around § 38.001's specific limitations. Where the underlying dispute is essentially a contract claim, courts may decline TDJA fees as inappropriate, leaving the party to § 38.001 remedies.

Federal-state parallels

The federal Declaratory Judgment Act (28 U.S.C. § 2201) is procedurally similar to the TDJA but has been interpreted to permit greater judicial discretion to decline declaratory jurisdiction even in cases that meet the justiciability threshold (under the Brillhart abstention doctrine). State and federal declaratory actions on the same dispute can produce dueling jurisdiction issues; courts apply first-filed and forum-shopping doctrines to manage the conflict. Removable declaratory actions filed in state court face the same § 1441 framework as other state-court actions.

Practical context

For Texas businesses, the TDJA is most valuable when (1) the legal question is well-defined but performance or non-performance carries significant cost; (2) the opposing party is positioning for a future claim and the company wants to lock in a favorable judicial determination first; (3) the company wants the legal certainty of a binding adjudication before making a significant business decision. Best practice: (1) confirm the controversy is justiciable and not advisory; (2) consider whether TDJA fee shifting under § 37.009 is meaningfully better than § 38.001 (often it is not); (3) consider whether declaratory relief alone is sufficient or whether a coercive remedy is also needed; (4) be alert to "reverse declaratory" filing, counterclaims that recast routine contract disputes as TDJA actions can change fee dynamics.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Attorney's Fees Recovery· Injunctive Relief· Summary Judgment· Restrictive Covenant

Deed

A written instrument transferring ownership of real property from grantor to grantee. Texas recognizes principal categories: general warranty deed (full title warranty), special warranty deed (warranty limited to grantor's ownership period), and quitclaim deed (no warranty; transfers only what the grantor has). Must satisfy statute of frauds and recordation rules.

A deed is a written instrument transferring ownership of real property from a grantor to a grantee. Texas law recognizes several categories of deeds, distinguished by the nature and scope of the warranty of title that the grantor provides. The choice of deed type is a substantive risk-allocation decision; the warranty is essentially insurance against title defects existing at the time of conveyance.

General warranty deed

A general warranty deed conveys property and warrants title against all defects arising before AND during the grantor's ownership period. The grantor typically provides six common-law covenants: seisin, right to convey, against encumbrances, quiet enjoyment, warranty, and further assurances. This is the strongest warranty available and the standard deed type for arm's-length sales of fee-simple title.

Special warranty deed

A special warranty deed warrants title only against defects arising during the grantor's ownership, not against defects predating the grantor's acquisition. Common in commercial transactions, fiduciary sales (estates, trusts), foreclosures, and certain corporate transactions. Buyers receiving special warranty deeds typically rely on title insurance for protection against pre-grantor defects rather than the deed warranty.

Quitclaim deed

A quitclaim deed conveys whatever interest (if any) the grantor possesses, with no warranty. Used for clearing clouds on title (e.g., a former spouse releasing potential community property interest), correcting title defects, transfers among related parties, or transfers where the grantor expressly disclaims any warranty. Title insurance underwriters often refuse to insure title transferred by quitclaim deed without additional documentation.

Required elements

To be effective, a Texas deed must (1) be in writing; (2) identify the grantor and grantee; (3) include words of conveyance ("grant," "convey," "transfer"); (4) describe the property with reasonable specificity (legal description, not just street address); (5) be signed by the grantor; and (6) be delivered to the grantee. To bind subsequent bona fide purchasers without notice, the deed must be recorded with the county clerk in the county where the property is located. Acknowledgment before a notary is required for recordation.

Statutory short form

Section 5.022 provides a statutory short form for warranty deeds. Use of the short form, with appropriate variations, is recommended best practice, it incorporates by operation of law all the standard common-law covenants without requiring the parties to draft each one. Custom-drafted deeds that omit or modify the statutory covenants must do so explicitly and clearly.

Practical context

For Texas commercial buyers, the practical question is rarely "what deed type", title insurance is the primary risk-protection mechanism, and the deed type matters mostly at the margins. The exception is contract negotiations where the seller insists on a quitclaim deed; the buyer should treat that as a meaningful flag suggesting the seller has reason to avoid warranting title. Estate and gift transfers within families, however, frequently use special warranty or quitclaim deeds without raising concern, context matters.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Title Insurance· Easement· Commercial Real Estate Purchase Agreement· Statute of Frauds· Representations and Warranties

Deed of Trust

The principal instrument used in Texas to grant a security interest in real property for the benefit of a lender. The borrower (grantor) conveys legal title to a third-party trustee, who holds it in trust to secure the borrower's obligations to the lender (beneficiary). Distinct from a mortgage in mortgage-state jurisdictions; the deed of trust enables the nonjudicial foreclosure framework available in Texas.

A deed of trust is the principal instrument used in Texas to grant a security interest in real property for the benefit of a lender. Despite its name, a deed of trust is not a deed in the conveyance sense, it is a security instrument that operates by conveying legal title to a third-party trustee, who holds it in trust to secure the borrower's obligations to the lender. The deed of trust is the Texas analog to the mortgage in mortgage-state jurisdictions, but its three-party structure enables the nonjudicial foreclosure framework that distinguishes Texas from many other states.

Three-party structure

Every Texas deed of trust involves three parties: (1) grantor, the borrower/property owner, who grants legal title to the trustee; (2) trustee, a neutral third party (typically an attorney or title company employee) who holds title in trust and conducts any foreclosure sale; (3) beneficiary, the lender, for whose benefit the trust is created. The trustee's role is dormant during ordinary loan performance, the borrower retains all practical incidents of ownership. Only on default does the trustee become active, exercising the contractual power of sale to conduct a foreclosure sale.

Power of sale

The defining feature of a Texas deed of trust is the power of sale, the trustee's contractual authority to sell the property at public auction without court involvement upon proper notice and default. This authority enables the nonjudicial foreclosure framework under Section 51.002, which is faster and less expensive than judicial foreclosure. The power of sale must be expressly granted in the deed of trust; without it, the lender's only recourse is judicial foreclosure (filing a lawsuit to obtain a court-ordered sale).

Substitute trustees

The deed of trust typically grants the lender the right to appoint a substitute trustee at any time, often via simple written instrument recorded with the county clerk. In practice, lenders almost always appoint substitute trustees, typically attorneys at the law firm handling the foreclosure, for the foreclosure process. Section 51.0001(7) defines "trustee" to include substitute trustees. Section 51.0074 limits trustee duties to those expressly stated in the security instrument and provides that trustees are not fiduciaries to the borrower.

Required content

A Texas deed of trust must (1) be in writing; (2) identify the parties; (3) describe the real property by legal description; (4) reference the underlying obligation (the promissory note) by date and amount; (5) include the power of sale; (6) be signed by the grantor; (7) be acknowledged before a notary for recording. Recording with the county clerk in the county where the property is located is essential to bind subsequent purchasers and lenders. Most modern Texas deeds of trust use the Fannie Mae/Freddie Mac uniform Texas instrument or a substantially similar template.

Homestead and home-equity restrictions

Texas constitutional homestead protections (Tex. Const. art. XVI, § 50) place significant limits on residential deeds of trust. A homestead may be encumbered by a deed of trust only for specified purposes, purchase money, taxes, mechanic's liens (with constitutional formalities), home-equity loans (with strict procedural requirements including 12-day waiting period, 80% loan-to-value cap, single-loan limit, and judicial foreclosure requirement). Commercial property is not subject to homestead protections; commercial deeds of trust track the standard nonjudicial framework without constitutional overlays.

Practical context

For Texas commercial real estate borrowers and lenders, the deed of trust is the workhorse security instrument. The standard package at any commercial real estate closing includes a deed of trust granting the lender's lien, a promissory note evidencing the debt, and frequently a guaranty by the borrower's principals. The deed of trust's nonjudicial foreclosure mechanism makes Texas significantly more lender-friendly than judicial-foreclosure states, foreclosure can be completed in approximately 60-90 days from default rather than 6-18 months in judicial states. Borrowers should understand this foreclosure speed when negotiating cure periods and other protective provisions.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Promissory Note· Nonjudicial Foreclosure· Guaranty Agreement· Title Insurance· Deed· Acceleration Clause

Default

The occurrence of an event specified in a credit agreement that entitles the lender to exercise contractual remedies, including acceleration, foreclosure, and assessment of default-rate interest. Two principal categories: payment defaults (failure to pay when due) and covenant defaults (breach of an affirmative, negative, or financial covenant). Many credit agreements distinguish "events of default" from defaults capable of cure within a grace period.

A default in a credit agreement context is the occurrence of an event specified in the agreement that entitles the lender to exercise contractual remedies. Defaults fall into two principal categories: payment defaults (failure to pay principal, interest, fees, or other amounts when due) and non-payment defaults or covenant defaults (breach of an affirmative, negative, or financial covenant). Modern credit agreements typically distinguish between "default" (which may be cured) and "event of default" (which authorizes lender remedies).

Default vs. event of default

Modern credit agreements typically use a two-tier structure. A default is the underlying breach (e.g., a missed payment, a covenant breach) that becomes an event of default upon (1) expiration of any applicable grace period without cure; (2) failure to cure following lender notice; or (3) immediate ripening for non-curable defaults like bankruptcy. The distinction matters because lender remedies, acceleration, foreclosure, default-rate interest, are typically triggered only by an event of default, not a default within the cure period.

Common payment defaults

Standard payment defaults include: (1) failure to pay principal at maturity or upon demand; (2) failure to pay interest on the scheduled date; (3) failure to pay fees, costs, or expenses when due; (4) failure to pay amounts due upon acceleration. Grace periods (often 5-10 days) typically apply to interest and fee defaults but not principal-at-maturity defaults. Most credit agreements distinguish principal defaults (immediate) from interest and fee defaults (grace period).

Common covenant defaults

Standard covenant defaults include: (1) breach of affirmative covenant (after notice and cure); (2) breach of negative covenant (immediate); (3) failure to satisfy a financial covenant for a measurement period; (4) breach of representation or warranty discovered post-closing; (5) bankruptcy, insolvency, or general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (6) cross-default on other indebtedness above a threshold; (7) judgments above a threshold not satisfied or stayed; (8) ERISA events; (9) change of control; (10) material adverse change.

Lender remedies on event of default

Standard lender remedies upon event of default include: (1) acceleration, declaring the entire balance immediately due; (2) default-rate interest, increased interest rate (typically 2-5% above the regular rate); (3) termination of commitments, stopping further advances under revolving facilities; (4) cash collateralization, requiring deposit of cash equal to outstanding letters of credit; (5) foreclosure on collateral, exercising rights under deeds of trust, security agreements, or pledges; (6) setoff, applying deposit accounts and other amounts owed to the borrower against the loan; (7) specific enforcement, seeking equitable relief; (8) attorney's fees and costs, recoverable under standard credit-agreement provisions.

Cure rights and waiver

Many credit agreements provide structured cure rights: (1) monetary defaults, cure by payment within stated grace period; (2) covenant defaults, cure by remediation within stated period; (3) financial-covenant equity cures, cure by equity contribution; (4) limited reset rights, opportunity to remediate consecutive breaches. Lender waiver of a default is enforceable but does not waive subsequent defaults; written waivers should be carefully scoped. Course-of-conduct waivers (lender accepting late payments without objection) can create estoppel arguments under Texas law.

Practical context

For Texas borrowers facing default, the playbook is: (1) understand the cure rights and timing under the credit agreement; (2) communicate proactively with the lender, most workouts begin with a candid conversation, not litigation; (3) preserve documentation of any course-of-conduct waivers; (4) understand the lender's likely remedy preferences (banks often prefer payment plans and collateral preservation over forced liquidation); (5) consider engaging counsel before, not after, the lender takes action. For lenders, default management requires balancing the value of preserving the relationship against the risk of further deterioration; default-rate interest, fees, and amendment opportunities often produce better economic outcomes than foreclosure.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Acceleration Clause· Promissory Note· Guaranty Agreement· Deed of Trust· Covenant (Financial)· Nonjudicial Foreclosure

Deficiency Judgment

A money judgment for the difference between the debt outstanding and the proceeds of foreclosure sale, when those proceeds are insufficient to satisfy the debt. Texas Property Code § 51.003 provides specific procedures and timing for deficiency suits after nonjudicial foreclosure of real property, including a fair-market-value offset right available to the borrower as a defense.

A deficiency judgment is a money judgment for the difference between the debt outstanding (principal, interest, fees, costs) and the proceeds of foreclosure sale, where those proceeds are insufficient to satisfy the debt. The deficiency represents the personal liability of the borrower (and any guarantors) that survives the foreclosure sale. Texas Property Code § 51.003 governs deficiency suits following nonjudicial foreclosure of real property and provides borrowers a critical fair-market-value offset right.

Two-year deficiency suit limitation

Section 51.003 imposes a two-year limitation on deficiency suits following nonjudicial foreclosure of real property, substantially shorter than the four-year general statute of limitations for contract actions. The two-year clock runs from the date of the foreclosure sale. A lender that fails to file a deficiency action within two years loses the claim entirely. This is an unusual and lender-unfriendly statute compared to most states; it reflects a Texas legislative judgment that nonjudicial foreclosure should be a relatively final remedy.

Fair-market-value offset

Section 51.003(b)-(c) provides borrowers a critical defense to deficiency claims: the right to request a court determination of the fair market value of the foreclosed property at the time of the sale. If the fair market value exceeds the foreclosure sale price, the borrower receives credit for the higher fair market value, reducing the deficiency. This protects borrowers from collusive or below-market foreclosure sales, where lenders or affiliated bidders acquire property at a discount and then pursue large deficiency claims. The fair-market-value mechanism essentially imposes a duty of commercial reasonableness on foreclosure sales.

Procedure for fair-market-value determination

The borrower must request fair-market-value determination in the deficiency suit. The court determines fair market value based on competent evidence, typically including (1) appraisal testimony; (2) recent comparable sales; (3) the property's income-producing capacity; (4) market conditions at the time of sale. The borrower bears the burden of establishing fair market value above the sale price. Successful fair-market-value challenges can substantially reduce or eliminate deficiency liability.

Guarantor liability

Section 51.005 extends similar fair-market-value protections to guarantors. A guarantor sued on a deficiency may request fair-market-value determination just as the primary borrower could. This protection is non-waivable by the guaranty's terms, guaranty provisions purporting to waive § 51.005 protections have been held unenforceable. Guaranty drafting in Texas must take this into account; broad-form "absolute and unconditional" guaranty language does not eliminate the fair-market-value defense.

UCC personal-property collateral

For personal property collateral disposed of under UCC Article 9, the deficiency framework is governed by Section 9.615 (rather than Property Code § 51.003). The UCC requires "commercially reasonable" disposition; a disposition that is not commercially reasonable can result in elimination or limitation of the deficiency under the rebuttable-presumption rule (§ 9.626). The "low-price" defense under UCC Article 9 and the fair-market-value defense under Property Code § 51.003 are conceptually similar but procedurally distinct.

Practical context

For Texas commercial borrowers facing potential deficiency liability after foreclosure, the fair-market-value offset is the principal defensive tool. Best practice: (1) preserve evidence of the property's fair market value at the time of foreclosure (appraisals, market data, broker opinions); (2) calendar the lender's two-year deficiency-suit deadline; (3) raise fair-market-value defense promptly when sued; (4) consider counterclaims for wrongful foreclosure where appropriate. For lenders, deficiency planning should occur before foreclosure: (1) obtain a current appraisal; (2) avoid bidding too far below fair market value (which simply reduces the recoverable deficiency); (3) consider whether short sales or deeds in lieu produce better economic outcomes than foreclosure plus deficiency; (4) calendar the two-year deadline for deficiency suit.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Nonjudicial Foreclosure· Deed of Trust· Guaranty Agreement· Promissory Note· Default

Deposition

The oral examination of a witness under oath, conducted out of court but on the record. Principal mechanism for obtaining detailed witness testimony before trial and for preserving testimony of witnesses unavailable at trial.

A deposition is the oral examination of a witness under oath, conducted out of court but on the record (typically by court reporter, often video-recorded). Depositions are the principal mechanism for obtaining detailed witness testimony before trial and for preserving testimony of witnesses unavailable at trial.

Categories of depositions

Oral depositions: the standard format. Counsel asks questions, the witness answers under oath, the court reporter transcribes.

Depositions on written questions: questions are submitted in writing and read by an officer to the witness. Limited use, mostly for records custodians and routine matters.

Depositions of corporate parties (TRCP 199.2(b)(1)): the requesting party identifies topics; the responding entity designates one or more witnesses to testify on those topics.

Pre-suit depositions (TRCP 202): taken before suit is filed, either to investigate a potential claim or to perpetuate testimony of a witness who may become unavailable.

Time and scope limits

Under TRCP 199.5(c), oral depositions are limited to six hours of examination per witness. The scope of permissible questions is the same as the broader discovery scope under TRCP 192.

Use at trial

Deposition testimony may be used at trial: (1) for impeachment; (2) to refresh recollection; (3) as substantive evidence if the witness is unavailable; (4) for any purpose if the deponent is a party. Deposition transcripts are admissible at summary judgment.

Practical context

Depositions are typically the single most expensive component of discovery in commercial cases. Effective deposition practice involves substantial preparation, both preparing witnesses to testify and preparing examination outlines for opposing witnesses. Video depositions have largely replaced transcript-only depositions for key witnesses, given their effectiveness with juries.

Companion article: The CEO's Guide to Getting Sued

Related Terms
Discovery· Summary Judgment· Texas Rules of Civil Procedure

Derivative Action

2025

A lawsuit filed by a shareholder, member, or other equity holder on behalf of the entity itself, asserting a claim that belongs to the entity but that management has refused or failed to pursue. The principal procedural vehicle for challenging breaches of fiduciary duty.

A derivative action is a lawsuit filed by a shareholder, member, or other equity holder on behalf of the entity itself, asserting a claim that belongs to the entity but that management has refused or failed to pursue. The plaintiff seeks recovery for the entity, not personally, except in narrow circumstances. Derivative actions are the principal procedural vehicle for challenging breaches of fiduciary duty by directors, officers, managers, or other governing persons.

Standard procedure

Standing. The shareholder must have been a shareholder at the time of the act or omission and must remain a shareholder throughout the proceeding. § 21.552(a)(1).

Demand requirement (§ 21.553). Before filing, a shareholder must serve written demand on the corporation stating the matter with particularity. The shareholder may not file until 91 days after demand, except where (a) the demand has been rejected, (b) the corporation is suffering irreparable injury, or (c) waiting would cause irreparable injury.

Stay and committee dismissal (§§ 21.554–21.555). The corporation may stay the proceeding and move to dismiss based on an independent committee's determination that the proceeding is not in the corporation's best interests.

Closely held corporation exception

The most consequential Texas derivative-action provision. For corporations with fewer than 35 shareholders and no public market under § 21.563: (1) the demand requirement does not apply (Sneed v. Webre, 465 S.W.3d at 178); (2) the committee-dismissal mechanism does not apply; (3) the court may order direct recovery to plaintiff shareholders if "justice requires" (§ 21.563(c)); (4) the plaintiff may recover legal fees if the suit provided substantial benefit (§ 21.561(b)).

SB 29 changes (effective May 14, 2025)

Ownership threshold for publicly-traded and opt-in corporations (§ 21.552(a)(3)). For Texas corporations listed on a national securities exchange and corporations with 500+ shareholders that have opted into § 21.419, the certificate or bylaws may require a minimum ownership threshold (capped at 3% of outstanding shares) to bring a derivative action.

Attorney's fees limitation (§ 21.561(c)). In a derivative proceeding involving a § 21.419 corporation, plaintiff's counsel may not recover fees if the proceeding's only outcome is amended shareholder disclosures.

Heightened pleading. Under § 21.419, claims against directors and officers of opt-in corporations must plead facts "with particularity" demonstrating fraud, intentional misconduct, ultra vires, or knowing violation of law.

Double-derivative actions

Sneed v. Webre held that, for closely held corporations, a shareholder of a parent corporation may sue derivatively on behalf of a wholly owned subsidiary against the subsidiary's officers and directors.

LLC parallel

TBOC Subchapter L of Chapter 101 (§§ 101.451–101.463) provides parallel derivative-action provisions for Texas LLCs. The closely held LLC exception under § 101.463 substantially mirrors § 21.563.

Practical context

Derivative actions are the primary courtroom vehicle for challenging fiduciary misconduct by Texas directors, officers, managers, and controlling owners. After Ritchie v. Rupe, derivative claims for breach of fiduciary duty became the principal route for minority shareholders. The closely-held-corporation exception under § 21.563 (and § 101.463 for LLCs) gives minority owners of small Texas businesses one of the most plaintiff-friendly derivative regimes in the United States. SB 29 has produced a sharp split, publicly-traded and opt-in corporations now face substantially heightened plaintiff burdens.

Companion article: Business Divorces in Texas

Related Terms
Shareholder· Member· Director· Fiduciary Duty· Business Judgment Rule· Closely Held Corporation

Director

2025

An individual elected by shareholders to serve on the board of directors of a Texas corporation, with statutory and common-law authority to manage or direct the management of the corporation's business and affairs.

A director is an individual elected by shareholders to serve on the board of directors of a Texas corporation, with statutory and common-law authority to manage or direct the management of the corporation's business and affairs. Directors owe fiduciary duties to the corporation; their conduct is protected by the business judgment rule when made within the rule's parameters.

The default management authority

§ 21.401(a) provides that the business and affairs of a corporation must be managed under the direction of, and subject to the authority of, the board of directors, except as provided in the corporation's certificate of formation, bylaws, or a shareholders' agreement.

Qualifications, election, removal

A director must be a natural person at least 18 years of age. § 21.402. Directors need not be Texas residents and need not be shareholders. A Texas corporation must have at least one director. § 21.403. Directors are elected by shareholders at each annual meeting (§ 21.405). Under § 21.409, a director may be removed with or without cause by holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote.

Fiduciary duties

A director owes fiduciary duties to the corporation, not to individual shareholders, under Texas common law. The three components are duty of care, duty of loyalty, and duty of obedience. Ritchie v. Rupe, 443 S.W.3d 856 (Tex. 2014); Sneed v. Webre, 465 S.W.3d 169 (Tex. 2015). The Texas Supreme Court reformulated the duty of loyalty as "the dedication of [the director's] uncorrupted business judgment for the sole benefit of the corporation."

Reliance on experts

A director, in good faith and with ordinary care, may rely on information, opinions, reports, or statements prepared or presented by officers or employees, legal counsel, accountants, investment bankers, or other persons with professional expertise. § 3.102. This statutory reliance protection materially affects the duty of care analysis.

Charter exculpation

Under § 7.001, the certificate of formation may eliminate or limit a director's personal liability for monetary damages for an act or omission in the director's capacity as a director, except for liability for breach of duty of loyalty, intentional misconduct, knowing violation of law, unauthorized distributions, or improper personal benefit. This tracks Delaware DGCL § 102(b)(7).

Interested-director transactions

Under § 21.418, a contract or transaction between the corporation and one or more of its directors is not void or voidable solely because of the director's interest if the material facts are disclosed and (a) the transaction is approved by a majority of disinterested directors, (b) approved by holders of a majority of shares, or (c) the transaction is fair to the corporation.

The codified business judgment rule (§ 21.419)

Effective May 14, 2025, § 21.419 (added by SB 29) provides codified business judgment rule protections for directors of Texas for-profit corporations whose shares are listed on a national securities exchange and corporations that opt in. For directors of corporations governed by § 21.419: (1) directors are presumed to have acted in good faith, on an informed basis, in furtherance of the corporation's interests, and in obedience to law and governing documents; (2) the presumptions are rebuttable, but rebuttal alone is insufficient, the plaintiff must additionally prove breach of duty involving fraud, intentional misconduct, ultra vires, or knowing violation of law; (3) pleading must be with particularity; (4) the protections apply across the duty of care, duty of loyalty, and duties pertaining to interested-party transactions. See Business Judgment Rule.

Texas Business Court jurisdiction

Director fiduciary-duty disputes are within the jurisdiction of the Texas Business Court when the amount in controversy exceeds $5 million. Tex. Gov't Code § 25A.004(b), as amended by HB 40 effective September 1, 2025. For directors of publicly-traded Texas corporations, the Business Court has jurisdiction regardless of amount in controversy.

Practical context

Texas director practice in 2026 is a substantially different field than it was in 2014 (pre-Ritchie v. Rupe) or in early 2025 (pre-SB 29). The combination of Ritchie's limitation on shareholder oppression, the contractual flexibility of shareholders' agreements under Subchapter C, charter exculpation under § 7.001, indemnification flexibility under § 8.003, the codified business judgment rule under § 21.419, the derivative-action ownership thresholds under § 21.552(a)(3), and the Texas Business Court's specialized jurisdiction has produced a Texas corporate-governance environment that is substantially friendlier to directors than at any prior point in Texas corporate history. Directors of Texas corporations that have opted into § 21.419 face a meaningfully different liability landscape than directors of corporations that have not opted in.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Corporation· Shareholder· Fiduciary Duty· Business Judgment Rule· Derivative Action· Texas Business Court· Indemnification

Directors and Officers (D&O) Insurance

Liability insurance protecting directors, officers, and the company itself from claims arising from acts in their corporate capacities. Standard structure: Side A covers individual directors and officers when the company cannot indemnify (insolvency, statutory bar); Side B reimburses the company for permitted indemnification; Side C covers the entity directly for securities claims. Critical for attracting board talent, raising capital, and protecting against shareholder litigation, regulatory investigations, and bankruptcy.

Directors and Officers (D&O) Insurance is liability insurance protecting directors, officers, and (in most modern policies) the company itself from claims arising from acts in their corporate capacities. D&O is essential for attracting independent directors, raising capital from sophisticated investors, and protecting individuals against personal liability from securities litigation, regulatory investigations, derivative actions, employment claims by senior executives, and similar exposures. The standard tripartite structure (Side A, Side B, Side C) divides coverage among the directors/officers personally, the company's reimbursement obligation, and entity-level securities exposure.

The Side A / Side B / Side C structure

Standard D&O policies provide three distinct coverages: (1) Side A, Direct Coverage for Insured Persons: covers directors and officers directly when the company cannot indemnify them, typically due to insolvency, derivative-suit settlement (where the company is the plaintiff and cannot indemnify the defendant), or statutory bars. Side A is "the most important coverage" for individual directors because it functions when corporate indemnification fails. (2) Side B, Corporate Reimbursement: reimburses the company for permitted indemnification of directors and officers under corporate indemnification provisions or statutes. (3) Side C, Entity Coverage: covers the company itself for securities claims (typically only in public-company policies; private-company policies often include broader entity coverage).

Texas indemnification framework

Texas Business Organizations Code §§ 8.101-8.105 establish the corporate indemnification framework. Mandatory indemnification (§ 8.051) applies to fully successful directors. Permissive indemnification (§ 8.101) applies to other situations meeting good-faith and reasonable-belief standards. Companies may purchase D&O insurance even where indemnification is otherwise prohibited (§ 8.151). Most Texas corporations include broad indemnification provisions in their certificates of formation and bylaws, providing maximum permitted indemnification. D&O insurance backstops these obligations and fills gaps where indemnification is unavailable. See Indemnification (Corporate).

Common claim categories

D&O claims typically arise from: (1) securities class actions, federal and state securities law claims against public companies; (2) derivative actions, shareholder claims on behalf of the corporation against directors; (3) regulatory investigations, SEC, DOJ, FINRA, state regulators; (4) M&A litigation, challenges to merger transactions, fairness, disclosure adequacy; (5) bankruptcy and insolvency, claims by trustees, creditors' committees against directors for fiduciary breaches; (6) employment practices, senior executive employment claims (separate from broader EPLI); (7) cyber-related, disclosure failures, oversight failures around cyber events; (8) antitrust, competitor and consumer class actions; (9) ERISA, claims related to benefit plan fiduciary duties.

Public vs. private company D&O

Public-company D&O focuses heavily on securities exposure and is subject to substantial premium and coverage volatility based on market conditions. Private-company D&O typically includes broader entity coverage and often combines D&O with EPLI, fiduciary liability, and other coverages in a "management liability" package. Pre-IPO companies should obtain D&O before any meaningful capital raise, investors often require D&O as a condition. Tail coverage (extended reporting period) is essential after IPO, M&A, or company dissolution.

Common exclusions

Standard D&O exclusions: (1) insured vs. insured, claims by one insured (the company, a director) against another (limits employer claims against former officers, with various carve-outs); (2) fraudulent or criminal acts, final adjudication required; (3) personal profit or advantage, illegal personal benefit; (4) prior knowledge, claims known before policy inception; (5) regulatory investigations, sometimes excluded from older policies (modern policies typically include); (6) bodily injury and property damage, routed to CGL; (7) professional services, routed to E&O; (8) ERISA, sometimes routed to fiduciary liability; (9) contract liability, typically excluded (entity-level only). Severability provisions typically prevent one insured's wrongdoing from voiding coverage for other insureds.

Tail coverage (extended reporting period)

D&O policies are typically claims-made, covering claims first made during the policy period regardless of when the underlying acts occurred (subject to retroactive date). When a policy ends without renewal (M&A, IPO, dissolution, change of carrier), the insured loses coverage for claims arising after termination, even if based on acts during the policy period. Tail coverage (also called "run-off" or "extended reporting period") preserves coverage for claims made during the tail period (typically 6 years post-transaction). Tail coverage is essential in: (1) M&A transactions, board members of acquired company; (2) IPO transactions, pre-IPO directors with continuing exposure; (3) Liquidation/dissolution, directors of dissolved entity; (4) Carrier change, gap protection during transition.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, D&O is essential for any company with a board, particularly with outside or independent directors. Best practice: (1) obtain D&O before raising capital from sophisticated investors, most VCs/PEs require it; (2) for public or pre-IPO companies, layer Side A excess (Side A only) above primary D&O for individual director protection; (3) maintain broad corporate indemnification in certificate of formation and bylaws to maximize Side B reimbursement; (4) review insured-vs-insured exclusion carefully, sophisticated policies have multiple carve-outs; (5) at any change-of-control transaction (M&A, IPO, dissolution), purchase 6-year tail coverage; (6) coordinate D&O with EPLI, fiduciary liability, and entity coverage to avoid gaps; (7) for private companies, consider management liability packages combining D&O + EPLI + fiduciary. Common gap: companies without dedicated Side A excess coverage leave individual directors exposed when primary D&O is exhausted by entity-level claims (Side C). Side A excess is relatively inexpensive and provides critical individual protection.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Indemnification (Corporate)· Fiduciary Duty· Derivative Action· Employment Practices Liability Insurance· Representations and Warranties Insurance

Disclosure Schedule

The document in which the seller in an M&A transaction identifies specific facts, contracts, and circumstances that qualify or carve out exceptions to the seller's representations and warranties. Delivered with the purchase agreement.

A disclosure schedule (or "schedules of exceptions") is the document in which the seller identifies specific facts, contracts, and circumstances that qualify or carve out exceptions to the seller's representations and warranties. The disclosure schedule is delivered with the purchase agreement and is generally negotiated in parallel with the reps and warranties themselves.

Structure

Disclosure schedules are typically organized by reference to the section number of the corresponding rep, e.g., Schedule 4.10 (Material Contracts) lists the contracts being disclosed under § 4.10 of the agreement. Each scheduled item operates as an express carve-out: the rep is true except as disclosed on the schedule.

Cross-reference effect

Most modern Texas M&A agreements include a "general cross-reference" provision, under which an item disclosed on any schedule is deemed disclosed on every other schedule to which the disclosure is reasonably apparent on its face. This protects the seller from being deemed to have made an inaccurate rep merely because the disclosure landed under one heading instead of another.

Hidden disclosure problem

Sellers occasionally use voluminous disclosure schedules to bury material adverse information among routine disclosures. Sophisticated buyers respond with: (1) requirements that disclosures be sufficiently detailed to make the disclosed matter reasonably apparent; (2) "data-room dump" exclusions that exclude items merely uploaded to the data room; and (3) anti-sandbagging-resistance clauses preserving claims regardless of disclosure.

Practical context

The disclosure schedule is the locus of most pre-closing negotiation hostility, every item the seller wants to disclose, the buyer wants to either reject (forcing a stronger rep), require a special indemnity for, or extract a purchase-price concession against. A well-drafted disclosure schedule simultaneously protects the seller from indemnification exposure and is sufficiently transparent to satisfy the buyer's diligence.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Representations and Warranties· Due Diligence· Indemnification (M&A)· Sandbagging

Discovery

The pretrial process by which parties obtain information from each other and from non-parties relevant to the case. Texas operates a three-tier discovery framework that adjusts the scope and duration of discovery based on case type.

Discovery is the pretrial process by which parties obtain information from each other and from non-parties relevant to the case. Discovery serves to develop evidence for trial, narrow disputed issues, evaluate settlement, and prevent trial-by-ambush. Texas operates a three-tier discovery framework that adjusts the scope and duration of discovery based on case type.

Three Texas discovery levels (TRCP 190)

Level 1 (default, small cases): suits for monetary damages of $250,000 or less. 50 hours of depositions per side. 25 interrogatories per side. Discovery period of 6 months from earlier of service or appearance.

Level 2 (default for larger cases): suits not within Level 1 or Level 3. 50 hours of depositions per side. 25 interrogatories per side. Discovery period through trial date.

Level 3 (court-ordered for complex cases): set by court order on motion or by agreement. Customized to case needs. The default for Texas Business Court matters.

Scope of discovery (TRCP 192.3)

Texas permits discovery of any matter not privileged, that is relevant to the subject matter of the pending action. Relevance is broadly construed, discovery need not be admissible at trial if reasonably calculated to lead to discovery of admissible evidence. The 2015 federal-rules amendments adopted a "proportionality" requirement; Texas has not formally adopted this language but similar principles apply through the trial court's case-management authority.

Discovery devices

Initial disclosures (TRCP 194), automatic disclosure of basic case information. Interrogatories, written questions answered under oath. Requests for production, requests for documents and things. Requests for admission, requests that a party admit specified facts. Depositions, oral testimony under oath. Subpoenas, for non-party discovery.

Privilege and work product

Attorney-client privilege protects confidential communications between attorney and client. Work-product doctrine (TRCP 192.5) protects materials prepared in anticipation of litigation. Both are subject to specific procedural requirements for assertion and waiver.

Sanctions

Failure to comply with discovery obligations may result in sanctions under TRCP 215, ranging from cost-shifting and exclusion of evidence to default judgment in extreme cases.

Practical context

Discovery typically consumes the majority of pretrial litigation time and costs. The Texas three-tier system produces meaningful efficiency gains for smaller cases but provides little structure for complex commercial disputes (which default to Level 3). Sophisticated discovery practice involves early case assessment, focused written discovery before depositions, and proportionality awareness.

Companion article: The CEO's Guide to Getting Sued

Related Terms
Deposition· Motion to Dismiss· Summary Judgment· Texas Rules of Civil Procedure

Distribution

A transfer of cash or other assets from a Texas LLC to its members in their capacity as members. Distributions are how members receive the economic benefit of their investment, separate from compensation paid to a member-employee or amounts paid as repayment on a member loan.

A distribution is a transfer of cash or other assets from a Texas LLC to its members in their capacity as members. Distributions are how members receive the economic benefit of their investment in an LLC, separate from compensation paid to a member-employee for services or amounts paid as repayment on a member loan.

The default rules

Allocation by contribution (§ 101.201). Profits and losses are allocated to each member based on the agreed value of that member's contribution, as stated in the LLC's records.

Cash distributions only (§ 101.202). A member is entitled to demand a distribution only in cash, regardless of the form of the member's underlying contribution.

Distributions according to contribution (§ 101.203). Distributions of cash and other assets are made to each member according to the agreed value of that member's contribution. Disproportionate distributions, common in real estate LLCs and waterfall-structured deals, must be expressly authorized in the company agreement.

No interim distributions absent declaration (§ 101.204). A member is not entitled to demand a distribution before the LLC's winding up. Distributions are made only when the governing authority affirmatively declares them. Without an express provision in the company agreement, a member can be in an LLC with substantial profits and receive nothing for years.

The prohibited distribution rule

Even when authorized by the company agreement, an LLC may not make a distribution if, immediately after the distribution, the company's total liabilities (excluding certain liabilities described in subsection (b)) would exceed the fair value of the company's total assets. § 101.206. This is the Texas LLC equivalent of the corporate insolvency test on dividend payments. A member who receives a prohibited distribution is, in certain circumstances, obligated to return it. Subsections (c-1) and (c-2), added effective September 1, 2021, authorize the LLC to determine asset values and liabilities by reference to financial statements prepared under GAAP, IFRS, the LLC's tax-return accounting method, or other accounting practices reasonable under the circumstances.

Practical context

Distributions are not the same as profit allocations. Allocation is the assignment of profit (or loss) to each member's capital account for tax purposes. Distribution is the actual transfer of money or property to the member. A member can be allocated $100,000 of profit (and owe tax on it) while receiving $0 in distributions, which is the "phantom income" problem that mature company agreements address through mandatory tax distributions. Among Texas LLCs, the default rules under Subchapter E are routinely modified, disproportionate distributions, mandatory tax distributions, distributions tied to performance hurdles, and waterfall structures are all standard in LLCs with passive investors.

Companion article: Raising Capital in Texas

Related Terms
Limited Liability Company· Member· Capital Contribution· Company Agreement

Due Diligence

The buyer's investigation of a target business before committing to a transaction, examining financials, operations, contracts, IP, regulatory compliance, litigation, employment, tax, and other material risk and valuation elements.

Due diligence is the buyer's investigation of the target business before committing to a transaction, examining the target's financials, operations, contracts, intellectual property, regulatory compliance, litigation, employment matters, tax position, and other elements material to the buyer's valuation and risk assessment.

Categories of diligence

Legal: corporate organization and good standing, contracts, IP, litigation, regulatory licenses, employment matters, real estate, environmental, data privacy. Financial: historical financial statements, quality of earnings analysis, working-capital normalization, debt-like items, indebtedness, capitalization. Tax: federal, state, sales/use, employment, property tax positions and exposures. Operational: customer concentration, supplier relationships, key employee retention, technology systems. Insurance: coverage adequacy, claims history, run-off requirements.

Diligence and indemnification

Due-diligence findings typically populate the seller's disclosure schedule. Issues identified in diligence may be: (1) addressed by purchase-price reduction; (2) addressed by specific indemnification (a "special indemnity"); (3) addressed by retained liability assignment; (4) addressed by escrow or holdback; or (5) sufficient to terminate the deal.

Sandbagging implications

A buyer who discovers a breach of representation during diligence and closes anyway may have its post-closing indemnification claim limited under an anti-sandbagging clause, and Texas law on the default rule (where the agreement is silent) is unsettled. See Sandbagging.

Practical context

Diligence quality directly affects representations and warranties insurance underwriting, indemnification scope, and post-closing dispute likelihood. The 2025 RWI market has heightened underwriter scrutiny of diligence quality. Inadequate diligence is a leading cause of post-closing disputes and indemnification claims.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Representations and Warranties· Disclosure Schedule· Indemnification (M&A)· Sandbagging· Letter of Intent

E

Earnest Money

A cash deposit made by the buyer at signing of a real estate purchase agreement, held in escrow by the title company or other escrow agent. Functions as both consideration for the contract and a liquidated-damages pool in the event of buyer default. Typically 1%-3% of purchase price in commercial transactions; refundable during due diligence, non-refundable thereafter.

Earnest money is a cash deposit made by a buyer at signing of a real estate purchase agreement, held in escrow by the title company or other escrow agent during the contract period. Earnest money serves three functions: (1) consideration supporting the contract; (2) a tangible expression of buyer's good-faith commitment; and (3) the typical liquidated-damages pool in the event of buyer default. In commercial transactions, earnest money is typically 1%-3% of the purchase price, though deals with longer due diligence periods or speculative buyers may justify higher amounts.

Refundable vs. non-refundable

The contract typically distinguishes a "refundable" period (the due diligence or feasibility period, during which buyer may terminate for any reason and receive earnest money refund) from a "non-refundable" period (after due diligence, where the deposit is at risk if buyer defaults). At closing, earnest money is applied to the purchase price. The transition from refundable to non-refundable is one of the most heavily negotiated terms in commercial real estate.

Hard money structures

In competitive markets, sellers may demand "hard money", earnest money that is non-refundable from contract signing, regardless of due diligence outcomes. Hard-money structures shift risk substantially to the buyer and are typically used to demonstrate the buyer's seriousness, deter competing bids, or compensate the seller for off-market commitment. Buyers accepting hard money should already have substantial due diligence completed before contract signing.

Liquidated damages and forfeiture

Most commercial real estate purchase agreements provide that buyer's default results in seller's retention of earnest money as liquidated damages, typically the seller's exclusive remedy. Texas courts enforce liquidated damages clauses if (1) actual damages are difficult to ascertain and (2) the amount is a reasonable forecast of damages, not a penalty. Excessive earnest money can be reclassified as an unenforceable penalty. Some agreements preserve seller's right to elect specific performance instead.

Disputes and interpleader

Disputes over earnest money release at termination are common. The escrow agent (typically the title company) is bound by the contract and the parties' joint instructions; if buyer and seller disagree, the title company will not release without (a) a fully executed release agreement, (b) a court order, or (c) interpleader filing. Interpleader litigation over earnest money is straightforward but routinely costs more than the deposit at issue, making negotiated resolutions almost always preferable.

Practical context

For Texas commercial real estate buyers, the earnest money negotiation is a critical leverage point. A well-structured agreement protects buyer's deposit during diligence while providing seller with credible commitment. Buyers should resist (1) hard money structures unless diligence is complete; (2) automatic forfeiture for technical defaults; (3) escrow agreements that authorize seller-only instructions to release. Sellers should demand (1) clear liquidated damages provisions; (2) enforceable termination triggers tied to specific events; (3) earnest money increases ("additional deposits") at defined milestones to test buyer commitment.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Commercial Real Estate Purchase Agreement· Liquidated Damages· Escrow· Title Insurance· Letter of Intent

Earnout

A deferred component of M&A purchase price, payable to the seller after closing only if the target business achieves specified financial or operational milestones during a post-closing earnout period. Bridges valuation gaps between buyer and seller.

An earnout is a deferred component of M&A purchase price, payable to the seller after closing only if the target business achieves specified financial or operational milestones during a post-closing earnout period. Earnouts bridge valuation gaps between buyer and seller, the buyer pays only if the business performs as the seller projected; the seller participates in upside that the buyer is unwilling to pay for upfront.

Common metrics

Revenue-based: earnout tied to gross revenue or specific product-line revenue over the earnout period. EBITDA-based: earnout tied to EBITDA targets, typically over 1–3 fiscal years post-closing. Milestone-based: earnout tied to discrete events (regulatory approval, customer count, specific contracts). Combination: most earnouts use multiple metrics to balance buyer and seller incentives.

Earnout disputes

Earnouts are the leading source of post-closing M&A disputes. Recurring problems include: (1) buyer business decisions that reduce earnout metrics (deferred sales, product discontinuation, allocation of corporate overhead); (2) accounting interpretation disputes (especially around EBITDA adjustments); (3) integration choices that disrupt earnout-period operations; (4) implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing claims when buyer conduct appears designed to reduce the earnout.

Texas implied covenant of good faith

Texas does not generally recognize a freestanding implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing in commercial contracts. English v. Fischer, 660 S.W.2d 521 (Tex. 1983). However, post-closing earnout disputes frequently invoke express covenants (commercially reasonable efforts, ordinary course of business operations) or fraud / fraudulent inducement claims when buyer conduct departs sharply from expected behavior.

2024–2025 market trends

ABA's 2025 Private Target Deal Points Study reports earnout prevalence dropped to 18% of private deals (down from 26% in 2023), suggesting valuation gaps narrowed during the 2024–early 2025 period. Earnout structures became somewhat more buyer-favorable.

Practical context

Earnouts work best where the metric is genuinely measurable, the earnout period is short (12–18 months), and the buyer commits to operating principles that protect earnout achievability. Long, complex earnouts are predictable sources of litigation.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Indemnification (M&A)· Representations and Warranties· Disclosure Schedule· Escrow

Easement

A non-possessory right to use another's real property for a defined purpose. Texas recognizes principal types: appurtenant easements (benefiting an adjacent dominant estate), easements in gross (benefiting an individual or entity, not a parcel), and prescriptive easements (acquired by adverse use). Created by express grant, reservation, implication, necessity, or prescription.

An easement is a non-possessory interest in another's real property granting the holder a defined right to use the property for a specific purpose. The easement holder does not own the underlying property; the property owner retains all other rights consistent with the easement. Texas law recognizes a robust framework of easement types and methods of creation, with substantial body of case law on scope, abandonment, and termination.

Easement appurtenant vs. easement in gross

An easement appurtenant benefits a specific parcel of land (the "dominant estate") and burdens another parcel (the "servient estate"). It runs with the land, both the benefit and burden transfer automatically with conveyances of the respective parcels. A typical example: a driveway easement allowing access from a landlocked parcel across a neighboring parcel. An easement in gross benefits a person or entity rather than a parcel, utility easements (electric, gas, telecommunications, water/sewer) are the classic example. Commercial easements in gross are transferable; personal easements in gross typically are not.

Methods of creation

Texas easements are created by: (1) express grant, written instrument satisfying statute of frauds and recordation; (2) express reservation, grantor reserves easement when conveying the burdened parcel; (3) implication, implied from the circumstances of severance, particularly where prior use was apparent, continuous, and necessary; (4) necessity, required where parcel becomes landlocked through severance; (5) prescription, adverse, exclusive, open and notorious, hostile, and continuous use for 10 years (analogous to adverse possession but for use rather than possession); (6) estoppel, based on representations and detrimental reliance.

Scope and reasonable use

The scope of an easement is determined by the granting instrument (for express easements) or by the surrounding circumstances and reasonable use (for non-express easements). A driveway easement granted "for ingress and egress" generally cannot be used for parking, storage, or business purposes beyond reasonable access. Disputes over scope are common when the dominant estate's use intensifies, e.g., a residential easement claimed for commercial development. Texas courts apply a "reasonable use" standard with substantial deference to the original purpose.

Termination

Easements may terminate by (1) expiration of stated term; (2) merger of dominant and servient estates under common ownership; (3) release; (4) abandonment (requires intent plus non-use); (5) prescription (adverse possession by the servient owner blocking the use for the prescriptive period); (6) frustration of purpose; or (7) court order. Mere non-use, without intent to abandon, does not terminate an easement under Texas law.

Practical context

For Texas commercial property buyers, easements are a routine title-commitment exception that warrants careful attention rather than rote acceptance. Buyers should (1) review every recorded easement instrument; (2) plot easements on the survey to confirm they don't impair planned use; (3) verify whether utility easements have width restrictions or building-setback effects; (4) confirm whether any easements have been abandoned through long non-use (potentially clearable through quiet-title action); and (5) negotiate with the seller for termination of unnecessary easements before closing.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Deed· Restrictive Covenant· Title Insurance· Commercial Real Estate Purchase Agreement

EEOC Charge

A formal complaint filed with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) alleging employment discrimination under federal law (Title VII, ADA, ADEA, GINA, EPA). Generally required as administrative prerequisite before filing federal-court suit on Title VII and similar claims. Filing deadline: 180 days from discriminatory act in most states; 300 days in deferral states (including Texas through TWC-CRD work-share). Triggers EEOC investigation, conciliation, and right-to-sue letter.

An EEOC Charge is a formal complaint filed with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission alleging employment discrimination under federal law, Title VII (race, color, religion, sex, national origin), the ADA, the ADEA, GINA, and the Equal Pay Act. Filing an EEOC charge is generally required as an administrative prerequisite before filing federal-court suit on Title VII and similar claims. The EEOC charge process serves multiple purposes: notice to the employer, EEOC investigation, conciliation opportunity, and (if no resolution) issuance of right-to-sue letter authorizing litigation.

Filing deadlines

EEOC charge filing deadlines: (1) 180 days from the discriminatory act in standard states; (2) 300 days in deferral states (including Texas) where state has a parallel state-law agency with work-sharing agreement with EEOC. The Texas deferral arrangement extends Texas EEOC charges to the 300-day deadline. Late charges are barred; the deadline is strictly applied. The "continuing violations" doctrine permits inclusion of earlier acts that are part of an ongoing discriminatory pattern, but typically requires at least one discriminatory act within the deadline.

The charge filing process

EEOC charge process: (1) intake, charge filed with EEOC field office, online portal, or by mail; (2) charge processing; (3) employer notice, EEOC notifies employer and requests position statement; (4) investigation; (5) finding, "reasonable cause" or "no reasonable cause"; (6) conciliation, for reasonable-cause findings; (7) litigation or right-to-sue. Process typically takes 6-18 months but can extend longer.

Right to sue letter

The right-to-sue letter authorizes the charging party to file federal-court suit on Title VII, ADA, GINA, and EPA claims. Key procedural points: (1) 180-day rule, charging party can request right-to-sue letter 180 days after charge filing; (2) 90-day filing deadline, federal lawsuit must be filed within 90 days of right-to-sue letter receipt; (3) scope, lawsuit can only include claims raised in or reasonably encompassed by the charge; (4) ADEA exception, right-to-sue letter not strictly required for ADEA suits. The 90-day deadline is strict; failure to file within 90 days bars the federal claim.

Texas Workforce Commission coordination

Texas charges are work-shared between the EEOC and the Texas Workforce Commission Civil Rights Division (TWC-CRD). Charges filed with either agency are typically deemed filed with both. The work-share extends the EEOC filing deadline to 300 days in Texas. State-law claims under TCHRA require administrative exhaustion through TWC-CRD. Sophisticated charging-party counsel often dual-file to preserve all claims.

Scope of subsequent litigation

Federal-court lawsuits following EEOC charges are limited to claims that were "raised in or reasonably encompassed by" the charge. Common scope issues: (1) different protected classes; (2) different employment actions; (3) retaliation, generally must be separately charged; (4) continuing violations. Charges should be drafted broadly to preserve future litigation scope without being so general as to be deemed defective.

Practical context

For Texas employers and employees, the EEOC charge process is the essential gateway to most federal employment discrimination litigation. Best practice for employees: (1) calendar 300-day deadline carefully; (2) consider counsel before filing, charge drafting affects litigation scope; (3) draft charge broadly to encompass anticipated litigation theories; (4) request right-to-sue letter at appropriate time; (5) calendar 90-day federal-suit deadline strictly; (6) coordinate with TCHRA claims through TWC-CRD. Best practice for employers: (1) respond to charges promptly and completely; (2) prepare position statement carefully, admissions can affect later litigation; (3) cooperate with EEOC investigation appropriately; (4) consider settlement during conciliation phase; (5) preserve evidence relevant to charged conduct. Common pitfalls: employees missing 90-day federal-suit deadline after right-to-sue; employers making admissions in position statements that prove costly in litigation.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
Title VII· Age Discrimination in Employment Act· Americans with Disabilities Act· Texas Commission on Human Rights Act· Texas Workforce Commission

Employer Identification Number (EIN)

A nine-digit federal tax identification number assigned by the IRS to identify business entities for tax filing, employment, and banking purposes. Required for any entity with employees, partnerships, corporations, multi-member LLCs, and most fiduciary arrangements. Obtained by filing IRS Form SS-4 or applying through the IRS online portal.

An Employer Identification Number (EIN) is a nine-digit federal tax identification number assigned by the Internal Revenue Service to identify business entities for tax filing, employment reporting, and banking purposes. Format: XX-XXXXXXX. Despite the name, an EIN is required for many entities that have no employees, including partnerships, corporations, multi-member LLCs, single-member LLCs that elect corporate tax treatment, trusts, and estates. The EIN is also colloquially known as the Federal Tax ID Number or Federal EIN.

Who needs an EIN

An EIN is required for any entity that (1) has employees; (2) operates as a corporation or partnership; (3) files employment, excise, or alcohol/tobacco/firearms tax returns; (4) withholds taxes on income paid to a non-resident alien; (5) has a Keogh plan; or (6) is involved with certain types of organizations including trusts, estates, real estate mortgage investment conduits, nonprofit organizations, farmers' cooperatives, or plan administrators. Single-member LLCs without employees and disregarded for federal tax purposes may use the owner's Social Security Number instead, but most banks and lenders require an EIN regardless.

Application process

The IRS issues EINs through several channels: (1) online, fastest, immediate issuance via the IRS website, available to applicants with a valid Taxpayer Identification Number whose principal business is in the United States; (2) by mail or fax, IRS Form SS-4 submission with 4-week (mail) or 4-day (fax) processing; (3) by phone, for international applicants. There is no fee. The "responsible party", the natural person who controls, manages, or directs the entity, must be identified on the application with that person's individual SSN or ITIN.

Common pitfalls

Frequent EIN issues include: (1) applying before the entity is properly formed with the secretary of state, the IRS will issue an EIN before formation, which can create downstream record-keeping problems; (2) listing a non-individual as the responsible party, the IRS now requires an individual; (3) failing to update the IRS when the responsible party changes (Form 8822-B, due within 60 days); and (4) confusing the EIN with the state taxpayer number assigned by the Texas Comptroller, which is a separate identifier with separate administrative requirements.

Practical context

For Texas businesses, the practical formation sequence is: (1) form the entity with the Secretary of State (file Certificate of Formation); (2) obtain the EIN from the IRS; (3) register with the Texas Comptroller for franchise tax (and sales tax permit if selling taxable goods or services); (4) open business bank accounts; (5) make tax elections (S-corp Form 2553, if applicable, within 75 days). Skipping or reordering these steps creates compliance gaps that surface later as audit findings or banking-relationship problems.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Certificate of Formation· Corporation· Limited Liability Company· Texas Franchise Tax· S-Corporation Election

Employment Agreement

A written contract between an employer and employee specifying the terms and conditions of employment, duration, compensation, duties, benefits, restrictive covenants, and termination rights. Principal mechanism for modifying the at-will default and incorporating noncompete and confidentiality obligations.

An employment agreement is a written contract between an employer and an employee specifying the terms and conditions of employment, duration, compensation, duties, benefits, restrictive covenants, and termination rights. In Texas, written employment agreements are the principal mechanism for modifying the at-will default rule and for incorporating noncompete and confidentiality obligations.

Typical provisions

(1) Position, duties, and reporting structure; (2) compensation (base salary, bonus structure, commissions, equity); (3) benefits eligibility; (4) duration (fixed-term or at-will with specified notice); (5) termination provisions (for cause, without cause, change of control); (6) severance terms (if any); (7) restrictive covenants (noncompete, nonsolicitation, confidentiality, IP assignment); (8) dispute resolution (arbitration, choice of law and venue).

At-will modification

A Texas employment agreement that does not specify a duration or termination standard preserves the at-will default. To modify at-will status, the agreement must contain specific language, typically a fixed term, a "for cause" termination requirement, or specified notice/severance obligations on termination without cause.

Restrictive covenant integration

The employment agreement is typically the "otherwise enforceable agreement" supporting noncompete and nonsolicitation provisions under § 15.50. The employer's contractual promise to provide confidential information or specialized training (typically as a condition of employment) provides the consideration supporting the noncompete.

Practical context

Most rank-and-file Texas employees do not have written employment agreements, they are at-will by default. Written employment agreements are typical for executives, sales personnel with significant customer relationships, and roles involving access to trade secrets or specialized training. The agreement's restrictive-covenant provisions are often more consequential to the employer's competitive position than the compensation provisions.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee in Texas

Related Terms
At-Will Employment· Noncompete Agreement· Confidentiality Agreement· Severance Agreement· Trade Secret

Employment Practices Liability Insurance (EPLI)

Liability insurance covering employment-related claims by current, former, and prospective employees, including wrongful termination, discrimination, harassment, retaliation, wage and hour, and similar claims. Typically includes defense costs and indemnification subject to retentions, sublimits, and exclusions. Essential for any employer; small employers especially benefit because employment claims are increasingly common and defense costs alone routinely exceed $50,000 even for non-meritorious claims.

Employment Practices Liability Insurance (EPLI) is liability insurance covering employment-related claims by current, former, and prospective employees. Standard EPLI coverage includes wrongful termination, discrimination, harassment, retaliation, hostile work environment, wage and hour (with limitations), defamation, and similar employment-related claims. The product emerged in the 1990s in response to rising employment litigation; modern EPLI is essential coverage for any employer with more than a handful of employees. Defense costs alone routinely exceed $50,000-$100,000 for even non-meritorious claims, making EPLI economically essential.

Coverage scope

Standard EPLI covers claims by current, former, and prospective employees (and sometimes independent contractors and applicants) alleging: (1) discrimination, race, gender, age, disability, religion, national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity, etc.; (2) harassment, sexual harassment, hostile work environment, quid pro quo; (3) wrongful termination, termination violating public policy, contract, or statutory rights; (4) retaliation, adverse action for protected activity (whistleblowing, FMLA leave, workers' compensation claims, etc.); (5) failure to promote, demote, transfer; (6) defamation, false statements about employees; (7) negligent hiring/supervision/retention; (8) FMLA, ADA, ADEA claims; (9) breach of employment contract; (10) employment-related invasion of privacy.

Wage and hour coverage

Wage and hour claims (FLSA misclassification, overtime violations, off-the-clock work) are increasingly common and expensive, class actions can result in eight- and nine-figure exposure. Standard EPLI typically EXCLUDES wage and hour liability, providing only defense costs (often sublimited) without indemnification. Some policies offer optional wage and hour coverage as a sublimit or endorsement. Sophisticated employers should evaluate wage and hour exposure separately and consider standalone wage and hour insurance for high-risk industries (retail, hospitality, healthcare, gig economy).

Common exclusions

Standard EPLI exclusions: (1) contractual liability, beyond statutory or common-law obligations; (2) workers' compensation, ERISA, OSHA, covered by specialty policies; (3) WARN Act mass layoff notice violations (some policies include); (4) punitive damages, varies by state law on insurability; (5) fines and penalties, typically uninsurable; (6) strikes, lockouts, labor disputes; (7) fraudulent acts, typically requires final adjudication; (8) NLRA violations, labor relations claims; (9) immigration-related, I-9, E-Verify (some policies include). Coverage varies substantially among carriers.

Texas-specific exposures

Texas-based employers face several state-specific exposures EPLI addresses: (1) Texas Commission on Human Rights Act (TCHRA), state-law parallel to Title VII; mandatory administrative exhaustion; (2) Sabine Pilot whistleblower claims, Texas common-law cause of action for employees terminated for refusing to perform illegal acts; (3) Texas Payday Law, wage payment obligations; (4) Texas non-compete enforceability, Tex. Bus. & Com. Code § 15.50-52, raising claims for over-broad enforcement; (5) Texas Workers' Compensation, most Texas employers are non-subscribers (Texas is unique in permitting opt-out), creating non-subscriber liability covered separately. EPLI policies issued in Texas typically address these specifics through endorsements.

Defense and settlement provisions

EPLI provides defense costs subject to per-claim and aggregate limits. Most policies require insurer consent for material settlements, with "hammer clauses" allowing the insurer to limit coverage if the insured refuses to settle on terms the insurer considers reasonable. Soft hammer clauses allocate uncovered settlement costs (typically 50/50 or 80/20). Hard hammer clauses can shift all subsequent costs to the insured if reasonable settlement is rejected. Sophisticated negotiation can replace hard hammer with soft hammer or eliminate the clause entirely.

EFAA impact (sexual harassment)

The Ending Forced Arbitration of Sexual Assault and Sexual Harassment Act (EFAA, 2022) invalidates pre-dispute arbitration agreements covering sexual harassment claims at the employee's election. Since 2022, employees can choose court litigation over arbitration for sexual harassment claims regardless of arbitration agreements. Practical EPLI implications: (1) sexual harassment claims may proceed in public court rather than confidential arbitration; (2) defense costs may increase due to public discovery; (3) reputational risk increases with public proceedings; (4) settlement leverage shifts toward plaintiffs. Policies issued post-2022 typically reflect EFAA exposure in pricing and underwriting.

Coverage triggers

EPLI is typically claims-made, covering claims first made during the policy period regardless of when the underlying conduct occurred (subject to retroactive date). The "claim" trigger is typically broader than litigation: includes EEOC charges, state agency complaints, demand letters, and similar formal employment claims. Notice timing is critical, late notice can void coverage. Best practice: report claims immediately upon receipt of any formal employment-related demand or charge, even if the claim appears non-meritorious.

Practical context

For Texas employers, EPLI is increasingly essential. Best practice: (1) carry EPLI for any employer with 10+ employees (smaller employers may bundle into general management liability package); (2) coordinate EPLI with D&O, many private-company D&O policies include some employment coverage; (3) negotiate hammer clauses to soft (50/50) or eliminate; (4) maintain compliant employment policies and practices, claims with HR documentation gaps are harder to defend; (5) review wage and hour coverage gap and consider standalone wage and hour insurance for high-risk operations; (6) for sexual harassment claims, recognize EFAA changes, pre-dispute arbitration may not stand; (7) report claims immediately, late notice voids coverage. Common gap: employers focused on big-ticket employment exposure (class actions, executive disputes) underestimate the volume of routine, single-plaintiff claims. EPLI defense costs alone justify the premium for most mid-market employers.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
Workplace Discrimination· Wrongful Termination· Severance Agreement· Directors and Officers Insurance· Fair Labor Standards Act

End User License Agreement (EULA)

A form license agreement governing the rights of an end user to install, access, and use a software product. Typically a non-negotiated take-it-or-leave-it contract delivered through click-wrap, shrink-wrap, or in-application acceptance. Distinct from the negotiated software license agreement used in commercial transactions.

An End User License Agreement (EULA) is a form license agreement governing the rights of an individual end user to install, access, and use a software product. EULAs are typically non-negotiated, take-it-or-leave-it contracts delivered through click-wrap acceptance, shrink-wrap packaging, or in-application acceptance prompts. They are the consumer-facing analog of the negotiated commercial software license agreement.

Typical EULA terms

A standard EULA grants a non-exclusive, non-transferable, revocable license to install and use the software for internal purposes only. Common restrictions include prohibitions on (1) reverse engineering, decompiling, or disassembling; (2) sublicensing or redistribution; (3) removal of proprietary notices; (4) use beyond the licensed seat or device count; and (5) commercial use of consumer-licensed software. The license terminates automatically on breach.

Enforceability

EULAs delivered as click-wrap (with affirmative user assent before installation or first use) are generally enforceable in Texas. Browsewrap-style EULAs accessible only through hyperlink without affirmative user action face serious enforcement challenges. Shrink-wrap EULAs (terms inside the package, accepted by opening or installing) are enforceable when the existence of additional terms is conspicuously disclosed on the outside packaging or initial install screen.

Limits on enforceability

Even enforceable EULAs cannot contract around (1) the user's statutory right under 17 U.S.C. § 117 to make a backup copy; (2) certain implied warranties under the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act (DTPA) for consumer transactions; and (3) the developing line of unconscionability doctrine applied to one-sided arbitration and class-action waiver provisions. Pure entity-to-entity transactions are generally outside DTPA protection.

Practical context

Texas businesses distributing software to consumers should treat the EULA as a critical risk-management document, it is the only contract governing the relationship with thousands or millions of users. Best practice: present the EULA via click-wrap on first install, provide a meaningful opportunity to review, retain assent records, and update only with fresh assent on material modifications. EULAs distributed through enterprise sales channels are typically replaced or supplemented by a negotiated Software License Agreement.

Companion article: Licensing Your IP in Texas

Related Terms
Software License Agreement· Click-Wrap Agreement· License Agreement· SaaS Agreement· Warranty

ERISA

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq.), the principal federal statute governing private-sector employee benefit plans, including retirement plans (401(k), pension) and welfare benefit plans (health, disability, life). Imposes fiduciary duties, vesting requirements, reporting obligations, claims procedures, and a comprehensive enforcement scheme. ERISA preempts most state laws "relating to" covered plans, among the broadest preemption doctrines in federal law.

ERISA, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, is the principal federal statute governing private-sector employee benefit plans. ERISA covers two principal plan categories: (1) pension plans, defined benefit plans, defined contribution plans (401(k), profit sharing); (2) welfare benefit plans, health, disability, life insurance, severance plans. ERISA imposes fiduciary duties, vesting requirements, reporting obligations, and claims procedures, with comprehensive federal enforcement. Most importantly for litigators, ERISA preempts state laws "relating to" covered plans, channeling most benefit-plan disputes into federal-law analysis.

Plan categories

ERISA covers two principal plan categories: (1) retirement (pension) plans, including defined benefit pensions, defined contribution plans (401(k), 403(b), profit-sharing, ESOP), and money purchase plans; (2) welfare benefit plans, group health insurance, dental, vision, disability, life insurance, severance plans, EAPs, and similar plans. Government plans, church plans, and certain other plans are exempted.

Fiduciary duties

ERISA imposes specific fiduciary duties on plan fiduciaries (trustees, plan administrators, investment managers, named fiduciaries): (1) duty of loyalty, act in the exclusive interest of plan participants and beneficiaries; (2) duty of prudence, act with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence of a prudent person; (3) duty to diversify, investment diversification to minimize large losses; (4) duty to follow plan documents; (5) prohibited transactions, avoid self-dealing, conflicts of interest, transactions with parties in interest. Breach of fiduciary duty can result in personal liability for losses.

The preemption doctrine

ERISA preemption, 29 U.S.C. § 1144, is among the broadest preemption provisions in federal law. ERISA preempts "any and all State laws insofar as they may now or hereafter relate to any employee benefit plan" covered by ERISA. The "relate to" test is expansive: state laws are preempted if they have a "connection with or reference to" ERISA plans. Common preempted state laws: state insurance bad-faith claims (Pilot Life); state fraud claims arising from benefit denials; state law actions for tortious interference with benefits. Saved from preemption: state laws regulating insurance, banking, securities (saving clause); generally applicable state criminal laws. The "deemer clause" prevents states from regulating self-funded ERISA plans through the insurance saving clause.

Civil enforcement, § 1132

ERISA civil enforcement (§ 1132) provides specific remedies in federal court: (1) (a)(1)(B), recover benefits, enforce rights, clarify rights to future benefits, most common claim; (2) (a)(2), fiduciary breach claims for plan losses; (3) (a)(3), equitable relief for ERISA violations; (4) (g), discretionary attorney's fees. Federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction over most ERISA claims. ERISA remedies are limited compared to state-law alternatives, no compensatory damages for emotional distress, no punitive damages, no jury trials in most claims. The remedy limitations are a principal disadvantage of ERISA preemption for plaintiffs.

Standard of review for benefit denials

The standard of review depends on plan terms: (1) de novo review, default if plan does not grant discretion to administrator; (2) arbitrary and capricious / abuse of discretion, if plan grants discretionary authority (Firestone v. Bruch). Most ERISA plans grant discretionary authority; abuse-of-discretion is the typical standard. Glenn v. MetLife (2008) requires consideration of conflicts of interest as a factor when administrator both decides claims and pays benefits, common in self-insured plans. The deferential review standard makes plan-level claim denials difficult to overturn in litigation.

Claims procedures

ERISA imposes specific claims procedures (29 C.F.R. § 2560.503-1): (1) initial claim decision, within 90 days for disability, 30 days for health (with extensions); (2) denial notice, must include specific reasons, plan provisions, additional information needed, appeal rights; (3) internal appeal, typically 60 days for claimant; full and fair review by different reviewer; (4) final decision. Failure to exhaust internal appeals can bar litigation; failure to follow procedures by administrator can result in de novo review (loss of deference).

Practical context

For Texas employers, ERISA touches almost every benefit decision involving covered plans. Best practice: (1) ensure plan documents grant discretionary authority to administrators (preserves abuse-of-discretion review); (2) follow claims procedures rigorously; (3) coordinate fiduciary committees and document fiduciary decisions; (4) maintain compliance with reporting obligations (Form 5500, summary plan descriptions); (5) for self-funded plans, leverage preemption against state-law claims; (6) coordinate with COBRA, FMLA, ACA obligations. For employees and beneficiaries: (1) exhaust internal appeals before suit; (2) understand abuse-of-discretion vs. de novo review; (3) recognize ERISA's limited remedies (no jury, no compensatory/punitive damages); (4) preserve fiduciary breach theories where applicable. Common pitfall: parties pursuing state-law claims in benefit disputes, generally preempted, leaving the claim subject to ERISA's narrower remedy framework.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
COBRA· Fiduciary Duty· Severance Agreement· Section 83(b) Election· Schedule K-1

Errors and Omissions (E&O) Insurance

Liability insurance protecting professional service providers against claims arising from errors, omissions, or negligent acts in the rendering of professional services. Also called Professional Liability Insurance. Covers attorneys, accountants, consultants, technology providers, real estate professionals, insurance agents, and other service-based businesses. Distinct from CGL, E&O covers economic loss from professional services; CGL covers bodily injury and property damage from operations. Typically claims-made.

Errors and Omissions (E&O) Insurance, also called Professional Liability Insurance or Malpractice Insurance, protects professional service providers against claims arising from errors, omissions, or negligent acts in the rendering of professional services. The product is essential for any business whose services involve professional judgment, expertise, or specialized advice. E&O is distinct from CGL: E&O addresses economic loss from professional services (bad advice, defective software, inaccurate appraisals); CGL addresses bodily injury and property damage from operations (slip and fall, premises injuries). Most professional services businesses need both.

Common categories of professional liability

Profession-specific E&O products: (1) lawyers, legal malpractice insurance; covers errors in advice, missed deadlines, conflicts; (2) accountants, accounting malpractice; covers tax preparation errors, audit failures, advisory errors; (3) medical professionals, medical malpractice; subject to Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 74 caps and procedures; (4) architects and engineers, design professional liability; covers design defects, code violations, schedule failures; (5) technology providers, tech E&O; covers software defects, IT consulting errors, integration failures; often combined with cyber; (6) insurance agents and brokers, covers placement errors, coverage gaps, application misrepresentations; (7) real estate professionals, covers misrepresentation, disclosure failures, transactional errors; (8) financial advisors, covers investment advice, suitability errors, supervision failures; (9) consultants, covers strategic and operational advice errors.

Standard coverage structure

E&O policies typically include: (1) professional services definition, defines covered services; precision is critical (broad definitions provide more coverage); (2) per-claim limit, maximum payable per claim; (3) aggregate limit, maximum payable for all claims in policy period; (4) retention/deductible, insured's obligation per claim; (5) defense within or outside limits, whether defense costs erode the coverage limit (within) or are paid in addition (outside); (6) claims-made trigger, covers claims first made during policy period; (7) retroactive date, coverage extends back to this date for prior acts; (8) extended reporting period (tail), option for tail coverage at policy end.

Common exclusions

Standard E&O exclusions: (1) fraudulent or criminal acts, typically requires final adjudication; (2) known prior claims and circumstances, events known before inception; (3) contractual liability beyond what would exist absent contract; (4) express warranties and guarantees, affirmations of specific results; (5) insured vs. insured in some forms; (6) bodily injury and property damage, routed to CGL; (7) employment practices, routed to EPLI; (8) profit/personal advantage; (9) regulatory fines and penalties, varies; (10) specific high-risk activities by profession (e.g., securities offerings for accountants without endorsement).

The "claim" trigger

E&O claims-made coverage requires (1) a claim first made during the policy period and (2) reported during the policy period (or extended reporting period). "Claim" is typically defined broadly: written demand for monetary or non-monetary relief, civil proceeding, criminal proceeding, regulatory proceeding. The first claim arising from related acts triggers coverage; all subsequent claims based on the same wrongful acts relate back to the first claim. This "interrelatedness" provision means a series of claims based on the same underlying act is treated as one claim for limits and retention purposes.

Retroactive date and tail coverage

E&O policies typically include a retroactive date, the date back to which the policy covers prior acts. Acts occurring before the retroactive date are not covered, even if the claim is made during the policy period. Tail coverage (Extended Reporting Period or ERP) extends the policy to cover claims made after the policy ends but for acts during the policy period (subject to retroactive date). Tail coverage is essential at: (1) carrier change (gap protection); (2) practice termination (retirement, dissolution); (3) M&A involving the practice; (4) any change of control. Tail coverage typically costs 100-300% of the annual premium for 1-3 years (longer tails available for additional premium).

Texas Medical Liability Act overlay

For medical professionals, Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 74 (Texas Medical Liability Act) imposes specific procedures: (1) pre-suit notice with expert report; (2) statute of repose (10-year outer limit); (3) damages caps on non-economic damages ($250,000 per claimant against physicians, $250,000 per institution, $750,000 institutional aggregate); (4) heightened pleading and proof requirements. Texas medical malpractice insurance typically incorporates these protections in defense and settlement strategy.

Coordination with other policies

E&O often coordinates with other coverages: (1) CGL for premises and operations exposure; (2) cyber for data and technology incidents (some policies combine tech E&O with cyber); (3) D&O for executive-level decisions; (4) EPLI for employment-related claims; (5) fiduciary liability for ERISA matters. For technology providers, "tech E&O combined with cyber" is increasingly the standard product, addressing both professional liability and cyber exposure in a single policy.

Practical context

For Texas professional services businesses, E&O is foundational. Best practice: (1) confirm precise scope of "professional services" definition, broad is better; (2) maintain consistent retroactive date through carrier changes; (3) at any change of control, M&A, or carrier change, evaluate tail coverage carefully, typical 6-year tail for transitions; (4) coordinate E&O with cyber for technology/professional services businesses; (5) for medical practitioners, ensure policy reflects Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 74 framework; (6) for small/solo practitioners, evaluate per-claim and aggregate adequacy (claims often cluster); (7) for high-fee, high-stakes engagements, consider higher limits or excess. Common gap: professional services businesses with significant client engagements often carry E&O limits inadequate for largest matters. Limit adequacy should be evaluated against largest engagement potential exposure, not average matter size.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Commercial General Liability Insurance· Cyber Insurance· Directors and Officers Insurance· Limitation of Liability Clause· Statute of Limitations

Escrow

An arrangement under which a portion of the M&A purchase price is held by a neutral third-party escrow agent for a specified period after closing, to fund post-closing indemnification claims by the buyer against the seller.

Escrow is an arrangement under which a portion of the M&A purchase price is held by a neutral third-party escrow agent (typically a bank or specialized escrow service) for a specified period after closing, to fund post-closing indemnification claims by the buyer against the seller. The escrowed funds provide secure, immediate recovery for buyer claims without requiring litigation against the seller.

Sizing

Traditional escrows: 5%–15% of purchase price held for 12–24 months. Modern RWI-driven structures: smaller escrows (often 0.5%–1% of EV) covering retention and specific known risks, with RWI providing the primary coverage above retention.

Holdback distinguished

A "holdback" is similar but retained by the buyer rather than by a neutral escrow agent. Holdbacks are mechanically simpler but expose the seller to buyer credit risk and create disputes over release timing. Escrows with reputable agents avoid both issues.

Release mechanics

Most escrow agreements provide: (1) automatic release of unreserved funds at the end of the survival period; (2) reserve mechanism for then-pending claims; (3) joint-instruction release; and (4) dispute-resolution procedures for contested claims.

Practical context

Escrows are standard in middle-market and lower-middle-market deals; large deals often dispense with escrows entirely in favor of RWI. The escrow agent's standard form agreement typically governs absent significant negotiation.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Indemnification (M&A)· Representations and Warranties· Earnout· Letter of Intent

Estimated Tax Payments

Quarterly federal income tax payments made by individuals, partners, S-corp shareholders, and corporations whose tax liability is not fully covered by withholding. Required when the taxpayer expects to owe at least $1,000 (individuals) or $500 (corporations) at year-end. Underpayment triggers an interest-rate penalty under IRC § 6654 (individuals) or § 6655 (corporations).

Estimated tax payments are quarterly federal income tax payments made by taxpayers whose tax liability is not fully covered by withholding. Individuals, including sole proprietors, partners, LLC members, and S-corporation shareholders, and C-corporations are both subject to estimated-tax obligations when their projected annual liability exceeds threshold amounts. Failure to pay sufficient estimated tax during the year triggers an underpayment penalty calculated as an interest charge on the deficiency.

Individual estimated tax

Individuals must pay estimated tax if they expect to owe $1,000 or more at year-end after withholding and refundable credits. Quarterly due dates: April 15, June 15, September 15, and January 15 of the following year. Two safe harbors avoid penalty: (1) pay at least 90% of the current year's tax during the year through withholding plus estimated payments; or (2) pay at least 100% of the prior year's tax (110% for taxpayers with prior-year adjusted gross income over $150,000). Withholding from W-2 wages counts toward the safe harbor and is treated as paid evenly throughout the year regardless of when withheld.

Corporate estimated tax

C-corporations expecting to owe $500 or more at year-end must pay estimated tax in four installments (April 15, June 15, September 15, December 15 for calendar-year filers). Safe harbors include 100% of the current year's tax or 100% of the prior year's tax for corporations with under $1M of taxable income in any of the three preceding years. Large corporations (over $1M taxable income in any of the last three years) generally cannot rely on the prior-year safe harbor, they must base estimates on the current year.

Pass-through pitfalls

Partners, LLC members, and S-corporation shareholders frequently underpay estimated tax in the year a business has a profitable surge, the entity-level Form 1065 or 1120-S K-1 income is allocated to owners on a pro rata basis regardless of distributions, creating a tax obligation without corresponding cash. The mismatch is the principal reason operating agreements should include a Tax Distribution Provision ensuring quarterly distributions sufficient to cover estimated-tax obligations.

Penalty calculation

The underpayment penalty under § 6654 and § 6655 is computed as interest at the federal short-term rate plus 3 percentage points, applied to each quarter's underpayment from the original due date until paid (or until the next estimated-tax due date, depending on installment computation). Penalties are typically modest in absolute terms but compound over multiple underpaid quarters and can become material in years of significant income increases.

Practical context

For Texas business owners, the most common estimated-tax problem is K-1 income hitting at year-end while quarterly payments were made on prior-year levels. Standard remediation: (1) review actual year-to-date entity income each quarter; (2) recalculate estimated tax using the current-year safe harbor before the next due date; (3) ensure operating agreements provide for tax distributions; (4) consider Annualized Income Installment Method for irregular income (Form 2210 Schedule AI for individuals).

Companion article: Business Succession Planning in Texas

Related Terms
Tax Distribution Provision· Schedule K-1· Pass-Through Entity· S-Corporation Election· Phantom Income

Excess Insurance

Insurance that responds only after primary coverage is exhausted, providing additional limits above the primary layer. Two principal types: (1) following-form excess, adopts the terms of the underlying primary policy with limited modifications; (2) umbrella, broader coverage that may respond to losses not covered by primary policies (filling gaps). Critical for managing liability exposure beyond primary policy limits. Common in commercial programs at $5M, $10M, $25M, and higher attachment points.

Excess insurance is insurance that responds only after primary coverage is exhausted, providing additional limits above the primary policy. Excess coverage is critical for managing liability exposure beyond primary policy limits, a single severe claim can easily exceed $1M-$2M primary CGL limits, leaving the insured personally exposed without excess. The two principal types of excess coverage, following-form excess and umbrella, operate differently. Sophisticated commercial programs typically include multiple excess layers stacked on primary policies for managed liability tail risk.

Following-form excess

Following-form excess coverage adopts the terms of the underlying primary policy with limited modifications. The excess policy typically references the primary policy and provides "follow form" coverage subject to (1) the excess limits, (2) the attachment point, and (3) any specific endorsements or exclusions in the excess policy. Following-form excess is the most common excess structure for CGL, the excess insurer provides additional limits above primary CGL, with the same coverage terms and exclusions. Most M&A and large-project liability stacks use following-form excess for predictable, layered coverage.

Umbrella coverage

Umbrella coverage is broader than following-form excess. Umbrella policies typically: (1) provide excess limits above multiple primary policies (CGL, auto, employer's liability); (2) include "drop-down" coverage where the umbrella responds to losses not covered by primary (filling gaps); (3) have their own coverage terms that may differ from primary; (4) include broader coverage in some areas (e.g., broader personal injury). True umbrella coverage is increasingly rare; most "umbrella" policies are now following-form excess with limited drop-down. Read the policy carefully, the "umbrella" label is sometimes marketing rather than substance.

Attachment point structure

Excess coverage has an attachment point, the threshold above which the excess responds. Common structures: (1) primary $1M, excess $5M xs $1M, primary covers the first $1M; excess covers $5M above $1M (total $6M); (2) primary $1M, $5M xs $1M, $5M xs $6M, three-layer stack with $11M total; (3) quota share excess, multiple excess insurers share the same layer (e.g., 50/50). Higher attachment points typically have lower premium per dollar of limit. Sophisticated programs stack multiple layers from different carriers to diversify counterparty risk and obtain cost-efficient capacity.

The "horizontal" vs. "vertical" exhaustion debate

When losses implicate multiple primary policies (e.g., losses spanning multiple policy years), a key question is whether excess attaches after horizontal exhaustion (all primary policies in all years exhausted) or vertical exhaustion (primary in the year of loss exhausted). Texas law generally follows the policy language; most modern excess policies require horizontal exhaustion of primary coverage in the same policy period. Long-tail losses (environmental, construction defect, mass tort) raise complex attachment issues that have been heavily litigated.

Following the primary's defense

Most excess policies adopt the primary's defense obligations through following-form provisions or specific reference. Some excess policies provide independent defense once primary is exhausted; others "tail in" to existing defense arrangements. Best practice: review excess defense provisions carefully. The "exhaustion" point, when excess defense begins, has substantial cost implications. Sophisticated programs include "drop-down" provisions that allow excess insurers to fund defense before primary exhaustion in appropriate cases.

Stowers-type claims in excess

Excess insurers can pursue the same Stowers-type claims against primary insurers as the insured. American Centennial Ins. Co. v. Canal Ins. Co., 843 S.W.2d 480 (Tex. 1992), held that excess insurers have a direct right of action against primary insurers for negligent failure to settle within primary limits, shifting the excess judgment loss to the primary insurer that failed to settle. This creates significant pressure on primary insurers to settle within their limits when reasonable demand is made. Excess insurers actively monitor primary settlement decisions in significant cases.

Common provisions and pitfalls

Important excess provisions: (1) concurrent coverage requirements, excess often requires specific primary policies in place; failure to maintain primary can void excess; (2) exhaustion language, when primary is "exhausted" can be ambiguous (paid? agreed to pay? settled by judgment?); (3) insolvency of primary, most excess policies do not "drop down" if primary becomes insolvent; (4) defense within or outside limits, affects total available coverage; (5) specific exclusions, excess may exclude items covered by primary. Sophisticated insureds review excess policies for consistency with primary; gaps and inconsistencies create coverage disputes.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, excess and umbrella coverage manages tail risk above primary limits. Best practice: (1) carry excess proportional to liability exposure, minimum $5M for small businesses, $25M+ for mid-market with significant operations; (2) review attachment points and exhaustion language carefully; (3) coordinate excess with primary to avoid coverage gaps; (4) for layered programs, consider counterparty diversification (different excess carriers across layers); (5) for D&O, carry Side A excess for individual director protection; (6) for severe-loss exposures (cyber, environmental, products), evaluate higher limits and specialty policies; (7) review excess provisions on primary insolvency, most excess does not drop down. Common gap: businesses with excess but inadequate primary find that primary erodes quickly during defense, leaving uncovered period before excess attachment. Defense-within-limits primary policies erode faster than expected; either purchase defense-outside-limits primary or carry excess at lower attachment.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Commercial General Liability Insurance· Stowers Doctrine· Self-Insured Retention· Additional Insured· Directors and Officers Insurance

Exempt vs. Non-Exempt Employee

Under FLSA, the classification distinguishing employees entitled to overtime and full wage-and-hour protections (non-exempt) from those excluded from one or more such protections (exempt). Misclassification of non-exempt employees as exempt is the most frequent FLSA violation.

Under the Fair Labor Standards Act, employees are classified as either "exempt" or "non-exempt" from minimum wage, overtime, or both. Non-exempt employees are entitled to FLSA's full wage-and-hour protections, including overtime at 1.5x for hours over 40 per week. Exempt employees are excluded from one or more FLSA protections.

The principal "white-collar" exemptions (29 C.F.R. Part 541)

Each requires both a duties test and a salary test:

Executive exemption: primary duty is management of the enterprise or a department; customarily directs the work of two or more full-time employees; has authority to hire/fire (or significant input).

Administrative exemption: primary duty is office/non-manual work directly related to management or general business operations; primary duty includes exercise of discretion and independent judgment on significant matters.

Professional exemption: primary duty requires advanced knowledge in a field of science or learning, customarily acquired by prolonged specialized intellectual instruction (learned professional), or invention/imagination/originality/talent in a recognized creative field (creative professional).

Salary basis test

Most exemptions require payment on a "salary basis" of at least $684 per week ($35,568 annually), fixed, predetermined compensation not subject to reduction based on quality or quantity of work. Improper deductions can defeat the exemption.

Other exemptions

Outside sales (no salary requirement); highly compensated employees (HCE, $107,432 annually with relaxed duties test); computer professionals (specific salary or hourly rate); commissioned retail employees under § 207(i).

Practical context

Employer misclassification of non-exempt employees as exempt is the most frequent FLSA violation. Common errors: (1) classifying based on title rather than actual duties; (2) classifying based on salary alone without examining duties; (3) failing the salary-basis test through improper docking of pay for partial-day absences. The Department of Labor periodically revises salary thresholds; the current $684/week was set in 2020.

Companion article: Wage and Hour Compliance in Texas

Related Terms
Fair Labor Standards Act· Texas Payday Law· Independent Contractor

Expert Witness Disclosure

The procedural framework for identifying expert witnesses in Texas civil litigation, governed principally by Tex. R. Civ. P. 195. Distinguishes retained or specially employed experts (subject to detailed report requirements) from non-retained experts and consulting experts (whose work is generally protected from discovery). Disclosure deadlines are typically 90 days before trial for the party with the burden, 60 days before trial for the responding party.

Expert witness disclosure in Texas civil litigation is governed principally by Rule 195 of the Texas Rules of Civil Procedure, which establishes the procedural framework for identifying and disclosing testifying experts. Rule 195 distinguishes among three categories, retained or specially employed testifying experts, non-retained testifying experts, and consulting experts whose work is generally privileged from discovery, with different disclosure obligations for each. Non-compliance with Rule 195 disclosure deadlines triggers exclusion sanctions under Rule 193.6, often dispositive of the case.

Rule 195 disclosure categories

Retained or specially employed testifying experts: experts retained for the litigation (or whose duties as employees of the party regularly involve giving expert testimony) must produce: (1) the expert's name, address, and CV; (2) all documents the expert has been given relating to the subject matter; (3) the expert's mental impressions, opinions, and the underlying factual basis; (4) the rate and amount of compensation. The expert is subject to deposition by the opposing party. Non-retained testifying experts: testifying experts not retained for the litigation (e.g., treating physicians, fact witnesses with expertise) face lesser disclosure requirements but must still be timely identified. Consulting experts: experts retained for trial preparation but not designated as testifying are generally privileged from discovery under work-product protection, only their identity and impressions reviewed by the testifying expert are typically discoverable.

Disclosure deadlines

Rule 195's default deadlines depend on the burden of proof: (1) party with burden, disclosure 90 days before trial; (2) responding party, disclosure 60 days before trial. Parties may agree to alternative schedules; trial courts may modify by scheduling order. The standard pattern in commercial cases is a docket-control order extending the windows substantially, disclosure 4-6 months before trial is typical for complex commercial cases. The deadline runs from the actual trial date; continuances can reset deadlines but only by court order.

The exclusion sanction

Rule 193.6 imposes an automatic exclusion sanction for failure to timely disclose: a party who fails to comply with Rule 195 may not introduce the undisclosed expert's testimony unless the court finds (a) good cause for the failure or (b) lack of prejudice. The Texas Supreme Court has applied Rule 193.6 strictly, exclusion is the rule, not the exception. Late disclosure typically requires showing not only that the late evidence is important, but also that the party diligent ly attempted to comply and that any prejudice can be mitigated.

Expert depositions

Once disclosed, retained testifying experts are subject to deposition. Texas practice typically allows the opposing party 30 days from disclosure to take the deposition, scheduled before the deadline for the responding party's own disclosures. Deposition discovery probes: (1) qualifications and CV; (2) materials reviewed; (3) opinions and the basis for each; (4) methodologies and reasoning; (5) work performed for prior clients; (6) compensation. The deposition is the principal vehicle for developing reliability challenges and for identifying weaknesses to exploit at trial.

Practical drafting, the expert report

Expert reports in Texas commercial litigation typically include: (1) introduction, engagement scope, qualifications, methodology; (2) facts and assumptions, what the expert was asked to assume or accept; (3) analysis, application of methodology to facts; (4) opinions, clear statements of conclusions with supporting reasoning; (5) damages or other quantitative analysis, calculations with all assumptions disclosed; (6) materials reviewed, comprehensive list; (7) compensation and prior testimony, fee structure, rate, prior cases. The report should be detailed enough to survive a Daubert challenge and support the expert's deposition and trial testimony without significant amendments.

Practical context

For Texas commercial litigants, expert disclosure compliance is mission-critical. The exclusion remedy under Rule 193.6 has dispositive consequences in cases where expert testimony is essential, failed designation can effectively end a case before trial. Best practice: (1) calendar disclosure deadlines from inception of the case; (2) engage experts well before disclosure deadlines to allow report preparation and review; (3) confirm the docket-control order's expert deadlines and seek modification early if needed; (4) prepare retained-expert reports to satisfy not only Rule 195 but also Daubert/Robinson reliability requirements; (5) plan deposition strategy for opposing experts. The cost of late expert engagement is rarely just delayed schedule, it often means losing the case.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Daubert and Robinson Standards· Summary Judgment· Motion in Limine· Sanctions· Deposition

F

FAA Preemption

2024

The doctrine that the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) preempts state laws that single out arbitration agreements for unfavorable treatment or burden their enforcement. The FAA applies to arbitration agreements involving interstate commerce; the Texas General Arbitration Act (TGAA) applies to intrastate arbitration agreements. The Supreme Court reaffirmed the broad preemptive scope of the FAA in cases including AT&T Mobility v. Concepcion (2011) and most recently Smith v. Spizzirri (2024) on the mandatory-stay rule.

FAA preemption is the doctrine that the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) preempts state laws that single out arbitration agreements for unfavorable treatment or burden their enforcement. The FAA establishes a federal policy favoring arbitration, applies to all arbitration agreements involving interstate commerce, and preempts inconsistent state law. The doctrine has been actively developed by the U.S. Supreme Court, most recently in Smith v. Spizzirri, 601 U.S. 472 (2024), which held that § 3 of the FAA mandates a stay (rather than dismissal) of court proceedings pending arbitration.

Section 2, the validity rule

Section 2 of the FAA is the heart of the statute: it makes arbitration agreements "valid, irrevocable, and enforceable, save upon such grounds as exist at law or in equity for the revocation of any contract." The "save upon such grounds" clause permits state-law contract defenses (fraud, duress, unconscionability) but only when applied generally, not specifically targeting arbitration. State laws that disfavor arbitration agreements are preempted; state laws applying generally to all contracts are preserved.

Section 3, mandatory stay (post-Spizzirri)

Smith v. Spizzirri, 601 U.S. 472 (2024), resolved a long-standing circuit split on the application of FAA § 3. The Supreme Court held that § 3 mandates a stay of court proceedings pending arbitration, not dismissal, even when all claims are subject to arbitration. The decision rejects the "discretionary dismissal" view that some circuits had adopted (allowing courts to dismiss rather than stay). Practical impact: courts must retain jurisdiction over the underlying case during arbitration, providing a docket for post-arbitration confirmation, vacatur, or other relief. The case applies federally and was binding on Texas state courts through FAA preemption.

FAA vs. TGAA, interaction with Texas law

The Texas General Arbitration Act (Chapter 171 of the CPRC) provides a state-law parallel framework for arbitration agreements not involving interstate commerce. Most commercial arbitration in Texas falls under the FAA because of the broad interpretation of "involving commerce", including local transactions with even modest interstate connections. Where both apply, the FAA preempts inconsistent TGAA provisions; where the FAA does not apply (purely intrastate, certain specific exclusions like seamen and railroad employees), the TGAA governs. Most arbitration agreements in commercial contracts specify FAA governance to leverage the more pro-arbitration federal framework.

What FAA preemption forbids

The Supreme Court has invalidated several types of state laws as FAA-preempted: (1) Concepcion, state-law rules prohibiting class-action waivers in consumer contracts; (2) Kindred Nursing, state-law clear-statement rules requiring specific reference to arbitration in powers of attorney; (3) Doctor's Associates v. Casarotto, 517 U.S. 681 (1996), Montana statute requiring conspicuous notice of arbitration on contract face; (4) Marmet Health Care Center v. Brown, 565 U.S. 530 (2012), categorical state-law refusal to enforce arbitration in personal-injury cases. The pattern: state laws that target arbitration specifically (rather than applying generally to all contracts) are preempted.

What FAA preemption permits

The FAA preserves general state-law contract defenses applied evenhandedly: (1) fraud in the inducement of the arbitration clause specifically (separate from fraud in the underlying contract, under Prima Paint v. Flood & Conklin, 388 U.S. 395 (1967), only fraud directed at the arbitration clause itself defeats arbitration); (2) unconscionability applied generally, though unconscionability findings that systematically disadvantage arbitration may themselves be preempted; (3) duress, undue influence, lack of capacity; (4) statute of frauds applied generally; (5) illegality in the underlying transaction. Texas courts apply these defenses but must do so without arbitration-specific bias.

Federal court enforcement

Federal courts have concurrent jurisdiction with state courts to enforce FAA arbitration agreements. Section 4 of the FAA authorizes a party to bring a separate action in federal court to compel arbitration. Section 9 governs confirmation of arbitration awards; § 10 governs vacatur on enumerated grounds (corruption, fraud, partiality, exceeding authority, manifest disregard, the last of which the Supreme Court has cast doubt on as a separate ground). Texas state courts apply the same standards as federal courts under the FAA.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, FAA preemption analysis is essential whenever arbitration enforcement is contested. Best practice: (1) draft arbitration clauses to specify FAA governance and broad-form scope; (2) confirm interstate-commerce nexus to invoke FAA; (3) raise FAA preemption defensively when challenged on state-law grounds; (4) post-Spizzirri, request stay rather than dismissal; (5) preserve unconscionability and other generally-applicable defenses while distinguishing them from arbitration-specific challenges. The FAA's pro-arbitration policy continues to expand; recent Supreme Court decisions almost uniformly favor arbitration enforcement against state-law obstacles. Parties wanting to avoid arbitration must structure contract negotiation to exclude arbitration provisions at inception, since after-the-fact challenges face an uphill battle.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Arbitration· Texas Arbitration Act· Choice of Law· Mandamus· Interlocutory Appeal

Factoring

A financing arrangement in which a business sells its accounts receivable to a third party (the factor) at a discount in exchange for immediate cash. Distinct from a loan secured by receivables, the factor purchases ownership of the receivables. Under Texas UCC Article 9, sale of accounts is treated as a secured transaction for filing purposes. May be recourse (seller bears collection risk) or non-recourse (factor bears collection risk).

Factoring is a financing arrangement in which a business (the seller, often called the "client") sells its accounts receivable to a third party (the "factor") at a discount in exchange for immediate cash. Factoring is distinct from a traditional loan secured by receivables: the factor purchases ownership of the accounts, not merely a security interest. Despite the technical sale characterization, Texas UCC Article 9 treats the sale of accounts as a secured transaction for purposes of filing, perfection, and priority, collapsing many of the distinctions that exist in other commercial contexts.

Sale-versus-loan characterization

The threshold legal question in any factoring transaction is whether the arrangement constitutes a true sale of receivables or a loan secured by receivables. The distinction matters for (1) usury, a true sale is generally outside Texas usury limits, while a loan dressed as a sale may be subject to the 18% ceiling; (2) bankruptcy, true-sale receivables are not property of the seller's bankruptcy estate, while loan-collateral receivables are; (3) balance sheet, true sales are off-balance-sheet, loans appear as debt. Factors that support true-sale characterization: (a) factor's obligation to remit collections is absolute, not contingent on creditworthiness; (b) factor's recourse rights are limited; (c) seller's recourse exposure is bounded; (d) the transaction documents consistently use sale terminology. Factors against true-sale: (a) full recourse to seller for non-collection; (b) seller's right to "buy back" the receivables; (c) factor's right to a fixed rate of return regardless of collection performance.

Recourse vs. non-recourse factoring

Recourse factoring: the seller remains liable to the factor if an account debtor fails to pay. The factor's risk is essentially limited to collection mechanics; the seller bears the underlying credit risk. Recourse factoring is generally cheaper but provides less risk transfer. Non-recourse factoring: the factor bears the credit risk on approved accounts. Non-recourse factoring is more expensive but transfers credit risk on disputed creditworthiness. Most commercial factoring arrangements are partial recourse, recourse for disputes, returns, and short-pays, but non-recourse for pure credit losses.

Notification and verification

Under § 9.406, the factor's rights are perfected through filing a UCC-1 financing statement (treating the factoring transaction as a secured transaction for filing purposes) AND, in most arrangements, by notification to the account debtors of the assignment. Notification directs account debtors to pay the factor directly rather than the seller. Account debtors who pay the seller after receiving valid notification are not discharged; account debtors who pay the seller before receiving notification are discharged. Section 9.406(d) makes anti-assignment clauses in the underlying contract ineffective, account debtors cannot prevent factoring through contractual restrictions.

Verification and dilution

Most factoring agreements include verification provisions, the factor's right to confirm with account debtors that the goods or services have been delivered, the invoice is correct, and no offsets are claimed. "Dilution" refers to reductions in collectible amount through returns, allowances, disputes, short-pays, or offsets. Most factoring agreements adjust the advance rate based on dilution history; high-dilution sellers receive lower advance rates or pay higher fees. Disputed invoices ("disputed receivables") are typically chargeable back to the seller regardless of recourse vs. non-recourse posture.

Texas-specific considerations

Texas factoring transactions benefit from a clear statutory framework under UCC Article 9 and a long line of case law confirming that true-sale factoring is outside usury constraints. Two practical considerations: (1) oilfield-services factoring, large industry segment in Texas with specialized factors and unique receivable characteristics; (2) healthcare factoring, subject to additional federal and state regulatory overlays (Medicare/Medicaid receivables, anti-assignment rules in some payor contexts). Both require specialized counsel beyond general factoring practice.

Practical context

For Texas SMBs, factoring is most attractive when (1) the business is too young or too leveraged to qualify for traditional bank financing; (2) the business has working-capital intensive growth and slow-paying customers; (3) the business is willing to trade margin (factoring discount) for cash-flow predictability and growth capital. The principal trade-off: factoring is more expensive than bank lines (typically 1.5%-3% per 30 days vs. prime+1-3% annualized for bank lines) but easier to obtain and scales with sales. Factoring agreements should be carefully reviewed for true-sale characterization, recourse scope, dilution definitions, advance rates, and termination/exit provisions.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Security Interest· Collateral· Financing Statement· Perfection· Usury

Fair Labor Standards Act

The federal wage-and-hour statute establishing minimum wage, overtime pay, recordkeeping, and child labor standards for covered employees. Operates alongside the Texas Payday Law, FLSA governs the amount of wages owed; the Payday Law governs the timing.

The Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) is the federal wage-and-hour statute establishing minimum wage, overtime pay, recordkeeping, and child labor standards for covered employees. FLSA applies to most Texas employers and operates alongside the Texas Payday Law, FLSA governs the amount of wages owed; the Payday Law governs the timing.

Coverage

FLSA covers employees of "enterprises" with annual gross volume of $500,000 or more, plus employees individually engaged in interstate commerce or producing goods for commerce. § 203(s). Most Texas businesses are FLSA-covered through one or both bases; coverage analysis is rarely a meaningful obstacle.

Minimum wage

Federal minimum wage is $7.25 per hour. § 206. Texas adopts the federal minimum wage; there is no separate Texas minimum wage above federal. Tex. Lab. Code § 62.051.

Overtime

Non-exempt employees must receive overtime compensation at one-and-one-half times their regular rate of pay for hours worked over 40 in a workweek. § 207(a). The "regular rate" includes most non-discretionary compensation, not just base hourly rate.

Exemptions

Specified categories of employees are exempt from minimum wage, overtime, or both. § 213. See Exempt vs. Non-Exempt Employee for the principal exemptions.

Remedies

Backpay for unpaid wages; liquidated damages equal to the backpay (effectively doubling) unless the employer proves good-faith reasonable belief; attorney's fees and costs. § 216. Statute of limitations: 2 years for ordinary violations, 3 years for willful violations. § 255.

Enforcement

U.S. Department of Labor Wage and Hour Division investigates and litigates FLSA claims. Employees may also file private civil actions in federal or state court. § 216(b).

Practical context

FLSA misclassification of non-exempt employees as exempt is the single most common federal employment-law violation. Texas businesses commonly run afoul of: (1) the salary basis test for executive, administrative, and professional exemptions; (2) overtime calculation including bonuses and commissions in the regular rate; (3) recordkeeping of hours worked by non-exempt employees. Coordination with the Texas Payday Law is critical, most disputes invoke both statutes.

Companion article: Wage and Hour Compliance in Texas

Related Terms
Exempt vs. Non-Exempt Employee· Texas Payday Law· Independent Contractor· Wage Claim

Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA)

Federal statute (29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.) requiring covered employers to provide eligible employees up to 12 workweeks of unpaid, job-protected leave per 12-month period for specified family and medical reasons. Coverage: employers with 50+ employees within 75 miles. Eligibility: 12 months service, 1,250 hours worked. Job restoration and benefits continuation required. Up to 26 weeks for military caregiver leave.

The Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) requires covered employers to provide eligible employees up to 12 workweeks of unpaid, job-protected leave per 12-month period for specified family and medical reasons. Enacted in 1993, the FMLA addresses workplace tensions around childbirth, family caregiving, and serious illness by guaranteeing leave without termination. Coverage is significant but not universal, employers must have 50+ employees within 75 miles of the worksite, and employees must satisfy length-of-service and hours-worked thresholds. The FMLA coordinates with the ADA, workers' compensation, and various state and local leave laws (Texas has no state FMLA equivalent).

Qualifying reasons for FMLA leave

FMLA permits up to 12 workweeks of leave for: (1) birth and bonding with newborn child (within 12 months of birth); (2) placement for adoption or foster care and bonding (within 12 months); (3) serious health condition of family member, spouse, child, or parent (not in-laws, siblings, grandparents); (4) employee's own serious health condition rendering employee unable to perform essential functions; (5) qualifying military exigency arising from family member's covered active duty. Up to 26 workweeks (single 12-month period) are available for: (6) military caregiver leave, care for covered servicemember with serious injury or illness incurred in line of duty.

"Serious health condition" defined

"Serious health condition" includes: (1) inpatient care, overnight hospitalization; (2) incapacity plus continuing treatment, typically 3+ days incapacity with treatment by healthcare provider; (3) chronic conditions, long-term conditions requiring periodic visits and treatment; (4) permanent or long-term conditions; (5) multiple treatments, for restorative surgery or conditions requiring multiple treatments. The definition encompasses most serious medical conditions but excludes routine illnesses (cold, flu, minor procedures with no complications).

Job restoration and benefits

FMLA provides specific protections: (1) job restoration, return to same or "equivalent" position; equivalent means similar pay, benefits, working conditions, terms; (2) benefits continuation, group health coverage continues during leave on same terms (employee pays normal employee share); (3) no retaliation, adverse action for FMLA leave use is prohibited; (4) no interference with FMLA rights. Key employees (top 10% earners) may be denied restoration in narrow circumstances.

Intermittent and reduced-schedule leave

FMLA leave can be taken intermittently or on reduced schedule when medically necessary: (1) medical treatment, periodic appointments, chemotherapy, dialysis; (2) chronic condition, flare-ups; (3) pregnancy-related conditions; (4) family care, covering serious health condition of family member with periodic care needs. Tracking intermittent leave use against the 12-week annual entitlement is operationally complex.

Notice and certification

FMLA notice requirements: (1) employee notice to employer, 30 days advance notice when foreseeable; "as soon as practicable" otherwise; (2) employer notice of FMLA designation, within 5 business days after sufficient information; (3) medical certification, employer can require certification from healthcare provider supporting need for leave; second/third opinions available at employer expense; (4) recertification, every 30 days for ongoing conditions; (5) fitness-for-duty certification, required for return from own-serious-health-condition leave if employer policy so requires. Failure to designate FMLA leave promptly can result in leave time not counting against the 12-week entitlement.

Coordination with other leaves

FMLA coordinates with other leave statutes: (1) ADA, leave can be reasonable accommodation; substantial overlap with FMLA serious-health-condition leave; ADA may provide longer leaves than FMLA; (2) workers' compensation, work-related injury creating serious health condition can run concurrent FMLA leave; (3) employer-paid leave, paid leave typically can run concurrently with FMLA at employer or employee election; (4) military leave (USERRA), separate but coordinated. Sophisticated leave administration coordinates all applicable leave types.

Damages and remedies

FMLA enforcement (29 U.S.C. § 2617) provides: (1) back pay and benefits; (2) liquidated (double) damages for willful violations; (3) front pay or reinstatement; (4) injunctive relief; (5) attorney's fees and costs. FMLA does not provide compensatory damages for emotional distress or punitive damages, distinguishing it from Title VII and ADA but matching ADEA's structure.

Practical context

For Texas employers with 50+ employees, FMLA compliance is operational. Best practice: (1) maintain comprehensive FMLA policy in handbook; (2) train HR and managers on FMLA designation triggers; (3) provide DOL Notice of Eligibility and Rights and Responsibilities promptly; (4) require medical certification on standard DOL forms; (5) track intermittent leave carefully; (6) coordinate FMLA with ADA, workers' compensation, paid leave; (7) prevent retaliation. For employees: (1) provide adequate advance notice; (2) submit medical certification promptly; (3) preserve documentation; (4) understand 12-week annual cap and military caregiver 26-week extension; (5) recognize concurrent ADA rights for chronic conditions. Common pitfall: employers failing to designate FMLA leave promptly, leave time may not count against 12-week entitlement, extending the protected period.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
Americans with Disabilities Act· Workers' Compensation· COBRA· Wrongful Termination· Workplace Discrimination

Fiduciary Duty

2025

The obligation of one party (the fiduciary) to act in the best interests of another (the beneficiary) when entrusted with property, authority, or confidence. In Texas business law, fiduciary duties are owed by corporate officers and directors, by general partners, and (subject to the company agreement) by LLC members and managers.

A fiduciary duty is the obligation of one party (the fiduciary) to act in the best interests of another (the beneficiary) when entrusted with property, authority, or confidence. In Texas business law, fiduciary duties are owed by corporate officers and directors to the corporation; by general partners to the partnership and to other partners; and, depending on the company agreement, by LLC members and managers to the LLC and to other members.

The three components

Texas recognizes three traditional components of a director's fiduciary duty:

Duty of obedience. The duty to act within the scope of authority granted by the certificate of formation, governing documents, and applicable law, a director may not authorize ultra vires acts.

Duty of care. The duty to perform with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise in similar circumstances. Gearhart Indus., Inc. v. Smith Int'l, Inc., 741 F.2d 707 (5th Cir. 1984) (applying Texas law).

Duty of loyalty. As reformulated in Ritchie v. Rupe and reaffirmed in Sneed v. Webre, 465 S.W.3d 169 (Tex. 2015): "the dedication of [the director's] uncorrupted business judgment for the sole benefit of the corporation."

Informal fiduciary duty

Texas also recognizes that a fiduciary duty may arise informally from a "moral, social, domestic, or purely personal relationship of trust and confidence" that exists prior to and independent of the parties' business relationship. Ritchie v. Rupe, 443 S.W.3d at 874. Courts apply this doctrine narrowly.

Contractual modification (LLCs and limited partnerships)

For LLCs, Tex. Bus. Orgs. Code § 101.401 permits the company agreement to expand, restrict, or, effective May 14, 2025, eliminate any duties (including fiduciary duties) and related liabilities owed by members, managers, officers, or other persons to the company or to one another. For Texas limited partnerships, § 152.002(e) (added by SB 29 effective May 14, 2025) provides comparable elimination authority through the partnership agreement.

Practical context

Most Texas business disputes that reach a courtroom turn on fiduciary duty in some form. After Ritchie v. Rupe, minority-shareholder claims against directors and controlling shareholders are typically asserted as derivative claims for breach of fiduciary duty rather than as direct oppression claims. The legal landscape for these claims diverged substantially in 2025: publicly-traded Texas corporations and Texas corporations that opt into § 21.419 are now governed by the codified business judgment rule with heightened pleading requirements and statutory presumptions, while closely-held Texas corporations under § 21.563, Texas LLCs, and Texas limited partnerships continue to operate under the pre-2025 common-law framework supplemented by contractual modification.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Business Judgment Rule· Director· Derivative Action· Corporation· Limited Liability Company· Shareholder Oppression

Final Paycheck

Wages owed to an employee at the conclusion of employment, including earned wages, overtime, accrued vacation pay (if owed by company policy), commissions, and bonuses. Texas law specifies firm timing requirements: 6 days for involuntary termination, next regular payday for voluntary resignation.

The "final paycheck" is the wages owed to an employee at the conclusion of employment, including all earned but unpaid regular wages, overtime, accrued vacation pay (if owed by company policy), commissions, and bonuses. Texas law specifies firm timing requirements for delivery of the final paycheck.

Timing requirements

Involuntary termination (employer-initiated, with or without cause): the employer must deliver final wages within six calendar days of termination. § 61.014(a). The six-day rule applies to layoffs, dismissals, mutual-agreement separations where the employer initiated the discussion, and most other employer-initiated departures.

Voluntary resignation (employee-initiated): the employer must deliver final wages by the next regularly scheduled payday following the resignation date. § 61.014(b). This may mean waiting up to one full pay cycle.

What must be included

Earned regular wages and overtime through the date of separation; commissions due under company policy; bonuses earned and payable; accrued vacation pay if the employer's policy requires payout (Texas does not require vacation payout absent policy obligation).

Permissible deductions

Same rules as any other wage payment under § 61.018, only legally-required, court-ordered, or written-employee-authorized deductions. Employers cannot deduct for property damage, unreturned equipment, or alleged debts without specific written authorization.

Practical context

Final paycheck disputes are among the most common Texas Payday Law claims. Employer failures typically arise from (1) waiting for the next payroll cycle on involuntary terminations (six-day rule applies, not next payday); (2) deducting for unreturned equipment without proper authorization; (3) failing to pay accrued commissions or bonuses; (4) miscalculating accrued vacation under the employer's own policy.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee in Texas

Related Terms
Texas Payday Law· Wage Claim· Severance Agreement· At-Will Employment

Financing Statement (UCC-1)

2025

The public record filed by a secured party to give notice of a security interest in the debtor's personal property. Perfects the security interest against third parties and establishes priority date. Texas SOS no longer accepts paper filings as of August 29, 2025.

A financing statement (commonly called a "UCC-1" after the standard form number) is the public record filed by a secured party to give notice of a security interest in the debtor's personal property. The financing statement perfects the security interest against third parties, establishing the secured party's priority date for collateral disputes.

Required contents

Under § 9.502, a financing statement is sufficient if it provides: (1) the name of the debtor; (2) the name of the secured party (or representative); and (3) an indication of the collateral covered by the financing statement. The collateral description may be specific or by category, including a "supergeneric" description such as "all assets" of the debtor.

Debtor name requirements (§ 9.503)

The most common cause of filing failure. For an individual: the name on the debtor's unexpired Texas driver's license, or a similar government-issued ID. For a registered organization: the exact name on the public organic record (certificate of formation). Trade names, abbreviations, and misspellings can render the financing statement seriously misleading and ineffective against third parties.

Filing location

For most Texas debtors, the Texas Secretary of State. Effective August 29, 2025, the Texas SOS no longer accepts paper UCC filings, all filings must be submitted through the SOS online system.

Duration and continuation (§ 9.515)

A financing statement is effective for five years from filing. The secured party may continue effectiveness for additional five-year periods by filing a continuation statement within six months before lapse. Failure to file a continuation results in automatic lapse, leaving the security interest unperfected and subordinate to intervening secured creditors.

Practical context

UCC-1 filings are the foundation of secured commercial lending. Filing errors, wrong debtor name, missing continuation, ambiguous collateral description, can convert a secured creditor into an unsecured creditor in bankruptcy. The August 2025 paper-filing sunset eliminated a procedural option that some practitioners had relied on; all filings now go through the SOS online system.

Companion article: Collecting a Judgment in Texas

Related Terms
Security Interest· Perfection· Collateral

Force Majeure

A contractual provision excusing one or both parties from performance when extraordinary events outside the parties' control prevent performance. Force majeure is a creature of contract, Texas does not recognize a general common-law force majeure doctrine.

A force majeure clause is a contractual provision excusing one or both parties from performance when extraordinary events outside the parties' control prevent performance. Force majeure is a creature of contract, Texas does not recognize a general common-law force majeure doctrine excusing performance for unanticipated events.

Typical structure

A force majeure clause specifies (1) the events that trigger force majeure (specifically enumerated and/or by general language); (2) the obligations excused (typically performance, not payment); (3) notice requirements; (4) duration of excuse; and (5) termination rights if the force majeure persists beyond a specified period.

Common enumerated events

Acts of God (hurricanes, floods, earthquakes); war and civil unrest; terrorism; government action; labor strikes; pandemic and epidemic; failure of utilities; transportation disruptions. The COVID-19 pandemic generated extensive force-majeure litigation; Texas courts generally enforced clear contract language and rejected expansive readings of generic "Act of God" or "circumstances beyond our control" provisions.

Texas interpretation

Texas courts construe force majeure clauses according to their plain language, events not within the express terms are not excused. Generic language is read narrowly. The clause must be triggered by an event that prevents performance, not merely makes performance more difficult or expensive.

Practical context

Post-COVID, sophisticated commercial drafting includes specific pandemic and government-shutdown enumerations rather than relying on generic "Act of God" language. Notice and mitigation obligations are commonly negotiated to balance the parties' risk allocation.

Companion article: Contract Disputes in Texas

Related Terms
Sale of Goods· Material Adverse Change· Statute of Frauds

Foreign Entity

Any entity formed under the laws of a jurisdiction other than Texas. A foreign entity must register with the Texas Secretary of State before "transacting business" in Texas.

A "foreign entity" under Texas law is any entity (corporation, LLC, limited partnership, business trust, or similar entity) formed under the laws of a jurisdiction other than Texas. A foreign entity must register with the Texas Secretary of State before "transacting business" in Texas.

Registration requirement

Under § 9.001, a foreign filing entity must register if it transacts business in Texas. The registration fee is $750 for most for-profit entities and $25 for nonprofit corporations.

"Transacting business"

Texas does not define the term. Under § 9.251, sixteen activities are excluded, among them, maintaining bank accounts, holding internal-affairs meetings, owning passive real estate, isolated transactions completed within 30 days, and selling through independent contractors. The general principle: regular and continuous Texas business activity (offices, employees, regular contracting) requires registration; isolated or passive activity does not.

Penalties for failure to register

Under §§ 9.051–9.054, a foreign entity that fails to register: (1) cannot maintain an action, suit, or proceeding in any Texas court until registered; (2) is subject to a civil penalty equal to all fees and taxes that would have been imposed; (3) may be enjoined from transacting business by the Texas Attorney General; and (4) is subject to a late-filing fee equal to the registration fee for each year (or portion) of unregistered transacting. The validity of contracts and other acts is unaffected by failure to register.

Internal affairs

A foreign entity's internal affairs (governance, fiduciary duties, owner rights) are governed by the law of its jurisdiction of formation, not Texas law. § 1.105.

Practical context

The "transacting business" threshold is intentionally fact-intensive. Many out-of-state businesses operate in Texas without registering and without consequence, but litigation triggers the registration question, and the inability to maintain a Texas suit is a meaningful penalty for plaintiffs. Pro-active registration is the safer path for any meaningful Texas operation.

Companion article: Operating Across State Lines

Related Terms
Corporation· Limited Liability Company· Registered Agent· Certificate of Formation

Form 1099-NEC

The IRS information return used to report nonemployee compensation of $600 or more paid to independent contractors during a calendar year. Required from any business making qualifying payments to a non-corporate service provider. Due January 31 for both copy to recipient and copy to the IRS. Backup withholding obligations apply when the payee fails to provide a valid Taxpayer Identification Number.

Form 1099-NEC (Nonemployee Compensation) is the IRS information return used to report payments of $600 or more made to independent contractors and other non-employee service providers during a calendar year. The form was reintroduced in 2020 (it had been part of Form 1099-MISC from 1983 through 2019); nonemployee compensation now has its own dedicated form and earlier filing deadline. Filing 1099-NECs is the principal annual compliance burden imposed on businesses that engage independent contractors.

Who must file

A 1099-NEC is required from any person engaged in a trade or business who pays $600 or more during the calendar year for services performed by a non-employee. Required for payments to: (1) sole proprietors and single-member LLCs; (2) partnerships and multi-member LLCs taxed as partnerships; (3) attorneys (regardless of corporate form, payments to lawyers always require a 1099); (4) certain other categories. Payments to corporations are generally NOT subject to 1099-NEC reporting, with the attorney-fee exception. Payments under $600 are not required to be reported but should be tracked for the payee's tax records.

Filing deadlines

Form 1099-NEC has a single deadline of January 31 for both the recipient copy and the IRS filing, earlier than other 1099 forms. Electronic filing is required for filers submitting 10 or more information returns in aggregate (the 10-return threshold became effective for 2024 returns, replacing the prior 250-return threshold). Late or missed filings trigger penalties under § 6721 and § 6722, with amounts varying based on lateness ($60 to $310+ per form for tax year 2024-2026, with intentional disregard penalties higher).

Backup withholding

If a contractor fails to provide a Taxpayer Identification Number on Form W-9, the payer must withhold federal income tax at 24% from payments (backup withholding under § 3406) and remit it to the IRS using Form 945. Best practice: collect a completed W-9 BEFORE making the first payment to any contractor, once payments have been made without backup withholding, fixing the issue retroactively is administratively painful.

Worker classification

Issuing a 1099-NEC presumes the worker is an independent contractor rather than an employee. Misclassification, treating an employee as a contractor to avoid payroll taxes and benefits, is a significant audit and litigation risk under both IRS rules (20-factor common-law test) and Texas Workforce Commission classification standards. The 1099 is not, by itself, a defense to misclassification; it is documentation supporting (or refuting) the parties' good-faith treatment of the relationship.

Practical context

For Texas businesses, the 1099-NEC compliance posture should include: (1) W-9 collected before first payment; (2) contractor-vs-employee analysis documented at the outset; (3) annual 1099-NEC issuance via payroll provider or accounting software; (4) electronic filing required if aggregating 10+ returns; (5) documented procedures for vendors who change tax status mid-year. The administrative burden is modest at small scale but grows quickly, most businesses with 30+ contractors should automate this through payroll or accounting platforms.

Companion article: Before You Fire That Employee, Texas Pre-Termination Checklist

Related Terms
Independent Contractor· Schedule K-1· Employer Identification Number· Fair Labor Standards Act

Form D

An SEC notice filing required under Regulation D. Issuers must file Form D within 15 days of the first sale of securities in a Reg D offering. Form D provides basic information about the offering: issuer, exemption claimed, amount sold, types of investors, related persons. Filed electronically through EDGAR. Most states also require parallel notice filings ("blue sky" notices) with similar timing. Failure to file timely does not by itself void the exemption but signals non-compliance.

Form D is the SEC notice filing required for offerings made under Regulation D. Issuers must file Form D within 15 days after the first sale of securities. Form D provides basic information about the offering, issuer details, exemption claimed, offering amount, types of investors, and related persons, without the disclosure burdens of a registered offering. Most states also require parallel notice filings ("blue sky" notices) with similar timing.

Filing timing

Form D must be filed within 15 days after the first sale. "First sale" is the date the first investor becomes legally bound to purchase (typically execution of subscription agreement, not closing/funding). Amendment is required: (1) annually for ongoing offerings; (2) when material information changes; (3) at offering closing/termination. The 15-day deadline is short, issuers should prepare Form D in parallel with offering documents.

Form D content

Form D requires disclosure of: (1) issuer information, name, address, jurisdiction, year of incorporation, type; (2) related persons, executive officers, directors, promoters; (3) offering details, exemption claimed (504, 506(b), 506(c)), date of first sale, duration, offering size, amount sold, minimum investment; (4) investor information, number and types (accredited vs. non-accredited); (5) use of proceeds; (6) sales compensation paid to brokers; (7) certification. Form D is publicly accessible on EDGAR; sensitive business information should not be included.

State notice filings

Most states require parallel notice filings for Rule 506 offerings. Standard requirements: copy of Form D filed with state regulator; filing fee ($200-$1,000 typically); consent to service of process; specific state forms in some jurisdictions. Texas notice filing through the Texas State Securities Board includes copy of Form D, filing fee, Form U-2 (consent to service); typically due within 15 days of first sale to a Texas resident. NSMIA preempts state registration for Rule 506 offerings (covered securities), but states retain authority to require notice filings, fees, and anti-fraud enforcement.

Consequences of late or missed filings

Failure to file timely has graduated consequences: (1) SEC level, failure to file does not by itself void the Reg D exemption, but signals non-compliance; SEC has authority to impose disqualification from future Reg D under Rule 507; (2) state level, varies; some states treat failure to notice-file as voiding state-law preemption; (3) investor relations, sophisticated investors review EDGAR for Form D filings; (4) future fundraising, pattern of late filings can complicate due diligence in subsequent rounds, M&A, or IPO. Best practice: file timely, even if Form D requires amendment for unfinished details.

Public accessibility

Form D filings are publicly accessible through EDGAR. Competitors and observers can see offering details, including issuer name, offering size, and number of investors. Sophisticated journalists, financial reporters, and competitive intelligence services routinely monitor Form D filings. Some issuers prefer to delay disclosure of fundraising for competitive or strategic reasons, but the 15-day window typically forces disclosure shortly after first sale.

Practical context

For Texas issuers, Form D is administrative but cannot be skipped. Best practice: (1) prepare Form D in parallel with offering documents; (2) file within 15 days of first sale; (3) coordinate state notice filings, Texas State Securities Board notice required for sales to Texas residents; (4) amend Form D for material changes during ongoing offerings; (5) annual amendment for 1-year-plus offerings; (6) closing amendment when offering terminates; (7) maintain documentation of filings. For investors: (1) Form D filings on EDGAR provide public confirmation of offering details; (2) absence of Form D after expected fundraising raises diligence questions. Common pitfall: issuers focused on closing offerings forget the 15-day deadline.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Regulation D· Accredited Investor· Texas Securities Act· Private Placement Memorandum· Regulation CF

Form I-9 / Employment Eligibility Verification

The federal employment eligibility verification form required by the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA, 8 U.S.C. § 1324a). All U.S. employers must verify identity and work authorization of every new hire, regardless of citizenship status, by completing Form I-9 and examining acceptable documentation. Penalties for I-9 violations range from $281 to $27,894+ per violation (2024 inflation-adjusted). E-Verify is a parallel federal electronic verification program, voluntary in most contexts, mandatory for federal contractors.

Form I-9, formally "Employment Eligibility Verification", is the federal form required by the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA) for all employees hired in the United States. All U.S. employers must verify identity and work authorization of every new hire by completing Form I-9 and examining acceptable documentation. The verification requirement applies regardless of citizenship status, U.S. citizens must complete I-9 just as foreign nationals do. Compliance is operationally simple in concept but technically detail-driven; ICE and the DOJ enforce I-9 violations actively, and penalties can be substantial.

The verification process

The I-9 process: (1) Section 1, Employee Information, completed by employee on or before first day of work; identifies employee and certifies citizenship/work-authorization status; (2) Section 2, Employer Review and Verification, completed by employer within 3 business days of hire; employer examines documentation establishing identity and work authorization; (3) Section 3, Reverification and Rehires, completed when work authorization expires or rehiring within 3 years. The employer's Section 2 examination is critical: documents must reasonably appear genuine and relate to the employee. Employers cannot specify which documents the employee must present from the acceptable lists.

Acceptable documents

Form I-9 includes three lists of acceptable documents: (1) List A, both identity and work authorization (U.S. passport, permanent resident card, employment authorization document); (2) List B, identity-only (driver's license, state ID, school ID); (3) List C, work authorization (Social Security card, birth certificate, certain INS-issued documents). Employee presents either one List A document OR one List B AND one List C document. Employers cannot demand specific documents, employee chooses from acceptable lists. Demanding more or different documents than required is "document abuse", a separate IRCA violation.

Storage and retention

I-9 retention requirements: forms must be retained for 3 years from date of hire OR 1 year from termination, whichever is later. Employers may retain on paper or electronically. Recommended practice: maintain I-9s separately from personnel files to facilitate audit response. ICE inspections typically request I-9s within 3 business days of subpoena.

E-Verify program

E-Verify is the federal electronic employment-eligibility verification system. The program is: (1) voluntary for most employers; (2) mandatory for federal contractors with covered contracts; (3) mandatory in some states (Texas does not mandate E-Verify for private employers). E-Verify supplements but does not replace I-9, employers must still complete I-9 even when using E-Verify.

Penalties

I-9 penalties (2024 inflation-adjusted): (1) paperwork violations, $281 to $2,789 per violation (first offense); (2) knowingly hiring or continuing to employ unauthorized worker, $698 to $5,579 per violation (first offense); up to $27,894 per violation (third+ offense); (3) document fraud, separate criminal and civil penalties; (4) discriminatory practices, additional penalties under IRCA's anti-discrimination provisions. Violations multiply quickly: a single audit identifying paperwork violations on dozens of I-9s can generate substantial total exposure.

Anti-discrimination provisions

IRCA's anti-discrimination provisions (8 U.S.C. § 1324b) prohibit: (1) citizenship status discrimination in hiring, firing, recruitment; (2) national origin discrimination in employment; (3) document abuse; (4) retaliation for exercising IRCA rights. Common violations: requiring permanent residents to show specific documents while accepting other documents from citizens; rejecting valid Employment Authorization Documents because they expire; applying I-9 procedures inconsistently among different ethnic groups.

Practical context

For Texas employers, I-9 compliance is universal, every new hire requires completion regardless of citizenship status. Best practice: (1) maintain centralized I-9 administration with trained personnel; (2) use current I-9 form; (3) complete Section 1 by first day, Section 2 within 3 business days; (4) retain I-9s separately from personnel files; (5) conduct periodic self-audits to identify and correct errors before ICE inspection; (6) train hiring personnel on document acceptance, never demand specific documents; (7) for federal contractors, comply with E-Verify mandate. Common pitfalls: hiring managers rejecting valid documents because they look unfamiliar; failure to track work-authorization expirations; improper storage of I-9s in personnel files.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
Independent Contractor· Title VII· Workplace Discrimination· Texas Workforce Commission· Sanctions

G

Garnishment

A post-judgment collection device by which a judgment creditor reaches the judgment debtor's property held by a third party (the garnishee), most commonly bank accounts and accounts receivable. Texas garnishment is governed by Tex. R. Civ. P. 657-679 and Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 63. Wage garnishment for ordinary debts is unconstitutional under Texas law (Tex. Const. art. XVI § 28), with narrow exceptions for child support, taxes, and student loans.

Garnishment is a post-judgment collection device by which a judgment creditor reaches property of the judgment debtor that is in the possession of a third party (the "garnishee"). The most common targets are bank accounts (held by the debtor's bank) and accounts receivable (held by the debtor's customers). Texas is the most restrictive state on wage garnishment, the Texas Constitution (Article XVI, Section 28) prohibits wage garnishment for ordinary debts, with narrow exceptions for child support, federal taxes, and federal student loans.

Pre-judgment vs. post-judgment garnishment

Texas allows both pre-judgment and post-judgment garnishment, with different prerequisites: (1) pre-judgment requires a sworn affidavit showing the debt is just, due, and unpaid; the defendant has not, within the creditor's knowledge, sufficient property within the state subject to execution; and the garnishment is not sought to injure the defendant or garnishee. Pre-judgment garnishment requires a bond. (2) Post-judgment requires a final, valid, subsisting judgment, a bond is not required for post-judgment garnishment, and the procedural showing is simpler. Most commercial garnishment is post-judgment.

The constitutional wage prohibition

Tex. Const. art. XVI, § 28 provides: "No current wages for personal service shall ever be subject to garnishment, except for the enforcement of court-ordered child support payments." This is the most lender-unfriendly garnishment regime in the United States. Federal exceptions exist for: (1) child support (mandatory under federal law); (2) federal income tax obligations; (3) federal student loans; (4) federal court-ordered restitution. State income tax, not applicable to Texas residents on Texas wages, since Texas has no income tax. Wages "currently due" are protected; once paid into a bank account, the funds become subject to garnishment as bank deposits (with exemption-tracing complications).

Bank account garnishment

Bank account garnishment is the workhorse of Texas commercial collection. The judgment creditor: (1) files a sworn application identifying the judgment, the debtor, and the bank as garnishee; (2) the court issues a writ of garnishment served on the bank; (3) upon service, the bank freezes the debtor's account up to the judgment amount; (4) the bank files an answer disclosing the account balance and any claimed exemptions; (5) the court enters judgment against the bank for the disclosed funds (less exemptions). The frozen funds are paid to the creditor in satisfaction or partial satisfaction of the underlying judgment.

Accounts receivable garnishment

Accounts receivable garnishment reaches amounts owed to the debtor by its customers. Procedurally similar to bank garnishment, but the customer must determine and disclose what amounts are owed. Effective for capturing in-flight payment obligations, but typically reaches only specific identifiable receivables, not future amounts that will become owing. Sophisticated debtors can drain receivables through accelerated billing or factoring before garnishment service; speed matters.

Exemptions and traceability

Garnished funds remain subject to property-exemption claims under Tex. Prop. Code Ch. 42, homestead, retirement accounts, and other statutory categories. The debtor must affirmatively claim exemptions; failure to claim waives them. Exemption tracing on bank accounts is complex: funds deposited from exempt sources (Social Security, retirement) retain their exempt status if traceable, but commingling with non-exempt funds creates evidentiary disputes. Wage funds in bank accounts may also retain their constitutional protection under some Texas case law for a period after deposit, though the doctrine is narrow.

Multi-state considerations

For interstate enforcement, the judgment creditor typically domesticates the foreign judgment under the Texas Uniform Enforcement of Foreign Judgments Act (Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 35) before garnishing Texas-located assets. Out-of-state debtor with Texas bank accounts: the garnishment must be issued in Texas, served on the Texas bank branch. Out-of-state bank accounts are reached through garnishment in the bank's home state.

Practical context

For Texas judgment creditors, garnishment is among the most effective collection tools, particularly when the debtor maintains accounts at known commercial banks. Best practice: (1) identify bank relationships through subpoenas of payment records, asset disclosure orders, or third-party investigations; (2) move quickly, sophisticated debtors will move funds upon learning of impending garnishment; (3) name multiple banks where bank relationships are uncertain; (4) prepare for exemption claims and tracing disputes; (5) coordinate garnishment with turnover and other post-judgment collection tools. For debtors, the constitutional wage protection is a meaningful asset preservation feature, Texas remains an attractive jurisdiction for individuals with substantial wage income facing creditor pressure, although bank-deposit captures partially erode the protection.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Turnover Order· Post-Judgment Interest· Supersedeas Bond· Default

General Counsel

2025

The chief legal officer of a corporation or other business entity, responsible for managing the entity's legal affairs and serving as the senior legal advisor to the board and management.

The general counsel (GC) is the chief legal officer of a corporation or other business entity. The role includes overseeing internal legal staff, retaining and managing outside counsel, serving as the senior legal advisor to the board of directors and the executive team, managing litigation and regulatory exposure, supervising commercial transactions, and ensuring compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

In public companies, the general counsel typically also serves as Corporate Secretary, with statutory responsibilities for board record-keeping, filing of corporate documents, and oversight of disclosure controls. In private companies and growth-stage businesses, the general counsel may operate as a one-person legal department or may build and manage a team.

Fractional general counsel

A "fractional GC" or "outside general counsel" is an arrangement in which an attorney provides general counsel services to a company on a part-time or recurring basis without becoming a full-time employee. This arrangement is common for businesses that are too large for ad-hoc outside counsel but not yet large enough to justify a full-time GC, typically in the $5M-$50M revenue range depending on industry and legal intensity.

Generative AI Output

2026

Content produced by a generative artificial intelligence system. Under current U.S. copyright doctrine, AI-generated content lacking sufficient human creative input is not copyrightable. Works combining AI assistance with substantial human authorship remain protectable for the human-authored portions only.

Generative AI output is content, text, images, audio, video, or code, produced by an artificial intelligence system from a user prompt or input. Under current U.S. copyright doctrine, content produced by an AI system without substantial human creative input is not copyrightable. The legal framework governing ownership, allocation of risk, and use of generative AI output in commercial contexts continues to develop rapidly.

Authorship and copyrightability

Thaler v. Perlmutter (D.C. Cir. 2025) affirmed the U.S. Copyright Office's denial of registration for a work created entirely by an AI system. The court held that the Copyright Act of 1976 requires human authorship as a matter of statutory law. The Supreme Court denied certiorari in March 2026, leaving the D.C. Circuit's holding intact. The Copyright Office's January 2025 guidance further clarified that prompt engineering alone, even highly detailed iterative prompting, does not provide the human creative control necessary to establish authorship of the AI output.

Hybrid works

Works that combine AI-generated portions with substantial human authorship remain protectable, but only the human-authored portions are protected. A novel written by a human that incorporates AI-generated illustrations would be copyrightable as to the text but not as to the illustrations. The Copyright Office requires applicants to disclaim AI-generated portions during registration; failure to disclose can render the resulting registration unenforceable.

Training data and output infringement risk

Pending litigation against major AI developers raises distinct infringement questions concerning (1) the use of copyrighted material in training datasets and (2) AI outputs that closely resemble specific copyrighted works in the training data. These questions remain unresolved across the federal circuits. Texas businesses using generative AI in commercial production should treat infringement risk as live and govern accordingly through indemnification provisions in their AI vendor contracts.

Texas TRAIGA framework

The Texas Responsible Artificial Intelligence Governance Act took effect January 1, 2026. TRAIGA imposes obligations on persons and entities developing or deploying AI in Texas, amends the TDPSA to clarify processor obligations for AI-handled data, and clarifies application of the Texas Capture or Use of Biometric Identifiers Act to AI training data. Enforcement authority is vested in the Texas Attorney General.

Practical context

Texas businesses incorporating generative AI into operations should (1) document human creative contributions to any work that may be commercialized; (2) negotiate indemnification from AI vendors for infringement claims arising from outputs; (3) review TRAIGA obligations as a controller or deployer; and (4) avoid relying on copyright as the protection mechanism for AI-generated marketing assets, code, or product designs. Where copyright fails, contract, trade secret, and trademark remain viable protection layers.

Companion article: AI and the Law for Texas Businesses

Related Terms
Copyright· Work-for-Hire Doctrine· Trade Secret· Texas Data Privacy and Security Act· License Agreement

Guaranty Agreement

A contract by which a guarantor agrees to be secondarily liable for the obligation of a primary obligor to a third party. Fundamental to commercial credit, landlords require lease guarantees, banks require personal guarantees from business owners, vendors require parent-company guarantees of subsidiaries.

A guaranty agreement is a contract by which one party (the "guarantor") agrees to be secondarily liable for the obligation of another party (the "primary obligor") to a third party (the "guaranteed party," typically a creditor). If the primary obligor defaults, the guaranteed party may pursue the guarantor for performance. Guaranty agreements are fundamental to commercial credit, landlords require lease guarantees, banks require personal guarantees from business owners, vendors require parent-company guarantees of subsidiaries.

Distinguished from suretyship

Texas merges common-law distinctions between guaranty and suretyship for most purposes, treating both as secondary contractual obligations. The principal practical difference: a guarantor's liability typically attaches only on the primary obligor's default, while a surety's liability may be coextensive with the primary obligor.

Continuing vs. limited guaranty

A continuing guaranty covers all obligations of the primary obligor incurred during the guaranty period, including future obligations. A limited guaranty is restricted to a specific obligation, dollar amount, or time period. Continuing guaranties typically include language specifying that the guaranty cannot be revoked as to existing debt and survives the death or incapacity of an individual guarantor.

Common limitations a guarantor may negotiate

(1) Cap on guaranty amount; (2) maximum duration; (3) notice of default before guaranty obligation triggers; (4) preservation of defenses available to the primary obligor; (5) carve-outs for specific events (e.g., guarantor's interest sold). Lenders typically resist these limitations; guarantors should always seek them.

Defenses to guaranty enforcement

Texas recognizes few defenses against a clear written guaranty: failure of consideration (rare in commercial context); fraud in the inducement; statute of limitations; modification of the underlying obligation without guarantor consent (in some circumstances). General unfairness or hardship is not a defense.

Practical context

Personal guarantees from business owners are nearly universal in Texas commercial lending to closely-held businesses. Sophisticated guarantor-side practice involves negotiating limitations before signing, once executed, Texas guarantees are very difficult to escape. Owners signing guarantees should understand they are personally on the hook for amounts that often exceed their personal net worth.

Companion article: Commercial Leases in Texas

Related Terms
Promissory Note· Security Interest· Statute of Frauds

H

Hold-Harmless Clause

A contractual provision under which one party agrees to bear the responsibility for specified liabilities of another, often paired with an indemnification obligation. Texas authorities historically have not always sharply distinguished hold-harmless from indemnification, but modern commercial practice typically uses combined "indemnify, defend, and hold harmless" language to cover three distinct obligations: reimbursement (indemnify), defense management (defend), and primary responsibility (hold harmless). Subject to express-negligence rule for clauses covering the holder's own negligence.

A hold-harmless clause is a contractual provision under which one party agrees to bear responsibility for specified liabilities of another. Hold-harmless provisions are typically paired with indemnification obligations, combined "indemnify, defend, and hold harmless" language is the standard formulation in modern commercial contracts. Texas authorities have not always sharply distinguished hold-harmless from indemnification; many courts treat them as functionally synonymous, while others identify subtle differences. The combined three-part formulation captures all related obligations and avoids interpretive disputes.

The indemnify/defend/hold-harmless trio

Modern commercial practice typically uses three obligations together: (1) indemnify, reimburse the indemnitee for losses paid; the obligation to make the indemnitee whole after a covered loss; (2) defend, assume the defense of underlying claims; the obligation to provide and pay for defense counsel and management; (3) hold harmless, bear primary responsibility for the covered matters; the obligation to absorb the risk regardless of payment by the indemnitee. The three obligations operate at different points in the claim lifecycle, defense at suit, hold-harmless throughout, indemnification at settlement or judgment. Combined "indemnify, defend, and hold harmless" language ensures all three.

Texas case law treatment

Texas courts have not consistently distinguished hold-harmless from indemnification. Some authorities (and influential treatises) describe hold-harmless as covering the obligation to assume responsibility (to "hold" the indemnitee "harmless" from liability) while indemnification covers the reimbursement obligation (to make whole after loss). Other authorities treat the terms as effectively synonymous. The Texas Supreme Court has not definitively resolved the distinction. Practical implication: drafters should not rely on the choice between "indemnify" and "hold harmless" to make a meaningful difference; use both terms to capture the full obligation.

Express negligence and conspicuousness

Hold-harmless provisions covering the holder's own negligence are subject to the same fair-notice rules as indemnification: (1) express negligence rule from Ethyl Corp. v. Daniel Construction (Tex. 1987), the clause must specifically state that it covers the holder's own negligence; boilerplate "any and all liability" language is insufficient. (2) conspicuousness from Dresser Industries v. Page Petroleum (Tex. 1993), the language must be conspicuous in the contract (bold, ALL CAPS, separate captioned section). Both rules apply to hold-harmless clauses just as they apply to indemnification clauses; sophisticated drafters use bold, ALL CAPS, separately captioned language for the operative obligations.

Statutory limitations parallel indemnification

Texas's industry-specific anti-indemnity statutes apply equally to hold-harmless provisions: (1) Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act (Tex. Ins. Code Ch. 151), voids construction-contract provisions requiring an indemnitor to hold an indemnitee harmless from the indemnitee's own negligence; limited exceptions for additional insured arrangements; (2) Texas Oilfield Anti-Indemnity Act (Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 127), limits broad-form hold-harmless arrangements in oilfield-service contracts. Drafting a hold-harmless clause in these contexts requires the same statutory analysis as indemnification.

Insurance coverage of hold-harmless

The CGL insured-contract exception that covers most contractual indemnification (see Commercial General Liability Insurance) applies equally to hold-harmless provisions. The standard CGL "insured contract" definition includes any contract or agreement under which the insured assumes the tort liability of another, covering both indemnification and hold-harmless arrangements within the contractual liability framework. The CGL responds to defense and indemnity obligations under hold-harmless provisions just as it does for traditional indemnification. Coordination of contractual indemnification with insurance coverage applies equally to hold-harmless drafting.

Common drafting structures

Standard hold-harmless drafting integrates with broader indemnity provisions: (1) combined trio, "shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless [Indemnitee] from any and all claims..."; (2) scope specification, types of claims covered (third-party claims, direct breach, specific identified matters); (3) express negligence, bold/caps reference to indemnitee's own negligence where intended; (4) carve-outs, exceptions for indemnitee's gross negligence, willful misconduct, intentional acts; (5) defense procedures, notice, defense election, cooperation, settlement consent; (6) caps and survival, limits on amount and time. Each element should be drafted with the parties' specific risk allocation in mind.

The "harmless" obligation in practice

The hold-harmless obligation imposes ongoing responsibility distinct from defense and indemnity. Practical examples: (1) insurance maintenance, the holding party may be obligated to maintain insurance covering the held-harmless party's exposure; (2) operational responsibility, assuming primary responsibility for compliance, operations, or claims handling; (3) communication and reporting, obligations to keep the held-harmless party informed; (4) continuing risk management, implementing controls to prevent claims rather than just responding to them. Sophisticated contracts specify these operational expectations rather than relying on the bare "hold harmless" language.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, hold-harmless clauses are inseparable from indemnification in modern practice. Best practice: (1) use combined "indemnify, defend, and hold harmless" language to capture all related obligations; (2) draft scope precisely, identifying covered claims, parties, and circumstances; (3) ensure express-negligence and conspicuousness compliance for clauses covering holder's own negligence; (4) check industry-specific anti-indemnity statutes (TCAIA, TOAIA); (5) coordinate with CGL insured-contract coverage for insurance backstop; (6) include operational specifications (insurance maintenance, notice, cooperation) where the parties want continuing performance. Common drafting failure: using "hold harmless" alone without "indemnify", risking interpretive challenges to whether reimbursement is required or only assumption of risk. The combined trio formulation eliminates this issue.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Indemnification (Contractual)· Indemnification (Corporate)· Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act· Additional Insured· Limitation of Liability Clause

HSR Premerger Notification

2026

The federal antitrust premerger notification regime under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act (15 U.S.C. § 18a). Parties to certain mergers and acquisitions must notify the FTC and DOJ Antitrust Division and observe a 30-day waiting period before closing. The 2026 "size of transaction" threshold is $133.9 million (effective February 17, 2026), with a "size of person" test for transactions under $535.5 million. Failure to file properly carries civil penalties up to $53,088 per day.

HSR premerger notification is the federal antitrust regime requiring parties to certain mergers and acquisitions to notify the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and the Department of Justice Antitrust Division and observe a waiting period before consummating the transaction. Codified in the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, the regime gives the antitrust agencies an opportunity to review transactions for potential anticompetitive effects before closing. Thresholds and fees adjust annually based on changes in gross national product; 2026 thresholds took effect February 17, 2026.

The 2026 jurisdictional thresholds

Effective February 17, 2026, the HSR thresholds are: (1) Size of Transaction: $133.9 million (up from $126.4 million in 2025). Transactions below this threshold are not reportable. (2) Size of Person: applies to transactions valued between $133.9 million and $535.5 million; one party must have annual net sales or total assets of $267.8 million, the other party $26.8 million. (3) All transactions above $535.5 million: reportable regardless of party size. The thresholds are adjusted annually based on changes in gross national product.

The 30-day waiting period

HSR-reportable transactions trigger an initial 30-calendar-day waiting period during which the parties may not close. The agencies use the period for preliminary review. Possible outcomes: (1) expiration of waiting period, most common; transaction can close; (2) early termination, formerly available on request; suspended by FTC in 2021 and not generally available in 2025-2026; (3) second request, formal request for additional information triggering an extended waiting period (typically 30 days from substantial compliance with the request). Second requests are time-consuming and expensive (often $1M+ in legal and economic-consulting fees) and signal substantive antitrust concern.

Filing fees (2026)

The 2026 filing fees, adjusted under the Merger Filing Fee Modernization Act (effective Feb. 17, 2026): six-tier structure based on transaction value, ranging from approximately $30,000 for the smallest reportable transactions to over $2.3 million for the largest. The fee is paid by the acquiring party at the time of filing. Failure to pay the correct fee can invalidate the filing and trigger penalties.

The revised HSR form (2025)

The FTC and DOJ implemented a substantially revised HSR form effective February 10, 2025, the first major form overhaul in decades. The revised form expanded required disclosures regarding competitive overlaps, vertical relationships, sales data, customer information, and document production. On February 12, 2026, a federal district court vacated the new form, with the court staying its decision for seven days. Subsequent litigation and appeals are ongoing as of early 2026; parties should confirm current form requirements with counsel before filing.

Common exemptions

Several exemptions apply to otherwise-reportable transactions: (1) acquisitions of certain assets in the ordinary course of business (e.g., inventory, used equipment); (2) acquisitions of certain real property and unproductive assets; (3) investment-only acquisitions by passive investors holding less than 10% (with limitations); (4) certain acquisitions of foreign assets and securities; (5) intracompany transactions; (6) certain bankruptcy reorganizations; (7) regulated industries with concurrent regulatory review (banks, telecoms in some contexts). Each exemption has specific technical requirements; counsel review is essential.

Civil penalties for noncompliance

Failure to file when required, or failure to observe the waiting period before closing, carries civil penalties up to $53,088 per day of noncompliance (as adjusted annually). Penalties accrue from the date the filing should have been made through the date corrective action is taken. The DOJ has actively enforced HSR violations in recent years, including multimillion-dollar settlements for failures to notify successive transactions, technical violations of waiting periods, and failures to update prior filings.

Section 8 of the Clayton Act

HSR practice often involves analysis of Section 8 of the Clayton Act, which prohibits interlocking directorates between competing corporations meeting threshold conditions. The 2026 Section 8 thresholds: $54,402,000 minimum size (capital, surplus, undivided profits) and $5,440,200 minimum competitive sales. The de minimis exceptions exclude small interlocks. Recent DOJ enforcement focus on Section 8 has expanded its practical importance for board appointments by activist investors and private equity sponsors.

Practical context

For Texas businesses involved in M&A above the threshold range, HSR planning is gating. Best practice: (1) confirm jurisdictional thresholds at the contemplated closing date, not signing date; (2) engage HSR counsel early to identify exemptions and prepare filings; (3) build the 30-day waiting period (plus potential second-request extension) into transaction timelines; (4) prepare for revised-form requirements (subject to ongoing litigation); (5) consider antitrust risk allocation in transaction documents, break fees, "hell-or-high-water" covenants, divestiture obligations; (6) coordinate Section 8 analysis for board appointment provisions. For mid-market transactions below the threshold, HSR is typically not required but Section 7 of the Clayton Act remains in force, anticompetitive transactions can still be challenged regardless of reportability.

Companion article: Business Divorces in Texas

Related Terms
Asset Purchase· Stock Purchase· Merger· Due Diligence· Closing Conditions

I

Indemnification Cap

The maximum aggregate amount a seller may be obligated to pay under the indemnification provisions of an M&A agreement. Limits seller exposure for breach of representations and warranties.

An indemnification cap is the maximum aggregate amount a seller may be obligated to pay under the indemnification provisions of an M&A agreement. The cap limits the seller's exposure for breach of representations and warranties and provides cost certainty for the post-closing period.

Cap categories

General cap: applies to breach of general representations and warranties. Typical sizing in current Texas market: 10%–15% of enterprise value where RWI is not used; reduced to RWI retention level (~0.5% of EV) where RWI replaces seller indemnity.

Fundamental cap: applies to breach of fundamental reps (organization, capitalization, authority, ownership) and certain other specified items. Typically equal to 100% of purchase price.

Special indemnity caps: apply to specifically identified risks (pre-closing environmental, identified litigation, tax). Negotiated separately based on the particular risk's expected severity.

Carve-outs from the cap

Most caps exclude: (1) fundamental reps; (2) tax reps; (3) fraud or intentional misrepresentation; (4) covenants; (5) specific indemnities. Fraud carve-outs are essentially universal, sellers cannot contractually limit liability for fraud under Texas law in most circumstances.

RWI implications

Buy-side RWI policy limits typically range from 10% to 30% of enterprise value, sized to provide indemnification coverage above the seller's contractual cap (or in lieu of any seller cap). A "tower" of indemnification often runs: escrow → seller direct cap → RWI policy → uninsured exposure.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Indemnification (M&A)· Basket / Deductible· Representations and Warranties· Escrow

Indemnification (Contractual)

A contractual provision under which one party agrees to compensate another for specified losses, typically losses arising from third-party claims. Distinct from but often paired with hold-harmless provisions. Texas applies the "express negligence rule" (Ethyl Corp. v. Daniel Construction Co., 725 S.W.2d 705 (Tex. 1987)) requiring that an indemnity covering the indemnitee's own negligence be expressed in the contract clearly and conspicuously. Subject to several statutory limitations including the Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act.

A contractual indemnification (or "indemnity") is a provision under which one party (the indemnitor) agrees to compensate another (the indemnitee) for specified losses, typically losses arising from third-party claims. Indemnification is the principal contractual mechanism for shifting risk between parties; properly drafted indemnities can transfer most or all of the financial consequences of specified events. Texas law imposes specific drafting requirements on indemnification covering the indemnitee's own negligence, plus statutory limitations in specific industries.

The express negligence rule

Ethyl Corp. v. Daniel Construction Co. (Tex. 1987) is the foundational Texas case on indemnification covering the indemnitee's own negligence. The rule: an indemnity that purports to require the indemnitor to compensate the indemnitee for the indemnitee's own negligence must "expressly state" that intention in the contract. Boilerplate "indemnify and hold harmless from any and all claims" language is insufficient, the indemnity must specifically reference negligence (e.g., "including indemnitee's own negligence"). The rule serves a notice function: parties accepting open-ended indemnities should be on clear notice of what they're agreeing to.

The conspicuousness requirement

Dresser Industries v. Page Petroleum (Tex. 1993) extended the express-negligence rule with a conspicuousness requirement: the indemnity language must be conspicuous in the contract, typically achieved through bold text, capitalization, larger font, or a separate captioned section. Fine-print indemnities buried in standard terms can be unenforceable even if expressly worded. Best practice for indemnity drafting: (1) use BOLD or ALL CAPS for the operative indemnity language; (2) place under a clearly captioned section heading; (3) reference "INDEMNITEE'S OWN NEGLIGENCE" expressly where intended.

Hold-harmless provisions

"Hold harmless" provisions are often paired with indemnification provisions, but the Texas relationship between the two has been the subject of litigation. Some authorities treat them as synonymous; others distinguish (with hold-harmless covering only the obligation to assume liability, indemnity covering reimbursement). Modern Texas commercial practice typically uses combined "indemnify, defend, and hold harmless" language to cover all three obligations: (1) indemnify, reimburse for losses paid; (2) defend, assume defense costs and management of underlying claim; (3) hold harmless, bear primary responsibility. Each obligation has distinct insurance and operational implications.

Statutory limitations, TCAIA

The Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act (Tex. Ins. Code Ch. 151, eff. Jan. 1, 2012) makes void and unenforceable indemnification provisions in construction contracts that require an indemnitor to indemnify against the indemnitee's own negligence, willful misconduct, breach of contract, or violation of law. The TCAIA effectively reverses Ethyl/Dresser in the construction context. See Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act. Limited exceptions for specific contract types (additional insured arrangements, OCIPs).

Statutory limitations, TOAIA

The Texas Oilfield Anti-Indemnity Act (Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 127) limits indemnification in oilfield service contracts. Mutual-indemnity provisions are permitted (each party indemnifies the other for its own employees and property); broad-form indemnities (one party indemnifying the other for the latter's own negligence) are generally void. The TOAIA is critical to oilfield-services contract drafting in Texas's substantial energy industry.

Common indemnification structures

Standard commercial indemnification provisions: (1) third-party claim indemnity, most common; covers losses from claims by non-parties (e.g., personal injury, property damage, IP infringement); (2) direct breach indemnity, covers losses from the indemnitor's own breach of representation or covenant (common in M&A); (3) tax indemnity, covers tax liabilities allocated to specific party (M&A, real estate); (4) specific indemnity, covers identified pre-closing matters (litigation, environmental, regulatory). Indemnification baskets, caps, and survival periods are heavily negotiated.

Procedural mechanics

Indemnity claims typically follow a notice-and-defense framework: (1) notice, indemnitee must provide written notice of a claim within stated period; (2) defense election, indemnitor may elect to assume defense; (3) cooperation, parties cooperate in defense; (4) settlement, typically requires indemnitor consent or, if defense was assumed, indemnitee consent. Failure to provide proper notice can limit indemnity recovery; assumption of defense can waive coverage defenses. Indemnification claim procedures should be carefully drafted and observed.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, indemnification is the workhorse of risk allocation. Best practice: (1) draft indemnities with the express-negligence rule and conspicuousness requirement in mind, use bold/caps for negligence-covering language; (2) check for industry-specific anti-indemnity statutes (construction, oilfield); (3) coordinate indemnity scope with insurance coverage to avoid gaps; (4) negotiate baskets, caps, and survival in M&A contexts; (5) include defense and hold-harmless obligations explicitly; (6) draft notice procedures with reasonable timeframes. Indemnity disputes often involve scope (what's covered), procedural compliance (was notice given), and damages calculation (consequential damages, mitigation), careful drafting prevents most disputes.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Indemnification (Corporate)· Indemnification (M&A)· Indemnification Cap· Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act· Limitation of Liability Clause

Indemnification (Corporate)

2025

The legal mechanism by which a Texas business entity protects its directors, officers, and other agents from financial loss arising from claims related to their service. Operates on a two-tier framework: mandatory indemnification (statutorily required) and permissive indemnification (subject to standards of conduct).

Note: This entry covers entity-level indemnification of directors, officers, and agents under TBOC Chapter 8. For the M&A risk-allocation concept (seller's contractual obligation to compensate buyer for breach of representations and warranties), see Indemnification (M&A).

Indemnification is the legal mechanism by which a Texas business entity protects its directors, officers, and other agents from financial loss arising from claims related to their service. Texas indemnification operates on a two-tier framework: mandatory indemnification (statutorily required in specified circumstances) and permissive indemnification (authorized but not required, subject to standards of conduct and decisional procedures). The entity may also advance expenses before final disposition.

Mandatory indemnification (§ 8.051)

An entity shall indemnify a governing person against reasonable expenses (including attorney's fees) incurred in a proceeding in which the person is a respondent in their official capacity, if the person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of the proceeding. "Wholly successful" includes successful procedural defenses (e.g., dismissal for lack of jurisdiction), not solely vindication on the merits.

Permissive indemnification (§§ 8.101, 8.102)

An entity may indemnify a governing person against judgments, settlements, and reasonable expenses, provided the person (a) acted in good faith; (b) reasonably believed the conduct was in (or not opposed to) the entity's best interests; and (c) for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. Permissive indemnification is not available where the person is found liable for breach of duty of loyalty, intentional misconduct, knowing violation of law, or improper personal benefit. § 8.102(b).

Decisional procedure (§ 8.103)

Determinations under § 8.101 must be made by (1) majority vote of disinterested governing persons; (2) majority vote of a designated committee of disinterested governing persons; (3) special legal counsel; or (4) the owners. This procedure is essential, indemnification approvals are vulnerable to challenge when not followed.

Advancement of expenses (§ 8.104)

An entity may pay expenses in advance of final disposition, after receiving (1) a written affirmation of good-faith belief in meeting the standard, and (2) a written undertaking to repay if the final determination is adverse. Without advancement, directors and officers must fund their own defense costs and rely on later indemnification, often financially impossible during protracted litigation.

Limitations in governing documents (§ 8.003)

As amended effective September 1, 2021, restrictions on indemnification or advancement may appear in any "governing document" (formerly limited to the certificate of formation only). Mandatory indemnification under § 8.051 cannot be eliminated.

Insurance (§ 8.151)

An entity may purchase D&O insurance to protect persons in their official capacity, regardless of whether the entity would have power to indemnify under Chapter 8. This supplements (does not replace) statutory and contractual indemnification.

Practical context

Texas indemnification is more director-and-officer-protective than the law of some other states. Combined with SB 29's broader corporate-governance reforms, post-2021 Texas is one of the most attractive U.S. jurisdictions for entity domicile from a director-and-officer-liability perspective. Sophisticated governance documents pair Chapter 8 indemnification with charter exculpation under § 7.001, D&O insurance under § 8.151, and (where applicable) the codified business judgment rule under § 21.419.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Director· Corporation· Limited Liability Company· Bylaws· Business Judgment Rule· Fiduciary Duty

Indemnification (M&A)

In M&A, the contractual obligation of one party (typically the seller) to compensate the other (typically the buyer) for losses arising from breaches of representations, warranties, or covenants, or from specifically identified risks.

Note: This entry covers the M&A risk-allocation concept. For entity-level indemnification of directors and officers under TBOC Chapter 8, see Indemnification (Corporate).

In M&A transactions, "indemnification" refers to the contractual obligation of one party (typically the seller) to compensate the other (typically the buyer) for losses arising from breaches of representations, warranties, or covenants, or from specifically identified risks. Distinct from corporate indemnification under TBOC Chapter 8, that is the entity's protection of its directors and officers; this is the deal-level risk-shifting mechanism between buyer and seller.

Sources of indemnifiable loss

Typical M&A indemnification covers: (1) breach of representations and warranties; (2) breach of pre-closing or post-closing covenants; (3) excluded liabilities (in asset purchases) or specifically retained liabilities; (4) "special indemnities" for identified risks (pending litigation, known environmental issues, contingent tax positions); (5) third-party claims arising from pre-closing matters.

Limits on indemnification

Indemnification obligations are typically capped (the "cap") and subject to a threshold or deductible (the "basket"). Survival periods limit the time within which claims must be brought. Specific carve-outs typically apply to fundamental reps, taxes, fraud, and special indemnities.

Direct claim vs. third-party claim procedures

Most agreements distinguish: (1) direct claims (buyer's own losses, asserted directly against seller), usually require notice within a specified period and a defined dispute-resolution mechanism; (2) third-party claims (claims by outsiders against buyer that trigger seller indemnification), usually require prompt notice, opportunity for seller to assume defense, and constraints on buyer's authority to settle without seller consent.

Recovery sources

Indemnification claims are typically satisfied through: (1) escrow / holdback (first source); (2) RWI policy (where applicable); (3) direct clawback from the seller; (4) setoff against earnout or deferred consideration. Most transactions establish a hierarchy among these sources.

Practical context

Indemnification is typically the most heavily-negotiated section of a Texas M&A agreement. The combination of survival period, cap, basket, escrow size, special indemnities, and RWI structure together determine the seller's post-closing liability profile. The 2025 RWI market has shifted typical structures toward smaller escrows and broader RWI coverage, with many deals now closing without any seller indemnity for general reps (RWI as the sole recovery mechanism).

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Representations and Warranties· Disclosure Schedule· Basket / Deductible· Indemnification Cap· Escrow· Earnout

Independent Contractor

A person or entity engaged to perform services but not as an employee, retaining control over manner and means of performance, providing services to multiple clients, bearing economic risk, and not subject to direct supervision. Classification has substantial tax, employment-law, and benefits consequences.

An independent contractor is a person or entity engaged to perform services for another, but not as an employee, retaining control over the manner and means of performance, providing services to multiple clients, bearing economic risk, and not subject to direct supervision in the manner of an employee. The independent-contractor classification has substantial tax, employment-law, and benefits consequences.

Federal common-law factors

The IRS evaluates the right to control the manner and means of work, considering: behavioral control (instructions, training, supervision); financial control (investment in equipment, opportunity for profit/loss, payment method); and the relationship between the parties (written contracts, employee benefits, permanency, regularity).

FLSA economic realities test

Under FLSA, the economic realities of the working relationship, not the parties' label, control. Factors include: opportunity for profit or loss; investment by the worker; permanence of the relationship; degree of control by the employer; whether the work is integral to the employer's business; and the worker's skill and initiative.

Texas classification (TWC)

TWC applies its own twenty-factor test under 40 Tex. Admin. Code § 815.134, similar to but not identical to the federal IRS factors. Misclassification under Texas law triggers unemployment insurance liability and penalties.

Consequences of misclassification

Misclassification of an employee as an independent contractor may result in: (1) unpaid employer-side payroll taxes (Social Security, Medicare, FUTA); (2) unpaid overtime under FLSA; (3) liability for unprovided benefits (health insurance, retirement contributions); (4) workers' compensation coverage gaps; (5) penalties under federal and state law.

Practical context

Independent-contractor classification is one of the most consequential employment-law decisions a Texas business makes. The classification affects tax liability, regulatory exposure, benefits costs, and litigation risk. Sophisticated practice involves applying both federal and Texas tests rigorously, documenting the business reasons for classification, and structuring the relationship, written agreement, payment method, control structure, to support the chosen classification.

Companion article: Wage and Hour Compliance in Texas

Related Terms
Employment Agreement· At-Will Employment· Texas Payday Law· Fair Labor Standards Act

Injunctive Relief

A court order directing a party to do or refrain from doing a specific act. Texas recognizes three principal forms based on duration: temporary restraining orders, temporary injunctions (preserving status quo through trial), and permanent injunctions (final relief on the merits).

Injunctive relief is a court order directing a party to do or refrain from doing a specific act. Texas recognizes three principal forms of injunctive relief based on duration: temporary restraining orders (very short term, ex parte if necessary), temporary injunctions (preserving status quo through trial), and permanent injunctions (final relief on the merits). Each requires distinct procedural and substantive showings.

Temporary restraining order (TRO)

A TRO may be issued without notice to the opposing party where immediate and irreparable injury would occur before notice could be served. TRCP 680. A TRO may not exceed 14 days, extendable for an additional 14 days for good cause. The applicant must post bond.

Temporary injunction

A temporary injunction preserves the status quo pending trial on the merits. To obtain a temporary injunction, the applicant must show: (1) a probable right to recover on the merits; (2) imminent and irreparable injury; (3) that there is no adequate remedy at law (damages alone are insufficient). Bond is required. TRCP 684.

Permanent injunction

A permanent injunction is final relief entered after trial on the merits, requiring the party to do or refrain from specified acts. The applicant must show on the merits (1) a wrongful act; (2) imminent harm; (3) irreparable injury; (4) no adequate remedy at law. Butnaru v. Ford Motor Co., 84 S.W.3d 198 (Tex. 2002).

Bond requirement (TRCP 684)

Both TROs and temporary injunctions require posting of a bond to indemnify the enjoined party for any damages caused if the injunction is later determined to have been wrongfully issued. Bond amount is set by the court.

Practical context

Injunctive relief is the principal remedy in trade-secret cases, noncompete disputes, and IP infringement matters where damages alone are inadequate. The "no adequate remedy at law" requirement is the most-litigated element, Texas courts construe it strictly, requiring a genuine showing that money damages cannot make the plaintiff whole.

Companion article: Non-Competes in Texas

Related Terms
Trade Secret· Noncompete Agreement· Declaratory Judgment· Texas Business Court

Intercreditor Agreement

A contract between two or more creditors of the same borrower governing their respective rights, priorities, and remedies vis-à-vis each other. Most common in capital structures with a senior secured lender and a junior or mezzanine lender. Addresses lien priority, payment subordination, enforcement standstills, voting rights in workouts, bankruptcy cooperation, and DIP financing rights.

An intercreditor agreement is a contract between two or more creditors of the same borrower governing their respective rights, priorities, and remedies vis-à-vis each other. Intercreditor agreements are most common in multi-tier capital structures, senior secured lender plus junior or mezzanine lender, or first-lien plus second-lien lenders. The agreement allocates rights regarding the borrower's collateral, the timing and order of payment, enforcement actions, voting in restructurings, and behavior in bankruptcy. Although the borrower is typically a party (or signs an acknowledgment), the agreement's principal economic effect is between the creditors.

Lien priority and lien subordination

The core function of most intercreditor agreements is establishing lien priority, which creditor's security interest in the collateral is senior. Two principal models: (1) first-lien/second-lien structure, both creditors have liens on the same collateral, with the second-lien creditor expressly subordinated; (2) senior/mezzanine structure, senior creditor has lien on operating company assets, mezzanine creditor has lien on holding company equity (not on operating-company assets). The agreement specifies that the subordinated lien is junior in all respects, payment, enforcement, distribution of proceeds.

Payment subordination

Payment subordination provisions govern when junior creditor may receive payments. Two principal models: (1) deep payment subordination, junior receives no payments until senior is paid in full; (2) limited payment subordination, junior receives ordinary scheduled payments while no senior default exists, but junior payments are blocked during specified default conditions. Modern intercreditor agreements typically use limited payment subordination with payment blocks triggered by senior payment defaults or financial-covenant defaults.

Enforcement standstills

Enforcement standstills prohibit the junior creditor from taking enforcement action (foreclosure, lawsuit, exercise of remedies) against the borrower or collateral for a specified period after the senior creditor has been notified of a default. Standstill periods range from 90 to 180 days; some agreements use cumulative standstill caps. The senior lender uses the standstill period to formulate its enforcement strategy without competing junior-creditor actions undermining its position. Standstill expiration restores the junior's enforcement rights but typically still subject to senior priority.

Bankruptcy provisions

Intercreditor agreements address several bankruptcy issues: (1) cash collateral and DIP financing, junior creditor's agreement to support or not oppose senior's cash collateral and DIP financing positions; (2) plan voting, junior creditor's voting on plans of reorganization may be governed by intercreditor terms; (3) section 1111(b) elections, coordinating the parties' bankruptcy elections; (4) relief from stay, agreements about which creditor will pursue stay relief; (5) turnover, junior agrees to turn over to senior any payments received in violation of subordination. Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code makes subordination agreements enforceable in bankruptcy.

Buy-out rights and amendments

Many intercreditor agreements grant the junior creditor a "buy-out right", the right to purchase the senior debt at par after a stated default period, putting the junior in the senior position. This can be an attractive option when the junior wants to control the workout. Senior creditors often include "no-amendment" provisions limiting junior's right to amend its own loan documents in ways adverse to senior (extending maturity, increasing principal, increasing payment terms beyond defined parameters).

Practical context

For Texas borrowers stacking multiple debt tranches, intercreditor agreements between the senior and junior lenders are typically negotiated between the lenders without significant borrower input, but the borrower's downstream operating flexibility is materially affected. Borrowers should understand: (1) which creditor controls workout discussions; (2) what default events block junior payments and could shift control; (3) whether mezzanine debt can be amended without senior consent; (4) how the structure interacts with potential equity financings or M&A. For lenders, intercreditor terms often determine the practical recovery curve in distress; the negotiation should reflect realistic stress scenarios rather than just the optimistic base case.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Promissory Note· Security Interest· Perfection· Default· Covenant (Financial)

Interlocutory Appeal

2024

An appeal taken from an order that does not finally dispose of the case. Texas allows interlocutory appeal only where specifically authorized by statute, principally Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code § 51.014. Authorized categories include orders on class certification, special appearance, temporary injunction, summary judgment in certain contexts, and (since September 2024) certain Texas Business Court orders. Permissive interlocutory appeals under § 51.014(d) require trial-court certification and discretionary acceptance by the court of appeals.

An interlocutory appeal is an appeal taken from an order that does not finally dispose of the case. Texas applies the "final-judgment rule", appeals are generally available only from final judgments or final orders disposing of all parties and claims. Interlocutory appeals are the statutory exception, available only where specifically authorized. The principal authorization is Section 51.014 of the Civil Practice and Remedies Code. The launch of the Texas Business Court (effective September 1, 2024) introduced new interlocutory appeal pathways for business-court matters.

Mandatory interlocutory appeal categories, § 51.014(a)

Section 51.014(a) authorizes appeal as of right from orders that: (1) appoint or refuse to appoint a receiver or trustee; (2) overrule or grant a motion to vacate or appoint a receiver; (3) certify or refuse to certify a class; (4) grant or refuse a temporary injunction; (5) deny a motion for summary judgment based on a claim against or defense by a media defendant in a libel suit; (6) deny a motion to dismiss filed under § 27 (TCPA, anti-SLAPP); (7) grant or deny a plea to the jurisdiction by a governmental unit; (8) deny a motion for summary judgment based on official immunity by a public employee; and several other narrow categories. Appeals under § 51.014(a) are accelerated under Tex. R. App. P. 28; the court of appeals must accept jurisdiction.

Permissive interlocutory appeal, § 51.014(d)

Section 51.014(d) authorizes permissive interlocutory appeal of any order that meets two requirements: (1) the order involves a controlling question of law as to which there is substantial ground for difference of opinion; and (2) immediate appeal may materially advance the ultimate termination of the litigation. Both the trial court (by certification) and the court of appeals (by discretionary acceptance) must approve the permissive appeal. The mechanism is most useful for case-dispositive legal questions, choice of law, statutory construction, scope of a privilege, that would otherwise require trial and final judgment to surface for appellate review.

Texas Business Court interlocutory appeals (post-September 2024)

The Texas Business Court (Tex. Gov't Code Ch. 25A, effective September 1, 2024, with 2025 modifications under HB 40) has its own interlocutory appeal pathways. Section 51.016 channels Business Court interlocutory appeals to the Fifteenth Court of Appeals (a new appellate court created concurrently with the Business Court, sitting in Austin). Business Court interlocutory appeals proceed on accelerated schedules similar to other § 51.014 appeals. The Fifteenth Court's specialization in business-court matters is intended to develop a coherent body of business-court appellate law.

Mandamus as alternative

Where interlocutory appeal is not statutorily authorized, mandamus is the principal alternative for obtaining immediate appellate review of a trial court order. Under In re Prudential Ins. Co. of America, 148 S.W.3d 124 (Tex. 2004), mandamus requires (1) abuse of discretion by the trial court and (2) lack of an adequate remedy by appeal. The choice between interlocutory appeal and mandamus depends on whether the order falls within § 51.014's enumerated categories, if yes, interlocutory appeal is the proper vehicle; if no, mandamus must be considered.

Procedural mechanics

Interlocutory appeals are accelerated: notice of appeal due 20 days after the order rather than the standard 30 days; record and briefing on accelerated schedules; oral argument typically expedited or waived. The trial court generally lacks plenary jurisdiction over the appealed order during the pendency of the appeal. Some § 51.014 categories also automatically stay trial court proceedings (e.g., TCPA appeals); others do not, leaving the case to proceed in the trial court even as the interlocutory appeal proceeds.

Practical context

For Texas commercial litigants, interlocutory appeal can be a critical case-shape lever, particularly in TCPA dismissals, class certifications, and temporary-injunction matters where the trial-court ruling has immediate material consequence. Best practice: (1) confirm the order falls within a § 51.014 category before relying on interlocutory appeal; (2) calendar the 20-day deadline immediately upon ruling, accelerated schedules leave no margin; (3) for permissive appeals under § 51.014(d), prepare the trial-court certification motion contemporaneously with the underlying order; (4) consider mandamus where § 51.014 doesn't apply but appellate review is essential; (5) for Business Court matters post-September 2024, route to the Fifteenth Court of Appeals.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Mandamus· Texas Business Court· Summary Judgment· Injunctive Relief· Supersedeas Bond

IP Assignment

A written instrument transferring all right, title, and interest in identified intellectual property from the assignor to the assignee. Distinct from a license, which merely grants permission to use. Generally must be in writing, signed, and (for federal IP) recorded with the relevant agency.

An IP assignment is a written instrument transferring all right, title, and interest in identified intellectual property from the assignor to the assignee. An assignment differs fundamentally from a license: a license grants permission to use the IP while ownership remains with the licensor; an assignment transfers ownership outright. Most categories of IP require a written, signed assignment for the transfer to be effective.

Writing requirement

Federal IP statutes uniformly require a writing signed by the assignor for the assignment to be effective. Oral or email-only IP assignments are typically void. Best practice is a single instrument that (1) identifies the IP with reasonable specificity; (2) recites consideration; (3) uses present-tense transfer language ("Assignor hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys", not future-tense "will assign"); (4) includes representations as to ownership and lack of encumbrances; and (5) is signed by both parties.

Present-tense vs. future-tense language

Federal Circuit case law (Filmtec Corp. v. Allied-Signal, Inc., 939 F.2d 1568 (Fed. Cir. 1991)) holds that future-tense assignment language ("Employee will assign") creates only a contractual promise to assign in the future, not an immediate transfer of title. Present-tense language ("Employee hereby assigns") effects an immediate transfer. This distinction has been outcome-determinative in patent cases involving employee invention assignments and is best practice across all IP categories.

Recordation

Patent assignments should be recorded with the USPTO within three months of execution under 35 U.S.C. § 261; unrecorded assignments are void against subsequent bona fide purchasers without notice. Trademark assignments may be recorded with the USPTO under 15 U.S.C. § 1060 with similar protective effect. Copyright assignments may be recorded with the U.S. Copyright Office to establish priority over conflicting transfers and to provide constructive notice.

Trademark assignment in gross

A trademark assignment is invalid as an "assignment in gross" if it transfers the mark without the goodwill of the business with which the mark is used. Texas courts and federal courts both apply this rule strictly. The assignment instrument should explicitly recite that goodwill is conveyed with the mark.

Practical context

Texas businesses face IP assignment issues most frequently in (1) employee onboarding (invention assignment provisions in employment agreements); (2) contractor agreements (work-for-hire plus express assignment as a backstop); (3) M&A transactions (assignment of all IP from target to buyer); and (4) financing transactions (security interests in IP, perfected by USPTO/Copyright Office recordation in addition to UCC-1 filing). Failure to obtain proper written assignment from a contractor leaves the contractor as the legal owner of the work product, regardless of who paid for it.

Companion article: Licensing Your IP in Texas

Related Terms
License Agreement· Work-for-Hire Doctrine· Copyright· Trademark· Patent· Trade Secret

J

JNOV (Judgment Notwithstanding the Verdict)

A post-verdict motion asking the trial court to enter judgment for the moving party despite an adverse jury verdict, on the ground that the verdict is unsupported by legally sufficient evidence. Governed by Tex. R. Civ. P. 301. The Texas legal-sufficiency standard requires evidence rising to a level that would enable reasonable and fair-minded people to differ; mere conjecture or speculation does not. City of Keller v. Wilson, 168 S.W.3d 802 (Tex. 2005), is the foundational case.

A judgment notwithstanding the verdict (JNOV) is a post-verdict motion asking the trial court to disregard the jury's verdict and enter judgment for the moving party on the ground that the verdict is unsupported by legally sufficient evidence. JNOV is the procedural mechanism for raising no-evidence challenges after the case has gone to the jury, distinct from a directed verdict (which raises the same legal-sufficiency challenge before submission). The Texas standard for legal sufficiency is articulated in City of Keller v. Wilson, 168 S.W.3d 802 (Tex. 2005).

The legal-sufficiency standard

City of Keller v. Wilson, 168 S.W.3d 802 (Tex. 2005), is the foundational modern Texas case on legal sufficiency. The Texas Supreme Court rejected a "scintilla of evidence" formulation and adopted a more demanding standard: evidence is legally sufficient when it would enable reasonable and fair-minded people to reach the verdict under review. Conversely, the evidence is legally insufficient when (a) there is a complete absence of evidence of a vital fact; (b) the court is barred by rules of law or evidence from giving weight to the only evidence offered to prove a vital fact; (c) the evidence offered to prove a vital fact is no more than a scintilla; or (d) the evidence conclusively establishes the opposite of a vital fact.

Categorical disregard of evidence

Under Keller, an appellate court reviewing legal sufficiency must view the evidence in the light most favorable to the verdict, but must disregard evidence that reasonable jurors could not credit, including: (1) evidence the jury was instructed to disregard; (2) "incredible" evidence that no reasonable juror would credit; (3) evidence inconsistent with undisputed facts. Conjecture, speculation, and uncorroborated suspicion are not "evidence" for legal-sufficiency purposes, they don't rise to the level required.

Procedural prerequisites

JNOV must be preceded by a properly preserved no-evidence motion in the trial court, typically a motion for directed verdict made at the close of the opposing party's case (and renewed at the close of all evidence). Failure to move for directed verdict on legal-sufficiency grounds waives the right to challenge legal sufficiency through JNOV (and on appeal). Texas appellate courts strictly enforce this preservation requirement: St. Joseph Hosp. v. Wolff, 94 S.W.3d 513 (Tex. 2002), and progeny require specific objections at the trial-court level to support no-evidence challenges later.

Disregarding individual jury answers

Rule 301 also authorizes the trial court to disregard individual jury answers (rather than the entire verdict) where there is no evidence to support a particular answer. This partial JNOV mechanism is useful when a jury verdict is generally supported but contains specific unsupported findings, typically on damages amounts that exceed the evidentiary record. The trial court may enter judgment for the supported portions of the verdict while disregarding the unsupported answer.

Distinction from new trial

JNOV (legal insufficiency) is distinct from new-trial relief on factual-sufficiency grounds. Legal insufficiency: the evidence fails to rise to the level supporting the verdict, court enters judgment for the opposing party. Factual insufficiency: the evidence is sufficient to support the verdict but the verdict is so against the great weight and preponderance of the evidence that it is manifestly unjust, court grants new trial. Different standards, different remedies, different appellate review.

Practical context

For Texas commercial litigants, JNOV is the principal post-verdict mechanism for challenging an adverse jury outcome on the law. Best practice for defendants: (1) raise no-evidence challenges via directed verdict at the close of plaintiff's case, with specific reference to each element lacking evidence; (2) renew at the close of all evidence; (3) prepare comprehensive JNOV motion within the post-verdict deadline; (4) preserve all challenges for appeal. For plaintiffs facing JNOV motion: (1) marshal the evidence supporting each challenged element; (2) identify the specific evidence that, viewed favorably, supports each finding; (3) be prepared to defend on appeal under Keller's standard. The strategic value of JNOV is highest where the underlying claim has well-defined elements and the evidence on a specific element is genuinely thin.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Summary Judgment· Jury Charge· Daubert and Robinson Standards· Supersedeas Bond

Judicial Dissolution

A court-ordered termination of a Texas business entity's existence. The Texas regime is bifurcated: corporations are subject to TBOC § 11.404 (rehabilitative receivership); LLCs and partnerships are subject to TBOC § 11.314, which is substantially broader.

Judicial dissolution is a court-ordered termination of a Texas business entity's existence, requiring the entity to wind up its business and distribute remaining assets. The Texas regime is bifurcated: corporations are subject to TBOC § 11.404 (rehabilitative receivership, with conversion to liquidating receivership under § 11.405); LLCs and partnerships are subject to TBOC § 11.314 (involuntary winding up), which is substantially broader and more accessible than the corporate statute.

§ 11.314, the LLC and partnership dissolution statute

The most significant post-Ritchie development for closely-held businesses. A district court has jurisdiction to order winding up of a Texas LLC or partnership on application of an owner if the court determines:

(1) the economic purpose of the entity is likely to be unreasonably frustrated (the economic purpose test);

(2) another owner has engaged in conduct that makes it not reasonably practicable to carry on the business with that owner (the owner conduct test); or

(3) it is not reasonably practicable to carry on the business in conformity with the governing documents (the reasonable practicability test).

§ 11.314(1)–(3). The 2017 amendments extended subsections (1) and (2) to LLCs (which previously could only invoke (3)).

The reasonable practicability test

The most frequently invoked. "Not reasonably practicable" does not require impossibility, it requires that managers and members are unable to pursue the entity's purposes in a reasonable, sensible, and feasible manner. Common applications: voting deadlock, persistent breach of the company agreement by controlling owners, irretrievable breakdown of trust, continuous defeat of the company's stated purpose.

The economic purpose test

Triggers winding-up jurisdiction where economic purpose is "likely" to be unreasonably frustrated. Future or threatened frustration suffices. Leading case: CBIF Ltd. P'ship v. TGI Fridays Inc. (Dallas Court of Appeals).

The owner conduct test

Focuses on the actions of a particular owner that make it not reasonably practicable to carry on the business with that owner. The closest TBOC analog to the pre-Ritchie common-law oppression doctrine and a principal post-Ritchie mechanism for oppressed minority members of Texas LLCs.

§ 11.404, corporate rehabilitative receivership

Substantially narrower. A court may appoint a receiver only on (1) insolvency or imminent insolvency; (2) certain deadlock; (3) illegal, oppressive, or fraudulent conduct (subject to Ritchie's four-element test); or (4) misapplication or waste. The court must additionally find that all other available remedies are inadequate. The remedy is appointment of a rehabilitative receiver, not dissolution and not a court-ordered buyout.

§ 11.405, conversion to liquidating receivership

If a rehabilitative receivership remains in place for more than one year without resolution, the court may convert it to liquidating and ultimately order dissolution. The one-year wait and the lesser-remedies-must-be-inadequate requirement make this a slow path.

Practical context

§ 11.314 is one of the most important and underused provisions in Texas closely-held business law. Because § 11.314 is not subject to Ritchie's narrow oppression definition and applies to LLCs and partnerships regardless of the four-element corporate test, it provides oppressed minority members of Texas LLCs with substantially more leverage than minority shareholders of Texas corporations have under § 11.404. The bifurcation between LLC and corporate dissolution remedies is one of the strongest reasons closely-held Texas businesses seeking the most owner-protective regime should consider LLC form rather than corporate form, all else being equal.

Companion article: Business Divorces in Texas

Related Terms
Shareholder Oppression· Business Divorce· Derivative Action· Closely Held Corporation· Limited Liability Company· Corporation

Jury Charge

The set of questions, definitions, and instructions submitted to the jury in a Texas civil case. Governed by Tex. R. Civ. P. 271-279. Texas favors broad-form submission, single questions encompassing all theories of liability, but Crown Life Insurance Co. v. Casteel, 22 S.W.3d 378 (Tex. 2000), restricts broad-form submission where the question commingles valid and invalid theories. The charge conference is the procedural moment at which charge issues must be preserved for appellate review.

The jury charge is the set of questions, definitions, and instructions submitted to the jury in a Texas civil case. The charge frames what the jury decides; charge errors are among the most consequential reversible errors in civil practice. Texas favors broad-form submission, single questions encompassing all theories of liability supported by the evidence, but the Casteel doctrine restricts broad-form submission where the question commingles valid and invalid theories.

Broad-form submission

Rule 277 directs trial courts to submit "broad-form questions" whenever feasible. The classic broad-form negligence question: "Did the negligence, if any, of [defendant] proximately cause the occurrence in question?", a single question encompassing duty, breach, causation, and (if relevant) multiple theories. Broad-form submission is generally faster, simpler for the jury, and less error-prone than granulated submission. Texas's preference for broad-form is consistent with general civil procedure trends but more emphatic than many states.

The Casteel doctrine

Crown Life Insurance Co. v. Casteel, 22 S.W.3d 378 (Tex. 2000), is the principal limitation on broad-form submission. Casteel held that broad-form submission is reversible error where the question commingles valid and invalid theories of liability, the jury's affirmative answer cannot be parsed to determine which theory it relied on, and remand is required. Application of Casteel: (1) where multiple theories are submitted broad-form and one theory is unsupported by evidence; (2) where one theory is invalid as a matter of law; (3) where the question conflates separate causes of action whose elements differ. Casteel error is preserved by specific objection at the charge conference, identifying the invalid theory.

Definitions and instructions

The charge includes not only questions but also definitions and instructions. Definitions explain key legal terms (e.g., "negligence means failure to use ordinary care"); instructions explain how to answer (e.g., "Do not consider sympathy or prejudice"). Definitions and instructions must be supported by the pleadings, evidence, and law; they may not comment on the weight of evidence or imply opinion on disputed facts (Rule 277). Texas Pattern Jury Charges provide standard definitions and instructions for most causes of action; deviations should be carefully justified.

The charge conference

The charge conference, the formal proceeding at which the trial court determines what to include in the charge, is the critical moment for preserving charge issues for appeal. Each party submits proposed questions, definitions, and instructions; the trial court rules on inclusions and exclusions; objections must be specific and on the record. Failure to object specifically waives the issue (Rule 274). The charge conference often follows the close of evidence and immediately precedes closing arguments, pacing is tight and preparation is essential.

Damages submission

Damages submission frequently uses granulated rather than broad-form questions, separating each element of damages (medical expenses, lost wages, pain and suffering, etc.). Granulated damages submission is justified when the elements have different supporting evidence and recovery limits, such that aggregating them in a single question would obscure the source of the verdict. Mental anguish, future damages, and exemplary damages typically receive separate questions.

Common charge errors

Recurring sources of charge error: (1) commingling theories, broad-form questions that include unsupported or invalid theories; (2) missing element, failure to include a necessary element of the cause of action; (3) improper definition, definitions that misstate the law or unfairly slant interpretation; (4) commenting on the evidence, instructions that imply judicial opinion on disputed facts; (5) missing instruction, failure to include a required limiting instruction; (6) burden allocation, placing the burden of proof on the wrong party.

Practical context

For Texas commercial litigants, the charge conference is the highest-leverage moment of trial after closing argument. A single misplaced question can result in reversal and retrial; conversely, a well-crafted broad-form question can lock in a favorable verdict against later attack. Best practice: (1) draft proposed charge well before trial, at minimum, by the time of the pretrial conference; (2) start from the Texas Pattern Jury Charges and adapt for case specifics; (3) raise Casteel issues if the opposing party seeks broad-form submission of theories that may be invalid; (4) make specific record objections at the charge conference; (5) prepare for the charge conference as carefully as for closing argument. Charge errors are the most frequent reversible errors in Texas appellate practice.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
JNOV· Summary Judgment· Daubert and Robinson Standards· Expert Witness Disclosure

L

Letter of Credit

A formal undertaking by an issuer (typically a bank) to honor presentations made under specified terms, paying the beneficiary upon presentation of conforming documents. Two principal types: commercial letters of credit (payment in international and domestic sale of goods) and standby letters of credit (secondary payment guarantee for performance or payment obligations). Governed by Tex. Bus. & Com. Code Ch. 5 (UCC Article 5), often supplemented by UCP 600 or ISP98.

A letter of credit is a formal undertaking by an issuer (typically a bank) to honor presentations made under specified terms, paying the beneficiary upon presentation of documents that conform to the credit's requirements. Letters of credit are foundational to international trade and significant in domestic commercial transactions. Two principal types: commercial letters of credit (used as payment mechanism in sale-of-goods transactions, particularly international trade) and standby letters of credit (used as secondary payment guarantee for performance or payment obligations). Texas law governs through UCC Article 5, often supplemented by international rules.

Three-party structure

Every letter of credit involves three parties: (1) applicant, the party requesting issuance, typically a buyer or contract obligor; (2) issuer, the bank issuing the credit, undertaking the payment obligation; (3) beneficiary, the party entitled to draw on the credit, typically a seller or contract counterparty. Additional parties may include a confirming bank (adding its own undertaking to the issuer's), an advising bank (notifying the beneficiary of the credit's terms), or a nominated bank (authorized to honor or negotiate). The beneficiary's right to draw is independent of the underlying transaction between applicant and beneficiary.

The independence principle

The defining doctrine of letter-of-credit law is the independence principle: the issuer's obligation to honor a conforming presentation is independent of any underlying contract or dispute between the applicant and beneficiary. The issuer pays against documents, not goods or performance, if the beneficiary presents documents that conform to the credit's terms, the issuer must pay, even if the applicant claims that the underlying transaction has been breached. This principle makes letters of credit valuable as payment-certainty instruments. The principle has narrow exceptions for fraud and forgery under § 5.109.

Strict compliance

Issuer payment obligations are gated by strict compliance with the credit's terms, documents must conform precisely to the requirements stated in the credit. The strict-compliance doctrine produces results that may seem hyper-technical: a typographical discrepancy between the credit and the presentation can authorize dishonor. Texas courts apply strict compliance with reasonable practical limits, minor variations that do not affect the substance of the transaction may be excused. Issuers receive a reasonable time (not exceeding seven business days under § 5.108(b)) to examine presentations and elect to honor or dishonor.

Commercial vs. standby distinction

Commercial letters of credit are payment mechanisms, the seller draws against documents (bill of lading, commercial invoice, certificate of inspection) showing performance of the underlying sale, and the issuer pays. The credit is the buyer's primary payment commitment, replacing the seller's credit risk on the buyer. Standby letters of credit are payment guarantees, the beneficiary draws only if the applicant has failed to perform, presenting documents (typically a sworn statement) attesting to the failure. The standby is secondary and contingent, and is functionally similar to a guaranty but structured as an independent payment undertaking.

UCP 600 and ISP98

Letters of credit frequently incorporate one of two international rule sets. UCP 600 (Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits) is the standard for commercial credits, particularly in international trade. ISP98 (International Standby Practices 1998) is the standard for standby credits. Both rule sets are private contract terms incorporated by reference; they supplement the governing UCC Article 5 framework but do not displace its provisions in case of conflict.

Bankruptcy-remote feature

A critical feature of standby letters of credit is bankruptcy-remoteness: a payment under a letter of credit is from the issuer's funds, not the applicant's. The automatic stay under 11 U.S.C. § 362 does not prevent draws on standby credits, and the payments are not preferences under § 547. This makes standby letters of credit attractive as security for landlord lease obligations, surety-type performance bonds, and other commitments where the beneficiary wants insulation from the applicant's bankruptcy risk.

Practical context

For Texas businesses, letters of credit are encountered in (1) international trade, virtually mandatory for first-time transactions with overseas counterparties; (2) commercial leases, landlords often accept LOCs as security deposits, especially for credit-impaired tenants; (3) construction projects, performance and payment standby LOCs in lieu of surety bonds; (4) franchise and licensing arrangements; (5) regulatory and bonding requirements. Drafting precision matters intensely: ambiguous credit terms become litigation. Best practice is to use templates from issuing-bank counsel and have credit terms reviewed by counsel familiar with UCC Article 5 and the relevant international rules.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Guaranty Agreement· Promissory Note· Commercial Lease· Construction Contract

Letter of Intent

A preliminary written document outlining the proposed terms of a transaction, purchase price, structure, key conditions, exclusivity, timeline, before parties negotiate definitive agreements. Typically the first formal step after parties identify a deal.

A letter of intent (LOI), sometimes called a "term sheet" or "memorandum of understanding," is a preliminary written document outlining the proposed terms of a transaction, purchase price, structure, key conditions, exclusivity, and timeline, before the parties negotiate definitive agreements. LOIs are the conventional first formal step after parties identify a deal worth pursuing.

Hybrid binding/non-binding structure

Most M&A LOIs are deliberately structured as partly binding and partly non-binding. Typically binding: confidentiality, exclusivity / no-shop, expense allocation, governing law, and dispute resolution. Typically non-binding: purchase price, structure, indemnification, closing conditions, and other commercial terms. The LOI should expressly identify which provisions are binding and which are not.

Texas enforceability

Texas courts enforce binding LOI provisions like any other contract. The principal risk for parties seeking non-binding effect: ambiguous "agreement to agree" language that a court may interpret as a binding obligation to negotiate in good faith. Foreca, S.A. v. GRD Develop. Co., 758 S.W.2d 744 (Tex. 1988). Clear "non-binding except as expressly stated" language at the front of the document is the standard protection.

Exclusivity / no-shop

The most consequential binding provision in most LOIs. A typical no-shop binds the seller for 30–90 days from LOI execution, prohibiting the seller from soliciting, negotiating with, or providing diligence to other potential buyers during the period. Buyers rely on no-shops to justify investment in due diligence and definitive-document negotiation.

Practical context

The LOI sets the negotiating frame for the entire transaction. Items left vague in the LOI are typically renegotiated downward against the buyer (or upward for the seller) in the definitive agreement. Sellers benefit from specifying as many commercial terms as possible in the LOI; buyers benefit from preserving optionality.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Due Diligence· Representations and Warranties· Closing Conditions· Asset Purchase· Stock Purchase

License Agreement

A contract by which the owner of intellectual property (the licensor) grants another party (the licensee) permission to use the IP under specified terms, while ownership remains with the licensor. Structured by exclusivity, scope, territory, field of use, and royalty.

A license agreement is a contract by which the owner of intellectual property (the licensor) grants another party (the licensee) permission to use the IP under specified terms, while ownership of the IP remains with the licensor. Licenses are the principal monetization mechanism for patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and software. The economic and legal structure of a license is defined by five core dimensions: exclusivity, scope, territory, field of use, and consideration.

Exclusivity

Three exclusivity tiers: (1) exclusive, the licensee receives the right to use the IP to the exclusion of all others, including the licensor; (2) sole, the licensee and the licensor both retain rights, but no other licensees are permitted; (3) non-exclusive, the licensor may grant additional licenses to other parties. Exclusive licenses confer standing to sue for infringement in the licensee; sole and non-exclusive licenses do not.

Scope, territory, and field of use

The scope provision defines what the licensee may do with the IP, make, use, sell, distribute, sublicense, modify, prepare derivative works, etc. Each enumerated right is its own grant; rights not granted are reserved. Territorial limits restrict use to a specified geography. Field-of-use restrictions limit application to a defined market segment (e.g., "for diagnostic medical devices only"). Sublicense rights must be expressly granted; they are not implied.

Trademark quality control

A trademark license without adequate quality-control provisions risks "naked licensing," which can result in abandonment of the mark. The Lanham Act and Texas common law require the licensor to maintain meaningful control over the nature and quality of goods or services offered under the licensed mark. Standard practice includes brand standards, audit rights, sample-approval mechanisms, and termination for failure to comply.

Royalty structures

Common royalty structures include: (1) running royalty (percentage of net sales or per-unit); (2) lump-sum or paid-up royalty; (3) milestone royalty (event-triggered payments); (4) minimum annual royalty; and (5) hybrid structures combining several. See Royalty.

Standard protective provisions

Most commercial licenses include warranties of ownership and non-infringement (often with carve-outs); indemnification (often capped); termination for material breach with cure periods; survival of confidentiality and royalty-on-pipeline provisions; audit rights; and dispute resolution. Choice of law and forum selection clauses warrant particular attention given the federal subject-matter jurisdiction that often applies to IP disputes.

Practical context

License terms compound. A 5% royalty on $20M annual revenue is $1M; a 10% royalty is $2M. The royalty negotiation deserves the same care as the deal price in an acquisition. Founders licensing IP out should resist exclusive perpetual grants without robust performance milestones and termination triggers. Licensees should resist tying royalties to gross revenue rather than net (which excludes returns, discounts, and certain pass-through costs).

Companion article: Licensing Your IP in Texas

Related Terms
IP Assignment· Royalty· Software License Agreement· Trademark· Patent· Open-Source License

Limitation of Liability Clause

A contractual provision limiting one or both parties' exposure for damages arising from the contract, typically capping liability at a stated dollar amount, excluding consequential or punitive damages, or both. Generally enforceable in Texas commercial contracts between sophisticated parties, subject to limitations including statutory restrictions (e.g., DTPA waiver bar), public-policy limits (gross negligence and intentional torts), and the express-negligence rule for liability for the indemnitee's own negligence.

A limitation of liability clause is a contractual provision that limits one or both parties' exposure for damages arising from the contract. Common forms include (1) a dollar cap on aggregate liability (e.g., "Vendor's liability shall not exceed the fees paid in the prior 12 months"); (2) exclusion of categories of damages (e.g., "Neither party shall be liable for consequential, indirect, or punitive damages"); (3) limitation of remedies to specified types (e.g., "exclusive remedy is repair or replacement"). Generally enforceable in Texas commercial contracts between sophisticated parties, subject to several limitations.

The general enforceability rule

Texas commercial law generally enforces limitation of liability clauses between sophisticated parties dealing at arm's length. The rationale: parties are free to allocate risk by contract, and limitations of liability often reflect substantive bargained-for consideration (lower price in exchange for capped exposure). Limitations are particularly common in technology contracts (where vendor liability could exceed contract value many times over), professional services, manufacturing supply, and similar contexts.

Three principal limitation forms

Common limitation structures: (1) aggregate cap, total liability limited to a stated amount, often expressed as a multiple of fees paid (e.g., "12 months of fees" or "the contract price"); (2) per-incident cap, limit per occurrence or claim, with no aggregate; (3) excluded damages, categories of damages explicitly excluded, typically consequential (lost profits, lost revenue, business interruption), punitive, and special; (4) remedy limitation, exclusive remedies specified (repair, replacement, refund), excluding broader contract or tort remedies. Sophisticated contracts combine forms, both an aggregate cap AND consequential-damage exclusion.

The express negligence rule application

Limitation clauses that limit liability for the limited party's own negligence are subject to the express-negligence rule from Ethyl Corp. The clause must specifically state that it covers the party's own negligence, boilerplate "any and all liability" language is insufficient. The conspicuousness requirement under Dresser Industries also applies: bold, capitalized, or otherwise conspicuous treatment of the limitation language. Properly drafted limitation clauses use formatting (often ALL CAPS sentences) for the operative limitation language.

Public policy limits, gross negligence and intentional torts

Texas courts decline to enforce limitations covering gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud, and intentional torts. The principle: parties cannot contract away exposure for grossly improper conduct or intentional wrongdoing as a matter of public policy. Most modern limitation clauses expressly exclude gross negligence and willful misconduct from the limitation, both to ensure enforceability of the limitation as to ordinary negligence and to clarify the parties' intent. Wholesale "limit liability for any and all conduct" provisions risk being void for public policy reasons.

Statutory restrictions, the DTPA bar

Section 17.42 of the Business and Commerce Code makes "any waiver" of consumer rights under the DTPA "contrary to public policy and unenforceable" except in narrowly defined circumstances. The DTPA waiver bar effectively limits the use of liability limitations in consumer transactions covered by the DTPA. The exceptions in § 17.42 (consumer not in disparate bargaining position, advised by counsel, knowing waiver) are narrow and rarely invoked. For business-to-consumer contracts, limitation clauses must respect the DTPA framework.

UCC sale-of-goods context

Section 2.719 of the Business and Commerce Code (Texas UCC Article 2) governs limitation of remedies in sale-of-goods contracts. The UCC permits limitations but with two important constraints: (1) limited remedies that "fail of their essential purpose" are void; and (2) limitations on consequential damages for personal injury in consumer goods are presumptively unconscionable. The "fail of essential purpose" doctrine applies where the limited remedy turns out to be inadequate (e.g., repair-or-replace fails because seller won't repair), courts then permit broader remedies despite the limitation.

Drafting best practices

Robust limitation of liability clauses include: (1) express scope, specifying that the limitation covers the party's own negligence; (2) conspicuous formatting, bold, ALL CAPS, or separate captioned section; (3) carve-outs, explicit exclusions for gross negligence, willful misconduct, indemnity obligations, IP infringement, breach of confidentiality, and similar items that should not be capped; (4) aggregate cap with reasonable amount, typically tied to fees paid, project value, or insurance coverage; (5) consequential-damages exclusion, clear statement excluding lost profits, lost data, business interruption; (6) survival, limitation survives termination/expiration of the contract.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, limitation of liability clauses are the principal mechanism for capping contract exposure. Best practice: (1) negotiate the cap amount carefully, fees-paid multiples should reflect realistic damage exposure; (2) carve out matters that should not be capped (indemnity, IP, confidentiality breach); (3) ensure express-negligence and conspicuousness compliance; (4) coordinate with insurance, insured matters are often excluded from the cap; (5) for service-provider contracts, consider mutual but asymmetric caps reflecting risk allocation; (6) for technology and SaaS contracts, address data-related damages explicitly. The single most common drafting failure: limiting liability through boilerplate but not addressing whether the limitation covers the limited party's own negligence, courts then reject the limitation as to negligence claims. Express-negligence compliance is the foundation of enforceability.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Indemnification (Contractual)· Liquidated Damages· Warranty· Deceptive Trade Practices Act· Material Adverse Change

Limited Liability Company

2025

A statutory business entity formed under TBOC Title 3 that combines limited liability for owners (members) with substantial flexibility in management, taxation, and internal governance. The default Texas business entity for new closely-held formations.

A Texas LLC is a statutory business entity that combines limited liability for its owners (called "members") with substantial flexibility in management, taxation, and internal governance. The LLC is governed by a charter document filed with the Texas Secretary of State (the "certificate of formation") and an internal governance contract (the "company agreement"). Most closely-held Texas businesses formed since 2010 are LLCs.

The two distinguishing features

Limited liability. Under TBOC § 101.114, a member or manager is not liable for the debts, obligations, or liabilities of the LLC, including those arising under judgment, decree, or court order. The LLC's creditors look to the LLC's assets, not the members' personal assets, except in narrow veil-piercing circumstances under § 21.223 (made applicable to LLCs through § 101.002). See Veil-Piercing.

Pass-through taxation by default. A multi-member LLC is taxed as a partnership unless it elects otherwise; a single-member LLC is taxed as a "disregarded entity" (its activities are reported on the owner's tax return). The LLC may elect to be taxed as a C corporation or S corporation by filing IRS Forms 8832 or 2553.

Member-managed vs. manager-managed

Texas LLCs may be either member-managed (members directly manage the LLC) or manager-managed (designated managers, who may or may not be members, manage the LLC, with members exercising only the rights specifically reserved to them in the company agreement). The choice is made in the certificate of formation under § 3.010.

Contractual flexibility

§ 101.052(c) provides that, with limited exceptions specified in § 101.054, virtually any provision of TBOC Title 3 or Title 1 applicable to LLCs may be waived or modified in the company agreement. As amended effective May 14, 2025, § 101.401 permits the company agreement to expand, restrict, or eliminate any duties (including fiduciary duties) and related liabilities. This makes the Texas LLC the most contractually flexible Texas business entity.

Charging order exclusivity

Under § 101.112, the entry of a charging order against a member's interest is the exclusive remedy by which a judgment creditor may satisfy a judgment out of the member's interest. The creditor cannot foreclose on the membership interest, force its sale, or obtain dissolution. This exclusivity rule applies equally to single-member LLCs and multi-member LLCs, a significant Texas-distinctive feature. See Charging Order.

Series LLC option

Under Subchapter M of Chapter 101 (§§ 101.601–101.622), a Texas LLC may form designated series within the LLC. Each series may have its own assets, members, managers, and limitation of liability, properly maintained, the assets of one series are protected from the creditors of another series. See Series LLC.

Formation

A Texas LLC is formed by filing a certificate of formation with the Texas Secretary of State (Form 205) accompanied by a $300 filing fee. § 4.151. Effective June 1, 2022, § 101.0515 requires LLC filing instruments to be signed by an authorized officer, manager, or member.

Foreign LLCs

An LLC formed in another jurisdiction must register to transact business in Texas under TBOC Chapter 9. The internal affairs of a foreign LLC are governed by the law of the jurisdiction of formation; "transacting business" in Texas without registration triggers personal liability of agents and other consequences.

Practical context

The Texas LLC is the default modern Texas business entity. Its combination of limited liability, pass-through taxation, contractual flexibility, charging-order exclusivity, and (effective May 14, 2025) statutory authority to eliminate fiduciary duties through the company agreement makes it the most owner-friendly business entity available to Texas closely-held businesses. The contractual flexibility is also its principal failure mode, a Texas LLC operating without a written, carefully-drafted company agreement is exposed to expensive disputes that the statute will resolve in ways no member would have wanted. Properly used, the Texas LLC is one of the strongest legal-entity choices in U.S. business law.

Companion article: Starting a Business in Texas

Related Terms
Member· Manager· Company Agreement· Certificate of Formation· Membership Interest· Capital Contribution· Distribution· Series LLC· Charging Order· Texas Business Organizations Code

Liquidated Damages

A contractual provision specifying the amount of damages payable on breach, fixed in advance by the parties' agreement. Replaces common-law actual-damages calculation with a predetermined amount, providing certainty and avoiding the cost of proving actual damages.

A liquidated damages clause is a contractual provision specifying the amount of damages payable on breach, fixed in advance by the parties' agreement. Liquidated damages clauses replace common-law actual-damages calculation with a predetermined amount, providing certainty and avoiding the cost and difficulty of proving actual damages.

Validity test (Phillips two-part test)

A liquidated damages clause is enforceable in Texas only if (1) the harm caused by the breach is incapable or difficult of estimation at the time of contract; and (2) the amount of liquidated damages is a reasonable forecast of just compensation. If either prong fails, the clause is an unenforceable "penalty" rather than valid liquidated damages.

Distinction from penalty

Texas courts disfavor penalty clauses, provisions designed to punish breach rather than compensate the non-breaching party. Excessive amounts disproportionate to anticipated harm, or lump-sum amounts triggered by any breach regardless of materiality, are commonly held unenforceable as penalties.

UCC sales (§ 2.718)

UCC Article 2 codifies the common-law approach: liquidated damages must be reasonable in light of (1) the anticipated or actual harm caused by the breach; (2) the difficulties of proof of loss; and (3) the inconvenience or non-feasibility of otherwise obtaining an adequate remedy. Unreasonably large amounts are void as a penalty.

Practical context

Liquidated damages provisions are common in construction contracts (delay damages), real estate (earnest money), employment (training repayment), and intellectual property licenses. Drafting failures involve setting amounts that bear no realistic relationship to anticipated harm. Sophisticated drafting includes brief recitations of the parties' difficulty estimating actual damages and the reasonableness of the liquidated amount.

Companion article: Contract Disputes in Texas

Related Terms
Sale of Goods· Statute of Frauds

Lis Pendens

A recorded notice that litigation is pending concerning specific real property, providing constructive notice to subsequent purchasers and lenders of the dispute. Permitted only in actions involving title to property, establishment of an interest in property, or enforcement of a lien on property. Subject to expungement on motion if the underlying claim lacks evidentiary support.

A lis pendens (Latin: "litigation pending") is a recorded notice that litigation is pending concerning specific real property. Once recorded with the county clerk, it provides constructive notice to subsequent purchasers, lenders, and other parties dealing with the property. The practical effect is to "cloud" title until the underlying litigation is resolved, buyers and lenders typically refuse to close on property subject to a pending lis pendens, since they would take subject to whatever judgment ultimately issues.

When a lis pendens may be filed

Section 12.007 limits lis pendens filings to three categories of actions: (1) actions involving title to real property; (2) actions to establish an interest in real property; and (3) actions to enforce an encumbrance against real property. A lis pendens filed in connection with an action that does not fall within these categories, for example, a pure money-damages contract dispute that incidentally references a property, is improper and subject to expungement.

Required content and recording

The lis pendens must include: (1) a statement that an action is pending; (2) the style of the action and the court in which it is filed; (3) the cause number; (4) the names of all parties; (5) a description of the property affected; and (6) the kind of action with the relief sought. The notice is recorded with the county clerk in the county where the property is located. There is no filing fee at the courthouse for recording, though minimal recording costs apply at the county clerk.

Cancellation and expungement

Section 12.0071, added by the Legislature to address abusive lis pendens filings, allows a property owner to file a motion to expunge the notice on grounds that (a) the underlying pleading does not contain a real property claim of the type permitted under § 12.007; or (b) the claimant fails to establish by a preponderance of the evidence the probable validity of the real property claim. If the court grants the motion, the lis pendens is canceled and the cancellation is recorded.

Effect on transactions

A pending lis pendens generally precludes commercially financeable real estate transactions, title insurers will not issue policies without exception, and lenders will not fund loans subject to the unknown outcome of litigation. As a practical matter, the lis pendens functions as injunctive relief without the procedural protections of an injunction. This makes the expungement remedy under § 12.0071 critically important when the underlying claim is weak or improperly framed.

Improper filing risks

Filing an improper lis pendens, particularly one that does not fall within § 12.007's enumerated categories, exposes the filer to claims for slander of title, tortious interference, malicious prosecution, and attorney's fees on expungement. Texas courts have awarded substantial damages where lis pendens were filed strategically to interfere with closing of unrelated transactions.

Practical context

For Texas commercial real estate buyers and sellers, a lis pendens discovered during title commitment review is one of the most common pre-closing crises. The buyer's first response should be (1) understand the underlying action and assess its merit; (2) determine whether the action falls within § 12.007 categories; (3) if not, consider expungement motion; (4) if so, evaluate negotiating around the issue (escrow, indemnity, postponement) or terminating the contract. Sellers facing a lis pendens should consider proactive expungement filing if the underlying claim is weak.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Title Insurance· Commercial Real Estate Purchase Agreement· Mechanic's and Materialman's Lien· Injunctive Relief· Deed

M

Manager

A person designated in a Texas LLC's certificate of formation or company agreement to manage the business and affairs of the LLC. Managers exist only in manager-managed LLCs and need not be members.

A manager is a person designated in a Texas LLC's certificate of formation or company agreement to manage the business and affairs of the LLC. Managers exist only in manager-managed LLCs (LLCs whose certificate of formation states that the LLC will have managers under § 3.010(3)). Managers need not be members; an LLC may designate non-member managers, member managers, or any combination.

Member-managed vs. manager-managed

Texas LLCs are either member-managed or manager-managed. The default under § 101.251, applicable when the certificate of formation does not specify, is that the LLC's affairs are managed by its members. Designation as manager-managed must be made in the certificate of formation under § 3.010(3); absent such designation, the LLC is member-managed regardless of what the company agreement says.

Manager authority

In a manager-managed LLC, the managers have the authority to manage the LLC's business and affairs. Members in such LLCs have only the rights specifically reserved to them by the company agreement and the TBOC, typically including the right to elect and remove managers, to approve fundamental transactions, and to vote on certain enumerated matters. §§ 101.355–101.356.

Manager liability and fiduciary duties

Managers are not personally liable for the LLC's obligations solely by reason of being managers. § 101.114. Managers owe fiduciary duties to the LLC, although the precise scope of those duties is one of the more contested areas of Texas LLC law. The default fiduciary-duty regime can be expanded, restricted, or, effective May 14, 2025, eliminated through the company agreement under § 101.401.

Authority to bind the LLC

In a manager-managed LLC, each manager is an agent of the LLC for the purpose of its business. § 101.254. Acts of a manager (including the execution of any instrument in the LLC's name) bind the LLC if the act apparently carries on in the usual way the business of the LLC, unless (a) the manager has no actual authority for the specific act and (b) the person with whom the manager is dealing has knowledge of the lack of authority.

Practical context

The choice between member-managed and manager-managed structure is one of the foundational Texas LLC formation decisions. Member-managed LLCs work well for small operating businesses where all members are actively involved in management. Manager-managed LLCs work better for LLCs with passive investor-members (real estate LLCs, family LLCs, investment vehicles), where centralizing management authority in one or more managers simplifies governance. The certificate of formation must affirmatively designate the LLC as manager-managed; this is a frequent drafting oversight, and the consequences of failing to make the designation when intended can be significant for member liability and authority to bind the LLC.

Companion article: Starting a Business in Texas

Related Terms
Limited Liability Company· Member· Certificate of Formation· Company Agreement· Fiduciary Duty

Mandamus

An extraordinary writ by which an appellate court compels a lower court or other government official to perform a non-discretionary duty. In Texas civil practice, mandamus is the principal vehicle for obtaining immediate appellate review of a trial-court order that is not subject to interlocutory appeal. Under In re Prudential Ins. Co. of America, 148 S.W.3d 124 (Tex. 2004), mandamus requires (1) abuse of discretion by the trial court and (2) lack of an adequate remedy by appeal.

Mandamus is an extraordinary writ by which an appellate court compels a lower court or other government official to perform a non-discretionary duty (or, increasingly in Texas civil practice, to correct an abuse of discretion). In Texas civil practice, mandamus is the principal vehicle for obtaining immediate appellate review of a trial-court order that is not subject to interlocutory appeal under § 51.014. The modern Texas mandamus standard is articulated in In re Prudential Ins. Co. of America, 148 S.W.3d 124 (Tex. 2004).

The two-prong Prudential standard

In re Prudential Ins. Co. of America, 148 S.W.3d 124 (Tex. 2004), established the modern Texas mandamus framework: the relator (the party seeking the writ) must establish (1) abuse of discretion, the trial court clearly abused its discretion; and (2) lack of an adequate remedy by appeal, there is no adequate remedy through ordinary appellate review. The two prongs are not independent in practice, the adequacy analysis depends on the same circumstances that drive the abuse-of-discretion analysis.

Abuse of discretion

A trial court abuses its discretion when it acts without reference to guiding rules or principles, in an arbitrary or unreasonable manner, or in clear violation of the law. In re Prudential emphasizes that mere error is not enough, the abuse must be clear and the legal standard well-established. A trial court abuses its discretion when it (a) fails to analyze or apply the law correctly; (b) misinterprets or misapplies a clear statutory provision; (c) imposes an obligation not authorized by law; or (d) ignores a statute or controlling case law. Application of legal standards to facts is reviewed for clear error; pure questions of law are reviewed without deference.

The "adequate remedy by appeal" prong

The Walker v. Packer / Prudential analysis of "adequate remedy by appeal" is the prong where the most jurisprudential development has occurred. Under In re Prudential, "an appellate remedy is 'adequate' when any benefits to mandamus review are outweighed by the detriments." When the benefits outweigh the detriments, mandamus is appropriate. Factors: (1) preservation of important substantive and procedural rights; (2) judicial economy and avoidance of fatally flawed proceedings; (3) ability to give needed and helpful direction to the law that would otherwise be elusive in appeals from final judgments; (4) appellate-court resource considerations. In re Prudential rejected the prior more-rigid Walker formulation in favor of a balancing approach.

Common mandamus categories

Recurring categories where Texas appellate courts grant mandamus relief: (1) improperly denied special appearance, challenges to personal jurisdiction; (2) discovery orders, compelling disclosure of privileged materials, denying protective orders, or imposing excessive scope; (3) venue orders, improperly denied venue motion; (4) arbitration orders, improperly compelling or refusing to compel arbitration; (5) denial of jury waiver, enforcing contractual jury waiver; (6) wrongful disqualification, improperly disqualifying counsel; (7) denial of plea in abatement, dominant jurisdiction issues; (8) scheduling-order overreach, orders that effectively force trial in invalid posture.

Procedural mechanics

Mandamus proceedings are original proceedings in the appellate court, not appeals from the trial-court order. The relator files a petition with appendix in the court of appeals (or directly in the Texas Supreme Court for issues within original jurisdiction). The court may request a response from the real-party-in-interest and the trial court (the latter as a respondent). The standard of review is the Prudential two-prong test. Mandamus is granted "conditionally", the appellate court grants the petition and directs the trial court to take or undo specified action; the writ issues only if the trial court fails to comply.

Mandamus vs. interlocutory appeal

The choice between mandamus and interlocutory appeal depends on whether the underlying order falls within § 51.014's enumerated categories. If yes, interlocutory appeal is the proper vehicle and mandamus is generally unavailable. If no, mandamus is the principal alternative, though with the higher abuse-of-discretion + no-adequate-remedy threshold. Some categories overlap; the relator should identify the proper vehicle at the outset, since procedural missteps (e.g., filing a petition for permissive interlocutory appeal in a category authorizing only mandamus) waste time and may leave the underlying issue unreviewed.

Practical context

For Texas commercial litigants, mandamus is among the most strategically important tools in the appellate toolkit, but also one of the most demanding. The Prudential standard is high; appellate courts deny mandamus far more often than they grant. Best practice: (1) confirm the order is not subject to interlocutory appeal before resorting to mandamus; (2) identify the specific abuse of discretion with reference to controlling case law; (3) develop the no-adequate-remedy analysis by reference to specific harm that ordinary appeal cannot remedy (cost, delay, irreversibility, undermining of important rights); (4) act quickly, laches doctrine applies, and delays of weeks can be fatal; (5) prepare a tight, well-organized petition that frames the issue as the appellate court would receive it. Mandamus practice rewards careful issue-spotting and clear writing more than aggressive advocacy.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Interlocutory Appeal· Summary Judgment· Texas Business Court· Expert Witness Disclosure

Master Service Agreement

A framework contract under which parties agree on general terms governing multiple future service engagements, with specific engagements documented through individual Statements of Work (SOWs) that incorporate the MSA's terms. Foundational to ongoing vendor relationships.

A Master Service Agreement (MSA) is a framework contract between two parties under which the parties agree on the general terms and conditions that will govern multiple future service engagements between them. Specific engagements are then documented through individual Statements of Work (SOWs), Work Orders, or Purchase Orders that incorporate the MSA's terms. MSAs are foundational to ongoing vendor relationships, professional services arrangements, and IT and consulting engagements.

Typical structure

(1) Recitals identifying the parties and overall relationship; (2) governance terms, confidentiality, IP ownership, indemnification, limitation of liability, warranty, insurance, force majeure; (3) statement-of-work mechanism, how individual engagements are documented and what conflicts-resolution rule applies between MSA and SOW; (4) payment terms, billing, payment timing, expense reimbursement; (5) termination, for cause, for convenience, effects of termination; (6) dispute resolution and choice of law.

MSA-vs-SOW conflict resolution

Most MSAs specify how conflicts between the MSA and an SOW are resolved. The default Texas rule absent express provision is that the more specific document (typically the SOW) controls within its scope, but the MSA controls for governance terms not expressly modified.

Common drafting issues

(1) Scope creep, SOW work expanding beyond original scope without amendment; (2) IP ownership ambiguity, work product, pre-existing IP, derivative works; (3) limitation of liability inadequate to backstop the actual exposure; (4) MSA term vs. SOW term mismatch creating gaps in governance.

Practical context

MSAs are the standard structure for ongoing vendor relationships in technology, consulting, marketing services, professional services, and similar industries. The MSA's risk-allocation provisions (limitation of liability, indemnification, IP) often have far more impact on the relationship's economics than the SOW's pricing terms.

Companion article: What a Fractional GC Does

Related Terms
Statute of Frauds· Force Majeure· Indemnification (M&A)· Choice of Law / Choice of Forum

Material Adverse Change (MAC) Clause

A contractual provision permitting one party (typically the buyer) to walk away from a transaction or refuse to close if specified categories of adverse events occur to the target business between signing and closing. Allocates signing-to-closing risk.

A material adverse change (MAC) clause, sometimes called a "material adverse effect" or "MAE" clause, is a contractual provision permitting one party (typically the buyer) to walk away from a transaction or refuse to close if specified categories of adverse events occur to the target business between signing and closing. The MAC clause is the principal contractual mechanism for allocating signing-to-closing risk.

Standard structure

Most MAC clauses define "material adverse change" as a change, event, or development that has a material adverse effect on the target's business, operations, financial condition, or results of operations, taken as a whole. The definition is then qualified by extensive carve-outs.

Standard carve-outs

Excluded from MAC: (1) general economic, financial, or political conditions; (2) industry-wide conditions; (3) acts of war, terrorism, or pandemic; (4) changes in law or accounting principles; (5) actions taken at buyer's request or required by the agreement; (6) failure to meet projections (with the underlying cause potentially still constituting MAC). Some carve-outs include "disproportionate effect" qualifiers, the carve-out applies only to the extent the adverse event affects the target similarly to other industry participants.

Texas case law

Texas appellate courts have not produced as developed a body of MAC jurisprudence as Delaware. Texas courts generally follow Delaware reasoning when interpreting MAC clauses, with the Delaware Supreme Court's Akorn v. Fresenius decision (2018) establishing the modern standard: MAC requires a substantial threat to the target's overall earnings power over a commercially reasonable period measured in years, not quarters.

Practical context

Despite the prevalence of MAC clauses, successful invocations are rare. Buyers seeking to walk under a MAC face a high evidentiary burden, and Texas courts are skeptical of buyers using MAC clauses to escape transactions for other reasons. Practical use of MAC clauses is more often as renegotiation leverage than as a basis for termination.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Closing Conditions· Representations and Warranties· Letter of Intent· Disclosure Schedule

Mechanic's and Materialman's Lien

2022

A statutory lien securing payment for labor or materials furnished to improve real property. Texas recognizes both a constitutional lien (self-executing for those in direct contract with the owner) and a statutory lien under Tex. Prop. Code Ch. 53 (available to subcontractors, suppliers, and design professionals through specified notice and filing procedures). HB 2237 substantially reformed the framework for prime contracts entered after January 1, 2022.

A mechanic's and materialman's (M&M) lien is a statutory or constitutional lien securing payment for labor or materials furnished to construct or improve real property. Texas recognizes two parallel forms: (1) the constitutional lien under Article XVI, Section 37 of the Texas Constitution, self-executing, available to those in direct contractual privity with the property owner; and (2) the statutory lien under Chapter 53 of the Texas Property Code, available to a broader class of claimants (subcontractors, suppliers, design professionals) through prescribed notice and lien-affidavit procedures. House Bill 2237 (effective January 1, 2022) substantially reformed the statutory framework.

Constitutional vs. statutory lien

The constitutional lien is self-executing, it arises automatically upon performance of work or supply of materials by a person in direct contractual privity with the owner. No filing is required for the lien to exist between the parties, though recording is necessary to bind subsequent purchasers. The statutory lien requires affirmative compliance with the notice and lien-affidavit procedures of Chapter 53 but extends to a broader class of claimants, subcontractors and lower-tier parties not in privity with the owner.

Filing deadlines (post-HB 2237)

For original contracts entered on or after January 1, 2022, lien-affidavit filing deadlines under § 53.052 are: (1) original contractor on residential project, 15th day of the 3rd month after the month of completion, termination, or abandonment; (2) original contractor on non-residential project, 15th day of the 4th month after such month; (3) subcontractor on residential project, 15th day of the 3rd month after the month the claimant last provided labor or materials; (4) subcontractor on non-residential project, 15th day of the 4th month after such month; (5) retainage claim, 15th day of the 3rd month after the month the original contract was completed, terminated, or abandoned (with separate § 53.103 30-day deadline issues to navigate carefully).

Notice requirements

Subcontractors and lower-tier claimants must serve statutory notice on the owner and original contractor. Post-HB 2237, the second-month notice for second-tier subcontractors is eliminated; all derivative claimants now use the third-month notice deadline. The notice may be served by certified mail, in-person, or by other traceable private delivery with proof of receipt. Claims for retainage require a separate § 53.057 notice in addition to the lien affidavit.

Foreclosure deadline (post-HB 2237)

Under amended § 53.158, the deadline to file suit to foreclose a perfected statutory lien is one year from the last date the claimant could have filed the lien affidavit under § 53.052. The parties may agree to extend the deadline, but not beyond the second anniversary of the lien-filing deadline; the agreement must be in writing, made before the one-year deadline expires, and recorded with the county clerk. Original contractors retain longer enforcement windows for constitutional liens.

Design-professional lien rights

HB 2237 expanded § 53.021 to grant lien rights to architects, engineers, and surveyors who provide a design, drawing, plan, plat, survey, or specification, even without direct contractual privity with the owner. This was a significant change from prior law, which limited design-professional lien rights to those in direct contract with the owner.

Practical context

For Texas contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers, the M&M lien framework is the principal payment-protection tool on Texas construction projects. The 2022 reforms simplified some traps for the unwary (eliminating second-month notices, harmonizing retainage timing) but tightened others (one-year foreclosure deadline). The key compliance posture is (1) calendar all notice deadlines from project start; (2) document labor/material delivery monthly; (3) serve notices via certified mail with retained proof; (4) file lien affidavits promptly when payment is missed; (5) calendar foreclosure deadline; (6) consider lien releases at each pay application to demonstrate good faith and preserve relationships.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Construction Contract· Retainage· Texas Prompt Payment Act· Affidavit of Completion· Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act· Perfection

Mediation

A non-binding, confidential dispute-resolution process in which a neutral third party facilitates negotiation between the parties to reach a voluntary settlement. The mediator does not decide the dispute, only the parties can resolve it. Texas courts routinely order mediation before trial.

Mediation is a non-binding, confidential dispute-resolution process in which a neutral third party (the "mediator") facilitates negotiation between the parties to reach a voluntary settlement. The mediator does not decide the dispute, only the parties can resolve it. Texas courts routinely order mediation before trial in commercial cases.

Court-ordered mediation

Texas trial courts have broad authority to order parties to mediation under Ch. 154. Refusal to attend a court-ordered mediation may result in sanctions. The court cannot, however, force parties to settle, only to participate in good faith.

Confidentiality

Communications during mediation are confidential and inadmissible in subsequent proceedings, with limited exceptions (criminal admissions, threats of violence, abuse). § 154.073. The settlement agreement reached in mediation, however, becomes an enforceable contract once executed.

Mediator selection

Parties may agree on a mediator or have one appointed by the court. Many commercial mediators in Texas are former judges or experienced trial lawyers. Mediator fees are typically split equally between the parties unless otherwise agreed.

Practical context

Mediation resolves the substantial majority of cases that go through the process, Texas data suggests settlement rates above 70% for properly-prepared commercial mediations. The principal value is the confidential, low-stakes setting that allows parties to discuss settlement options without fear of disclosure in litigation.

Companion article: Contract Disputes in Texas

Related Terms
Arbitration· Texas Business Court

Member

An owner of a Texas LLC, the LLC equivalent of a shareholder of a corporation or partner of a partnership. Members hold "membership interests" representing economic rights and (in member-managed LLCs) governance rights.

A member is an owner of a Texas LLC, the LLC equivalent of a shareholder of a corporation or a partner of a partnership. Members hold "membership interests" that represent economic rights (to share in profits and distributions) and, in member-managed LLCs, governance rights (to vote on LLC matters). The TBOC distinguishes between "members" and "assignees", an assignee receives the economic rights associated with a transferred membership interest but does not have governance rights unless admitted as a member under the procedure required by the company agreement.

Admission

Under § 101.101, a person becomes a member of a Texas LLC: (1) at the time the LLC is formed, if the person is named as an initial member in the certificate of formation, the company agreement, or a writing executed by the organizer or initial member; or (2) after formation, in the manner provided by the company agreement, or with the consent of all members if the company agreement is silent.

No personal liability

Under § 101.114, a member is not liable for the debts, obligations, or liabilities of the LLC, including those arising under judgment, decree, or court order, except as expressly provided by statute. This is the principal feature distinguishing Texas LLC membership from general partnership.

No right to withdraw

The Texas default rule is that a member has no right to withdraw from a Texas LLC. § 101.107. This is a substantial departure from many other state LLC statutes and from older Texas partnership law. A member who wishes to exit a Texas LLC must rely on (a) a contractual buy-out or withdrawal provision in the company agreement; (b) sale of the membership interest to a third party (subject to transfer restrictions in the company agreement); (c) judicial winding up under § 11.314; (d) derivative or direct claims for breach of fiduciary duty; or (e) negotiated exit with the consent of the LLC and the remaining members.

Assignment of interest

Under § 101.108, a member may assign the member's interest in the LLC unless the company agreement provides otherwise. However, an assignee does not become a member unless admitted in accordance with the procedure required by the company agreement (or, if silent, with the consent of all other members). An assignee is entitled to the economic rights associated with the transferred interest, to receive distributions and allocations, but not to vote, inspect records, or otherwise participate in management.

No vested property right

Under § 101.106, a member or assignee has no interest in any specific property of the LLC. The LLC's property is the LLC's; the member owns the membership interest, not the underlying assets.

Information rights

Under §§ 101.501–101.502, a member has the right to inspect and copy specified LLC records on reasonable demand for any purpose reasonably related to the member's interest as a member.

Practical context

The combination of § 101.107 (no right to withdraw), § 101.108 (assignee receives only economic rights), and § 101.112 (charging order is exclusive creditor remedy) makes Texas LLC membership one of the most "locked-in" forms of business ownership in U.S. law. A Texas LLC member without a buy-sell provision in the company agreement, without a willing third-party buyer, and without grounds for judicial winding up under § 11.314 may have no practical exit at all. This is the principal reason careful drafting of the company agreement at formation is essential, particularly its exit, transfer, and buy-sell provisions.

Companion article: Starting a Business in Texas

Related Terms
Limited Liability Company· Manager· Membership Interest· Company Agreement· Capital Contribution· Distribution· Charging Order

Membership Interest

The ownership interest of a member in a Texas LLC, comprised of two analytically separate components: economic rights (rights to distributions and allocations) and governance rights (rights to vote, inspect records, and participate in management).

A membership interest is the ownership interest of a member in a Texas LLC. The Texas Business Organizations Code treats the membership interest as comprising two analytically separate components: economic rights (the right to receive distributions and allocations of profit and loss) and governance rights (the right to vote on LLC matters, to inspect records, to participate in management in a member-managed LLC, and to exercise other rights specifically reserved to members). This distinction is fundamental to Texas LLC law.

Personal property classification

Under § 101.106(b), a membership interest is personal property. A member or assignee does not have an interest in any specific property of the LLC. § 101.106(a). This classification is significant for:

(1) Estate planning. Membership interests pass under the member's will or by intestacy as personal property, not as real property even if the LLC's principal assets are real estate.

(2) Asset protection. The membership interest is the asset reachable by the member's personal creditors; the LLC's underlying property is not.

(3) Marital property. In Texas community-property analysis, the membership interest (rather than the LLC's underlying assets) is the property characterized as separate or community.

(4) Tax basis. The member's tax basis is in the membership interest, not in the LLC's underlying assets (subject to specific Internal Revenue Code basis rules).

The economic-rights / governance-rights split

Under §§ 101.108–101.110, a member may assign the economic rights associated with the membership interest without automatically transferring the governance rights. The transferee (called an "assignee") receives the right to share in the assigned distributions and allocations, but does not automatically become a member with voting and other governance rights. The assignee becomes a member only if (a) the company agreement provides for automatic admission, or (b) the other members consent to the admission as required by the company agreement.

Charging-order limitation

Under § 101.112, a judgment creditor of a member who obtains a charging order receives only the economic rights, the right to receive distributions when made, but does not become a member, does not have governance rights, and cannot foreclose on the membership interest. This is the principal Texas-distinctive asset-protection feature for membership interests. See Charging Order.

Transfer restrictions

The TBOC's default transfer rules under §§ 101.108–101.110 are routinely modified by the company agreement. Common restrictions include rights of first refusal, mandatory buy-back provisions, transfer prohibitions, and admission-of-assignee restrictions. These are typically among the most important provisions of any Texas LLC company agreement because they determine the member's effective exit options.

Death and other events affecting members

Under § 101.113, on a member's death, the member's personal representative may exercise the member's rights for the purpose of settling the deceased member's estate. The default does not give the personal representative full membership rights, only those necessary for estate administration. The company agreement may, and typically should, address this question explicitly.

Practical context

The economic-rights / governance-rights split is the conceptual foundation of Texas LLC asset protection. Properly understood, it explains why a creditor with a charging order has limited remedies, why an assignee of a membership interest is in a structurally weaker position than the original member, and why thoughtful company-agreement drafting around transfers, deaths, and divorces is essential. For Texas business owners contemplating succession planning, marital-property division, or asset-protection structures, the first analytical step is always the same: identify what the member owns (a personal-property interest comprising economic and governance rights, not the LLC's underlying assets), and then identify the rules and contractual restrictions that govern how each component of that interest may be transferred.

Companion article: Raising Capital in Texas

Related Terms
Limited Liability Company· Member· Capital Contribution· Distribution· Charging Order· Company Agreement

Merger

A TBOC-authorized transaction in which two or more entities combine, with one entity surviving and the others merging into the survivor. The surviving entity acquires all rights, property, debts, and liabilities of the merging entities by operation of law.

A merger is a TBOC-authorized transaction in which two or more entities combine, with one entity surviving and the other entity (or entities) merging into the survivor. The surviving entity acquires all rights, title, property, debts, and liabilities of the merging entities by operation of law.

Plan of merger (§ 10.002)

Must specify the names of the merging entities, the surviving entity, the manner of converting equity interests, the surviving entity's certificate of formation, and any other provisions required by the TBOC or the parties' governing documents.

Approval requirements for corporations (§ 21.452)

A merger involving a Texas corporation requires (1) board approval and (2) shareholder approval by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of outstanding voting shares, unless the certificate of formation provides for a lower threshold (which may be as low as a majority).

Class voting (§ 21.457)

Class voting on mergers is governed by § 21.457, subject to the SB 29 waiver authority under § 21.364(d)(1) (eff. May 14, 2025) permitting Texas corporations to waive separate class voting in their certificates of formation. See Class Voting.

Short-form mergers (§ 10.005)

A parent corporation owning 90% or more of a subsidiary may merge the subsidiary into itself without subsidiary-shareholder approval.

Effect of merger (§ 10.008)

On the effective date: (1) the merging entity ceases to exist; (2) the surviving entity continues; (3) all property, rights, debts, and liabilities of the merging entity pass to the surviving entity by operation of law; (4) all proceedings continue against the surviving entity.

Dissenters' rights

Texas corporate shareholders have statutory dissenters' rights in certain mergers under §§ 10.351–10.368, entitling dissenting shareholders to fair value for their shares.

Practical context

Mergers are the dominant Texas M&A structure for combinations of operating businesses where the buyer wants to acquire the entire business as a going concern with all assets and liabilities transferred by operation of law (rather than through individual asset transfers).

Companion article: Business Succession Planning in Texas

Related Terms
Corporation· Conversion· Voting· Class Voting / Series Voting· Shareholder· Asset Purchase· Stock Purchase· Reverse Merger

Mezzanine Financing

Subordinated debt financing typically positioned between senior secured debt and equity in the capital stack. Bears higher interest rates than senior debt (often 12%-18%) plus equity-like features such as warrants, conversion rights, or PIK (paid-in-kind) interest. Subordinated to senior debt by intercreditor agreement and typically secured (if at all) by a second lien or pledge of equity in the operating company.

Mezzanine financing is subordinated debt positioned between senior secured debt and equity in a borrower's capital stack. The "mezzanine" metaphor captures the layer's intermediate nature, neither pure debt nor pure equity, but combining features of both. Mezzanine financing typically bears higher interest rates than senior debt (12%-18% is a common range, though varies with credit quality and market conditions) plus equity-like features such as warrants, conversion rights, or paid-in-kind (PIK) interest that defers cash interest expense. Mezzanine is used to bridge the gap between senior debt capacity and equity availability, particularly in M&A and recapitalization transactions.

Capital structure positioning

In a typical leveraged transaction capital stack: (1) senior secured debt at the top, bank revolver and term loan with first-priority liens on operating assets; (2) mezzanine debt below senior, subordinated, often unsecured or with second-lien on operating assets, sometimes with first-lien on holding-company equity; (3) preferred equity below mezzanine, non-debt instruments with seniority over common equity; (4) common equity at the bottom. Mezzanine bridges the gap when senior lenders cap leverage at, say, 3.0x EBITDA and total acquisition leverage requires 4.5x, the additional 1.5x comes through mezzanine.

Equity kickers

Mezzanine financings typically include equity-like return features beyond cash interest, often called "equity kickers." Common structures: (1) warrants, rights to purchase equity at a stated exercise price for a stated period, often 5-10% of fully diluted equity; (2) conversion rights, option to convert debt into equity at a stated conversion price; (3) preferred equity participation; (4) contingent value rights tied to liquidity events. Equity kickers align the mezzanine lender's return with company performance and give the lender upside that pure debt could not capture.

PIK interest

Paid-in-kind (PIK) interest is interest that accrues to the principal balance rather than being paid in cash. Mezzanine debt often includes a PIK component (e.g., 12% cash + 4% PIK = 16% all-in) that defers cash outflow during the loan term. PIK interest helps the borrower preserve cash flow during a growth or integration phase but increases the absolute repayment obligation at maturity. Some mezzanine instruments are fully PIK ("PIK toggles") with full deferral of cash interest at the borrower's option for some period.

Subordination structure

Mezzanine debt is subordinated to senior debt by intercreditor agreement (see Intercreditor Agreement). Typical subordination provisions: (1) payment subordination, mezzanine receives no cash payments during senior payment defaults; (2) lien subordination, if mezzanine has a second lien, it ranks behind senior in collateral proceeds; (3) enforcement standstill, mezzanine may not exercise remedies for a stated period after senior default notice; (4) turnover, mezzanine agrees to turn over to senior any payments received in violation of subordination. The intercreditor structure is typically heavily negotiated.

Maturity and prepayment

Mezzanine debt typically matures after senior debt, 6-8 years compared to senior maturity of 5-7 years. Prepayment is typically subject to a "make-whole" or "prepayment premium" structure: 3% in year 1, declining to 0% by year 4 or 5. This protects the mezzanine lender's expected yield against rapid refinancing. Mezzanine maturities are often "non-callable" for an initial period (typically 1-3 years), preventing the borrower from refinancing immediately even with prepayment premium.

Texas usury considerations

The 18% Texas commercial loan ceiling under § 303.009 creates drafting considerations for mezzanine deals approaching that rate. Standard practice: (1) careful definition of "interest" to exclude warrants and equity kickers (which are not "interest" if properly structured); (2) usury savings clauses providing that any interest exceeding the legal maximum is automatically reduced; (3) careful structuring of fees and prepayment premiums (some count as interest, some do not); (4) consideration of choice-of-law provisions selecting jurisdictions with higher usury ceilings or favorable mezzanine rules (Delaware, New York). Aggressive structures should be reviewed by counsel familiar with Texas usury doctrine.

Practical context

For Texas middle-market borrowers, mezzanine financing is a common option in (1) acquisition financing, bridging the senior-debt-to-purchase-price gap; (2) growth capital, funding expansion without dilutive equity issuance; (3) recapitalizations, funding owner buyouts or generational transitions; (4) refinancings, replacing maturing equity or stretched senior debt. The trade-off: mezzanine is more expensive than senior debt (often 12%-18% all-in vs. 8%-10% for senior) but cheaper than equity (which has no nominal cost but represents permanent dilution). Mezzanine is most attractive when the borrower has growth visibility supporting the higher cost and where dilution of existing equity is undesirable.

Companion article: Business Succession Planning in Texas

Related Terms
Promissory Note· Intercreditor Agreement· Guaranty Agreement· Covenant (Financial)· Usury· Shareholder

Money Transmitter

2025

A person or entity engaged in the business of receiving money from one party for transmission to another; subject to federal registration as a money services business and to state-by-state licensing.

A money transmitter is a person or entity engaged in the business of receiving money or its monetary value (including virtual currency) for transmission to another person or location. Money transmitters include traditional remittance providers, prepaid card issuers, payment processors operating in certain capacities, peer-to-peer payment apps, and many cryptocurrency businesses.

Money transmitters are regulated at both the federal and state level. Federally, money transmitters are a category of "money services business" (MSB) and must register with the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) under the Bank Secrecy Act. The federal registration imposes anti-money-laundering compliance obligations including customer identification, transaction monitoring, and suspicious activity reporting.

Most U.S. states (Montana being a notable exception) require money transmitters to obtain a state license. The licensing requirements vary substantially by state and typically include net worth, surety bond, financial reporting, and ongoing examination requirements. The Conference of State Bank Supervisors has worked to harmonize state licensing through the Money Transmitter Modernization Act, but state-by-state licensing remains the practical reality.

Texas requirements

In Texas, money transmission is regulated by the Texas Department of Banking under the Texas Money Services Modernization Act, codified at Tex. Fin. Code Chapter 152. Texas requires a money transmission license, surety bond, and ongoing reporting. Virtual currency transmission is generally subject to Texas money transmission licensing, with Texas Department of Banking guidance providing specific application criteria.

Motion in Limine

A pretrial motion seeking the trial court's preliminary ruling on the admissibility of specified evidence, typically to exclude evidence that is irrelevant, unduly prejudicial, or otherwise objectionable. A granted limine motion does not finally exclude the evidence, it requires the proponent to approach the bench before mentioning the evidence in front of the jury, allowing the court to revisit admissibility in context.

A motion in limine is a pretrial motion seeking the trial court's preliminary ruling on the admissibility of specified evidence, typically to prevent jury exposure to evidence that is irrelevant, unduly prejudicial, hearsay, character evidence, settlement communications, insurance, prior bad acts, or otherwise objectionable. Unlike a motion to exclude, a granted limine motion does not finally exclude the evidence, it requires the proponent to approach the bench before mentioning the evidence in the jury's presence, allowing the court to revisit admissibility in the context of trial.

The limine procedure

Limine motions are typically filed and heard at the pretrial conference, often jointly with motions to exclude expert testimony, motions to bifurcate, and other pretrial-management matters. The procedure: (1) written motion identifying specific evidence to be excluded, with supporting argument; (2) response from opposing party; (3) hearing, often informal, addressing the merits; (4) order granting or denying. A granted limine order typically requires the proponent to approach the bench before referencing the evidence; the trial court then revisits admissibility, often hearing the evidence outside the jury's presence before deciding.

Limine vs. motion to exclude

Limine motions and motions to exclude are functionally similar but procedurally distinct. Motion to exclude: seeks a final pretrial ruling that specified evidence is inadmissible at trial. Motion in limine: seeks a preliminary ruling that the evidence may not be referenced in the jury's presence without first approaching the bench. The limine procedure preserves the trial court's flexibility, evidence ruled inadmissible in the abstract may be admitted if its proponent can lay the proper foundation or if the opposing party "opens the door." For evidence that is clearly inadmissible (settlement amounts, liability insurance, prior convictions of a witness for impeachment without proper notice), a motion to exclude provides cleaner relief.

Common limine subjects

Recurring categories of limine motions in commercial cases: (1) settlement communications, Rule 408 protects most settlement discussions; (2) liability insurance, Rule 411 generally bars reference; (3) prior judgments and findings, generally not admissible to prove the underlying conduct; (4) other lawsuits, typically excluded as character evidence or unduly prejudicial; (5) "golden rule" arguments, asking jurors to put themselves in the plaintiff's place; (6) per diem damages arguments, limitations on calculating damages by reference to time; (7) witness criminal records, Rule 609 limits impeachment use; (8) references to claims previously dismissed or summary-judged; (9) references to prior trial outcomes; (10) discovery sanctions, generally inadmissible at trial.

Preservation of error

The single most common Texas trap: a limine ruling alone does not preserve error for appeal. Acord v. General Motors Corp., 669 S.W.2d 111 (Tex. 1984), and progeny require that the objecting party also object when the evidence is offered at trial. The limine ruling preserves the issue only for purposes of preventing inadvertent jury exposure; the trial-time objection is what preserves admissibility for appellate review. Failure to object at trial waives the limine-protected issue. Many appeals fail because counsel relied on the limine ruling without making the trial objection.

Violations of limine orders

When opposing counsel violates a limine order, referencing protected evidence in the jury's presence without first approaching the bench, the appropriate response is immediate objection, motion to strike, request for instruction, and motion for mistrial if the violation is severe. The trial court has discretion to impose remedies ranging from instruction-to-disregard (most common) through mistrial (in egregious cases). Limine violations rarely produce mistrial but frequently produce strong instructions to the jury, which can be useful for the objecting party's case.

Practical context

For Texas commercial trial counsel, limine practice is often the deciding factor in trial preparation. Best practice: (1) prepare comprehensive limine motions covering all categories of objectionable evidence the opposing party may seek to introduce; (2) tailor specifically to the case, generic limine motions are routinely denied; (3) brief the supporting evidentiary rules clearly, with case citations; (4) preserve at trial, make the objection again when the evidence is offered, even if the limine motion was granted; (5) prepare for opposing limine motions with detailed responses showing why the evidence is admissible and necessary. Limine motions are often the trial counsel's last clean opportunity to shape what the jury will hear.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Daubert and Robinson Standards· Expert Witness Disclosure· Summary Judgment· Jury Charge

Motion to Dismiss

A request to terminate a case (or specific claims) before merits discovery and trial, on grounds that the pleading fails to state a viable claim or that some other procedural defect bars the action. Texas TRCP 91a (no basis in law or fact) and federal Rule 12(b) provide overlapping but distinct mechanisms.

A motion to dismiss is a request to the court to terminate a case (or specific claims) before merits discovery and trial, on grounds that the pleading fails to state a viable claim or that some other procedural defect bars the action. Texas and federal practice provide overlapping but distinct dismissal mechanisms.

Texas Rule 91a, dismissal of baseless claims

Texas's TRCP 91a, adopted in 2013, allows a motion to dismiss claims that have "no basis in law or fact." A claim has no basis in law if the allegations, taken as true, do not entitle the claimant to the relief sought. A claim has no basis in fact if no reasonable person could believe the facts pleaded.

The 91a motion is decided based on the pleadings alone, no evidence may be considered. The motion must be filed within 60 days of service of the challenged pleading and decided within 45 days of filing. Successful 91a movants are entitled to attorney's fees.

Federal Rule 12(b) motions

Federal Rule 12(b) provides seven grounds for pre-answer dismissal: (1) lack of subject matter jurisdiction; (2) lack of personal jurisdiction; (3) improper venue; (4) insufficient process; (5) insufficient service of process; (6) failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted; and (7) failure to join a necessary party. Rule 12(b)(6) (failure to state a claim) is the most-used.

Twombly/Iqbal plausibility standard

Under Twombly and Iqbal, federal Rule 12(b)(6) motions are evaluated against a plausibility standard, the complaint must contain "enough facts to state a claim to relief that is plausible on its face," not merely possible. Conclusory allegations and threadbare recitals of the elements of a claim do not survive.

Other Texas dismissal mechanisms

Plea to the jurisdiction: challenges the court's subject matter jurisdiction; not waivable.

Special exceptions (TRCP 90–91): challenge defects in pleadings that are not fatal but require amendment.

Practical context

Texas's TRCP 91a is more procedurally favorable to defendants than the pre-2013 special-exception practice, but the substantive standard ("no basis in law or fact") remains less stringent than federal Rule 12(b)(6) plausibility. Strategic defendants in Texas often consider whether removal to federal court, and the resulting Twombly/Iqbal exposure, is worth pursuing.

Companion article: The CEO's Guide to Getting Sued

Related Terms
Petition / Complaint· Answer· Subject Matter Jurisdiction· Summary Judgment

N

No-Shop Provision

A contractual provision prohibiting the seller (or one party) from soliciting, encouraging, or accepting competing offers during a defined period, typically while a transaction is being negotiated and documented. Standard in M&A letters of intent, definitive agreements, and venture term sheets. Public-company no-shops typically include "fiduciary out" provisions allowing acceptance of superior unsolicited offers consistent with directors' fiduciary duties. Private-company no-shops are typically absolute.

A No-Shop Provision is a contractual provision prohibiting the seller (or one party) from soliciting, encouraging, or accepting competing offers during a defined period, typically while a transaction is being negotiated and documented. No-shops are standard in M&A letters of intent, definitive agreements, and venture term sheets. They protect the buyer's investment in due diligence and legal costs by ensuring exclusive negotiation. Public-company no-shops typically include "fiduciary out" provisions allowing acceptance of superior unsolicited offers consistent with directors' fiduciary duties; private-company no-shops are typically absolute.

Standard no-shop terms

Comprehensive no-shop provisions include: (1) scope of prohibited activity, solicitation, negotiation, providing information; (2) covered transactions, competing acquisition, merger, recapitalization, joint venture; (3) covered counterparties, typically includes intermediaries, advisors; (4) duration, typically 30-90 days for term sheets; through closing for definitive agreements; (5) notification obligations, duty to notify of unsolicited inquiries; (6) break-up fee, payment if seller terminates for competing offer; (7) specific performance, equitable remedies for breach; (8) fiduciary out, narrow exception for public-company directors.

Public-company fiduciary out

Delaware law (Revlon, Paramount/QVC, Omnicare) imposes fiduciary duties on public-company directors that limit no-shop enforceability. Standard fiduciary-out provisions: (1) unsolicited proposal received without breach of no-shop; (2) superior proposal determination, economically superior, reasonably likely to close; (3) matching right, original buyer can match; (4) termination right with break-up fee. Without fiduciary out, no-shop may be unenforceable as breach of fiduciary duty (Omnicare). Practical implication: public-company sellers cannot agree to absolute no-shop.

Private-company no-shops

Private companies face fewer fiduciary constraints. Private-company no-shops are typically: (1) absolute during stated period; (2) with strict notice obligations for unsolicited approaches; (3) with break-up fees in some structures; (4) supported by specific performance remedies. Private-company sellers retain more flexibility through negotiation but typically agree to genuine exclusivity to access buyer's diligence investment. Private-equity sellers and strategic sellers face different tactical considerations.

Break-up fees

Break-up fees compensate the buyer if the seller terminates the transaction for a competing offer: (1) typical range, 1-3% of deal value; (2) structure, payable on execution of competing definitive agreement OR completion of competing transaction; (3) reverse break-up fee, paid by buyer if buyer fails to close (financing, regulatory); (4) matching rights, original buyer's right to match competing offer before triggering break-up fee. Break-up fees compensate buyer for diligence and opportunity costs.

Drafting considerations

Effective no-shop drafting: (1) broad activity scope, cover discussions, negotiations, providing information; (2) broad counterparty scope, include intermediaries, financial advisors; (3) notice obligations, for any inquiry; (4) response obligations, typically reject and inform original buyer; (5) specific performance available; (6) survival, through closing or termination. Sophisticated drafting balances buyer protection with seller flexibility for fiduciary obligations.

Practical context

For Texas M&A and venture deal-makers, no-shop provisions are critical negotiation points. Best practice for buyers: (1) require comprehensive no-shop with notice obligations; (2) include break-up fee for substantial diligence/legal investment; (3) include specific performance remedy; (4) for public-company targets, accept fiduciary out within limits. For sellers: (1) negotiate no-shop duration carefully, 30-45 days typical for term sheets; (2) for public-company targets, ensure proper fiduciary out provisions; (3) limit covered transactions to actual competitors; (4) negotiate match rights. For private equity: (1) standardize no-shop templates by deal type; (2) coordinate with reverse break-up fees and financing contingencies. Common pitfall: vague no-shop language allowing seller to engage in competing discussions without technically violating provision.

Companion article: Selling Your Business

Related Terms
Letter of Intent· Term Sheet· Asset Purchase· Stock Purchase· Fiduciary Duty

Noncompete Agreement / Covenant Not to Compete

2025

A contractual restriction prohibiting an employee, after employment ends, from competing with the former employer within a specified geographic area, time period, and scope of activity. SB 1318 (eff. Sept. 1, 2025) added new restrictions for healthcare practitioners.

A noncompete agreement (or "covenant not to compete") is a contractual restriction prohibiting an employee, after employment ends, from competing with the former employer within a specified geographic area, time period, and scope of activity. Texas enforces noncompetes under a specific statutory framework that diverges from common-law principles in many other states.

General enforceability standard

Under § 15.50(a), a noncompete is enforceable if (1) it is "ancillary to or part of an otherwise enforceable agreement" at the time the agreement is made; and (2) it contains limitations on time, geographical area, and scope of activity to be restrained that are reasonable and do not impose a greater restraint than necessary to protect the goodwill or other business interest of the promisee.

The "otherwise enforceable agreement" requirement

The noncompete cannot stand alone, it must accompany a separate enforceable agreement. Under Light and Mann Frankfort, the underlying agreement most commonly involves the employer's promise to provide the employee with confidential information, trade secrets, or specialized training. Continued at-will employment alone is insufficient consideration. Under Marsh USA, stock option grants and similar equity-based consideration also satisfy the requirement, broadening the universe of enforceable noncompete structures.

Reasonableness

Texas courts evaluate three reasonableness dimensions: time (typical: 6 months to 2 years), geographic area (typical: limited to the employee's actual sales territory or office reach), and scope of activity (typical: limited to the specific role or competing services the employee performed). Overbroad agreements are subject to judicial reformation under § 15.51, Texas courts narrow rather than void unreasonable agreements.

SB 1318 healthcare practitioner restrictions (eff. Sept. 1, 2025)

New § 15.501 imposes specific limits on noncompetes against healthcare practitioners, physicians, dentists, nurses, and physician assistants. Among the requirements: (1) for physicians, geographic restrictions limited to a five-mile radius from primary practice location; (2) maximum one-year duration; (3) buyout cap not exceeding the practitioner's annual salary; (4) patient access protections, including continuity of care and access to patient records; (5) for non-physician practitioners, similar structural limits but without the "good cause" termination protection. Amended § 15.52 confirms that §§ 15.50, 15.501, and 15.51 are exclusive, preempting common-law alternatives.

Federal context

The FTC's April 2024 noncompete ban was permanently blocked by federal court injunction; the FTC abandoned its appeal in September 2025 and shifted to industry-by-industry case enforcement. Texas-law analysis controls for nearly all Texas-based employment noncompetes.

Practical context

Texas's noncompete framework is more employer-friendly than most states' frameworks but is not unlimited. Sophisticated employer practice involves: (1) tying the noncompete to a robust grant of confidential information at the start of employment; (2) drafting reasonable time, geographic, and scope limits; (3) including provisions for judicial reformation if a court finds the agreement overbroad; and (4) for healthcare employers, full SB 1318 compliance from September 1, 2025 forward.

Companion article: Non-Competes in Texas

Related Terms
Nonsolicitation Agreement· Trade Secret· Confidentiality Agreement· Employment Agreement· At-Will Employment

Nonjudicial Foreclosure

A foreclosure conducted under a deed of trust's power-of-sale provision without court involvement. The trustee sells the property at public auction on the first Tuesday of the month between 10 a.m. and 4 p.m. on the courthouse steps in the county where the property is located. Texas Property Code § 51.002 governs notice requirements: 20-day notice of default and intent to accelerate, then notice of sale at least 21 days before the sale date.

Nonjudicial foreclosure is a foreclosure conducted under a deed of trust's contractual power of sale, without court involvement. The trustee (typically a substitute trustee appointed by the lender) sells the property at public auction on the first Tuesday of the month, between 10 a.m. and 4 p.m., at the location designated in the county where the property is located (typically courthouse steps or a designated commissioners-court area). Texas's nonjudicial foreclosure framework, codified principally in Property Code § 51.002, is one of the most lender-friendly foreclosure regimes in the United States, completing a foreclosure in roughly 60-90 days from default in commercial cases.

Notice of default and intent to accelerate

Section 51.002(d) requires that the mortgage servicer serve the debtor with a notice of default and intent to accelerate, providing at least 20 days to cure the default before notice of sale may be served. The notice must (1) identify the default; (2) state the amount required to cure; (3) state the deadline for cure; (4) inform the debtor of the right to reinstate. The 20-day period is the residential statutory minimum and is non-waivable for principal-residence foreclosures. For commercial property, the contractual notice provisions of the deed of trust govern, often providing 30 days or more.

Notice of sale

After the cure period expires without cure, Section 51.002(b) requires the lender to (1) file the notice of sale with the county clerk; (2) post the notice at the courthouse door designated by the commissioners court; (3) serve a written notice to the debtor by certified mail. The notice of sale must be filed, posted, and served at least 21 days before the foreclosure sale date. Section 51.002(f-1) (effective for certain time periods) requires posting on the county's internet website. Defective notice, wrong dates, wrong amounts, omission of required content, can invalidate the foreclosure sale.

The first-Tuesday rule

Foreclosure sales must occur on the first Tuesday of the month, regardless of holidays. The sale must occur between 10 a.m. and 4 p.m. local time, in a three-hour window stated in the notice. The sale takes place at the designated location (courthouse steps or commissioners-designated area) in the county where the property is located. Foreclosure auctioneers conduct multiple sales each first Tuesday, the formal auction format takes only a few minutes per property. Most properties receive a single bid (the lender's credit bid); occasionally third-party bidders compete, particularly for properties with substantial equity above the debt.

Conduct of the sale

The trustee opens bidding, typically with a credit bid by the lender (an offset against the debt rather than cash). Third-party bidders must demonstrate ability to pay cash. The property is sold "as is, where is" without warranties (other than warranty of title to the extent provided in the deed of trust) under § 51.009. The highest bidder receives a trustee's deed (or substitute trustee's deed) which is recorded with the county clerk to evidence the conveyance. Cash bidders must tender payment same-day; the trustee delivers the deed against the cash payment.

Wrongful foreclosure

Borrowers can challenge a completed foreclosure through wrongful-foreclosure claims, typically asserting (1) defective notice; (2) failure to satisfy preconditions to sale; (3) pretextual default (lender accepted late payments inconsistent with strict performance); (4) breach of duty (rare, given trustee's limited duties under § 51.0074); (5) "grossly inadequate" sale price under prior case law standards. Successful wrongful-foreclosure claims can result in setting aside the sale, monetary damages, or attorney's fees in narrow circumstances. Section 51.007 provides procedures for dismissing trustees from such litigation when named solely in their capacity as trustees.

Statute of limitations

Section 16.035 of the Civil Practice and Remedies Code imposes a four-year limitations period on real-property foreclosure, typically running from acceleration (where the loan has an acceleration clause). A barred lien is unenforceable; the underlying personal obligation may continue to exist but cannot be enforced through foreclosure. Lenders should calendar acceleration dates carefully and consider rescission of acceleration where enforcement will be delayed past the four-year mark.

Practical context

For Texas commercial real estate borrowers facing potential foreclosure, the nonjudicial framework's speed creates urgency. From notice of default to foreclosure sale, the process can complete in 50-60 days. Best practice for borrowers: (1) act immediately upon receipt of notice of default, cure or negotiate before notice of sale issues; (2) verify proper notice content and service (notice defects can support TROs blocking the sale); (3) consider deed-in-lieu, short sale, or forbearance agreement as alternatives to forced sale; (4) calendar the sale date and consider TRO if reasonable defense exists; (5) for commercial properties with substantial equity, consider chapter 11 to invoke the automatic stay and pursue a plan-based outcome. For lenders, the speed of nonjudicial foreclosure is a powerful collection tool but requires meticulous compliance with notice and procedural requirements.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Deed of Trust· Deficiency Judgment· Default· Acceleration Clause· Promissory Note· Guaranty Agreement

Nonsolicitation Agreement

A contractual restriction prohibiting a former employee from soliciting the employer's customers, employees, or both for a specified period after employment ends. Texas treats nonsolicitation agreements as a category of restraint on trade subject to the same statutory framework as noncompete agreements.

A nonsolicitation agreement is a contractual restriction prohibiting a former employee from soliciting the employer's customers, employees, or both for a specified period after employment ends. Texas treats nonsolicitation agreements as a category of restraint on trade subject to the same statutory framework as noncompete agreements.

Two principal forms

Customer nonsolicitation: prohibits the former employee from soliciting business from customers of the former employer with whom the employee had material contact during employment. This is the more common and more readily enforced form.

Employee nonsolicitation (or "no-poach"): prohibits the former employee from recruiting or soliciting the former employer's other employees to leave their employment. Under Marsh USA, employee nonsolicitation provisions are subject to § 15.50, meaning they must be ancillary to an otherwise enforceable agreement and reasonable in scope.

Reasonableness factors

Customer nonsolicitation agreements are typically more readily enforced than full noncompete agreements because they impose a narrower restraint on the employee's ability to earn a living. Texas courts examine: (1) duration (typical: 1–2 years); (2) the customer scope (limited to customers the employee served or learned about during employment, not all customers of the employer); and (3) the activities prohibited (active solicitation versus accepting unsolicited business).

Practical context

Many Texas employers use customer nonsolicitation provisions in lieu of full noncompetes for sales and account-management roles, achieving substantial protection of customer relationships without the broader restriction of geographic noncompete. Employee nonsolicitation provisions are subject to greater scrutiny since Marsh USA and require careful drafting.

Companion article: Non-Competes in Texas

Related Terms
Noncompete Agreement· Trade Secret· Confidentiality Agreement· Employment Agreement

O

Officer

2025

An individual elected or appointed by the board of directors to manage the day-to-day affairs of a Texas corporation under the board's supervision. Common officers include president, secretary, treasurer, and CEO. Officers act as agents of the corporation.

An officer of a Texas corporation is an individual elected or appointed by the board of directors to manage the day-to-day affairs of the corporation under the board's supervision. Common officers include the president, secretary, treasurer, and chief executive officer. Officers act as agents of the corporation; their authority derives from the corporation's certificate of formation, bylaws, board resolutions, and Texas common-law agency principles.

Required officers

Texas does not statutorily require any specific officer titles. Under § 21.301, the corporation's bylaws or a board resolution determines what officers exist, their titles, and their respective duties. The same person may hold multiple officer positions.

Appointment, removal, term

Officers are typically appointed by the board of directors at the first meeting following the annual shareholder meeting. § 21.302. Under § 21.305, an officer may be removed by the board with or without cause; the removed officer's contract rights, if any, are unaffected by removal.

Authority to bind the corporation

Officers bind the corporation through actual authority (express grants in bylaws or resolutions) and apparent authority (acts within the scope of authority that third parties reasonably believe an officer holds). § 21.303. The president and chief executive officer typically have broad apparent authority for acts in the ordinary course; specialized acts (real estate transactions, large borrowings, asset sales) often require board authorization.

Fiduciary duties and SB 29

Officers owe fiduciary duties to the corporation under Texas common law, duties of care, loyalty, and obedience, paralleling director duties. See Fiduciary Duty. Effective May 14, 2025, the codified business judgment rule under § 21.419 (added by SB 29) extends rebuttable statutory presumptions of good faith, informed basis, corporate-interest furtherance, and legal compliance to officers of publicly-traded and opt-in corporations. See Business Judgment Rule.

Indemnification

Officers are entitled to mandatory indemnification under § 8.051 when wholly successful in defense of a proceeding, and may receive permissive indemnification under §§ 8.101–8.102 subject to the standards-of-conduct test. See Indemnification (Corporate).

Practical context

The TBOC's flexibility on officer designation contrasts with older state statutes that required specific titles (president, secretary, treasurer). Texas corporations may structure their executive ranks however the bylaws and board direct, including modern titles such as Chief Operating Officer, Chief Legal Officer, or Managing Director. Officer selection and authority documentation are routine but consequential, a corporate transaction signed by an unauthorized officer may be void or voidable.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Director· Corporation· Bylaws· Fiduciary Duty· Business Judgment Rule· Indemnification (Corporate)

Open-Source License

A copyright license that grants users the right to access, modify, and redistribute the source code of software, subject to specified obligations. Divided between permissive licenses (MIT, Apache, BSD) imposing minimal conditions, and copyleft licenses (GPL, AGPL, LGPL) requiring derivative works to be released under the same license.

An open-source license is a copyright license that grants users the right to access, modify, and redistribute the source code of software, subject to specified conditions. Open-source licenses fall into two principal categories: permissive licenses (MIT, Apache 2.0, BSD), which impose minimal obligations on downstream users; and copyleft licenses (GPL, AGPL, LGPL), which require derivative works to be released under the same license. The choice between categories has substantial commercial consequences.

Permissive licenses

MIT, Apache 2.0, and BSD licenses permit virtually any use, modification, or redistribution, with only modest attribution and notice obligations. The Apache 2.0 license adds an explicit patent grant from contributors and a patent-retaliation clause. Permissive licenses do not require derivative works to be open-sourced. Most modern enterprise software stacks combine code under permissive licenses with proprietary code without infecting the proprietary portion.

Copyleft licenses

The GNU General Public License (GPL) requires that any derivative work distributed to third parties be made available under the same GPL terms, including the requirement to provide source code. This is the "copyleft" obligation. The Lesser GPL (LGPL) softens this for libraries linked to proprietary code. The Affero GPL (AGPL) extends the obligation to network use, running AGPL software on a server accessed by users over a network triggers the source-code obligation, even without distribution.

License compatibility and stacking

Combining code under different open-source licenses is permissible only when the licenses are compatible. GPL is incompatible with most non-GPL licenses for purposes of linking GPL code into a larger work. Apache 2.0 and GPL v2 are incompatible; Apache 2.0 and GPL v3 are compatible (in one direction). Compatibility analysis is fact-specific and should be done before any code is incorporated into a commercial product.

Commercial risk in copyleft

The principal commercial risk is unintended copyleft contamination of proprietary code. Static linking to GPL libraries, incorporating GPL code into a proprietary application, or using AGPL code in a SaaS deployment can trigger source-code disclosure obligations covering the entire combined work. Texas software companies acquiring code from contractors or in M&A should perform license audits as part of due diligence.

Practical context

Open-source license obligations have become a standard M&A diligence item, buyers run automated license-scanning tools across the target's codebase. Texas businesses building software products should maintain a software bill of materials (SBOM) tracking every open-source dependency and its license. The cost of a license-compliance program is small compared to the cost of GPL contamination discovered during a sale process.

Companion article: Licensing Your IP in Texas

Related Terms
License Agreement· Software License Agreement· Copyright· Due Diligence· Representations and Warranties

Option Pool

A reserved block of common stock authorized for issuance as equity compensation to employees, advisors, directors, and consultants. Typically structured under a Stock Incentive Plan or Equity Incentive Plan. Standard pool size: 10-20% of fully-diluted post-money capitalization for VC-backed companies. Includes Incentive Stock Options (ISOs, tax-advantaged for employees), Non-Qualified Stock Options (NSOs), Restricted Stock Awards (RSAs), and Restricted Stock Units (RSUs).

An Option Pool is a reserved block of common stock authorized for issuance as equity compensation to employees, advisors, directors, and consultants. Standard option pools are structured under a Stock Incentive Plan or Equity Incentive Plan. Standard pool size: 10-20% of fully-diluted post-money capitalization for VC-backed companies. The pool typically includes various equity instruments: Incentive Stock Options (ISOs, tax-advantaged for employees), Non-Qualified Stock Options (NSOs), Restricted Stock Awards (RSAs), and Restricted Stock Units (RSUs). Pool sizing and refresh is among the most negotiated cap table issues.

Stock incentive plan adoption

Option pool requires adoption of formal Stock Incentive Plan: (1) board approval of plan terms; (2) stockholder approval, required for ISO qualification under § 422; (3) plan terms, pool size, eligible recipients, types of awards, vesting parameters, expiration, transferability; (4) amendments, typically require board approval; some material amendments require stockholder approval. Plans typically allow flexibility, different vesting schedules, exercise prices, and award types within plan parameters.

ISO vs. NSO

Two principal option types: (1) Incentive Stock Options (ISOs), § 422; tax-advantaged for employees; no income tax at grant or exercise (subject to AMT); long-term capital gains on sale if holding period met (2 years from grant + 1 year from exercise); $100K annual vesting limit; only employees eligible; 10-year maximum term; exercise price ≥ FMV at grant; (2) Non-Qualified Stock Options (NSOs), no special tax treatment; ordinary income on exercise (spread between FMV and exercise price); broader eligibility (employees, contractors, advisors, directors); fewer constraints. Most companies use mix of ISOs (for employees) and NSOs (for others).

Section 409A and exercise pricing

Section 409A imposes substantial penalties on options with exercise prices below fair market value at grant. Standard practice: (1) 409A valuation, independent valuation determining FMV at grant; (2) annual valuation at minimum; updates for material events; (3) safe harbor, using independent appraiser provides safe harbor against 409A challenge; (4) penalties, if 409A violated, holder owes immediate income tax plus 20% additional tax plus interest. 409A compliance is non-negotiable for legitimate option grants. 409A valuations typically cost $5K-$15K annually.

Vesting schedules

Standard vesting: (1) 4-year vesting with 1-year cliff, most common; 25% vests after 12 months, then monthly vesting over remaining 36 months; (2) monthly vesting without cliff, for senior hires or specific arrangements; (3) milestone vesting, vesting tied to specific business milestones; less common; (4) accelerated vesting, provisions for acceleration on change of control (single-trigger or double-trigger). Founder vesting often parallels but with negotiated acceleration provisions.

Acceleration provisions

Common acceleration provisions: (1) single-trigger, full or partial vesting on change of control alone; common for founders; (2) double-trigger, full or partial vesting on change of control PLUS termination without cause within specified period (typically 12 months); standard for senior employees; (3) partial acceleration, typically 12 months of additional vesting; (4) full acceleration, all unvested options vest. Acceleration provisions are heavily negotiated; investors typically prefer no/minimal acceleration; founders/employees prefer full acceleration. Common compromise: double-trigger with full acceleration.

Pool sizing and refresh

Pool sizing decisions: (1) initial pool, at incorporation, often 10-20% of common; (2) pre-Series A pool, often expanded to 15-20% post-money for first VC round; (3) refresh at each round, typically maintained at 10-15% of fully-diluted post-money; (4) pre-money vs. post-money, investor-favorable vs. founder-favorable. Pool dilution is a significant founder concern, over multiple rounds, option pool can consume 20-30% of total equity. Modeling cumulative dilution is essential.

Rule 701 securities exemption

Rule 701 provides federal securities law exemption for compensatory grants by non-public companies: (1) no aggregate limit; (2) per-grant limits, based on issuer assets, shares outstanding, or recipient count; (3) disclosure requirements, for grants exceeding $10M in any 12-month period, formal disclosure required; (4) relationship requirement, recipients must be employees, directors, consultants, or advisors. Rule 701 is the standard exemption for option grants; combined with state-law exemptions (typically in parallel), it covers most private-company option practice.

RSAs vs. RSUs

Other equity instruments often used alongside or instead of options: (1) Restricted Stock Awards (RSAs), actual stock issued at grant subject to vesting/forfeiture; common for founder grants; § 83(b) election available to elect taxation at grant; (2) Restricted Stock Units (RSUs), promise to issue stock at future date when vested; common at later-stage and public companies; income tax at vesting (no §83(b) available); (3) Phantom Equity, cash-settled rights tracking equity value. Each instrument has different tax, accounting, and economic implications.

Practical context

For Texas startups, option pool design and management is critical. Best practice: (1) adopt formal Stock Incentive Plan with stockholder approval; (2) obtain 409A valuation before option grants, annual updates minimum; (3) document all grants with formal grant agreements and vesting schedules; (4) coordinate ISO vs. NSO designations based on recipient type; (5) maintain accurate cap table including option pool tracking; (6) plan pool sizing with eye to multi-round dilution; (7) for senior hires, negotiate acceleration provisions thoughtfully (double-trigger standard); (8) coordinate with cap table software for ongoing administration. For employees: (1) understand ISO vs. NSO tax differences; (2) consider exercise timing and §83(b) election where available; (3) review vesting schedule and acceleration provisions; (4) preserve documentation of grants and exercises. Common pitfall: companies granting options without 409A valuation or with stale valuation, creating substantial 409A exposure for option holders. 409A compliance is non-negotiable.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Section 83(b) Election· Cap Table· Preferred Stock· Term Sheet· Section 1202

P

Pass-Through Entity

A business entity that does not pay federal income tax at the entity level. Income, deductions, gains, losses, and credits "pass through" to the owners, who report their distributive shares on their individual tax returns. Includes partnerships, LLCs taxed as partnerships, S-corporations, and disregarded single-member LLCs.

A pass-through entity (also called a flow-through entity) is a business entity that does not pay federal income tax at the entity level. Instead, the entity's income, deductions, gains, losses, and credits "pass through" to the owners, who report their distributive shares on their individual income tax returns. The principal pass-through entity types are general and limited partnerships, LLCs taxed as partnerships (the default for multi-member LLCs), S-corporations, and disregarded single-member LLCs.

Pass-through types compared

The principal pass-through structures: (1) General partnership, default treatment for two or more persons carrying on a business for profit; no entity-level filing; flexible allocations; unlimited liability for partners. (2) Limited partnership, pass-through with limited liability for limited partners but at least one general partner with unlimited liability. (3) LLC taxed as partnership, most common modern structure; combines limited liability with partnership flow-through. (4) S-corporation, pass-through corporation with strict eligibility rules (100-shareholder cap, single class of stock, U.S. individuals/certain trusts only). (5) Disregarded entity, single-member LLC; treated as part of owner for federal tax purposes; activity reported on owner's Schedule C, E, or 1120 depending on owner type.

Distributive share vs. distribution

A critical pass-through concept: the owner's tax obligation is based on the entity's allocated share of income (the "distributive share" reported on the K-1), not on cash distributed. An LLC member owning 25% of a partnership reporting $400,000 of income is taxed on $100,000, regardless of whether the LLC distributed any cash. This mismatch creates phantom income and is the principal driver of tax-distribution provisions in operating agreements. See Phantom Income.

Section 199A, the QBI deduction

Pass-through owners may qualify for the Qualified Business Income deduction under § 199A (20% deduction on qualified business income), which expires for tax years beginning after December 31, 2025 unless extended. The deduction is subject to wage and qualified property limits, with reduced benefits for "specified service trade or business" activities (law, health, accounting, financial services, consulting, athletics, performing arts) above income thresholds. Taxpayers and entities should monitor 2025-2026 legislation for extension or modification.

Practical context

Pass-through structure has been the default choice for closely-held Texas businesses for decades. The 2017 reduction of the C-corp rate to 21% combined with Section 1202 has reopened the structural question for some founders, particularly those building toward an exit or seeking institutional financing. The right answer depends on (1) financing plans; (2) ownership profile; (3) distribution vs. retention strategy; (4) state-tax exposure across multiple jurisdictions; (5) exit horizon. The decision should be made deliberately and revisited at each major corporate event.

Companion article: Business Succession Planning in Texas

Related Terms
S-Corporation Election· C-Corporation Tax Treatment· Limited Liability Company· Schedule K-1· Tax Distribution Provision

Patent

A federal grant of the right to exclude others from making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing a claimed invention for a limited term. Three principal types: utility patents (functional inventions), design patents (ornamental designs), and plant patents (asexually reproduced plants). Issued by the USPTO; litigated in federal district court and the Federal Circuit.

A patent is a federal grant of the right to exclude others from making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing a claimed invention for a limited term. Patents do not grant the patentee an affirmative right to practice the invention, only the right to exclude others. Three principal types exist: utility patents (functional inventions, 20-year term from filing), design patents (ornamental product designs, 15-year term from issuance), and plant patents (asexually reproduced plants, 20-year term from filing).

Patentability requirements

A claimed invention must be (1) directed to patentable subject matter under § 101, generally machines, manufactures, compositions of matter, and processes, but excluding abstract ideas, laws of nature, and natural phenomena under Alice; (2) novel under § 102, not previously disclosed in the prior art; (3) non-obvious under § 103, not an obvious variation of the prior art to a person of ordinary skill in the art at the time of the invention; and (4) adequately disclosed under § 112, the specification must enable a skilled artisan to make and use the invention without undue experimentation.

Prosecution

Patents are obtained through prosecution before the USPTO. The applicant files a specification (description plus claims), the examiner conducts a prior-art search and issues office actions, and the applicant responds with claim amendments and arguments. Average pendency is two to three years. Prosecution history establishes the claim scope and is binding on the applicant in subsequent litigation under the doctrines of file-wrapper estoppel and disclaimer.

Infringement and remedies

Infringement is established by showing that the accused product or method meets every limitation of at least one asserted claim, either literally or under the doctrine of equivalents. Remedies include actual damages no less than a reasonable royalty under § 284, treble damages for willful infringement, attorney's fees in exceptional cases under § 285, and injunctive relief. Patent damages frequently dominate IP litigation, verdicts in the hundreds of millions are not unusual in major commercial cases.

Texas patent venue

Patent infringement cases must be filed (1) in the judicial district where the defendant resides, for corporations, the state of incorporation under TC Heartland, or (2) where the defendant has committed acts of infringement and has a regular and established place of business. The Eastern District of Texas was historically the dominant patent-litigation venue under pre-TC Heartland doctrine; the Western District of Texas (Waco Division) became prominent post-TC Heartland through the case-management practices of Judge Albright, before the 2022 reassignment order redistributed cases across the WDTX. Both districts remain significant patent venues.

Practical context

Patents are expensive to obtain (typically $15K-$30K through issuance for a single utility patent) and very expensive to enforce ($3M-$5M through trial in a typical case). For most Texas SMBs, the strategic question is not "should we patent" but "should we patent, keep as trade secret, or rely on first-mover advantage." Patenting commits to public disclosure in exchange for the time-limited exclusion right; trade secrecy preserves the information indefinitely but offers no protection against independent development or reverse engineering.

Companion article: Patents vs. Trademarks vs. Trade Secrets

Related Terms
Trade Secret· Trademark· Copyright· License Agreement· IP Assignment· Injunctive Relief

Pay-When-Paid vs. Pay-If-Paid

Two contingent-payment provisions in construction subcontracts. A "pay-when-paid" clause is a timing provision, the subcontractor will be paid within a reasonable time after the prime contractor receives payment. A "pay-if-paid" clause is a condition precedent, the subcontractor receives nothing unless the prime contractor receives payment. Both are subject to the Texas Prompt Payment Act's mandatory 7-day downstream payment rule when funds flow.

Pay-when-paid and pay-if-paid clauses are two distinct contingent-payment mechanisms used in construction subcontracts to allocate the risk of owner non-payment between the prime contractor and its subcontractors. The clauses look superficially similar but have very different legal effects. Texas courts have recognized both clause types but distinguish them carefully, and in practice the Prompt Payment Act's 7-day downstream payment rule (Property Code Ch. 28) limits how far the contingency can be pushed.

Pay-when-paid (timing provision)

A pay-when-paid clause is interpreted as merely setting the timing of payment, the subcontractor will be paid within a reasonable time after the prime contractor receives payment from the owner. If the owner ultimately does not pay, the subcontractor is still entitled to payment from the prime contractor; the prime simply has a reasonable additional time to obtain funds from another source. Texas courts default to a pay-when-paid construction unless the contract very clearly establishes a condition precedent.

Pay-if-paid (condition precedent)

A pay-if-paid clause attempts to make owner payment a true condition precedent, if the owner never pays, the subcontractor is never entitled to payment. The Texas approach: such clauses are enforceable, but ONLY if drafted with unambiguous condition-precedent language. Common enforceable patterns: "Receipt of payment from the Owner is an express condition precedent to Subcontractor's right to payment" or similar. Generic "pay when paid" or "pay only when received" language defaults to the timing construction.

Prompt Payment Act overlay

Once the prime contractor receives payment from the owner, the Prompt Payment Act (Property Code Ch. 28) mandates payment to the subcontractor within 7 days. The contingent-payment clause cannot extend this statutory floor. The interaction matters: a pay-if-paid clause may shift the risk of owner non-payment to the subcontractor, but it cannot delay payment beyond the 7-day window once funds are received. Multi-tier flow-down is similarly capped.

Texas case law trends

Texas courts have generally enforced pay-if-paid clauses when drafted with sufficient clarity, but several decisions have struck down clauses where the contract language was ambiguous, where the contractor's own breach contributed to non-payment, or where the clause conflicted with statutory protections. Recent Texas appellate decisions have recognized contingent payment unenforceability where the prime contractor's failures caused the owner's non-payment, treating that as a self-induced condition.

Lien rights preserved

Importantly, neither pay-when-paid nor pay-if-paid clauses eliminate the subcontractor's mechanic's lien rights against the property. The subcontractor's lien remedy is independent of the contractual right to payment from the prime contractor; the lien attaches to the owner's property based on the labor or materials supplied. A subcontractor with a valid lien can foreclose against the property even if a pay-if-paid clause defeats the contractual claim against the prime contractor.

Practical context

For Texas subcontractors, the practical question is not whether to accept a pay-when-paid clause (almost universal in modern subcontracts) but how to structure it. Negotiation points: (1) require unambiguous timing-only language; (2) cap the maximum delay (e.g., "in no event later than 90 days from invoice"); (3) preserve lien rights; (4) carve out instances where prime contractor's breach causes the owner's non-payment; (5) preserve direct claims against the bond (on bonded projects) and against the owner (on unbonded projects). For prime contractors, the question is whether the marginal risk-shifting of pay-if-paid is worth the litigation risk and subcontractor pricing premium.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Construction Contract· Texas Prompt Payment Act· Mechanic's and Materialman's Lien· Retainage· Liquidated Damages

Perfection

The legal status by which a security interest becomes enforceable against third parties, competing creditors, transferees, and the debtor's bankruptcy trustee. Perfection establishes the secured party's place in the priority queue.

Perfection is the legal status by which a security interest becomes enforceable against third parties, competing creditors, transferees, and the debtor's bankruptcy trustee. Without perfection, a security interest is enforceable against the debtor but vulnerable to defeat by intervening creditors and trustees. Perfection establishes the secured party's place in the priority queue.

Methods of perfection

Filing (§ 9.310): the default method, accomplished by filing a UCC-1 financing statement. Available for most types of collateral.

Possession (§ 9.313): perfection by the secured party taking and retaining possession of tangible collateral. Available for goods, instruments, money, negotiable documents, certificated securities, and tangible chattel paper.

Control (§ 9.314): perfection by the secured party obtaining "control", a defined term, over deposit accounts, investment property, letter-of-credit rights, and electronic chattel paper. The control mechanism varies by collateral type.

Automatic perfection: certain narrow categories perfect automatically without filing or possession, most notably, purchase money security interests in consumer goods (§ 9.309(1)).

Continued perfection in proceeds (§ 9.315)

A perfected security interest in collateral typically continues automatically into identifiable proceeds for a 20-day grace period; continued perfection beyond 20 days requires that proceeds be of a type to which the original financing statement applies, or that the secured party take additional perfection steps.

Practical context

Perfection is the moment that matters. Most secured-creditor losses in Texas commercial workouts and bankruptcies trace to perfection failures, debtor name errors on UCC-1 filings, lapsed continuations, failure to perfect against deposit accounts through control agreements, or failure to maintain perfection through name changes and reorganizations.

Companion article: Collecting a Judgment in Texas

Related Terms
Security Interest· Financing Statement· Collateral

Personal Jurisdiction

A court's authority over the parties to a lawsuit. Without personal jurisdiction over a defendant, a court cannot enter a binding judgment. Two-step analysis: does the long-arm statute authorize jurisdiction, and does exercising jurisdiction comport with constitutional due process?

Personal jurisdiction is a court's authority over the parties to a lawsuit. Without personal jurisdiction over a defendant, a court cannot enter a binding judgment against that defendant. Personal jurisdiction analysis applies a two-step framework: (1) does a state's long-arm statute authorize jurisdiction, and (2) does exercising jurisdiction comport with constitutional due process under the Fourteenth Amendment?

Texas long-arm statute

Texas's long-arm statute extends jurisdiction over a non-resident who "does business" in Texas, with broad enumerated examples. The Texas Supreme Court has interpreted the statute to extend jurisdiction to the constitutional limits of due process, meaning the long-arm analysis collapses into the constitutional analysis.

Two forms of personal jurisdiction

General jurisdiction: the court has jurisdiction over the defendant for any claim, regardless of where the claim arose. Under Daimler and Goodyear, general jurisdiction over a corporation exists only where the corporation is "essentially at home", typically the state of incorporation and the state of principal place of business. General jurisdiction over Texas-incorporated corporations and corporations with their principal place of business in Texas is automatic.

Specific jurisdiction: the court has jurisdiction over claims arising from or related to the defendant's contacts with the forum state. Bristol-Myers Squibb (2017) clarified that specific jurisdiction requires a connection between the defendant's forum contacts and the specific claims at issue. Ford Motor (2021) softened that requirement somewhat, holding that specific jurisdiction may exist where the defendant has substantial forum activities related to the type of claim asserted, even without strict claim-by-claim nexus.

Minimum contacts test

Specific jurisdiction requires (1) purposeful availment by the defendant of the privilege of conducting activities in the forum; (2) a connection between the forum contacts and the litigation; (3) that exercising jurisdiction comports with traditional notions of fair play and substantial justice.

Consent and waiver

Personal jurisdiction is waivable. Defendants who fail to timely raise the defense (typically in their first responsive pleading) waive it. Forum selection clauses in commercial contracts effectively consent to personal jurisdiction in the chosen forum.

Practical context

Personal jurisdiction is the most-litigated procedural issue in cross-state commercial disputes. Texas businesses sued out-of-state can frequently challenge jurisdiction successfully if their forum contacts are limited. Conversely, out-of-state defendants in Texas litigation should evaluate personal-jurisdiction defenses before filing any responsive pleading that could waive them.

Companion article: Operating Across State Lines

Related Terms
Subject Matter Jurisdiction· Venue· Removal· Choice of Law / Choice of Forum

Petition / Complaint

The initial pleading filed by a plaintiff to commence a lawsuit. The petition (Texas) or complaint (federal) states the parties, the court's jurisdiction, the factual and legal basis for the claim, and the relief sought. Texas pleading standards differ meaningfully from federal Twombly/Iqbal plausibility.

The petition (in Texas state court terminology) or complaint (in federal court terminology) is the initial pleading filed by a plaintiff to commence a lawsuit. The petition states the parties, the court's jurisdiction, the factual and legal basis for the claim, and the relief sought. Texas pleading standards differ meaningfully from federal pleading standards under Twombly/Iqbal.

Texas pleading standard

Under TRCP 47, a petition must contain (1) a short statement of the cause of action sufficient to give fair notice; (2) a statement that the damages sought are within the court's jurisdictional limits; (3) a demand for judgment for the relief sought; and (4) a discovery-level designation under TRCP 190. Texas uses a "fair notice" pleading standard, significantly more permissive than federal Twombly/Iqbal plausibility standard.

Federal pleading standard

Under Twombly/Iqbal, federal complaints must contain "enough facts to state a claim to relief that is plausible on its face." Conclusory allegations and threadbare recitals of the elements of a claim are insufficient. This is a meaningfully higher bar than Texas's fair-notice standard.

Specific pleading requirements

Some claims require heightened specificity: fraud (TRCP 50; Fed. R. Civ. P. 9(b)) requires particularity; conditions precedent must be pleaded; jurisdictional allegations must be specific.

Practical context

The pleading standard difference is consequential, claims that survive motion to dismiss in Texas state court may be dismissed in federal court for lack of plausibility. Plaintiffs who file in Texas state court should consider whether removal is likely and draft accordingly.

Companion article: The CEO's Guide to Getting Sued

Related Terms
Answer· Motion to Dismiss· Texas Rules of Civil Procedure· Removal

Phantom Income

Taxable income allocated to a pass-through entity owner that exceeds the cash distributed to that owner, creating tax liability without corresponding cash to pay the tax. Most commonly arises in partnerships, LLCs, and S-corporations with retained earnings, debt-financed operations, or owner-level business expenses paid by the entity.

Phantom income is taxable income allocated to the owner of a pass-through entity that exceeds the cash distributed to that owner during the year. The owner owes federal income tax on the full allocated share but lacks corresponding cash to pay the tax. Phantom income is the principal financial pain point of pass-through ownership, especially in growing or capital-intensive businesses that retain earnings to fund operations.

Common phantom-income scenarios

Phantom income most frequently arises in: (1) retained earnings, the entity earns and retains cash for working capital or capital expenditures rather than distributing to owners; (2) debt principal payments, cash used to pay down debt is not deductible but reduces distributable cash; (3) asset sale gains, gain on sale of assets is allocated to owners but proceeds may be reinvested or used to repay debt; (4) capitalized expenditures, cash spent on long-lived assets is capitalized rather than deducted; (5) cancellation of debt income, debt forgiveness creates taxable income without corresponding cash; (6) reasonable compensation requirements for S-corp shareholder-employees that limit cash flexibility.

Year-end disparity

The mismatch is particularly acute when entity income surges late in the year (e.g., from a year-end contract win or asset sale) or when owners expected losses but the entity ended profitable. The K-1 received in March or April reveals tax liability the owner had no opportunity to plan for, often well after estimated-tax safe-harbor opportunities have closed.

The tax-distribution remedy

Standard remediation for phantom-income exposure is a tax-distribution provision in the operating agreement: a mandatory pro rata cash distribution to owners each quarter or year sufficient to cover the estimated tax on each owner's allocated share. Tax distributions are typically calculated at an "assumed tax rate", often 40% or the highest applicable individual rate including state and federal, applied to the owner's K-1 allocated income, paid in advance of estimated-tax due dates. See Tax Distribution Provision.

Capital account and basis impact

Phantom income increases the owner's capital account and tax basis in the entity, even though no cash was distributed. This basis increase reduces the gain (or increases the loss) the owner will recognize on a subsequent sale of the interest. Phantom income is therefore not "extra" tax, it is acceleration of tax that would otherwise have been deferred to a sale or liquidation event. The cash-flow problem is real; the long-run tax position is largely the same.

Practical context

For Texas pass-through owners, the phantom-income surprise is one of the most common reasons clients call their attorney in tax season. The structural prevention is a well-drafted tax-distribution provision in the partnership/LLC agreement. The reactive remediation is to (1) recalculate estimated-tax safe harbor using current-year actuals; (2) use the Annualized Income Installment Method on Form 2210 to limit underpayment penalties; (3) negotiate a discretionary distribution from the entity if cash permits; (4) document the phantom-income exposure in the K-1 file for future tax planning.

Companion article: Business Divorces in Texas

Related Terms
Tax Distribution Provision· Pass-Through Entity· Schedule K-1· Estimated Tax Payments· Distribution

Plan of Reorganization

The central document in a Chapter 11 bankruptcy case, proposing how the debtor will reorganize debts, restructure operations, and emerge from bankruptcy. Classifies claims and equity interests, specifies treatment of each class, and provides for ongoing operations. Subject to creditor voting (impaired classes) and court confirmation under 11 U.S.C. § 1129. Includes disclosure statement (§ 1125) describing plan in adequate detail for creditor vote. Confirmation discharges pre-petition debts to extent provided.

The Plan of Reorganization is the central document in a Chapter 11 bankruptcy case, proposing how the debtor will reorganize debts, restructure operations, and emerge from bankruptcy. The plan classifies claims and equity interests, specifies treatment of each class, and provides for ongoing operations post-confirmation. Plans are subject to creditor voting (for impaired classes) and court confirmation under § 1129. Plan confirmation discharges pre-petition debts to extent provided in the plan, allowing the reorganized debtor to emerge with restructured obligations.

Required plan contents, § 1123

Section 1123 requires plans to: (1) designate classes of claims and interests; (2) specify any classes that are unimpaired; (3) specify treatment of each impaired class; (4) provide same treatment within class (unless holder agrees otherwise); (5) provide adequate means for plan implementation; (6) address charter provisions and equity issuance; (7) include other provisions consistent with Bankruptcy Code. Plans typically run 50-150 pages with substantial detail on each class treatment.

Classification

Plans classify claims and interests by similar legal character. Standard classes: (1) secured claims, typically separate class per secured creditor; (2) priority claims, wage claims, tax claims; (3) general unsecured, typically one class; large general unsecured may be subdivided; (4) convenience class, small claims paid in full; (5) subordinated claims; (6) equity interests, typically separate classes for preferred and common. Classification affects voting and confirmation; gerrymandering classification to manipulate voting is closely scrutinized.

Disclosure statement, § 1125

Section 1125 requires disclosure statement providing "adequate information" for creditors to make informed plan vote. Standard contents: (1) business description; (2) events leading to bankruptcy; (3) plan terms, class treatments, timing, distributions; (4) liquidation analysis, comparing plan to Chapter 7 liquidation; (5) financial projections; (6) risk factors; (7) tax consequences; (8) voting procedures. Court approval of disclosure statement is required before plan voting begins. Disclosure statement hearing is significant pre-confirmation event.

Voting, § 1126

Plan voting mechanics: (1) impaired classes vote; unimpaired classes presumed to accept; (2) creditor class acceptance, class accepts if approved by 2/3 in amount AND more than 1/2 in number of voting creditors; (3) equity class acceptance, 2/3 in amount of voting interests; (4) insider votes excluded from majority calculation. Voting tabulation typically conducted by claims agent or trustee. Voting outcomes determine whether confirmation requires cramdown or proceeds with consent.

Confirmation requirements, § 1129

Section 1129(a) confirmation requires (16 specific findings): (1) plan complies with Code; (2) proponent complies with Code; (3) good faith proposal; (4) payments approved by court reasonable; (5) governance disclosure; (6) regulatory approvals; (7) best interests test (each creditor receives at least Chapter 7 amount); (8) acceptance by all impaired classes OR cramdown under § 1129(b); (9) priority claims paid in full or treated per § 1129(a)(9); (10) at least one impaired class consents; (11) feasibility, plan likely to succeed; (12) US Trustee fees paid; (13)-(16) various technical requirements. Cramdown under § 1129(b) permits confirmation over dissenting class with "fair and equitable" treatment.

Effect of confirmation

Plan confirmation has substantial effects: (1) discharge, pre-petition debts discharged to extent provided; (2) binding, all parties bound by plan terms whether or not they voted; (3) vesting of property, property vests in reorganized debtor free of liens (except as provided); (4) injunction, against acts inconsistent with plan; (5) res judicata, preclusive effect on issues addressed in plan; (6) discharge stay, § 524 permanent injunction against discharged claims. Confirmed plan substitutes for the debtor's pre-petition contracts and obligations.

Pre-packaged and pre-arranged plans

Increasingly common Chapter 11 strategies: (1) pre-packaged plan, plan negotiated and accepted by major creditors before petition filing; voting completed pre-petition; rapid confirmation post-petition (often 30-45 days); (2) pre-arranged plan, substantial creditor support negotiated pre-petition without completed voting; rapid plan filing post-petition. Both reduce Chapter 11 cost and uncertainty substantially. Used heavily in larger restructurings to manage timeline and cost.

Practical context

For Texas Chapter 11 cases, plan strategy drives the entire reorganization. Best practice: (1) develop plan thesis pre-petition where possible; (2) negotiate with major creditors pre-petition (pre-packaged or pre-arranged); (3) coordinate disclosure statement with plan, major confirmation issue; (4) classify carefully, gerrymandering invites objections; (5) prepare for cramdown if dissenting classes likely; (6) manage exclusivity period strategically; (7) coordinate with DIP financing milestones. For creditors: (1) review classification carefully, appropriate class affects treatment; (2) evaluate plan vs. liquidation analysis; (3) participate in plan negotiations through committee; (4) preserve voting rights through proper claim filing.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Chapter 11· Debtor-in-Possession· Section 363 Sale· Automatic Stay· Priority

Post-Judgment Interest

Interest that accrues on a money judgment from the date of entry until the judgment is fully satisfied. Texas post-judgment interest is governed by Tex. Fin. Code Ch. 304. The current rate is the lesser of (a) prime rate as published by the Federal Reserve, with a 5% floor and 15% ceiling, or (b) any rate specified in the underlying contract. The Texas Office of Consumer Credit Commissioner publishes the applicable rate.

Post-judgment interest is interest that accrues on a money judgment from the date of entry until the judgment is fully satisfied. Post-judgment interest serves two functions: (1) compensating the prevailing party for the time value of money during the pendency of appeal and collection efforts; and (2) providing economic incentive for prompt satisfaction of judgments. Texas post-judgment interest is governed by Chapter 304 of the Texas Finance Code, with a rate framework keyed to the federal prime rate.

The rate framework

Section 304.003 establishes the post-judgment interest rate as the lesser of: (1) the prime rate published by the Federal Reserve as of the date of the judgment, OR (2) any rate specified in the contract that is the basis of the action. The rate is subject to a 5% floor and a 15% ceiling, the rate cannot be lower than 5% or higher than 15% regardless of the underlying market rate. The OCCC publishes the applicable rate quarterly in the Texas Credit Letter. As of recent quarters with prime rates in the 7-8% range, the post-judgment rate has typically tracked the prime rate within the floor/ceiling boundaries.

Contractually specified rates

Where the contract specifies a rate that is below the prime rate (e.g., a 4% commercial loan), the contract rate controls, but the rate cannot be lower than 5% (the statutory floor). Where the contract specifies a rate higher than prime (e.g., a 12% mezzanine note), the prime rate controls, the contract rate is capped by the prime/15% lesser of analysis. Default rates and prepayment penalties in the underlying contract typically do not increase the post-judgment rate above the statutory framework.

Accrual and compounding

Post-judgment interest accrues from the date the judgment is rendered (Section 304.005). Interest is computed on the unpaid principal of the judgment plus the unpaid pre-judgment interest. Section 304.006 provides that post-judgment interest compounds annually. The judgment continues to accrue post-judgment interest at the original rate even if the prime rate changes after entry, the rate is fixed at the time of judgment.

Pre-judgment vs. post-judgment interest

Pre-judgment interest (interest from the date of breach or accrual to the date of judgment) operates under different rules. For statutory and common-law claims, pre-judgment interest typically equals the post-judgment rate but accrues only from a specified starting point, typically 180 days after written notice of claim, or the date the claim is filed (whichever is earlier), under Johnson & Higgins. For contractual claims with a specified pre-judgment interest rate, the contract rate governs subject to usury limits. Pre-judgment interest is added to the principal amount of damages to determine the judgment amount on which post-judgment interest will accrue.

Federal vs. state judgments

Federal court judgments in diversity cases use federal post-judgment interest under 28 U.S.C. § 1961, typically a substantially lower rate than Texas state court (federal post-judgment interest is the weekly average 1-year constant-maturity Treasury yield, often 1-5%). Federal court judgments in federal-question cases also use § 1961. Federal judgments enforced in Texas state court continue to accrue at the federal rate, not the state rate.

Practical impact

For multi-million-dollar judgments pending on appeal, post-judgment interest accumulation is substantial: a $5 million judgment at 8.5% accrues approximately $425K per year in interest. Over a typical 12-18 month appeal cycle, the additional interest can be $500K-$650K. This drives both (a) the appellant's incentive to expedite appeal or post supersedeas bond to delay execution; and (b) the appellee's incentive to resist supersedeas relief. Settlements during pendency of appeal typically include negotiation over the interest component.

Practical context

For Texas commercial litigants, post-judgment interest is a meaningful component of judgment value but rarely a strategic driver. Best practice: (1) confirm the applicable rate at the time of judgment by reference to the OCCC's published rate; (2) draft the judgment to specify the rate, accrual date, and compounding schedule clearly; (3) for prevailing parties facing appeal, calculate the expected additional interest as a settlement-negotiation factor; (4) for losing parties contemplating appeal, evaluate whether the appeal value justifies the interest cost; (5) for federal-court matters, distinguish § 1961 federal rates from Texas state rates. Disputes over post-judgment interest are infrequent because the framework is mechanical, but rate calculations on judgments entered during rate transitions can require careful analysis.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Supersedeas Bond· Garnishment· Turnover Order· Usury

Preferred Stock

An equity class with rights and preferences senior to common stock, typically including liquidation preference, dividend preferences, anti-dilution protection, voting rights, conversion rights, and protective provisions. The standard security type for venture capital and growth equity investments. Each "series" (Seed, Series A, B, C) typically has its own preferred class with negotiated terms reflecting investor leverage at that stage.

Preferred Stock is an equity class with rights and preferences senior to common stock. Standard preferred stock features: liquidation preference (senior payout in exit), dividend preferences (typically 6-8% noncumulative), anti-dilution protection, voting rights, conversion rights to common, and protective provisions (consent rights over key actions). Preferred stock is the standard security type for venture capital and growth equity investments, VCs almost universally invest in preferred rather than common stock to obtain the protective provisions. Each round of investment typically issues a new "series" (Seed Preferred, Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, etc.) with its own negotiated terms.

Liquidation preference

The most economically important preferred stock right. Liquidation preference provides preferred holders with priority payout in liquidation, sale, or other change of control: (1) 1x non-participating, preferred receives investment back, then participates in remaining proceeds only on as-converted basis; (2) 1x participating, preferred receives investment back PLUS participates in remaining proceeds on as-converted basis (double-dipping); (3) capped participating, participating but capped at 2-3x return; (4) multiple liquidation preferences (2x, 3x), receives multiple times investment before common participates. Most VC deals use 1x non-participating; participating preferred is sometimes used in stressed deals or down rounds.

Dividend preferences

Standard preferred stock includes dividend preference: (1) noncumulative, dividend rate (typically 6-8%) but only payable if declared; most common; (2) cumulative, dividends accrue regardless of declaration; payable on liquidation or conversion; (3) PIK (paid in kind), dividends paid in additional shares rather than cash. Dividends are economically meaningful only on liquidation/exit, most VC-backed companies don't pay dividends on operating basis. Cumulative dividends increase liquidation preference over time, increasing pressure for liquidity events.

Anti-dilution protection

Anti-dilution provisions adjust preferred stock conversion price downward in subsequent financings at lower valuations (down rounds): (1) full ratchet, conversion price reset to lowest subsequent issue price; investor-favorable; rare in standard deals; (2) broad-based weighted average, most common; adjusts conversion price using weighted-average formula; balances investor protection and founder dilution; (3) narrow-based weighted average, between broad-based and full ratchet. The formula adjusts on each down-round issuance; sophisticated cap table modeling required to track impact.

Voting rights

Preferred stock voting structures: (1) vote with common, preferred votes on as-converted basis on standard matters; most common; (2) separate class voting, specific matters require separate preferred class consent (protective provisions); (3) directors, preferred typically appoints specified number of board members; (4) consent rights, specific consent thresholds for major decisions. Voting rights and consent rights are heavily negotiated and create the practical governance framework for VC-backed companies.

Protective provisions

Protective provisions require preferred stockholder consent for specified corporate actions, regardless of common stockholder approval: (1) amendments to charter affecting preferred rights; (2) creation of senior or pari passu securities; (3) change of control; (4) liquidation, dissolution, winding up; (5) repurchases of common stock; (6) declaration of dividends; (7) increase in board size; (8) incurring substantial debt; (9) changing primary business; (10) incurring capital expenditures above threshold. Protective provisions provide preferred stockholders veto power over major decisions; the specific list varies by deal stage and investor leverage.

Conversion rights

Preferred stock typically converts to common stock: (1) at investor option, voluntary conversion; (2) automatic on IPO, typically with minimum offering size and price thresholds; (3) automatic on majority preferred consent. Conversion ratio starts 1:1 but adjusts via anti-dilution and stock splits. Voluntary conversion is rare except for specific tax/restructuring purposes; automatic conversion on IPO is the typical exit path for preferred holders.

Other rights

Common additional preferred rights: (1) pro rata rights, right to participate in subsequent rounds proportionate to ownership; (2) information rights, financial statements, board observer rights; (3) registration rights, demand and piggyback rights for IPO registration; (4) right of first refusal/co-sale on common stockholder transfers; (5) drag-along rights, to compel common stockholders in qualifying sale; (6) redemption rights, typically on or after specific anniversary at investor option; rare in current market.

Series structure and "stacking"

Each financing round typically creates a new preferred series (Seed, Series A, Series B, etc.) with its own terms and liquidation preference seniority. Standard structure: most-recent series senior to earlier series. "Stacking" of preferences means: (1) Series C investors get paid first up to their preference; (2) then Series B up to their preference; (3) then Series A up to theirs; (4) then common holders share the remainder. Liquidation preference stacking can substantially reduce common stockholder proceeds in moderate-exit scenarios, founders should model carefully.

Practical context

For Texas startups raising venture capital, preferred stock terms are central to investor negotiations. Best practice: (1) use NVCA model documents as starting point, saves negotiation cost and provides market-standard framework; (2) negotiate liquidation preference structure carefully, 1x non-participating is market for most rounds; participating preferred or multiple preferences signal stressed deal; (3) understand protective provisions practical implications, they're operational governance, not just legal terms; (4) model dilution and exit scenarios under various preference structures; (5) coordinate preferred terms with founder vesting, option pool, and other governance structures. For investors: (1) understand each preferred right's economic value; (2) negotiate within market parameters, overreaching on terms creates founder friction; (3) coordinate preferred terms with portfolio strategy; (4) evaluate exit scenarios under preferred structures. Common pitfall: founders not modeling exit scenarios under preferred preferences, discovering at exit that common stockholders receive substantially less than expected after preferred liquidation preferences are satisfied. Sophisticated cap table modeling is essential.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
SAFE· Convertible Note· Regulation D· Term Sheet· Shareholder

Priority

The relative ranking of competing claims to the same collateral or asset, determining the order in which creditors are paid from proceeds. Under Tex. Bus. & Com. Code § 9.322, priority among perfected security interests is generally first-to-file or first-to-perfect, with substantial exceptions for purchase-money security interests, special collateral types, and statutory liens.

Priority is the relative ranking of competing claims to the same collateral or asset, determining the order in which creditors are paid from proceeds when the collateral is sold or distributed. In secured-transaction practice, priority disputes are decided primarily under UCC Article 9, supplemented by special rules for purchase-money security interests, particular types of collateral, statutory liens, and intercreditor agreements. Priority is the defining concept of secured lending: an unperfected security interest is junior to almost everything; a properly perfected first-priority security interest is senior to almost everything except specifically prioritized claims.

The first-to-file-or-perfect rule

The default UCC priority rule under § 9.322 is first-to-file-or-perfect: among conflicting perfected security interests, priority is determined by the earliest of (1) filing of a financing statement covering the collateral or (2) other perfection (possession, control, automatic perfection). The party that achieves perfection first wins, even if their security interest attached later. This makes early UCC-1 filing critical, many commercial lenders file financing statements at or before loan closing, sometimes pre-filing before the security agreement is signed (permissible under § 9.502(d) with debtor authorization).

Purchase-money security interest priority

A purchase-money security interest (PMSI), a security interest taken to enable the debtor to acquire the specific collateral, has special priority rules. Under § 9.324, a PMSI in goods (other than inventory and livestock) is senior to a conflicting non-PMSI security interest, even one perfected earlier, provided the PMSI is perfected within 20 days of debtor's possession of the collateral. PMSI in inventory has different requirements (notice to prior secured parties, perfection before delivery). The PMSI exception allows equipment vendors, financing companies, and floor-plan lenders to take priority over the borrower's general bank lender for the specific equipment they finance.

Priority by collateral type

Different collateral types have different priority rules: (1) deposit accounts, priority by control under § 9.327 (the bank where the account is maintained always has priority unless it subordinates); (2) investment property, priority by control under § 9.328; (3) letter-of-credit rights, control under § 9.329; (4) chattel paper, special rules under § 9.330 favoring possession; (5) fixtures, § 9.334 governs priority between secured parties and real-property mortgagees, with special priority for fixture filings recorded in the real-property records.

Priority of lien creditors and bankruptcy trustees

Under § 9.317, an unperfected security interest is subordinate to (1) lien creditors who become such before perfection; (2) buyers of goods, accounts, instruments, and chattel paper who give value before perfection without knowledge of the security interest. The "lien creditor" category includes bankruptcy trustees under 11 U.S.C. § 544(a). This is the principal reason perfection matters: an unperfected security interest is essentially worthless against a bankruptcy trustee. Filing before bankruptcy is the most common method of avoiding lien-creditor priority loss.

Subordination by agreement

Section 9.339 expressly authorizes subordination of priority by agreement. A senior creditor may subordinate its priority to a junior creditor by intercreditor agreement; the subordination is effective without consent of the debtor (though the debtor's acknowledgment is often obtained). Bankruptcy enforces such subordination under 11 U.S.C. § 510(a). Subordination agreements are the principal tool used to reorder priority for commercial reasons (e.g., for new financing during a workout).

Real property priority

Real property liens follow a different priority framework under Texas Property Code: priority is generally determined by recordation date under § 13.001, with mechanic's liens following Chapter 53's special framework that gives perfected mechanic's liens priority back to commencement of construction or first delivery of materials. Federal tax liens have separate priority rules under 26 U.S.C. § 6323. Lien priority on real property is the principal concern of title insurance, Schedule B exceptions in title commitments document existing liens that take priority over the buyer's anticipated mortgage.

Practical context

For Texas commercial lenders and counsel, priority is the central technical concern in secured lending. Best practice: (1) file UCC-1 promptly upon authorization, often pre-closing; (2) check existing UCC filings against the debtor by exact legal name (small variations can defeat priority); (3) calendar continuation statements (UCC-1 must be continued every 5 years under § 9.515); (4) for real-property collateral, ensure deed of trust recordation in proper county; (5) for fixture filings, ensure both UCC and real-property recordation; (6) for PMSI structures, file within 20 days of debtor possession; (7) for control-based collateral, ensure proper control agreements with the depository or intermediary. For borrowers, priority disputes often arise during financings, the new lender's diligence reveals existing UCC filings that the borrower had forgotten or thought released, requiring termination statements to clear the way.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Perfection· Security Interest· Financing Statement· Attachment· Intercreditor Agreement· Mechanic's and Materialman's Lien

Private Placement Memorandum (PPM)

A disclosure document used in private securities offerings, providing investors with information about the issuer, securities offered, business, financial condition, risk factors, management, and use of proceeds. Required when non-accredited investors participate in Rule 506(b) offerings. Best practice for all private offerings to support anti-fraud defenses under Rule 10b-5 even when not strictly required. Typical length: 30-100+ pages.

A Private Placement Memorandum (PPM), also called Offering Memorandum or Confidential Information Memorandum, is a disclosure document used in private securities offerings. The PPM provides investors with information about the issuer, the securities offered, business operations, financial condition, risk factors, management, and use of proceeds. While Reg D does not require a PPM for accredited-only offerings, PPMs are standard in most private placements: they're required when non-accredited investors participate in Rule 506(b) offerings, and they're best practice for all offerings to support anti-fraud defenses under Rule 10b-5.

When PPM is required

PPM (or equivalent disclosure document) is required: (1) Rule 506(b) with non-accredited investors; (2) Regulation A+ Tier 2 offerings, Form 1-A offering circular; (3) Reg CF crowdfunding, Form C disclosure; (4) Rule 504 offerings in some states. PPM is NOT strictly required for: Rule 506(b) accredited-only; Rule 506(c); private Rule 4(a)(2) offerings to sophisticated investors. Best practice: prepare PPM for all material private offerings to support anti-fraud defenses.

Standard PPM contents

Comprehensive PPM typically includes: (1) cover page, issuer, offering size, security type, distribution restrictions; (2) summary; (3) risk factors, comprehensive list of investment risks; (4) use of proceeds; (5) terms of offering, security description, pricing, minimums, closing mechanics; (6) business description, operations, products, markets, competition, strategy; (7) management, directors, officers, compensation; (8) principal owners, pre-offering and pro forma cap table; (9) financial statements; (10) tax considerations; (11) legal proceedings; (12) related-party transactions; (13) subscription procedures; (14) investor representations and questionnaire.

The anti-fraud defense function

Even when not strictly required, PPMs serve a critical anti-fraud defense function. Rule 10b-5 prohibits material misrepresentations and omissions in connection with securities transactions. A comprehensive PPM provides: (1) contemporaneous record of disclosed information; (2) defense to omission claims, comprehensive risk factors and disclosures; (3) investor sophistication evidence, investors received and reviewed extensive disclosure; (4) integration with subscription documents, investor representations referencing PPM. Many securities lawsuits turn on whether material information was adequately disclosed; PPMs are the principal record.

Risk factors section

The risk factors section is typically the most important PPM component for anti-fraud defense purposes. Standard risk factor categories: (1) business risks, competition, market conditions, operational dependencies; (2) industry risks, sector-specific exposures; (3) financial risks, capital needs, cash flow, debt; (4) management risks, key person dependence, succession; (5) regulatory risks; (6) technology risks; (7) investment-specific risks, illiquidity, dilution, security-specific terms; (8) tax risks; (9) conflicts of interest. Risk factors should be specific to the issuer, not boilerplate.

Subscription documents

PPMs are typically packaged with subscription documents: (1) subscription agreement, investor's commitment to purchase; (2) investor questionnaire, accredited status, sophistication, suitability; (3) investor representations, investment intent, residence, disclosure receipt, due diligence opportunity. The integrated package documents both the offering and the investor's qualification, providing comprehensive defense documentation.

Updates and amendments

Material changes during the offering require PPM updates: (1) supplements, amendments addressing specific changes; (2) complete restatement for substantial changes; (3) investor consent may be required to ratify subscriptions on updated terms. Failure to update can create rescission rights for investors and material misrepresentation exposure for issuer.

Practical context

For Texas issuers, PPM preparation is significant investment but provides substantial protection. Best practice: (1) engage securities counsel for material offerings, PPM drafting requires legal expertise; (2) tailor risk factors to specific issuer and offering, boilerplate is inadequate; (3) coordinate PPM with subscription agreement and investor questionnaire; (4) update for material changes during offering; (5) maintain documentation of investor receipt and review; (6) for ongoing offerings, refresh disclosures periodically; (7) integrate with cap table, financial statements, and other supporting documentation. For investors: (1) review PPM thoroughly before investing, particularly risk factors; (2) request additional information if PPM is inadequate; (3) document review and questions; (4) preserve PPM as primary disclosure record. Common pitfall: issuers using boilerplate or template PPMs without customization, generic risk factors and missing issuer-specific disclosures defeat the anti-fraud defense purpose.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Regulation D· Accredited Investor· Form D· Texas Securities Act

Promissory Estoppel

An equitable doctrine that enforces a promise, even one not supported by traditional consideration, where the promisee has reasonably relied on the promise to its detriment. Texas requires (1) a promise; (2) the promisee's reasonable reliance; (3) substantial detrimental change in position; and (4) injustice avoidable only by enforcement. Traditionally a sword for plaintiffs and a shield against statute-of-frauds defenses, promissory estoppel is narrower than full contract enforcement.

Promissory estoppel is an equitable doctrine that enforces a promise, even one not supported by traditional consideration, where the promisee has reasonably relied on the promise to its detriment. The doctrine fills gaps where formal contract requirements (consideration, statute of frauds compliance, mutual assent) are not satisfied but enforcement is necessary to prevent injustice. Texas applies a four-element framework, with promissory estoppel functioning both as a freestanding cause of action and as a defense against statute-of-frauds claims.

The four-element framework

Texas applies a four-element test for promissory estoppel: (1) a promise, sufficiently definite to be capable of being relied upon; (2) foreseeability, that the promisee would rely; (3) actual and reasonable reliance, the promisee in fact relied to its detriment; and (4) injustice avoidable only by enforcement of the promise. The fourth element imports equitable judgment, courts balance the promisor's interests, the promisee's reliance investment, and the relative justice of enforcement vs. non-enforcement.

Promissory estoppel as cause of action

Promissory estoppel functions as a stand-alone cause of action when the parties never formed a binding contract but the promisee detrimentally relied. Common scenarios: (1) employment offers, employee accepts offer, relocates, then employer withdraws; (2) charitable pledges, donee organization plans on the gift, donor reneges; (3) investment commitments, promisor commits funding, promisee invests in development, commitment is withdrawn; (4) preliminary agreements, parties exchange letters of intent or term sheets, one side proceeds, the other backs out. Recovery is typically limited to reliance damages, out-of-pocket losses incurred in reliance, rather than expectation damages (benefit of the bargain).

Statute-of-frauds defense application

Promissory estoppel can defeat a statute-of-frauds defense in some circumstances. The doctrine has narrow scope here: the promise must include an agreement to put the matter in writing or to satisfy the statute. "Moore" Burger (Tex. 1972) is the controlling case, promissory estoppel can overcome statute of frauds where the promisor has assured the promisee that the agreement will be put in writing and the promisee has relied on that assurance. General promissory-estoppel claims that simply assert reliance on an oral promise without a corresponding promise to memorialize do not defeat the statute of frauds.

Reliance vs. expectation damages

Texas damages for promissory estoppel are generally limited to reliance damages (the promisee's out-of-pocket losses in reliance on the promise) rather than expectation damages (the value of the promise as if performed). The rationale: promissory estoppel is an equitable doctrine aimed at preventing detrimental reliance, not enforcing the underlying promise as a contract. A plaintiff who would have benefited substantially from the promised performance recovers only what was lost in reliance, not what was lost in unrealized benefit. Some courts have departed from this in compelling cases, but reliance damages remain the standard.

Distinction from quantum meruit

Promissory estoppel and quantum meruit are both equitable doctrines but address different fact patterns: (1) promissory estoppel, based on a promise; recovery is for damages arising from reliance; (2) quantum meruit, based on services rendered or benefits conferred; recovery is for the reasonable value of the services. Both are pleaded as alternatives in many cases where formal contract is unavailable. See Quantum Meruit.

Common pleading patterns

Modern Texas commercial pleadings often include promissory estoppel as an alternative theory to breach of contract: "Plaintiff and Defendant entered into a contract... Alternatively, Defendant made a promise upon which Plaintiff reasonably relied to its detriment, and injustice can be avoided only by enforcement of that promise." This protective pleading captures promissory-estoppel relief if formal contract requirements (consideration, mutual assent, statute of frauds) are not satisfied. Carefully pleaded alternative theories permit the case to survive if any theory succeeds.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, promissory estoppel is most valuable as: (1) a fallback theory when formal contract is uncertain; (2) a means to recover reliance investment when the other party reneges before contract finalization; (3) a defensive tool for promisees who relied on representations made during pre-contract negotiations; (4) a narrow statute-of-frauds workaround. Limitations: (1) recovery is limited to reliance damages, not expectation; (2) the promise must be sufficiently definite, vague assurances rarely support estoppel; (3) reliance must be reasonable, careless or unreasonable reliance is not protected; (4) damages must be substantial. Best practice: when relying on important promises before contract execution, document the promise in writing, document the reliance, and limit reliance investment until formal contract is in place.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Quantum Meruit· Consideration· Statute of Frauds· Material Adverse Change· Letter of Intent

Promissory Note

A written instrument by which one party (the maker) unconditionally promises to pay a sum of money to another party at a specified time or on demand. Negotiable instruments under UCC Article 3.

A promissory note is a written instrument by which one party (the "maker") unconditionally promises to pay a sum of money to another party (the "payee" or to the holder of the note) at a specified time or on demand. Promissory notes are negotiable instruments under UCC Article 3, codified in Texas at Tex. Bus. & Com. Code Chapter 3.

Required elements for negotiability (§ 3.104)

(1) Unconditional promise to pay; (2) a fixed amount of money; (3) payable to bearer or to order; (4) payable on demand or at a definite time; (5) does not state any other undertaking by the maker except as authorized by Article 3 (e.g., promise to provide collateral, confession of judgment, waiver of laws benefiting the obligor).

Holder in due course (§ 3.302)

A holder who takes a negotiable instrument (1) for value; (2) in good faith; (3) without notice of overdue status, dishonor, or defense; takes free of most defenses available against the original payee. This doctrine is the principal commercial value of negotiability, a holder in due course can enforce the note even if the maker has defenses (failure of consideration, fraud in the inducement) against the original payee.

Statute of frauds

Loan agreements in excess of $50,000 are subject to Tex. Bus. & Com. Code § 26.02, they must be in writing. Promissory notes evidencing such loans satisfy the requirement.

Practical context

Promissory notes are foundational to commercial lending and often paired with security agreements, guaranty agreements, and UCC-1 filings to create a complete secured-transaction structure. Note drafting involves precise specification of principal, interest rate, payment schedule, default, and acceleration terms. Defects affecting negotiability eliminate the holder-in-due-course protection and reduce the note to ordinary contract status.

Companion article: Raising Capital in Texas

Related Terms
Guaranty Agreement· Security Interest· Statute of Frauds

Proxy

The authority granted by a shareholder to another person (the proxy holder) to vote the shareholder's shares at a shareholder meeting. The term also refers to the document evidencing that authority.

A proxy is the authority granted by a shareholder to another person (the proxy holder) to vote the shareholder's shares at a shareholder meeting. The term also refers to the document evidencing that authority.

Form and execution

A proxy must be executed in writing or by an electronic transmission that satisfies § 6.252. The proxy must identify the proxy holder and the shares to which the proxy applies.

Term

A proxy is valid for the length of time specified in the proxy. If no term is specified, the proxy is valid for 11 months from the date of execution. § 21.368.

Revocability

A proxy is revocable by the shareholder unless the proxy is "coupled with an interest", for example, a proxy granted to a creditor secured by the shares, or a proxy granted to a buyer who has made partial payment. § 21.369. Irrevocable proxies must clearly state their irrevocability and the interest supporting irrevocability.

Enforceability against the corporation

Under § 21.370, the corporation may rely on a proxy that complies with the statute and is presented in accordance with the corporation's bylaws.

Practical context

Proxies are central to public-company voting because most shareholders do not attend meetings in person. In closely-held corporations, proxies are common in connection with planned absences (illness, travel) or with structured shareholder agreements granting voting authority to designated persons.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Voting· Shareholder· Annual Meeting· Special Meeting

Q

Qualified Small Business Stock (QSBS)

2025

Stock that qualifies for the capital gains exclusion under Internal Revenue Code § 1202; substantially expanded by the One Big Beautiful Bill Act of 2025 to include tiered exclusions for shorter holding periods.

Qualified Small Business Stock (QSBS) is stock that meets the requirements of Internal Revenue Code § 1202, qualifying its holder for a capital gains exclusion at sale. To qualify, the stock must be (1) issued by a domestic C corporation, (2) issued to a non-corporate taxpayer, (3) acquired at original issuance directly from the corporation in exchange for money, property other than stock, or services, (4) issued by a corporation whose aggregate gross assets do not exceed the relevant threshold immediately before or after issuance, and (5) issued by a corporation that conducts a qualified trade or business under the active business requirement (at least 80% of assets used in a qualified trade, with specific service businesses excluded under § 1202(e)(3)).

Pre-OBBBA rules (stock issued through July 4, 2025)

Under the rules in effect before the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, QSBS held for more than five years qualified for a 100% federal capital gains exclusion (for stock acquired after September 27, 2010). The per-issuer gain cap was the greater of $10 million or 10 times adjusted basis. The aggregate gross assets ceiling was $50 million immediately before or after issuance.

Post-OBBBA rules (stock issued after July 4, 2025)

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (P.L. 119-21), signed July 4, 2025, substantially expanded Section 1202 for QSBS issued after that date. The post-OBBBA regime introduced tiered exclusions (50% at 3 years, 75% at 4 years, 100% at 5+ years), raised the per-issuer gain cap from $10 million to $15 million (indexed for inflation from 2027), and raised the aggregate gross assets ceiling from $50 million to $75 million (also indexed). Pre-OBBBA QSBS continues to be governed by the original rules; the IRS does not allow stock to be "refreshed" into the new regime through restructuring.

Texas conformity

Texas conforms to federal Section 1202 treatment because Texas does not impose a state income tax. The federal exclusion is therefore the effective exclusion for Texas-resident taxpayers, in contrast to non-conforming states (including California, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Mississippi, and Alabama) where state income tax applies to QSBS gain regardless of the federal exclusion.

Quantum Meruit

An equitable doctrine permitting recovery of the reasonable value of services rendered or benefits conferred, where there is no enforceable contract covering the services. Texas requires (1) valuable services or materials furnished, (2) for the person sought to be charged, (3) accepted by that person, (4) under circumstances reasonably notifying the recipient that the provider expected to be paid. Heldenfels Bros. v. City of Corpus Christi, 832 S.W.2d 39 (Tex. 1992), is the controlling case.

Quantum meruit is an equitable doctrine permitting recovery of the reasonable value of services rendered or benefits conferred, where there is no enforceable contract covering the services. The doctrine prevents unjust enrichment by allowing service providers to recover even without formal contract. Texas applies a four-element framework articulated in Heldenfels Bros. v. City of Corpus Christi, 832 S.W.2d 39 (Tex. 1992).

The four-element framework

Heldenfels Bros. v. City of Corpus Christi articulates the four elements: (1) valuable services or materials furnished; (2) to the party sought to be charged; (3) accepted by that party; (4) under circumstances reasonably notifying the recipient that the provider expected to be paid. The fourth element is critical and often dispositive, services provided gratuitously, by family members, as a favor, or in volunteer contexts do not support quantum meruit because the "reasonable expectation of payment" element fails.

The express contract bar

Truly v. Austin, 744 S.W.2d 934 (Tex. 1988), established the principal limitation on quantum meruit: it is generally unavailable when an express contract covers the same subject matter. The rationale: quantum meruit is an equitable gap-filler; where the parties have agreed on terms, those terms govern. Application: a contractor who completes work under an express written contract cannot pursue quantum meruit if the work is covered by the contract, recovery must be under the contract terms. Quantum meruit may be pleaded as an alternative theory but cannot recover if the express contract applies and is enforceable.

Common applications

Recurring fact patterns in Texas commercial quantum meruit: (1) contractor work outside the contract scope, extra work performed on the same project beyond the contract specifications; (2) professional services, accountant, consultant, or advisor performs services with no formal engagement letter or where engagement is unclear; (3) real estate broker commissions, commission disputes where listing agreement is contested; (4) partnership dissolution, partner who provided services without express compensation arrangement; (5) landlord improvements, tenant performs improvements not covered by lease; (6) aborted transactions, deal fails before close, but party performed substantial work in reliance.

Damages, reasonable value

Quantum meruit recovery is the reasonable value of services rendered or benefits conferred, not the contract price (which doesn't exist) and not the gain to the recipient (which is unjust enrichment, a related but distinct doctrine). Reasonable value is typically established through (1) market rates for similar services; (2) the provider's customary rates; (3) industry standards; (4) expert testimony on commercially reasonable charges. The recipient's actual gain is relevant but not dispositive, quantum meruit recovers fair compensation for the work, not the windfall to the recipient.

Distinction from unjust enrichment

Quantum meruit and unjust enrichment are closely related equitable doctrines but distinct: (1) quantum meruit, focuses on services rendered; recovery is the reasonable value of those services; (2) unjust enrichment, focuses on benefit retained by the defendant; recovery is the value of the benefit conferred. Both prevent unjust enrichment in the broad sense but with different framing. Texas courts treat them as separate causes of action with overlapping elements; sophisticated pleadings include both as alternatives.

Distinction from promissory estoppel

Quantum meruit and promissory estoppel address different fact patterns: (1) quantum meruit, based on services rendered or benefits conferred; no promise required; (2) promissory estoppel, based on a promise that was relied upon; no actual services to recipient required. A construction subcontractor who builds out a project before the prime contractor signs the subcontract has both: services rendered (quantum meruit) and reliance on the prime contractor's promises (promissory estoppel). See Promissory Estoppel.

Statute of limitations

Quantum meruit claims are typically subject to the 4-year residual statute of limitations under § 16.051, running from the date the cause of action accrued. Accrual generally occurs when (1) services were rendered and (2) the defendant refused payment or otherwise made clear that compensation would not be forthcoming. Where services are continuing, the limitations period may run from the last services rendered.

Practical context

For Texas commercial service providers, quantum meruit is the principal recovery theory when formal contract is unavailable. Best practice: (1) document the work performed contemporaneously with detailed records; (2) document the recipient's awareness of and acceptance of the work; (3) document any communications suggesting payment expectation; (4) plead quantum meruit alternatively to breach of contract; (5) prepare reasonable-value evidence (market rates, customary charges, expert testimony). Common defenses: (1) express contract covers the subject matter (the principal bar); (2) services were gratuitous or volunteered; (3) recipient did not accept the services; (4) limitations expired; (5) the value claimed is excessive. Provider best practice for prevention: get engagement letters and scope-of-work documents in writing before substantial work begins, quantum meruit is a backup, not a strategy.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Promissory Estoppel· Consideration· Statute of Frauds· Statute of Limitations· Construction Contract

Quorum

The minimum number of shares entitled to vote that must be represented at a shareholder meeting for the meeting to validly transact business. Default: a majority of shares entitled to vote.

A quorum is the minimum number of shares entitled to vote that must be represented (in person, by remote communication, or by proxy) at a shareholder meeting for the meeting to validly transact business. The default quorum is a majority of shares entitled to vote.

Default rule

Under § 21.358(a), unless the certificate of formation provides otherwise, the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders.

Modification limits

The certificate of formation may set the quorum requirement at greater or less than a majority, but not less than one-third. § 21.358(b). The certificate or bylaws may also provide that the withdrawal of shareholders from a meeting may negate the presence of a quorum (§ 21.358(c)) and may restrict the ability of remaining shareholders to adjourn and reschedule when no quorum is present (§ 21.358(d)).

Director quorum

The default quorum for a board meeting is a majority of the number of directors fixed by the certificate or bylaws. § 21.416. The act of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present is the act of the board, unless the certificate or bylaws require a higher vote.

Practical context

Quorum manipulation, withdrawing to break quorum, calling meetings without proper notice, or shifting the quorum threshold by amendment, is a recurring source of closely-held-corporation governance disputes.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Annual Meeting· Special Meeting· Voting· Shareholder· Director

R

Ratification

The act by which a corporation, through its board of directors, shareholders, or both, retroactively approves a defective or unauthorized corporate act, curing the defect and giving the act binding effect. Texas codified a comprehensive ratification regime in 2014.

Ratification is the act by which a corporation, through its board of directors, shareholders, or both, retroactively approves a defective or unauthorized corporate act, curing the defect and giving the act binding effect. Texas codified a comprehensive ratification regime in 2014, modeled on Delaware's similar provisions.

What may be ratified

Under § 21.901, a "defective corporate act" includes any act that would have been within the power of the corporation but was, at the time, void or voidable due to a failure of authorization. Examples: shares issued without sufficient authorized capital, board action without quorum, shareholder votes without proper notice.

Procedure (§§ 21.904–21.907)

The board of directors must adopt resolutions stating the defective act, the date of the act, the nature of the defect, and the proposed ratification. If shareholder approval would have been required for the original act, shareholder approval is also required for the ratification. Notice must be given to all shareholders.

Effect of ratification (§ 21.910)

The defective act, as ratified, is treated as having been authorized as of the date of the original act, retroactively to the date of the act. The ratification cures the defect for all purposes, including litigation and contract enforcement.

Court action (§ 21.912)

Where ratification under the statute is impractical or contested, the corporation, a director, an officer, or a shareholder may petition the district court for an order validating the defective corporate act. The court has broad discretion to fashion appropriate relief.

Practical context

The ratification statute is a critical due-diligence tool. M&A transactions, financing rounds, and IPOs frequently uncover defective historic corporate acts (improper share issuances, missed shareholder votes, undocumented board actions) that must be cleaned up before closing. The ratification statute provides a clear procedure that pre-2014 Texas law did not.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Director· Shareholder· Corporation· Action by Written Consent· Voting· Due Diligence

Reasonable Compensation Doctrine

The IRS doctrine requiring S-corporation shareholder-employees to receive reasonable wages for services performed before taking distributions. Designed to prevent S-corp owners from avoiding employment taxes by characterizing compensation as distributions. Underpayment exposes the corporation and shareholder to reclassification, back payroll taxes, penalties, and interest.

The reasonable compensation doctrine requires S-corporation shareholder-employees to receive reasonable wages for services rendered to the corporation before taking distributions of corporate earnings. The doctrine is the IRS's principal enforcement mechanism against S-corp owners who attempt to avoid Social Security and Medicare taxes (FICA) by characterizing what should be wages as tax-favored distributions instead. The IRS has identified S-corp reasonable compensation as an ongoing audit priority.

Why the doctrine exists

S-corporation income passes through to shareholders without being subject to self-employment tax (unlike partnership distributions, which are generally subject to SE tax for general partners). Wages paid by an S-corp to a shareholder-employee are subject to FICA (15.3% combined employer/employee, with the Medicare portion uncapped). This creates a tax-arbitrage incentive for S-corp owners: minimize wages, maximize distributions. The reasonable compensation doctrine, combined with potential IRS reclassification authority, prevents the abuse.

Reasonable compensation factors

The IRS and courts apply a multi-factor test to determine reasonableness, including: (1) training and experience of the shareholder; (2) duties and responsibilities; (3) time and effort devoted to the business; (4) dividend history; (5) payments to non-shareholder employees in similar roles; (6) timing and manner of paying bonuses to key personnel; (7) what comparable businesses pay for similar services; (8) compensation agreements; (9) the use of a formula to determine compensation. Comparative data, published industry surveys, reasonable-compensation studies (RCReports, Salary.com), provides defensible support.

IRS reclassification consequences

If the IRS determines that distributions paid in lieu of wages were unreasonable, it may reclassify those distributions as wages. The corporation owes back FICA (employer 7.65% plus shareholder 7.65%) plus FUTA, plus penalties (typically 10%-25% of underpayment) and interest. For multi-year audit periods, the cumulative exposure can dwarf any tax savings achieved by under-paying wages. Statute of limitations is generally three years, but extends to six years for substantial omissions.

Practical compensation analysis

Defensible reasonable-compensation determinations include: (1) external market data for the role and industry; (2) the shareholder-employee's specific duties documented in writing; (3) a formula or methodology applied consistently across years; (4) consideration of dividend history and corporation profitability; (5) board or written-consent documentation of the compensation decision. The compensation decision should be made and documented annually, not improvised at year-end.

Practical context

For Texas S-corp owners, the reasonable compensation question becomes pointed at three moments: (1) at S-corp election, establishing initial wage levels; (2) during a profitable year when distributions are large relative to wages; (3) under IRS examination. Best-practice posture is annual documented compensation analysis (typically 30-60 minutes of work using comparable-compensation tools) with the analysis retained in the corporate records. The cost of analysis is small compared to a multi-year reclassification audit.

Companion article: Before You Fire That Employee, Texas Pre-Termination Checklist

Related Terms
S-Corporation Election· Pass-Through Entity· Distribution· Tax Distribution Provision· Fair Labor Standards Act

Registered Agent

The person or organization designated by a Texas filing entity to receive service of process and other official communications on the entity's behalf. Every Texas filing entity must designate and continuously maintain a registered agent and registered office.

A registered agent is the person or organization designated by a Texas filing entity to receive service of process and other official communications on the entity's behalf. Every Texas corporation, LLC, and other filing entity must designate and continuously maintain a registered agent and a registered office in Texas.

Requirements

Under § 5.201, every domestic and foreign filing entity must designate and continuously maintain (1) a registered agent, either an individual Texas resident or an organization authorized to transact business in Texas, and (2) a registered office at a Texas street address where service of process may be personally served during normal business hours. The registered office may not be solely a mailbox service or telephone answering service.

Consent requirement

Effective January 1, 2010, § 5.2011 requires that the registered agent must have consented in writing or by electronic record to serve in that capacity. The consent need not be filed but must be retained by the entity.

Substitute service

When a registered agent or office cannot be found through reasonable diligence, § 5.251 authorizes service of process on the Texas Secretary of State as substitute agent. The Secretary forwards process to the entity by certified mail under § 5.253.

Practical context

Many Texas entities use commercial registered-agent services (CT Corporation, Cogency Global, Northwest Registered Agent) rather than designating an officer or attorney. Failure to maintain a registered agent does not affect the validity of the entity's acts but exposes the entity to substitute service through the Secretary of State and to forfeiture for failure to maintain a registered agent under TBOC § 11.251(a)(3).

Companion article: Starting a Business in Texas

Related Terms
Certificate of Formation· Foreign Entity· Corporation· Limited Liability Company

Regulation A+

SEC rules under Title IV of the JOBS Act creating two tiers of "mini-IPO" offerings. Tier 1: up to $20 million annually with state-level registration. Tier 2: up to $75 million annually with SEC qualification, audited financial statements, ongoing reporting, and state-law preemption. Securities are freely tradable post-offering (subject to investor type limits in Tier 2). Form 1-A offering circular required. Useful intermediate path between Reg D private placements and full Form S-1 IPO.

Regulation A+ (also called Reg A) is an SEC framework under Title IV of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act of 2012 creating "mini-IPO" offerings for non-accredited investors. The framework provides two tiers: Tier 1 (up to $20 million) requires state-level registration; Tier 2 (up to $75 million) requires SEC qualification with state-law preemption. Reg A+ is an intermediate path between Reg D private placements (limited to specific investor types) and full Form S-1 IPO (substantial cost and ongoing reporting). Securities issued under Reg A+ are freely tradable, supporting secondary liquidity.

Tier 1 vs. Tier 2, key differences

The two Reg A+ tiers: (1) Tier 1: up to $20 million annually; state-level registration required (substantial multi-state burden); no ongoing SEC reporting; no audited financial statement requirement; (2) Tier 2: up to $75 million annually; SEC-only qualification (state-law preemption); ongoing semiannual and annual SEC reporting; audited financial statement requirement; per-investor investment limits for non-accredited (10% of greater of annual income or net worth). Most issuers use Tier 2 because the state-law preemption avoids the multi-state registration burden, typically more cost-efficient than Tier 1's state-by-state approach.

Form 1-A offering circular

Reg A+ offerings require Form 1-A offering circular qualified by the SEC. Form 1-A is a comprehensive disclosure document parallel to Form S-1 but with reduced requirements: (1) business description; (2) risk factors; (3) management discussion and analysis; (4) directors, officers, and significant employees; (5) compensation of directors and executive officers; (6) security ownership; (7) related-party transactions; (8) financial statements, Tier 2 requires audited; (9) use of proceeds; (10) plan of distribution. The SEC qualification process typically takes 3-6 months including comment-and-response cycles.

Per-investor limits (Tier 2)

Tier 2 imposes per-investor investment limits for non-accredited investors: 10% of the greater of annual income or net worth (per offering). Accredited investors face no per-investor limits. The limit applies on per-offering basis, not aggregate across all offerings. The per-investor limits are intended to protect retail investors from concentration risk while still permitting meaningful retail participation. Issuers must obtain investor representations regarding the limits.

Testing the waters

Reg A+ permits "testing the waters", issuers can solicit investor interest before filing Form 1-A: (1) before filing, solicitation permitted with required legends; (2) after filing but before qualification, solicitation permitted with offering circular delivery requirement. Testing the waters allows: (a) gauging investor interest before incurring offering costs; (b) building investor list; (c) refining offering terms based on feedback. Subject to anti-fraud rules, false or misleading communications create exposure regardless of formal status.

Ongoing reporting (Tier 2)

Tier 2 issuers face ongoing SEC reporting: (1) Form 1-K (annual report), comprehensive annual disclosure with audited financial statements; (2) Form 1-SA (semiannual report), interim financial statements and updated information; (3) Form 1-U (current report), for material events; (4) Form 1-Z (suspension/termination of reporting). The reporting burden is substantial, comparable to but somewhat lighter than full Exchange Act reporting. Issuers should evaluate reporting cost as part of Reg A+ economics.

Securities tradability

Reg A+ securities are freely tradable after qualification (no Rule 144-style holding period for non-affiliates), supporting secondary liquidity. This distinguishes Reg A+ from Reg D (where Rule 144 typically requires 6-month or 1-year holding). Some Reg A+ issuers list securities on OTC markets or specialized platforms for secondary trading. The free tradability supports retail investor participation but creates ongoing market dynamics for issuer.

Comparison to alternatives

Reg A+ comparison: (1) vs. Reg D, Reg D limits to specific investor types but no offering size limit; Reg A+ permits non-accredited but caps offering size; (2) vs. Reg CF, Reg CF caps at $5M; Reg A+ Tier 2 caps at $75M; (3) vs. Form S-1 IPO, Form S-1 has no offering limit but substantially higher cost ($2-5M+ typical); Reg A+ has lower cost ($300K-$1M typical); (4) vs. Reverse Merger, different mechanism for going public; Reg A+ is direct primary offering. Reg A+ fills the gap between Reg CF and full IPO for offerings $5M-$75M targeting retail investors.

Practical context

For Texas issuers considering Reg A+, the framework supports specific use cases: (1) consumer-facing brands with retail investor base; (2) pre-IPO companies wanting public-style distribution before full S-1; (3) companies needing $5M-$75M without limiting to accredited investors; (4) issuers wanting tradable securities post-offering. Best practice: (1) evaluate Tier 1 vs. Tier 2, most use Tier 2 for state preemption; (2) prepare for substantial offering costs ($300K-$1M typical) including SEC counsel, audit, marketing; (3) plan for 6-12 month timeline from initial preparation to qualification; (4) coordinate with funding portal or broker-dealer for offering execution; (5) evaluate ongoing reporting burden as part of total cost; (6) consider OTC listing for secondary trading. For investors: (1) understand per-investor limits (10% threshold for non-accredited); (2) recognize free tradability post-offering; (3) review Form 1-A offering circular thoroughly. Common pitfall: issuers underestimating SEC qualification timeline (typically 3-6 months including SEC comments) and total offering cost, Reg A+ is substantially more expensive and slower than Reg D.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Regulation D· Regulation CF· Accredited Investor· Reverse Merger· Texas Securities Act

Regulation Crowdfunding (Reg CF)

SEC rules under Title III of the JOBS Act of 2012 permitting crowdfunding offerings to non-accredited investors through registered funding portals or broker-dealers. Annual offering limit $5 million (raised from $1.07M in 2021). Per-investor limits based on income/net worth. Requires Form C disclosure, financial statements, and ongoing reporting. Most-used framework for online retail-investor capital raising. Codified at 17 C.F.R. § 227.100 et seq.

Regulation Crowdfunding (Reg CF) is the SEC framework permitting crowdfunding offerings to non-accredited investors through registered funding portals or broker-dealers. Authorized by Title III of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act of 2012 and effective in 2016, Reg CF was significantly expanded in 2021 with the offering limit raised from $1.07 million to $5 million annually. Reg CF is the most-used framework for online retail-investor capital raising in the U.S., supporting platforms like Republic, StartEngine, Wefunder, and others.

Annual offering limit, $5 million

The Reg CF annual offering limit is $5 million in any 12-month period (raised from $1.07 million in March 2021). The increase substantially expanded Reg CF's utility for growing companies, pre-2021, Reg CF was practical only for very early-stage offerings; post-2021 expansion, Reg CF supports more substantial Series A-equivalent offerings.

Per-investor limits

Reg CF imposes per-investor limits based on income/net worth: (1) both income and net worth less than $124,000, the greater of $2,500 or 5% of the lesser of annual income or net worth; (2) either income or net worth ≥$124,000, 10% of the lesser of annual income or net worth, up to $124,000 maximum; (3) accredited investors, no per-investor limit (post-2021 expansion). The thresholds are adjusted periodically for inflation. Per-investor limits are aggregated across all Reg CF offerings in 12-month period.

Funding portal requirement

Reg CF offerings must be conducted through SEC-registered funding portals or broker-dealers. Major U.S. platforms: (1) Wefunder; (2) StartEngine; (3) Republic; (4) Honeycomb Credit; (5) Mainvest; and others. Funding portals are subject to SEC and FINRA regulation including: registration, AML, customer protection, communications restrictions, due diligence requirements. Issuers contract with platforms for offering execution; platforms charge fees (typically 5-10% of capital raised) plus equity in some cases.

Form C disclosure

Reg CF issuers must file Form C with the SEC and provide it to investors via the funding portal. Form C disclosures include: (1) company description, business, products, market; (2) management, directors, officers, 20%+ owners; (3) financial information, based on offering size: (a) up to $124K, internal financial statements; (b) $124K-$1.235M, independently reviewed financial statements; (c) $1.235M-$5M, independently audited financial statements; (4) use of proceeds; (5) offering terms, security type, pricing, investor rights; (6) risk factors; (7) related-party transactions; (8) indebtedness. The financial statement requirements escalate with offering size, audited statements above $1.235M is significant compliance burden.

Ongoing reporting

Reg CF issuers must file ongoing reports with the SEC: (1) Form C-AR (annual report), filed annually until first of: (a) issuer becomes Exchange Act reporting company; (b) issuer has $10M+ assets and 300+ holders for two consecutive years; (c) issuer or third party purchases all Reg CF securities; (d) liquidation. Annual reporting includes audited financial statements (for offerings $1.235M+) and updated business information. Ongoing reporting burden is substantial for small companies.

Resale restrictions

Reg CF securities are subject to one-year resale restriction. After 12 months, securities can be resold subject to: (1) Rule 144 requirements for sales to public; (2) private resales to accredited investors. Many funding portals offer secondary trading platforms supporting Reg CF securities; secondary liquidity is improving but remains limited compared to public-market alternatives.

Testing the waters (2021 expansion)

The 2021 expansion permits "testing the waters" before formal Reg CF offering, issuers can solicit investor interest without committing to specific offering terms. This allows: (1) gauging investor interest before incurring offering costs; (2) building investor list; (3) refining offering terms based on feedback. Communications must include specific disclosures and cannot solicit money before formal offering launch. Testing the waters provisions parallel Rule 506(c) and Reg A+ analogous provisions.

Bad actor disqualification

Reg CF includes Rule 503 bad actor disqualification parallel to Rule 506(d): covered persons (issuer, directors, officers, 20%+ owners, certain promoters) cannot have specified disqualifying events. Disqualification voids ability to use Reg CF, comprehensive bad actor checks are required before Reg CF offering. Funding portals typically conduct bad actor verification as part of issuer onboarding.

Practical context

For Texas issuers considering Reg CF, the framework is best suited for consumer-facing brands with passionate retail investor bases. Best practice: (1) evaluate Reg CF vs. Reg D, Reg CF works for retail investor base; Reg D for institutional/accredited; (2) for offerings above $1.235M, prepare for audited financial statements requirement, substantial cost; (3) coordinate with funding portal, fees, equity, ongoing relationship; (4) consider ongoing reporting burden, annual financials and disclosures; (5) coordinate Reg CF with anticipated subsequent rounds, Reg CF investors create cap table complexity for future Reg D rounds; (6) leverage marketing and community-building benefits of Reg CF (transparency, community engagement). For investors: (1) understand per-investor limits; (2) conduct independent due diligence, funding portals do limited verification; (3) recognize illiquidity (12-month minimum hold); (4) coordinate Reg CF investments across multiple offerings to manage limits. Common pitfall: issuers underestimating ongoing reporting burden, annual audited financial statements are expensive and burdensome for small companies.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Regulation D· Regulation A+· Accredited Investor· Texas Securities Act· Form D

Regulation D

SEC rules (17 C.F.R. §§ 230.500-230.508) providing safe-harbor exemptions from securities registration for private offerings. Three principal exemptions: Rule 504 (limited offerings up to $10M), Rule 506(b) (unlimited amount; up to 35 non-accredited investors plus unlimited accredited; no general solicitation), Rule 506(c) (unlimited amount; accredited investors only with verification; general solicitation permitted). Most U.S. private capital raising relies on Rule 506.

Regulation D is the SEC's principal safe-harbor framework for private securities offerings, exempting qualifying transactions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. Most U.S. private capital raising relies on Regulation D; the rules establish predictable parameters for issuers to raise capital from investors without the cost and disclosure burdens of registered public offerings. Three principal exemptions: Rule 504 (limited offerings), Rule 506(b) (unlimited amount, no general solicitation), Rule 506(c) (unlimited amount, general solicitation permitted with accredited-only investors).

Rule 504, limited offerings

Rule 504 permits offerings up to $10 million in any 12-month period with significant flexibility: no investor sophistication requirements; no specific federal disclosure requirements; general solicitation permitted in some circumstances (with state-law restrictions). The trade-off: state-law registration requirements remain, Rule 504 securities are NOT "covered securities" preempting state registration. Rule 504 is most useful for small offerings in single state or limited number of states.

Rule 506(b), the workhorse

Rule 506(b) is the most commonly used Reg D exemption: (1) no general solicitation; (2) up to 35 non-accredited investors plus unlimited accredited; (3) sophistication requirement for non-accredited, issuer must reasonably believe each non-accredited investor has knowledge and experience to evaluate the investment; (4) disclosure requirements, if any non-accredited investors, specific disclosure required (typically PPM); (5) Form D filing within 15 days of first sale; (6) covered securities, preempts state registration. Most issuers limit to accredited-only to avoid the non-accredited disclosure requirements.

Rule 506(c), general solicitation permitted

Rule 506(c), added by the JOBS Act in 2013, permits general solicitation but with stricter investor requirements: (1) all purchasers must be accredited investors; (2) issuer must take reasonable steps to verify accredited status, self-certification is insufficient; (3) unlimited offering amount; (4) covered securities; (5) Form D filing required. Verification methods: tax returns, financial statements, third-party confirmation from broker-dealer/RIA/attorney/CPA, or third-party verification services. The general solicitation flexibility is valuable for online offerings, demo days, and broad marketing, but the verification burden is meaningful.

Form D filing

Issuers using Reg D must file Form D with the SEC within 15 days of the first sale of securities. Form D includes issuer information, offering details (rule used, amount, types of investors), related persons, and certification. Form D is filed electronically through EDGAR. Failure to file timely does not by itself void the exemption but signals non-compliance. Most states require parallel notice filings within similar timeframes.

Bad Actor disqualification

Rule 506(d) "bad actor" disqualification prevents reliance on Rule 506 by issuers where covered persons (issuer, directors, officers, 20%+ beneficial owners, GPs of pooled investment funds, certain promoters and compensated solicitors) have specified disqualifying events: criminal convictions related to securities; court injunctions; SEC disciplinary orders; suspensions/expulsions from SROs. Disqualification is forward-looking only, does not apply to pre-Sept. 23, 2013 events but requires written disclosure. Bad actor checks are critical compliance step before Reg D offerings.

Rule 506(b) vs. 506(c) trade-off

The choice: (1) 506(b), no general solicitation but self-certification of accredited status acceptable; up to 35 non-accredited; works well for relationship-driven offerings to known investors; (2) 506(c), general solicitation permitted (online marketing, demo days, public communications) but accredited-only with verification burden; works well for broader marketing and online offerings.

Practical context

For Texas issuers raising private capital, Reg D is foundational. Best practice: (1) determine which Reg D rule fits, most use 506(b); 506(c) for broader marketing; 504 for small offerings; (2) for 506(b), prepare PPM if any non-accredited investors will be included, typically simpler to limit to accredited only; (3) for 506(c), implement verification process; (4) conduct bad actor checks on all covered persons before offering; (5) file Form D within 15 days of first sale; (6) coordinate state notice filings; (7) maintain documentation of investor qualification. Common pitfall: issuers conducting general solicitation in 506(b) offerings without recognizing the risk, investors learn about the offering through public channels, voiding the 506(b) exemption.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Accredited Investor· Form D· Private Placement Memorandum· Texas Securities Act· Regulation CF

Release

A contractual or unilateral relinquishment of a known claim against another party. Releases bar future claims within their scope; the scope is determined by the release language. Texas applies general contract-interpretation principles, with sophisticated parties presumed to understand release terms. Schlumberger Technology Corp. v. Swanson, 959 S.W.2d 171 (Tex. 1997), addresses the validity of releases despite mistake and fraud allegations. Releases of unknown claims must be expressly stated.

A release is a contractual or unilateral relinquishment of a known claim against another party. Releases are foundational to settlement practice, most settlements include a release of the underlying claims, often coupled with mutual releases of all claims between the parties. The scope of a release is determined by its language; sophisticated commercial parties are generally bound to the terms they sign, even if the release covers more than was specifically negotiated.

Types of releases

Common release structures: (1) specific release, releases identified claims (e.g., "all claims arising out of the lease dated [date]"); narrowest in scope; (2) broad release, releases all claims, known and unknown, between the parties as of the release date; (3) mutual release, both parties release each other; standard in commercial settlements; (4) unilateral release, only one party releases; common where consideration runs one way (employee severance, loan workout); (5) general release, all claims of every kind, often with broad "including but not limited to" language. The scope of release language is heavily negotiated and often decisive in subsequent disputes.

The Schlumberger framework, disclaimer of reliance

Schlumberger Technology Corp. v. Swanson, 959 S.W.2d 171 (Tex. 1997), addressed the enforceability of releases against fraud and mutual-mistake claims. The Texas Supreme Court held that a release with a disclaimer of reliance, language stating that the releasing party did not rely on representations of the other side, can defeat fraudulent-inducement claims. Italian Cowboy Partners (Tex. 2011) refined the framework: the disclaimer must be (1) clear and unambiguous; (2) freely negotiated by sophisticated parties; (3) not against public policy. Sophisticated commercial releases routinely include disclaimer-of-reliance language to defeat post-release fraud claims.

Release of unknown claims

Standard release language often refers to "claims known and unknown", but Texas courts apply heightened scrutiny to releases of truly unknown claims. Memorial Med. Ctr. of E. Texas v. Keszler (Tex. 1997) requires that releases of unknown claims be expressly stated. Boilerplate "all claims" language may not cover claims that were unknown at release execution if the language is ambiguous. Best practice: specifically reference unknown claims with words like "whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, suspected or unsuspected", this language has been held effective.

Statutory limits, DTPA waiver bar

Section 17.42 of the Business and Commerce Code makes consumer waivers of DTPA rights "contrary to public policy and unenforceable" except in narrow circumstances. The DTPA waiver bar significantly limits the use of releases in consumer transactions. Three exceptions in § 17.42: (1) consumer not in disparate bargaining position; (2) advised by counsel; (3) knowing waiver in writing. The exceptions are narrow; consumer releases of DTPA claims should be drafted carefully with the § 17.42 exceptions in mind.

Other public policy limits

Texas courts decline to enforce releases of: (1) future intentional torts, generally void as against public policy; (2) statutory rights with anti-waiver provisions, DTPA, certain employment statutes, securities laws; (3) fraud in the execution of the release itself, the release was procured by fraud about its content; (4) release procured by duress. Most other releases are enforceable per their terms among sophisticated parties.

Common drafting pitfalls

Frequent release-drafting failures: (1) scope ambiguity, unclear what claims are covered, leading to litigation over scope; (2) missing affiliated parties, release covers only signatory but not affiliates, parent, subsidiaries, employees; (3) missing future claims, release covers existing claims but not claims arising from same circumstances; (4) missing third parties, release covers parties but not third parties who may sue (employees, customers); (5) no disclaimer of reliance, exposing release to fraud-claim attack; (6) missing severability, entire release void if one provision is unenforceable.

Enforcement and challenges

Common challenges to releases: (1) fraud in inducement, release procured through misrepresentation (defeated by Schlumberger disclaimer when properly drafted); (2) mutual mistake, both parties operated under the same factual misunderstanding; (3) unconscionability, release terms or process so unfair as to be void; (4) scope challenge, claim falls outside the release language; (5) capacity, releasor lacked authority or capacity; (6) consideration, release given without consideration. Most challenges fail when the release was negotiated by sophisticated parties with counsel.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, release drafting is among the highest-leverage moments in settlement practice. Best practice: (1) draft scope precisely, reference specific claims, specific parties, specific timeframes; (2) include affiliated parties (parent, subsidiaries, employees, agents, attorneys); (3) cover both known and unknown claims with express language; (4) include disclaimer of reliance for sophisticated-party releases; (5) include mutual release where consideration flows both directions; (6) coordinate with confidentiality, non-disparagement, and other settlement provisions; (7) for consumer-facing releases, ensure DTPA § 17.42 compliance. The single most common failure: under-specifying scope, leaving room for the released party to assert claims that were technically not within the release language.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Settlement Agreement· Rule 11 Agreement· Severance Agreement· Deceptive Trade Practices Act· Mediation

Removal

The procedural mechanism by which a defendant moves a case from state court to federal court. Available only for cases that originally could have been filed in federal court. Texas Business Court removal is governed by Tex. Gov't Code § 25A.006.

Removal is the procedural mechanism by which a defendant moves a case from state court to federal court. Removal is available only for cases that originally could have been filed in federal court. The defendant must file a notice of removal in the federal district court for the district where the state court action is pending.

Removal grounds

A case may be removed if (1) the federal court would have had original jurisdiction over the case (federal question or diversity); (2) all defendants consent to removal (with limited exceptions); and (3) for diversity cases, no defendant is a citizen of the state where the action was filed (the "home-state defendant" rule).

Timing

Notice of removal must be filed within 30 days after service of the initial pleading. § 1446(b). For cases that become removable later (e.g., after dismissal of a non-diverse defendant), the 30-day period runs from the date the case becomes removable.

Remand

A plaintiff who believes removal was improper may move for remand. § 1447(c). Procedural defects (untimeliness, failure to obtain consent) must be raised within 30 days of removal; subject-matter-jurisdiction objections may be raised at any time.

Texas Business Court removal

Under Tex. Gov't Code § 25A.006, qualifying cases filed in Texas district court may be removed to the Texas Business Court by agreement of all parties or, in some circumstances, on motion of one party.

Practical context

Removal is the principal forum-selection lever for defendants in cross-jurisdictional commercial disputes. Federal court generally favors defendants in many commercial contexts (procedure, judicial quality, summary judgment standards). Sophisticated defendants evaluate removal immediately on receipt of state-court process.

Companion article: The CEO's Guide to Getting Sued

Related Terms
Subject Matter Jurisdiction· Personal Jurisdiction· Texas Business Court· Venue

Representations and Warranties

Statements of fact made by one party (typically the seller) to another (typically the buyer) in a transaction agreement, covering the condition of the target business. The central risk-allocation mechanism in any M&A transaction.

Representations and warranties are statements of fact made by one party (typically the seller) to another (typically the buyer) in a transaction agreement, covering the condition of the target business, its corporate organization, ownership of assets, financial statements, contracts, intellectual property, compliance with laws, litigation, employment, tax, and other material matters. A "representation" is technically a statement of present or past fact; a "warranty" is a promise that the fact is true. In Texas M&A practice the terms are used interchangeably.

Structure: general vs. fundamental

Most M&A agreements distinguish between general reps (financial statements, contracts, IP, compliance, litigation) and fundamental reps (organization, capitalization, authority, ownership of equity, no broker fees). Fundamental reps typically have longer survival periods (often through the statute of limitations or perpetually) and higher (or no) indemnification caps; general reps typically survive 12–24 months and are subject to standard indemnification caps.

Survival and limitation of liability

Most agreements expressly provide that reps and warranties survive closing for a specified period, typically 12 to 24 months for general reps, longer or perpetual for fundamental reps and specific tax reps. The survival period operates as a contractual statute of limitations: claims must be brought within the survival period or are barred. Post-2020 RWI practice has lengthened typical RWI policy periods to three years for general reps, often longer than the seller's contractual liability period.

Reliance and sandbagging

Whether a buyer must demonstrate reliance on a rep to recover for breach is contested under Texas law. See Sandbagging. Pro-sandbagging clauses (buyer-favorable) and anti-sandbagging clauses (seller-favorable) are increasingly common to remove the question from the default rule.

RWI market context

As of 2025, RWI is used in approximately 75% of private-equity transactions and 60%+ of larger strategic acquisitions. Premium rates are historically low (2.5%–3% of policy limit), with retentions as low as 0.5% of enterprise value. Increased competition has produced buyer-favorable terms, though tariff uncertainty and slow 2025 deal volume have produced mixed market conditions.

Practical context

Reps and warranties are the central risk-allocation mechanism in any M&A transaction. They identify what the buyer is paying for; they trigger indemnification when wrong; and they determine the parties' post-closing liability landscape. Disclosure schedules paired with the reps modify the reps with specific exceptions.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Disclosure Schedule· Indemnification (M&A)· Basket / Deductible· Indemnification Cap· Sandbagging· Due Diligence

Representations and Warranties Insurance (RWI)

2024

An insurance product covering breaches of representations and warranties in M&A transactions, transferring risk from seller (escrow/holdback) or buyer (direct claims) to an insurer. Buy-side RWI (most common) protects the buyer against losses from breach of seller's reps. Reduces or eliminates traditional escrows and survival periods, smoothing transactions and providing cleaner exits for sellers. Standard in middle-market and larger M&A; available in lower-mid-market through specialized programs.

Representations and Warranties Insurance (RWI) is an insurance product covering breaches of representations and warranties in M&A transactions. RWI transfers risk from the parties (typically held by sellers via escrow/holdback or by buyers via direct claims) to an insurer. The product has expanded dramatically since the early 2010s, once a niche tool, RWI is now standard in middle-market and larger M&A, and increasingly available in lower-mid-market deals. Buy-side RWI (most common) protects the buyer against losses from breach of seller's reps; sell-side RWI (less common) protects the seller against indemnification claims.

Buy-side RWI structure

Buy-side RWI is the most common structure (90%+ of RWI in current market). Standard structure: (1) insured, buyer (and typically buyer's affiliates); (2) covered persons, the buyer's claims for breach of representations and warranties in the purchase agreement; (3) policy limits, typically 10-30% of transaction value; (4) retention, typically 0.5-1% of transaction value, often dropping to 0.25-0.5% after 12 months; (5) policy period, 3 years for general reps, 6+ years for fundamental reps and tax; (6) premium, typically 2-4% of policy limit; varies by industry, deal size, and risk profile.

Sell-side RWI structure

Sell-side RWI (less common, ~10% of market) protects the seller against indemnification claims under the purchase agreement. Sell-side is most useful where the buyer insists on substantial indemnification but the seller wants to receive sale proceeds without holdback. Sell-side covers the seller for indemnification payments to the buyer, effectively converting the buyer's claim against seller into a claim against the seller's insurer. Sell-side coverage excludes seller's actual knowledge or fraud (standard) and does not cover intentional misrepresentation. Sell-side is more expensive than buy-side because of moral hazard concerns.

Deal benefits

RWI provides multiple deal benefits: (1) reduced or eliminated escrow, RWI replaces or substantially reduces traditional 10-15% indemnification escrows; (2) cleaner seller exit, sellers receive more proceeds at closing without indemnification overhang; (3) simplified survival, RWI provides longer effective survival than typical 12-18 month seller indemnification; (4) buyer protection against insolvent sellers, particularly valuable for distressed-seller acquisitions; (5) smoothed negotiation, RWI removes a significant negotiation friction point (indemnification scope and survival); (6) private equity fund considerations, particularly valuable for PE sellers wanting to close funds and distribute proceeds.

Standard exclusions

Standard RWI exclusions (varying by carrier): (1) known issues, matters disclosed in the data room or specifically known; (2) specific identified matters, disclosed risks identified during underwriting; (3) covenants and other agreements, RWI covers reps and warranties only, not covenants, indemnities, or other agreements; (4) purchase price adjustments, working capital, NWC adjustments handled separately; (5) certain tax matters, pre-closing tax indemnification typically excluded (though tax insurance available separately); (6) environmental beyond scope, environmental reps may be sublimited or excluded; (7) forward-looking statements, projections and forecasts; (8) specific industry risks, sector-specific exclusions for high-risk industries (cannabis, crypto, certain regulated businesses); (9) fraud, actual fraud excluded.

Underwriting process

RWI underwriting requires substantial diligence: (1) application and information, broker submits application, financial information, transaction documents; (2) underwriting call, initial discussion with carrier on deal structure and risks; (3) diligence review, carrier reviews buyer's diligence reports, data room, transaction documents; (4) underwriting questions, written follow-up on identified issues; (5) policy negotiation, exclusions, retention, limits, definitions; (6) binding, coverage typically bound at signing or before closing. Typical timeline: 2-4 weeks from initial submission to bound coverage. Quality underwriting requires comprehensive diligence, RWI is not a substitute for diligence but a complement that prices residual risk.

Claims process

RWI claims process: (1) claim notification, insured notifies carrier of potential claim; (2) claim documentation, facts of breach, calculation of damages; (3) carrier investigation, carrier reviews claim and underlying issues; (4) defense or settlement, for third-party claims, carrier may control defense; for direct loss claims, carrier evaluates and pays. Typical claim timeline: 6-18 months for resolution. Claim payments tend to cluster in specific categories: financial statement reps, tax reps, compliance, intellectual property, employment. Industry data shows ~20% of policies have at least one claim notification.

Coordination with traditional indemnification

RWI coordinates with traditional purchase agreement indemnification: (1) RWI as primary, buyer claims first proceed against insurer; (2) seller indemnification as backstop, typically below RWI retention or for excluded items; (3) fundamental reps, often have separate seller indemnification regardless of RWI (capped at purchase price for fundamentals); (4) specific indemnification, pre-closing taxes, identified litigation, regulatory matters often handled by direct seller indemnification; (5) fraud carve-out, sellers remain liable for fraud regardless of RWI. Sophisticated transaction documents coordinate RWI with tailored indemnification to address all risk categories.

Practical context

For Texas M&A transactions in the middle market and above, RWI is increasingly standard. Best practice: (1) for buyers, engage RWI broker early in diligence, at least 2-3 weeks before signing; (2) for sellers, evaluate RWI economics, typical breakeven is 0.5-1% of deal value in retained risk; (3) coordinate RWI with traditional indemnification, RWI replaces but does not eliminate need for tailored indemnification on specific risks; (4) negotiate exclusions carefully, broad exclusions defeat coverage; (5) maintain comprehensive diligence quality, underwriting depends on diligence; (6) consider tax insurance separately for material tax issues; (7) document underwriting communications carefully, claims defense often turns on what was disclosed during underwriting. Common gaps: parties assume RWI covers everything in the purchase agreement and reduce indemnification accordingly, leaving uncovered exposure on covenants, specific risks, and forward-looking matters. RWI is part of a comprehensive risk allocation, not a complete substitute.

Companion article: Selling Your Business

Related Terms
Indemnification (M&A)· Indemnification Cap· Representations and Warranties· Disclosure Schedule· Sandbagging

Reservation of Rights

An insurer's notice to its insured that, while the insurer is providing defense, it reserves the right to deny indemnification (or specific coverage positions) based on policy provisions, exclusions, or factual developments. Common in cases involving partial coverage, allocation issues, or developing facts. The reservation preserves the insurer's coverage defenses while still defending under the policy. Triggers specific procedural rights for the insured under Texas law, including potentially the right to independent counsel.

A reservation of rights is an insurer's notice to its insured that, while the insurer is providing defense under the policy, the insurer reserves the right to deny coverage (in whole or in part) based on policy provisions, exclusions, or factual developments. Reservation of rights is the standard insurer practice when there is potential coverage but also potential defenses to indemnification. The insurer continues to defend (avoiding bad-faith risk) while preserving coverage defenses for resolution at the indemnity stage. Texas law gives reservation of rights specific procedural consequences, including potentially triggering the insured's right to independent counsel.

Why insurers reserve rights

Common circumstances triggering reservation of rights: (1) some allegations within coverage, others outside, petition includes covered and uncovered claims; (2) coverage exclusions potentially apply, based on facts that may or may not be established; (3) insured's prior knowledge, claim may be subject to prior-knowledge exclusion; (4) policy limits and allocation, multiple insureds, multiple claims, multiple policies require allocation; (5) fraud or intentional acts, exclusions may apply if certain conduct is established; (6) policy condition compliance, insured's compliance with notice, cooperation, or other conditions in question; (7) scope of professional services, for E&O, whether the conduct falls within covered services. Reserving rights protects the insurer's coverage defenses while complying with the duty to defend.

The eight-corners rule

Texas applies the "eight-corners rule" to the duty to defend: comparing the four corners of the petition to the four corners of the policy. If allegations in the petition state a potentially-covered claim, the insurer must defend the entire suit, even if other allegations are outside coverage. The rule is plaintiff-friendly: the duty to defend can attach even where ultimate indemnification is unlikely. Richards v. State Farm Lloyds (Tex. 2020) modified the rule to permit consideration of extrinsic evidence in narrow circumstances (where the evidence is undisputed, doesn't conflict with petition allegations, and goes solely to coverage rather than the merits of the underlying claim).

Procedural mechanics

Reservation of rights typically follows specific procedural mechanics: (1) tender of defense, insured tenders the claim to the insurer; (2) insurer review, coverage and defense analysis; (3) reservation letter, written letter from insurer agreeing to defend but reserving specific coverage defenses; (4) defense provision, insurer provides defense, typically through its panel counsel; (5) continuing reservation, insurer monitors developments and may modify or expand reservation; (6) coverage adjudication, declaratory judgment action or coverage adjudication separately from underlying suit. The reservation letter must identify the specific coverage issues with reasonable specificity; vague reservations may be ineffective.

Triggering independent counsel, the Davalos rule

Northern County Mut. Ins. Co. v. Davalos (Tex. 2004) is the controlling Texas case on independent counsel. The court held that an insured is entitled to independent counsel (paid by the insurer) when there is a conflict of interest between the insurer's coverage interests and the insured's defense interests. Common triggering circumstances: (1) petition alleges both covered and uncovered conduct, defense counsel could steer the case toward outcomes favorable to the insurer's coverage position; (2) punitive damages at issue (often uninsurable); (3) insured's intent or knowledge at issue (often basis for coverage exclusion). Where independent counsel is triggered, the insured selects counsel of its choice (often subject to insurer reasonableness review of rates).

Insured's options when rights are reserved

Insured's response options to reservation of rights: (1) accept defense under reservation, most common; insured accepts defense knowing coverage may be denied; (2) request independent counsel, when conflict triggers Davalos; (3) reject defense and provide own defense, if insured believes the reservation is improper or wants more control; insured may pursue reimbursement separately; (4) file declaratory judgment action, to resolve coverage issues separately from underlying suit; (5) seek modification of reservation, challenge specific reservations as unsupported. The choice depends on the strength of coverage defenses, conflict assessment, and strategic considerations.

Bad-faith implications

Improper reservation can expose the insurer to bad-faith liability: (1) reserving rights without basis, reservation must be supported by facts and policy provisions; (2) using reservation to limit defense quality, defense must be reasonable regardless of reservation; (3) failure to update reservation, circumstances change; reservations should be updated or withdrawn as facts develop; (4) reservation followed by improper denial, if reservation was used to set up coverage denial without good-faith basis. Tex. Ins. Code Ch. 541 applies to reservation conduct as much as to denial conduct.

Reservation vs. denial vs. coverage by estoppel

Critical distinctions: (1) reservation of rights, insurer defends and reserves coverage defenses; coverage may still be denied; (2) denial of coverage, insurer refuses to defend or indemnify; insured pursues defense independently with potential for coverage suit; (3) coverage by estoppel, historical doctrine where insurer that defended without reservation could be estopped from later denying coverage; modern Texas law has narrowed this doctrine, but failure to reserve rights properly can still impact later coverage positions. Best practice for insurers: reserve rights promptly, with specificity, and update as facts develop. Best practice for insureds: respond to reservation with informed assessment of coverage issues and conflict considerations.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties responding to claims and litigation, reservation of rights letters require careful analysis. Best practice for insureds: (1) read the reservation carefully, identify specific coverage issues; (2) evaluate Davalos conflict considerations, independent counsel may be available; (3) consider whether coverage adjudication should be pursued separately (declaratory judgment); (4) maintain communication with insurer through coverage counsel; (5) preserve evidence on coverage issues during underlying defense; (6) for material coverage disputes, engage independent coverage counsel even if insurer-paid defense counsel handles underlying claim. Best practice for insurers: reserve promptly with specificity; update as facts develop; ensure defense quality is unaffected by reservation; coordinate coverage and defense strategy. Common pitfalls: insureds accepting reservation without recognizing Davalos rights; insurers issuing boilerplate reservations without specific analysis. Coverage counsel review is high-value when reservation issues are material.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Commercial General Liability Insurance· Stowers Doctrine· Texas Insurance Code Chapter 541· Declaratory Judgment· Directors and Officers Insurance

Restrictive Covenant

A privately-imposed limitation on the use of real property, typically arising from a deed restriction or recorded declaration governing a subdivision, planned community, or condominium. Texas restrictive covenants are interpreted under common-law principles supplemented by the Texas Property Owners' Association Act and related statutes. Distinct from employment-context restrictive covenants (noncompete, nonsolicit) covered separately.

A restrictive covenant is a privately-imposed limitation on the use of real property, typically arising from a deed restriction or recorded declaration of covenants, conditions, and restrictions (CC&Rs) governing a subdivision, planned community, or condominium. Restrictive covenants run with the land and bind subsequent owners; they are the principal mechanism through which residential and commercial developments maintain consistent character, design standards, and use limitations over time. The term is also used in the employment context to describe noncompete and nonsolicitation agreements, which are addressed separately.

Creation and enforcement

Restrictive covenants are created by recordation of a written declaration in the real property records of the county where the property is located. They bind the original developer's parcels and all subsequent purchasers in the development. Enforcement is typically through (1) injunctive relief preventing or undoing a covenant violation; (2) declaratory judgment establishing the covenant's meaning; (3) monetary damages for breach; (4) self-help remedies under the declaration. The Texas Property Owners' Association Act provides additional enforcement procedures and protections for residential subdivisions.

Typical content

Common restrictive covenants in residential and commercial developments include: (1) use restrictions, single-family residential only, no commercial activity, no short-term rentals; (2) architectural restrictions, minimum/maximum square footage, exterior materials, color schemes, roofing types; (3) setback and density requirements; (4) landscape requirements; (5) signage restrictions; (6) livestock and animal restrictions; (7) vehicle and parking restrictions; (8) HOA membership and assessment obligations; (9) architectural review committee approval requirements; (10) amendments procedures requiring supermajority votes.

Construction principles

Texas common law historically construed restrictive covenants strictly against the party seeking to enforce them, favoring free use of property, but Section 202.003 reverses that presumption for covenants in residential real estate developments, requiring liberal construction "to give effect to its purposes and intent." For commercial covenants and older residential covenants, the strict-construction rule may still apply. Ambiguities are typically resolved by reference to the declaration's stated purposes and the surrounding circumstances of its adoption.

Termination and modification

Restrictive covenants can be modified or terminated by (1) compliance with amendment procedures in the declaration (typically supermajority owner vote); (2) expiration of stated term; (3) merger with the dominant estate; (4) abandonment (rarely successful, requires showing of widespread non-compliance evincing community intent to abandon); (5) waiver by repeated non-enforcement of similar violations (estoppel); (6) changed conditions (rarely successful in Texas); (7) judicial action.

Statutory limits

Several types of restrictive-covenant provisions are unenforceable as a matter of Texas statute: (1) discriminatory restrictions based on race, color, national origin, religion (§ 5.026); (2) restrictions on flag display under specified conditions; (3) restrictions on certain solar collectors; (4) restrictions on fostering and adoption of children; (5) restrictions on rainwater harvesting devices; (6) various other narrow statutory exemptions enacted over the years. Enforcement of clearly unenforceable provisions can expose the HOA or developer to attorney's fees and damages.

Practical context

For Texas commercial property buyers in restricted developments (office parks, retail centers, master-planned communities), the restrictive covenants are typically the second most important title document after the deed itself. Buyers should (1) review every recorded restriction; (2) confirm planned use is compatible; (3) understand HOA assessment levels and reserve adequacy; (4) review architectural review process for any planned construction; (5) confirm amendment thresholds and existing amendment activity. For residential buyers, the same review applies plus particular attention to short-term rental, home-business, and vehicle/RV restrictions that increasingly drive HOA disputes.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Deed· Easement· Commercial Real Estate Purchase Agreement· Noncompete Agreement· Title Insurance

Retainage

2022

A portion of each construction payment withheld by the owner (or upper-tier contractor) until project completion to ensure performance and provide a fund for subcontractor lien claims. Texas requires owners to reserve 10% of payments to original contractors for 30 days after final completion under Tex. Prop. Code § 53.101. Post-HB 2237, the term "retainage" applies only to contractual retainage; owner-withheld funds are now "reserved funds."

Retainage is a portion of each construction payment withheld by the owner (or by an upper-tier contractor from a subcontractor) until project completion. Retainage serves dual purposes: (1) ensuring the contractor or subcontractor's continued performance through final completion; and (2) providing a fund from which lien claims and final-completion items can be paid. Texas law requires owners to reserve 10% of payments to original contractors for 30 days after final completion. House Bill 2237 (effective January 1, 2022) reformed the terminology, what was previously called "statutory retainage" is now "reserved funds," and "retainage" now refers only to contractual retainage held within the contracting chain.

Owner's reserved funds obligation (post-HB 2237)

Section 53.101 requires the owner of property being improved to retain 10% of the contract price (or value of the work performed if no contract price) during the progress of the work. The reserved funds must be held for 30 days after final completion, termination, or abandonment of the original contract, providing a window during which subcontractors can perfect lien claims against the reserved funds before they are released to the original contractor.

Owner's liability for failure to reserve

If the owner fails to maintain the required reserved funds, the owner becomes personally liable to qualified lien claimants for the amount that should have been reserved, up to the reserved-funds amount. Section 53.105 makes this liability direct and personal, it does not require the claimant to first exhaust remedies against the original contractor. This is one of the few circumstances under Texas law where an owner is personally liable to subcontractors with whom the owner has no direct contract.

Contractual retainage

"Contractual retainage" refers to amounts withheld within the contracting chain, typically 10% withheld by the original contractor from each progress payment to subcontractors, and similar withholdings down the chain. These are governed by the underlying contract, not by § 53.101. Subcontractors claiming a lien for contractual retainage must serve a § 53.057 notice and meet the retainage-specific lien-filing deadline (15th day of the 3rd month after the original contract was completed, terminated, or abandoned), which can differ from the general lien-filing deadline.

Release timing

Reserved funds are released to the original contractor at the end of the 30-day post-completion window, assuming no perfected lien claims against the funds. Contractual retainage is released according to the underlying subcontract terms, typically tied to substantial completion of the subcontractor's work plus delivery of close-out items (warranties, as-built drawings, lien releases). Texas law does not impose a maximum retainage rate, but most commercial contracts cap retainage at 10% with reduction (often to 5%) at substantial completion.

Common disputes

Recurring retainage disputes include: (1) whether substantial completion has occurred and triggered reduction; (2) whether final completion has occurred and triggered release; (3) whether the contractor has cured punch-list items entitling release; (4) whether subcontractor lien claims against retainage are valid; (5) interaction between reserved funds release and outstanding lien claims; (6) whether retainage was wrongfully withheld (potentially triggering Prompt Payment Act interest).

Practical context

For Texas owners, the reserved-funds obligation is a meaningful compliance burden, the 10% reservation must be tracked through the project life cycle, and failure to maintain reserved funds creates personal liability to subcontractors. Best practice: separate accounting for reserved funds throughout the project, with formal release procedures at the 30-day post-completion mark. For subcontractors, retainage claims against reserved funds are often the only meaningful payment recovery when the original contractor fails, the § 53.057 notice and retainage-specific lien-filing deadline must be calendared and met.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Mechanic's and Materialman's Lien· Construction Contract· Texas Prompt Payment Act· Affidavit of Completion· Pay-When-Paid vs. Pay-If-Paid

Reverse Merger

A merger structure (most commonly "reverse triangular") in which the target entity survives and the acquirer's subsidiary is the disappearing entity. Economically equivalent to a stock purchase but provides specific tax, contractual, and regulatory advantages.

A reverse merger (sometimes called a "reverse triangular merger" in its most common form) is a merger structure in which the target entity survives the merger and the acquirer's subsidiary is the disappearing entity. The economic effect is identical to a stock purchase, the target's equity is exchanged for the buyer's consideration and the target becomes a wholly-owned subsidiary of the buyer, but the merger structure provides specific tax, contractual, and regulatory advantages.

Reverse triangular merger structure

The buyer forms a wholly-owned merger subsidiary ("MergerCo"). MergerCo merges with and into the target, with the target as the surviving entity. The target's shareholders receive the merger consideration; their target shares are cancelled; MergerCo's shares (held by the buyer) are converted into the target's surviving equity. The result: target is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of the buyer.

Why use the structure

Continuity of contracts. The target survives, so contracts with change-of-control provisions triggered by acquisition may not be triggered by a reverse merger (depending on contract language). This is the principal practical advantage.

Tax treatment. A reverse triangular merger using buyer voting stock can qualify as a tax-free "B reorganization" under IRC § 368(a)(1)(B) (or § 368(a)(2)(E)), permitting tax-free treatment for target shareholders.

Regulatory and licensing. Where target holds licenses or permits non-transferable on transfer of equity but unaffected by survival of the target entity, reverse merger preserves the licenses.

Forward merger distinguished

A "forward triangular merger" uses the same triangular structure but has the target merge into MergerCo (so MergerCo survives, target disappears). Tax and contract continuity considerations differ, forward triangular mergers receive different IRC treatment and do not preserve target's contracts.

Practical context

Reverse triangular mergers are the dominant Texas M&A structure for acquisitions of corporate targets where (a) the buyer wants the operational continuity of a stock purchase and (b) the target's contract portfolio includes meaningful change-of-control provisions that survival of the target may avoid.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Merger· Stock Purchase· Asset Purchase· Conversion

Right of First Refusal (ROFR)

A contractual right giving the holder the option to purchase property or interests at the same terms offered by a third party, before the seller can complete the third-party transaction. Standard in stockholder agreements, real estate, and partnership contexts to control who can become an owner. Distinguishable from Right of First Offer (ROFO), ROFO requires seller to offer to holder first; ROFR requires holder to match third-party offer.

A Right of First Refusal (ROFR) is a contractual right giving the holder the option to purchase property or interests at the same terms offered by a third party, before the seller can complete the third-party transaction. ROFRs are standard in stockholder agreements, real estate contracts, and partnership arrangements to control who can become an owner. The economic structure: seller obtains bona fide third-party offer, presents it to ROFR holder, holder elects to match (and purchase) or decline (allowing third-party transaction). ROFRs are distinguishable from Rights of First Offer (ROFO), ROFO requires seller to offer to holder first.

Standard ROFR mechanics

Typical ROFR provision flow: (1) seller solicits or receives offer from third party; (2) seller obtains bona fide offer with specified terms; (3) seller delivers notice to ROFR holder including offer terms; (4) response period, typically 15-60 days for holder to elect; (5) match, holder agrees to purchase at same terms; (6) decline, holder declines; seller may complete third-party transaction on same or substantially same terms; (7) re-offer if material terms change. The mechanics ensure ROFR holder receives genuine opportunity to purchase.

ROFR vs. ROFO

Distinct rights with different economic implications: (1) ROFR (Right of First Refusal), seller must obtain third-party offer first, then offer to holder at those terms; (2) ROFO (Right of First Offer), seller must offer to holder first at specified or negotiated price, before approaching third parties. ROFO is generally more seller-friendly (no need to involve third parties in price discovery if holder is interested). ROFR is more buyer-friendly (objective market price discovery; holder doesn't need to commit before knowing market value).

Common ROFR contexts

ROFRs appear in: (1) stockholder agreements, restricting transfers of stock; (2) LLC operating agreements, limiting member transfers; (3) real estate, rights to purchase real property; (4) commercial leases, tenant rights to purchase landlord's property; (5) partnership agreements, controlling partner exit; (6) investor side letters, VC ROFR on subsequent sales; (7) licensing agreements, IP licensee rights to acquire IP if licensor sells. Each context has distinct considerations.

Triggering events

ROFR triggering events typically include: (1) proposed sale to third party; (2) change of control of seller in some structures; (3) transfer to specified parties (sometimes excluded, family transfers, trust transfers); (4) merger or restructuring, case-specific; Tenneco v. Enterprise Products (Tex. 1996) addressed mergers as triggering events. Drafting precision is critical, courts construe triggers narrowly. Common gaps: change-of-control of upstream entities, transfers to affiliates.

Drafting issues

Recurring ROFR drafting issues: (1) "same terms" requirement, strict matching vs. economic equivalent; (2) specific performance availability, typically yes for unique property; (3) response period, too short impractical; too long delays seller; (4) notice requirements, what information must be provided; (5) excluded transfers, family, estate planning, affiliate transfers commonly excluded; (6) deemed offer requirements, parties' obligations to seek genuine third-party offers; (7) survival, duration of ROFR; (8) damages, typically specific performance plus possible damages.

Common pitfalls

Frequent ROFR enforcement issues: (1) structured transactions, sales structured as mergers, recapitalizations, or asset transfers to avoid ROFR; (2) collusive offers, third party offer manipulated to deter ROFR exercise; (3) change-of-control workarounds, selling parent of seller rather than selling property directly; (4> multiple-asset bundling, third party offer includes assets ROFR doesn't cover, complicating "same terms" analysis; (5) side payments and structures outside the formal transaction.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, ROFR drafting and enforcement requires careful attention. Best practice: (1) draft triggering events broadly to capture indirect transfers, mergers, restructurings; (2) specify "same terms" precisely, including non-cash consideration; (3) set reasonable response period (30-45 days typical); (4) include specific performance remedy; (5) provide adequate notice content requirements; (6) for ROFR holders, monitor seller activities for triggering events; (7) document compliance carefully. For sellers: (1) document third-party offers carefully; (2) provide proper notice with all required information; (3) preserve evidence of bona fide third-party negotiations; (4) consider ROFO vs. ROFR trade-offs at agreement formation. Common pitfall: ROFR provisions that fail to address mergers or change-of-control transactions, allowing sophisticated parties to circumvent.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Buy-Sell Agreement· Tag-Along/Drag-Along Rights· Shareholder· Commercial Lease· Preferred Stock

Royalty

A payment from a licensee to a licensor in consideration for the use of intellectual property. Common structures include running royalties (percentage of revenue or per-unit), lump-sum or paid-up royalties, minimum annual royalties, and milestone payments. Royalty base, deductions, audit rights, and reporting cadence are heavily negotiated.

A royalty is a payment from a licensee to a licensor in consideration for the use of licensed intellectual property. Royalty terms are a primary economic dimension of any license agreement. The four critical negotiation points are (1) royalty base, the dollar amount or unit count to which the rate applies; (2) royalty rate, the percentage or per-unit amount; (3) permitted deductions; and (4) audit and reporting mechanics.

Royalty structures

Common structures include: running royalty, a percentage of net sales or a per-unit payment, payable quarterly or annually based on actual sales activity; lump-sum or paid-up royalty, a single payment buying perpetual rights, eliminating ongoing reporting; milestone royalty, payment triggered by specified events (regulatory approval, first commercial sale, sales-volume thresholds); minimum annual royalty, a floor payment regardless of actual sales, common in exclusive licenses to maintain incentive; and tiered royalty, rate varies with sales volume.

Royalty base, net sales vs. gross

The royalty base provision is heavily negotiated. Licensors typically prefer gross revenue or list price as the base; licensees prefer net sales, gross revenue minus enumerated deductions for returns, allowances, discounts, freight, taxes, and packaging. The deductions list should be exhaustively defined; an open-ended "or other reasonable deductions" clause is a recipe for dispute. Affiliate-transfer pricing and intercompany sales should be addressed explicitly to prevent royalty avoidance through structure.

Audit and reporting

Standard practice: licensee delivers a royalty report each quarter or year showing units sold, revenue, deductions, and royalty due, accompanied by payment. Licensor retains audit rights at its expense, with cost-shifting to the licensee if the audit identifies an underpayment exceeding a stated threshold (typically 5%). Audit rights survive termination of the license for a stated tail period (typically two to three years) to allow review of the final royalty period.

Patent-specific limits

Under Brulotte and Kimble, patent royalties may not extend beyond the expiration of the last licensed patent. Royalty agreements that extract payment for use occurring after expiration are unenforceable as to that portion. Licensors with patent-and-trade-secret hybrid arrangements typically structure separate royalty obligations for each, allowing the trade-secret royalty to continue indefinitely.

Practical context

Royalty disputes are among the most common license-agreement disputes that reach litigation. Most are avoidable through tighter drafting: specific deductions list, defined "net sales" with no residual category, mandatory affiliate-transfer pricing, and detailed audit mechanics. Licensors should also resist accepting "best efforts" or "commercially reasonable efforts" obligations as a substitute for minimum royalty floors, performance covenants without dollar floors create constant litigation risk over what efforts were reasonable.

Companion article: Licensing Your IP in Texas

Related Terms
License Agreement· IP Assignment· Patent· Trademark· Representations and Warranties

Rule 10b-5

SEC rule (17 C.F.R. § 240.10b-5) implementing Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Prohibits material misrepresentations and omissions in connection with the purchase or sale of any security. The principal federal anti-fraud provision; applicable to public and private securities transactions. Foundational basis for securities fraud class actions, SEC enforcement, and private rescission claims. Six required elements: material misrepresentation/omission, scienter, connection with security purchase/sale, reliance, economic loss, loss causation.

Rule 10b-5 is the SEC rule implementing Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the principal federal anti-fraud provision in U.S. securities law. Rule 10b-5 prohibits material misrepresentations and omissions in connection with the purchase or sale of any security. The rule applies to both public and private securities transactions and provides the foundation for securities fraud class actions, SEC enforcement, and private rescission claims. Rule 10b-5 has spawned vast case law over decades; understanding the rule is essential to securities practice and corporate disclosure.

The six elements of a Rule 10b-5 claim

Private Rule 10b-5 claims require six elements: (1) material misrepresentation or omission, false statement or omission of material fact; (2) scienter, intent to deceive, manipulate, or defraud (recklessness sufficient in most circuits); (3) connection with purchase or sale of security; (4) reliance, plaintiff relied on the misrepresentation (presumed under fraud-on-the-market for public securities); (5) economic loss; (6) loss causation, connection between misrepresentation and economic loss. SEC enforcement and criminal claims have similar elements but no private-party reliance requirement.

Materiality

Materiality is judged by whether a reasonable investor would consider the information important in making investment decisions. Basic v. Levinson articulated the standard: information is material if there is a "substantial likelihood that a reasonable shareholder would consider it important." Materiality is fact-specific: (1) quantitative, magnitude of financial impact; (2) qualitative, nature of information regardless of magnitude; (3) contextual, what reasonable investor would care about given specific circumstances. Common materiality issues: M&A negotiations, earnings projections, regulatory issues, accounting issues, executive misconduct.

Scienter, Hochfelder framework

Ernst & Ernst v. Hochfelder established the scienter requirement: Rule 10b-5 requires "intent to deceive, manipulate, or defraud." Most circuits permit recklessness to satisfy scienter, defined as "highly unreasonable" conduct involving "an extreme departure from standards of ordinary care." Negligence is insufficient. Pleading scienter under PSLRA requires "strong inference" of scienter, specific facts, not conclusory allegations. Common scienter evidence: (1) red flags ignored; (2) personal stock sales by insiders; (3) prior similar misconduct; (4) compelling circumstantial evidence of awareness.

Reliance and fraud-on-the-market

Basic v. Levinson (1988) established the fraud-on-the-market presumption: in efficient markets, public misrepresentations are presumed to affect security prices and investors are presumed to rely on price integrity. This presumption is critical to securities class actions, without it, individual reliance proof would defeat class certification. Halliburton II (2014) confirmed the presumption but allowed defendants to rebut at class certification by showing no price impact. The fraud-on-the-market doctrine applies to publicly-traded securities; private securities claims typically require direct reliance proof.

Loss causation, Dura

Dura Pharmaceuticals v. Broudo (2005) clarified loss causation: plaintiff must show that the misrepresentation, when corrected, caused the economic loss, not merely that the plaintiff paid an inflated price. Standard plaintiffs proof: (1) corrective disclosure revealed the truth; (2) stock price decline in response; (3) economic loss caused by the price decline. Loss causation requires connecting the truth-revealing event to the price decline; intervening factors (general market decline, unrelated news) can defeat loss causation.

Common 10b-5 fact patterns

Recurring 10b-5 scenarios: (1) accounting fraud, misstated financials, improper revenue recognition; (2) misleading projections, earnings guidance, growth forecasts; (3) concealed material risks, regulatory issues, product defects; (4) insider trading, trading on material nonpublic information; (5) misleading M&A disclosures; (6) concealed executive misconduct; (7) misleading product claims; (8) cybersecurity disclosure failures (post-2018 SEC guidance and 2023 disclosure rules); (9) failure to disclose material related-party transactions; (10) misleading ESG disclosures (emerging area).

SEC enforcement and criminal liability

Rule 10b-5 violations support: (1) SEC civil enforcement, disgorgement, civil penalties, injunctive relief, officer/director bars; (2) DOJ criminal prosecution for willful violations; criminal penalties under § 32 of Exchange Act; (3) private securities class actions; (4) private individual actions. The multi-front enforcement creates substantial exposure, single misconduct can generate parallel SEC, DOJ, and private actions with cumulative penalties and damages.

PSLRA and Rule 10b-5

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (PSLRA) imposed heightened pleading standards for securities class actions: (1) specific allegations, facts required, not conclusions; (2) strong inference of scienter, particularized facts giving rise to strong inference of fraudulent intent; (3) discovery stay, pending motion to dismiss; (4) safe harbor for forward-looking statements with meaningful cautionary language. PSLRA substantially elevated pleading bar for securities class actions; most fail at motion to dismiss stage.

Practical context

For Texas issuers and individuals, Rule 10b-5 compliance is foundational. Best practice: (1) maintain comprehensive disclosure controls and procedures; (2) train executives and finance personnel on 10b-5 issues; (3) review forward-looking statements with PSLRA safe harbor in mind, meaningful cautionary language; (4) maintain insider trading policies and trading windows; (5) coordinate disclosure timing, no selective disclosure; (6) document basis for material disclosures contemporaneously; (7) for private offerings, maintain comprehensive PPM and subscription documentation supporting anti-fraud defenses; (8) coordinate with D&O insurance for executive protection. For investors: (1) preserve evidence of misrepresentations contemporaneously; (2) coordinate with securities counsel for material claims; (3) understand class action vs. individual action trade-offs; (4) calendar SOL, generally 2 years from discovery, 5 years from violation. Common pitfall: executives speaking publicly without recognizing 10b-5 implications, informal statements at conferences, interviews, or social media create liability if material and inaccurate.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Regulation D· Private Placement Memorandum· Texas Securities Act· Directors and Officers Insurance· Fiduciary Duty

Rule 11 Agreement

An agreement between parties or attorneys in pending litigation regarding any matter touching the suit, made enforceable under Tex. R. Civ. P. 11. To be enforceable, the agreement must be (a) in writing, signed, and filed with the court papers; or (b) made in open court and entered of record. Rule 11 agreements are routinely used to memorialize settlements, scheduling agreements, discovery agreements, and other procedural arrangements. Padilla v. LaFrance, 907 S.W.2d 454 (Tex. 1995), is the controlling enforcement case.

A Rule 11 Agreement is a Texas-specific procedural device that makes an agreement between parties or attorneys in pending litigation enforceable as a matter of law. Codified in Rule 11 of the Texas Rules of Civil Procedure, the device is routinely used to memorialize settlements, scheduling agreements, discovery agreements, and any other procedural arrangement between the parties. Rule 11 imposes formality requirements, the agreement must be in writing and filed, or made on the record in open court, that distinguish it from informal handshake deals.

The two enforcement mechanisms

Rule 11 provides two paths to enforceability: (1) writing, signed, and filed, the agreement is in writing, signed by the parties or attorneys, and filed with the court papers; (2) open court entered of record, the agreement is made orally on the record in open court (typically a hearing or trial) and reflected in the record. Either path produces an enforceable agreement. The most common modern path is written agreement signed by counsel and filed with the court, often as an attached exhibit to a motion for entry of judgment or order memorializing the agreement.

The Padilla v. LaFrance framework

Padilla v. LaFrance, 907 S.W.2d 454 (Tex. 1995), is the foundational Texas Supreme Court case on Rule 11 enforcement. The court held that Rule 11 agreements are enforceable as contracts even if one party later refuses to comply. The proper enforcement procedure is to amend the pleadings to add a breach-of-Rule-11-agreement claim, or to move for judgment on the agreement. Padilla rejected attempts to avoid Rule 11 agreements through subsequent change of position; once memorialized in compliance with Rule 11, the agreement binds the parties.

Email and electronic communications

Modern Texas case law has addressed whether email correspondence satisfies Rule 11's "writing, signed" requirement. Cunningham v. Zurich (Fort Worth 2011) and similar cases have held that email exchanges containing the parties' agreement, with names or signature blocks indicating attribution, can satisfy Rule 11. The "signature" requirement is satisfied by typed names in email signatures. Filing requires submitting the email exchange to the court, either as part of motion practice or by separate filing memorializing the agreement.

Common Rule 11 applications

Recurring categories of Rule 11 agreements: (1) settlement, most common; parties memorialize settlement terms with intent to dismiss the case; (2) scheduling, extending deadlines, scheduling depositions, setting briefing schedules; (3) discovery, agreements on document production scope, deposition logistics, expert disclosure timing; (4) protective orders, terms of confidentiality and document handling; (5) case-management, bifurcation, separate trials, consolidated handling; (6) partial agreements, parties agree on specific issues while remaining in dispute on others.

Enforcement procedure

When a party refuses to honor a Rule 11 agreement, the enforcement procedure depends on the nature of the agreement: (1) settlement Rule 11s, typically enforced by motion for judgment on the agreement, with the court entering judgment incorporating the settlement terms; (2) procedural Rule 11s, enforced through motions to compel compliance with the agreed terms; (3) refused settlement, the non-breaching party may amend pleadings to add a Rule 11 breach claim seeking specific performance or damages. EZ Pawn Corp. v. Mancias (Tex. 1996) confirms that Rule 11 agreements are specifically enforceable.

Limitations and challenges

Common challenges to Rule 11 agreements: (1) not in writing, oral agreements outside open court are not enforceable as Rule 11s (though may be enforceable on other grounds); (2) not signed, unsigned writings are not Rule 11-enforceable; (3) not filed, agreements not filed with the court papers may not satisfy Rule 11 (though substantial compliance may suffice); (4) essential terms missing, agreements with material gaps may be unenforceable for indefiniteness; (5) no meeting of the minds, fundamental contract-formation issues. Most challenges fail when the agreement was negotiated by counsel and committed to writing.

Settlement Rule 11s vs. settlement agreements

Many settlements are memorialized through both a Rule 11 (filed with the court) and a separate, more detailed settlement agreement (not necessarily filed). The Rule 11 typically captures essential terms and confirms enforceability under Texas procedural rules; the underlying settlement agreement contains the full operative terms (releases, confidentiality, payment schedules, etc.). The two documents are coordinated, the Rule 11 references the settlement agreement, and the settlement agreement is conditioned on the Rule 11's acceptance.

Practical context

For Texas commercial litigants, the Rule 11 device is foundational to settlement and procedural agreement enforcement. Best practice: (1) memorialize all agreements with opposing counsel in writing, emails are typically sufficient if they contain signed-name attribution; (2) for settlements, immediately file the Rule 11 with the court and follow up with comprehensive settlement agreement; (3) for procedural agreements (scheduling, discovery), file the Rule 11 promptly so the court has notice; (4) use clear, definite language, vague Rule 11s are subject to indefiniteness challenges; (5) for material settlements, draft both the Rule 11 (essentials) and the settlement agreement (full terms) in coordinated documents. The Rule 11 device is one of Texas civil practice's most useful procedural tools, counsel who don't use it routinely are missing substantial enforceability protection.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Settlement Agreement· Release· Mediation· Summary Judgment· Sanctions

S

S-Corporation Election

A federal tax election under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code that allows a qualifying entity to be taxed as a pass-through rather than as a C-corporation. Made on IRS Form 2553. Subject to strict eligibility rules: 100-shareholder cap, single class of stock, only U.S. individuals and certain trusts as shareholders.

An S-corporation election is the federal tax election that allows a qualifying corporation or LLC to be taxed under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code rather than as a C-corporation. The S-corp election produces pass-through tax treatment, corporate income, losses, deductions, and credits are allocated to shareholders pro rata on Schedule K-1, while preserving the entity's corporate structure for state-law purposes. The election is made by filing IRS Form 2553 (Election by a Small Business Corporation).

Eligibility requirements

To qualify as an S-corporation, the entity must (1) be a domestic corporation or eligible domestic LLC; (2) have only allowable shareholders, U.S. individuals, certain trusts and estates, and certain tax-exempt organizations (no partnerships, no corporations, no non-resident aliens); (3) have no more than 100 shareholders (with family members counted as one); (4) have only one class of stock (differences in voting rights are permissible; differences in distribution rights are not); and (5) not be an ineligible corporation (certain banks, insurance companies, and possessions corporations). Failure of any requirement at any time terminates the election retroactively to the failure.

Filing the election

Form 2553 must be filed with the IRS no later than 2 months and 15 days after the beginning of the tax year the election is to take effect (75 days for a calendar-year entity electing for the current year), or at any time during the preceding tax year. All shareholders must consent in writing. Late elections may qualify for relief under Rev. Proc. 2013-30 if the entity intended to be an S-corporation, has filed all required returns consistent with S-corp status, and has reasonable cause for the late filing.

Tax consequences

Income is allocated pro rata to shareholders based on stock ownership, regardless of distributions. Shareholders pay tax at their individual rates on their distributive shares, even if no cash is distributed. Distributions of previously-taxed income are generally tax-free up to the shareholder's basis. The S-corp does not pay federal income tax (with limited exceptions for built-in gains under § 1374 and excess net passive income under § 1375 in C-corp-converted entities).

Reasonable compensation requirement

Shareholder-employees must receive reasonable compensation for services rendered to the corporation. The IRS has identified inadequate reasonable compensation as an ongoing audit priority for S-corporations. Distributions characterized as anything other than wages may be reclassified as wages, triggering back FICA, FUTA, penalties, and interest. See Reasonable Compensation Doctrine.

When S-corp is the right choice

S-corp election is most attractive for: (1) closely-held businesses with U.S. individual owners; (2) businesses generating positive cash flow that owners want to extract; (3) businesses where the FICA savings on the wage-vs-distribution split exceeds the administrative cost; (4) businesses without VC or institutional investor plans. S-corp election is NOT appropriate for businesses planning to seek venture capital, businesses with non-U.S. or institutional shareholders, businesses requiring multiple classes of stock, or businesses qualifying for Section 1202 founder gain exclusion (which requires C-corp status).

Practical context

For Texas LLCs, the most common path is: form as LLC, file Form 8832 to elect corporate tax treatment, then file Form 2553 to elect S-corp status, or use the simplified path by filing Form 2553 alone, which is treated as both elections. S-corp election should be a deliberate decision after analysis of (1) reasonable compensation feasibility; (2) ownership composition; (3) state-tax implications; (4) exit horizon. Business owners considering S-corp election should run reasonable-compensation analysis before electing, since the post-election reclassification risk is meaningfully larger than the up-front complexity of getting compensation right.

Companion article: Business Succession Planning in Texas

Related Terms
Pass-Through Entity· C-Corporation Tax Treatment· Reasonable Compensation Doctrine· Schedule K-1· Section 1202 / Qualified Small Business Stock· Corporation

SaaS Agreement

A subscription agreement under which a customer accesses software hosted by the vendor on a recurring-fee basis, rather than installing software locally. Distinct from a software license in that the customer receives a service, not a license to a copy. Typical issues include uptime SLAs, data processing addenda, exit and data-portability provisions, and regulatory compliance.

A SaaS (software-as-a-service) agreement is a subscription contract under which a customer accesses software hosted on the vendor's infrastructure for a recurring fee, rather than installing a copy of the software locally. SaaS agreements are services contracts, not licenses to a copy of software. The legal and practical implications differ materially from traditional software licensing.

Uptime and service level agreements

SLAs typically express uptime as a percentage (commonly 99.9% or 99.95%) measured monthly. The remedy for SLA breach is almost always a service credit, a percentage of the monthly fee, rather than monetary damages or termination. Customers should negotiate (1) the measurement method (e.g., excluding scheduled maintenance windows); (2) the cap on credits; (3) the trigger threshold for termination rights; and (4) the cumulative credit ceiling that triggers a refund versus service-credit posture.

Data processing and security

Where the SaaS vendor processes personal data on the customer's behalf, the customer is the "controller" and the vendor is the "processor" under the TDPSA. The vendor agreement must include a data processing addendum (DPA) addressing the requirements of § 541.104, including the purpose and duration of processing, the type of personal data, the rights and obligations of the controller, deletion or return of data on termination, and security measures. HIPAA-regulated data requires a Business Associate Agreement; PCI-regulated data requires PCI DSS attestation provisions.

Termination and data portability

Exit provisions are critical. Standard practice: on termination, the vendor must provide the customer's data in a usable export format (typically CSV, JSON, or the vendor's standard API export) for a defined retrieval window (typically 30-90 days), after which the vendor deletes the customer's data and certifies destruction. Without explicit data-portability provisions, the customer may face vendor lock-in or, worse, data loss on contract expiration.

Indemnification and limitation of liability

Most SaaS agreements include vendor IP indemnification (against third-party claims that the service infringes IP rights), customer indemnification (against claims arising from customer data or use), and a mutual limitation of liability typically capped at fees paid in the preceding 12 months. Customers handling regulated data should negotiate carve-outs from the liability cap for data-breach indemnification, gross negligence, willful misconduct, and IP indemnification.

Practical context

SaaS contracts are often presented as non-negotiable click-through "online order forms" tied to the vendor's standard terms. Material customers should resist this posture and negotiate the DPA, security exhibit, SLA, indemnification, and liability cap as a matter of routine. The cost of a one-time negotiation is far smaller than the cost of a downstream breach where the contract terms allocate the consequences against the customer.

Companion article: Licensing Your IP in Texas

Related Terms
Software License Agreement· Texas Data Privacy and Security Act· License Agreement· Master Service Agreement· Indemnification (Corporate)

Sabine Pilot Doctrine

A narrow Texas common-law exception to the at-will employment doctrine, recognized in Sabine Pilot Service, Inc. v. Hauck, 687 S.W.2d 733 (Tex. 1985). An employee may sue for wrongful discharge if the sole reason for termination was the employee's refusal to perform an illegal act that carries criminal penalties. The doctrine is narrowly construed, the act must be criminally illegal, the refusal must be the sole reason for discharge. One of few common-law inroads on Texas at-will employment.

The Sabine Pilot Doctrine is a narrow Texas common-law exception to the at-will employment doctrine, established by the Texas Supreme Court in Sabine Pilot Service, Inc. v. Hauck, 687 S.W.2d 733 (Tex. 1985). Under the doctrine, an employee may sue for wrongful discharge if the sole reason for termination was the employee's refusal to perform an illegal act that carries criminal penalties. Sabine Pilot is one of the few common-law exceptions to Texas at-will employment, a state otherwise highly protective of employer termination authority. The doctrine has been applied narrowly; courts have generally declined to expand it beyond criminal-act refusals.

The Sabine Pilot framework

Sabine Pilot requires the plaintiff to prove: (1) employee was discharged from employment; (2) the sole reason for discharge was; (3) employee's refusal to perform an act; (4) that the employee in good faith believed; (5) was illegal under criminal law. The "sole reason" requirement is particularly important, the discharge must have been solely for the refusal. If multiple reasons motivated the discharge, the claim typically fails. The "criminally illegal" requirement excludes refusal of acts that are merely civilly actionable, regulatory violations without criminal penalties, or ethical violations.

The "criminally illegal" requirement

The act refused must carry criminal penalties, not merely be civilly actionable or regulatory. Examples supporting Sabine Pilot: fraud with criminal exposure; tax evasion; perjury; environmental crimes; OSHA criminal violations. Acts that DO NOT support Sabine Pilot: civil torts without criminal exposure; ethical violations not amounting to crimes; policy violations; regulatory infractions without criminal penalty; conduct merely contrary to public policy. The narrow scope is intentional, Texas courts have repeatedly declined to expand the doctrine.

The "sole reason" requirement

The "sole reason" element distinguishes Sabine Pilot from some other states' broader public-policy exceptions. Texas Department of Human Services v. Hinds (Tex. 1995) confirmed the strict "sole reason" requirement. Plaintiffs must show that the refusal to perform the criminal act was the only reason for discharge, not merely a motivating factor. Mixed motives generally defeat the claim. This contrasts with Title VII's "motivating factor" framework and creates a substantially higher burden for Sabine Pilot plaintiffs.

What Sabine Pilot does not cover

Texas courts have repeatedly declined to extend Sabine Pilot beyond its narrow scope: (1) Winters, refusal to commit non-criminal misconduct does not support Sabine Pilot; (2) Austin v. HealthTrust, internal whistleblowing on non-criminal misconduct not protected; (3) retaliation for reporting (as opposed to refusing to commit) crimes, generally not protected under Sabine Pilot, though may be protected under specific statutory whistleblower provisions; (4) refusal of unethical or unprofessional conduct not amounting to crime, not protected.

Statutory whistleblower protections

While Sabine Pilot is narrow, several statutory whistleblower regimes provide broader protection: (1) Texas Whistleblower Act (Tex. Gov't Code Ch. 554), for public employees only; (2) Sarbanes-Oxley Act § 806, protects employees of public companies from retaliation for reporting securities fraud, mail fraud, wire fraud; (3) Dodd-Frank Whistleblower, bounty and protection program for SEC whistleblowers; (4) OSHA whistleblower, multiple OSHA-administered statutes protect workplace-safety reporting; (5) various sector-specific protections. Plaintiffs typically plead Sabine Pilot alongside applicable statutory protections.

Damages and remedies

Sabine Pilot is a tort cause of action with traditional tort damages: (1) back pay; (2) front pay or reinstatement; (3) compensatory damages for emotional distress; (4) punitive damages (subject to Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 41 caps); (5) attorney's fees under various theories. The damages structure can produce substantial recoveries in egregious cases.

Practical context

For Texas employees, Sabine Pilot provides narrow protection, specifically for refusing to commit crimes. Best practice: (1) document the refused act with specificity; (2) document the reasons given for any subsequent discharge; (3) preserve evidence of "sole reason"; (4) consult counsel before refusing, pretextual refusal that doesn't involve criminal conduct creates risk; (5) recognize that Sabine Pilot does not cover refusal of non-criminal acts; (6) consider statutory whistleblower frameworks alongside Sabine Pilot. For employers: (1) ensure termination decisions for Sabine Pilot-implicating situations are well-documented with multiple legitimate reasons; (2) train managers on Sabine Pilot's narrow scope; (3) maintain compliance programs minimizing exposure; (4) coordinate with statutory whistleblower compliance. Common pattern: plaintiff alleges Sabine Pilot but ultimately fails on "sole reason" because legitimate performance issues existed.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
Wrongful Termination· At-Will Employment· Texas Commission on Human Rights Act· Workplace Discrimination· Severance Agreement

SAFE (Simple Agreement for Future Equity)

An investment instrument developed by Y Combinator in 2013, providing rights to future equity in exchange for a current capital contribution. SAFEs convert to preferred stock upon a qualified equity financing, acquisition, or dissolution event, typically with a valuation cap, discount, or both. Distinguishable from convertible notes: SAFEs are not debt, do not accrue interest, and have no maturity date. Most-used early-stage investment instrument for U.S. startups.

A SAFE, Simple Agreement for Future Equity, is an investment instrument developed by Y Combinator in 2013, providing rights to future equity in exchange for a current capital contribution. SAFEs convert to preferred stock upon a qualified equity financing, acquisition, or dissolution event, typically with a valuation cap, discount, or both. SAFEs have largely displaced convertible notes as the dominant early-stage investment instrument for U.S. startups, particularly at pre-seed and seed stages, because of their simpler structure and absence of debt features (no interest, no maturity date).

SAFE vs. convertible note

Key distinctions between SAFE and convertible note: (1) SAFE is not debt, no maturity date, no interest accrual, no repayment obligation; (2) convertible note is debt, has maturity date (typically 18-24 months), accrues interest, must be repaid or converted at maturity; (3) SAFE balance sheet treatment, typically equity; (4) convertible note treatment, debt liability until conversion. For founders, SAFEs are typically more favorable: no maturity pressure, no interest accumulation, simpler legal structure. For investors, convertible notes provide more protection: maturity creates leverage, interest provides return on delay.

Conversion mechanics

SAFEs convert to preferred stock upon: (1) qualified equity financing, typically a "Series" round meeting minimum size threshold ($1M+ standard); (2) liquidity event, change of control or IPO; (3) dissolution, winding up of company. Conversion typically uses: (a) valuation cap, maximum conversion price (cap price); (b) discount, discount to the qualified financing price (typically 10-20%); (c) better-of, investor receives the more favorable of cap price or discount price. Some SAFEs include only one mechanism; sophisticated SAFEs include both.

Pre-money vs. post-money SAFE

The two principal SAFE templates: (1) pre-money SAFE, original 2013 template; valuation cap is pre-money valuation; SAFE holders' ownership dilutes when subsequent SAFEs are added; (2) post-money SAFE, Y Combinator's 2018 update; valuation cap is post-money (calculated after all outstanding SAFEs convert); SAFE holders' ownership is fixed and does not dilute from subsequent SAFEs. Post-money SAFE is now the dominant template, it gives investors more certainty about ownership but requires careful cap table management. Most SAFE-issuing startups should be aware which template they're using and the cap table implications.

Standard SAFE terms

Y Combinator's post-money SAFE has four standard variations: (1) cap, no discount, most common; conversion at lower of cap price or financing price; (2) discount, no cap, fixed discount to financing price (e.g., 20%); (3) cap and discount, investor receives more favorable of cap or discount; (4) MFN (most favored nation), investor can elect terms of any subsequent SAFE issued. The four variations support different deal structures; cap-and-discount and cap-only are most common for typical seed deals.

SAFE pitfalls

Common SAFE issues: (1) cap table complexity, multiple SAFEs with different caps, discounts, and conversion mechanics create complexity at conversion; (2) founder dilution surprise, founders sometimes underestimate dilution from outstanding SAFEs at conversion; (3) valuation cap as ceiling, sophisticated investors may push to cap valuation at the cap, even if the round prices higher (typically prevented by careful drafting); (4) side letter complexity, additional terms (information rights, pro rata, MFN) added through side letters; (5) founder antidilution, typically not a feature of standard SAFEs but can be negotiated; (6) tax treatment, SAFE is generally not "stock" for tax purposes (no §83(b) election, no §1202 holding period start), important consideration for founders and investors.

Tax considerations

Tax treatment of SAFEs is uncertain in some respects: (1) investor tax basis, typically the investment amount becomes basis in converted shares; (2) §83(b) election, generally not applicable to SAFEs since they are not stock; investors should make §83(b) on conversion if subject to vesting; (3) §1202 QSBS holding period, typically begins at SAFE conversion, not SAFE issuance, limits early QSBS qualification for SAFE investors; (4) character on conversion, generally non-taxable like a contribution to capital. Sophisticated investors and founders may prefer convertible notes specifically for §1202 timing benefits.

Practical context

For Texas startups raising early-stage capital, SAFEs are the dominant instrument. Best practice: (1) use Y Combinator post-money SAFE template (most market-standard); (2) maintain comprehensive cap table tracking all outstanding SAFEs and their conversion mechanics; (3) understand cap table impact at conversion under various scenarios, model dilution carefully; (4) coordinate SAFE issuance with Reg D compliance (Form D, accredited investor verification); (5) limit SAFE complexity, multiple cap/discount combinations create management overhead; (6) at qualified financing round, work with counsel to manage SAFE conversion. For investors: (1) understand SAFE is not debt, no maturity, no interest, no repayment if no future round; (2) evaluate cap and discount in context of expected next-round valuation; (3) consider pro rata rights through side letter; (4) recognize tax holding-period implications for §1202 QSBS qualification; (5) document representations regarding accredited status. Common pitfall: founders raising too many SAFEs at increasing caps without modeling cumulative dilution, leading to substantial founder dilution surprise at Series A.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Convertible Note· Regulation D· Accredited Investor· Section 1202· Section 83(b) Election

Sale of Goods

The transfer of title to tangible movable property in exchange for consideration. Governed by UCC Article 2 (Tex. Bus. & Com. Code Ch. 2). UCC Article 2 supplements general Texas contract law with specific rules tailored to commercial sales.

A "sale of goods" is the transfer of title to tangible movable property in exchange for consideration. Sales of goods are governed by Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code, codified in Texas at Tex. Bus. & Com. Code Chapter 2. UCC Article 2 supplements general Texas contract law with specific rules tailored to commercial sales transactions.

Scope

Article 2 governs transactions in goods, tangible movable things at the time of identification to the contract (§ 2.105). It does not govern services, real estate, or pure intangibles. Mixed transactions (services + goods) are governed by Article 2 if the predominant purpose is the sale of goods; otherwise by general contract law. The "predominant purpose" test is fact-intensive.

Statute of frauds (§ 2.201)

A contract for the sale of goods for $500 or more is unenforceable unless evidenced by a writing signed by the party to be charged (the "party against whom enforcement is sought"). Exceptions: (1) specially manufactured goods; (2) admission in pleadings or testimony; (3) goods received and accepted; (4) merchant confirmation rule (between merchants, a written confirmation binds the recipient unless objected to within 10 days).

Battle of the forms (§ 2.207)

Where buyer and seller exchange standard forms with conflicting terms, § 2.207 supplies a complex framework for determining whether a contract was formed and which terms govern. Texas adopted UCC § 2.207 substantially as drafted; common-law "mirror image" rule does not apply.

Implied warranties

Two implied warranties arise by operation of law in covered transactions: merchantability (§ 2.314, in transactions by merchants) and fitness for particular purpose (§ 2.315, where seller knows of buyer's particular purpose and buyer relies on seller's skill). Both can be disclaimed under § 2.316 with specific language and conspicuousness requirements. See Warranty.

Risk of loss and remedies

Article 2 also supplies detailed risk-of-loss rules (§§ 2.509–2.510), seller's and buyer's remedies on breach (§§ 2.703–2.717), and excuse doctrines (§§ 2.613–2.616) including impracticability.

Practical context

Most commercial sales between businesses are Article 2 transactions, supply contracts, equipment purchases, inventory sales. Article 2 fills gaps in incomplete contracts (open price, open delivery terms, open payment terms) and supplies default warranties unless disclaimed. Sophisticated practice involves understanding which UCC defaults apply and whether contract drafting modifies them.

Companion article: Contract Disputes in Texas

Related Terms
Warranty· Statute of Frauds· Force Majeure· Liquidated Damages

Sanctions

Court-imposed penalties for litigation misconduct, including frivolous pleadings, discovery abuse, and violation of court orders. Texas authorizes sanctions under Tex. R. Civ. P. 13, Tex. R. Civ. P. 215 (discovery), and Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Chapters 9 (frivolous claims) and 10 (sanctions for false pleadings). The constitutional due-process framework for sanctions is established by TransAmerican Natural Gas Corp. v. Powell, 811 S.W.2d 913 (Tex. 1991).

Sanctions are court-imposed penalties for litigation misconduct, including frivolous pleadings, discovery abuse, and violations of court orders. Texas civil-practice sanctions operate under multiple overlapping authorities: Rule 13 (frivolous pleadings), Rule 215 (discovery sanctions), Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Chapter 9 (frivolous claims), and Chapter 10 (false pleadings). The constitutional due-process framework, limiting the most severe sanctions to misconduct that justifies the penalty, is established by TransAmerican Natural Gas Corp. v. Powell, 811 S.W.2d 913 (Tex. 1991).

Rule 13, groundless pleadings

Rule 13 imposes sanctions on parties or attorneys who sign and file pleadings, motions, or other papers that are (1) groundless and brought in bad faith; (2) groundless and brought for the purpose of harassment; or (3) signed in violation of the rule's certification requirements. "Groundless" means having no basis in law or fact and not warranted by good-faith argument for the extension, modification, or reversal of existing law. The trial court must hold a hearing and make specific findings before imposing Rule 13 sanctions; the conclusory finding "groundless and frivolous" is insufficient.

Rule 215, discovery sanctions

Rule 215 authorizes sanctions for discovery abuse, ranging from minor monetary sanctions for failure to attend a deposition to case-dispositive sanctions for repeated, bad-faith failures to comply with discovery orders. Categories: (1) Rule 215.1, sanctions on motion to compel; (2) Rule 215.2, sanctions for failure to comply with discovery orders, including: prohibition of certain claims/defenses, deemed admissions, prohibited evidence, striking of pleadings, dismissal, default judgment, contempt. The most severe Rule 215 sanctions are subject to TransAmerican's due-process framework.

The TransAmerican framework

TransAmerican Natural Gas Corp. v. Powell, 811 S.W.2d 913 (Tex. 1991), establishes constitutional due-process limits on case-dispositive sanctions (dismissal, default judgment, striking pleadings). The framework requires: (1) a direct relationship between the offensive conduct and the sanction, the sanction should be aimed at the conduct that caused harm; (2) a sanction proportionate to the conduct, the sanction must not be excessive; (3) consideration of lesser sanctions before imposing case-dispositive penalties, the trial court must determine that lesser sanctions would not deter the misconduct or remedy its effects. Sanctions imposed without proper TransAmerican analysis are subject to reversal.

Chapter 9 and Chapter 10 statutory sanctions

Chapter 9 (Frivolous Claims) authorizes sanctions for parties or counsel who file lawsuits or pleadings that are frivolous, unreasonable, or without foundation. Sanctions can include monetary penalties, attorney's fees, and costs. Chapter 10 (Sanctions for Filing of Frivolous or Groundless Pleadings) is the principal statutory analog to Rule 13, with substantially similar standards. Chapter 10 imposes a 21-day "safe harbor" period, the offending party may withdraw or correct the pleading within 21 days of notice without sanction. Courts often analyze Chapter 9, Chapter 10, and Rule 13 motions together; standards substantially overlap.

Proportionality, Low v. Henry

Low v. Henry, 221 S.W.3d 609 (Tex. 2007), articulates a proportionality requirement for monetary sanctions: the amount must be proportionate to the offending conduct and necessary to deter the misconduct. Sanctions awards substantially exceeding actual harm, attorney's fees, or other quantifiable measures are subject to reversal as excessive. Trial courts should make specific findings supporting the amount of monetary sanctions imposed; conclusory awards risk reversal.

Rule 91a, dismissal of baseless claims

Rule 91a (added 2013) authorizes dismissal of causes of action that have no basis in law or fact, providing a mechanism for early dismissal of meritless claims similar to federal Rule 12(b)(6) but with bilateral attorney's-fee provisions. The losing party must pay attorney's fees (subsequently amended to make fees discretionary in some circumstances). Rule 91a is sometimes characterized as a sanctions tool but is technically a dismissal mechanism with fee-shifting consequences; the standards for dismissal are different from sanctions standards.

Common sanctions categories

Recurring sanctions categories in Texas commercial litigation: (1) discovery abuse, withholding documents, evasive responses, abusive deposition conduct; (2) spoliation, destruction of relevant evidence; (3) frivolous filings, claims without legal or factual basis; (4) harassment filings, pleadings filed for purpose of harassment or delay; (5) violation of court orders, protective orders, scheduling orders, gag orders; (6) perjurious testimony, when discovered during litigation; (7) improper communications with represented parties or jurors.

Practical context

For Texas commercial litigants, sanctions are both a defensive risk and an offensive tool. Defensively: (1) ensure pleadings have factual and legal basis at filing; (2) cooperate in discovery, including document preservation from inception; (3) respond to deficiency notices and objections promptly; (4) seek protective orders and clarification when faced with overbroad discovery; (5) be alert to safe-harbor protections under Chapter 10. Offensively: (1) document opposing-party misconduct contemporaneously; (2) raise concerns with opposing counsel before filing motions (creates procedural foundation and demonstrates good faith); (3) frame sanctions motions specifically, request specific remedies, with proportionality analysis; (4) for case-dispositive sanctions, satisfy TransAmerican's three-prong framework explicitly. Sanctions awards reversed on appeal are often reversed for failure of trial-court analytical rigor, careful procedural posture is essential.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Expert Witness Disclosure· Attorney's Fees Recovery· Summary Judgment· Mandamus

Sandbagging

A buyer's practice of closing a transaction despite knowing of a breach of seller's representations or warranties, then bringing an indemnification claim post-closing for that known breach. Whether sandbagging is permissible depends on the agreement's express provisions and the governing state's default rule.

"Sandbagging" in M&A refers to a buyer's practice of closing a transaction despite knowing of a breach of seller's representations or warranties, then bringing an indemnification claim post-closing for that known breach. Whether sandbagging is permissible depends on the agreement's express provisions and, where the agreement is silent, the governing state's default rule.

Pro-sandbagging clauses (buyer-favorable)

A pro-sandbagging clause provides that the buyer's indemnification rights are not affected or limited by any pre-closing knowledge of the breach. Typical drafting: "Buyer's right to indemnification shall not be impacted or limited by any knowledge that Buyer may have acquired… whether before or after the closing date."

Anti-sandbagging clauses (seller-favorable)

An anti-sandbagging clause prohibits indemnification for breaches the buyer knew (or should have known) about before closing. Typical drafting: "Seller shall not be liable to Buyer for any breach if Buyer had knowledge of such breach before the closing date."

Texas default rule (where the agreement is silent)

Texas has not produced definitive Texas Supreme Court authority establishing the default rule. Texas courts have generally applied contract-based reasoning, treating reps and warranties as bargained-for promises that the buyer is entitled to rely on regardless of pre-closing knowledge, broadly aligning with the "Modern Rule" (followed by Delaware and New York). However, the absence of a controlling Texas Supreme Court decision means Texas-governed agreements should expressly address the issue rather than rely on the default rule.

Market practice

ABA Deal Points Studies report approximately 42% of M&A agreements contain pro-sandbagging clauses, 6% contain anti-sandbagging clauses, and 51% are silent. The "silent" rate is artificially elevated, most "silent" agreements reflect parties who could not agree, leaving the issue for the choice-of-law default rule.

Practical context

For buyers, the safest position is an express pro-sandbagging clause combined with a Delaware or New York choice of law (the most clearly Modern Rule jurisdictions). For Texas-governed deals, parties should expressly address sandbagging rather than rely on uncertain Texas default-rule authority.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Representations and Warranties· Disclosure Schedule· Indemnification (M&A)· Due Diligence

Schedule K-1

The IRS information schedule used by partnerships, LLCs taxed as partnerships, and S-corporations to report each owner's distributive share of the entity's income, deductions, gains, losses, and credits. Generated annually as part of Forms 1065 and 1120-S; furnished to each owner for use in preparing individual returns.

Schedule K-1 is the IRS information schedule that pass-through entities use to report each owner's distributive share of the entity's income, deductions, gains, losses, and credits. Three principal versions exist: Schedule K-1 (Form 1065) for partnerships and LLCs taxed as partnerships; Schedule K-1 (Form 1120-S) for S-corporations; and Schedule K-1 (Form 1041) for trusts and estates. The K-1 is the link between the entity-level return and the owner's individual return.

What the K-1 reports

The K-1 reports the owner's allocated share of: (1) ordinary business income or loss; (2) net rental real estate income or loss; (3) other rental income or loss; (4) interest, dividends, and other portfolio income; (5) net short-term and long-term capital gains; (6) Section 1231 gains or losses; (7) other income or loss items; (8) Section 179 deductions and other deductions; (9) self-employment income (partnership K-1s only); (10) credits; (11) foreign transactions; (12) alternative minimum tax adjustments. Each line item flows to a specific form or schedule on the owner's individual return.

Filing deadlines and timing

Partnership and S-corp returns (Forms 1065 and 1120-S) are due March 15 for calendar-year entities, with K-1s required to be furnished to owners by that date. A six-month extension to September 15 is available with Form 7004. The March 15 deadline often does not provide individuals with sufficient time to incorporate K-1 information before the April 15 individual deadline, leading many pass-through owners to extend their individual returns.

Allocation methodologies

For partnerships and LLCs taxed as partnerships, allocations may follow either the partnership agreement's allocations (if the allocations have substantial economic effect under the § 704(b) regulations) or the partners' interests in the partnership. S-corporations are required to allocate strictly pro rata based on stock ownership, special allocations are not permitted. Targeted allocation provisions, waterfall allocations, and capital-account-based allocations are common in sophisticated partnership and LLC agreements.

Common K-1 problems

Frequent issues include: (1) late delivery to owners, forcing extension of individual returns; (2) errors that require corrected K-1s and amended individual returns; (3) state K-1 reporting for multistate entities, generating multiple K-1s per owner per year; (4) phantom income from allocated income exceeding distributions; (5) basis tracking, the owner's basis in the entity affects the deductibility of losses and the taxability of distributions, but the K-1 does not automatically track basis; the owner must maintain a separate basis worksheet.

Practical context

For Texas pass-through owners, the K-1 is the most important annual tax document received. Best practice: (1) extend the individual return by April 15 if K-1 may not arrive timely; (2) maintain a basis worksheet across years to track ability to deduct losses; (3) coordinate with the entity to ensure K-1 accuracy before relying on it for the individual return; (4) flag unusual line items (foreign transactions, AMT adjustments, self-charged-interest items) for tax-preparer review; (5) keep prior-year K-1s, basis adjustments and suspended losses can affect returns years later.

Companion article: Business Divorces in Texas

Related Terms
Pass-Through Entity· S-Corporation Election· Tax Distribution Provision· Estimated Tax Payments· Phantom Income

Section 1031 Exchange

A tax-deferred exchange of real property held for productive use in trade or business or investment under Internal Revenue Code Section 1031. Defers recognition of capital gain by exchanging into like-kind property. Post-2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, available only for real property (personal property exchanges eliminated). Strict timing requirements: 45 days to identify replacement property, 180 days to close. Typically structured through Qualified Intermediary (QI) holding sale proceeds.

A Section 1031 Exchange is a tax-deferred exchange of real property held for productive use in trade or business or investment under Internal Revenue Code Section 1031. Section 1031 defers recognition of capital gain by exchanging into "like-kind" property, allowing real estate investors to redeploy capital across properties without triggering current tax. The 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act eliminated 1031 treatment for personal property, limiting the provision to real estate. Section 1031 exchanges are foundational to U.S. real estate investment economics.

Like-kind requirement

"Like-kind" for real property is broadly construed: (1) any real property held for productive use or investment qualifies for exchange with any other real property held for productive use or investment; (2) commercial vs. residential rental, both qualify; (3) land vs. improved property, both qualify; (4) fee vs. leasehold (30+ years), both qualify. Excluded: primary residence; property held for sale (inventory); foreign real property (no exchange with US real property). The broad like-kind interpretation gives substantial flexibility for real estate redeployment.

Strict timing requirements

Section 1031 imposes strict timing: (1) 45-day identification period, taxpayer must identify replacement property in writing within 45 days of relinquished property closing; (2) 180-day exchange period, taxpayer must complete acquisition of replacement property within 180 days of relinquished property closing OR by tax return due date for year of relinquishment, whichever is earlier. The 45/180 windows are absolute, extensions only for natural disasters or specific Treasury exceptions. Failure to meet either deadline disqualifies the exchange entirely.

Three identification rules

Section 1031 permits identification under three alternative rules: (1) Three-Property Rule, identify up to three replacement properties regardless of value; (2) 200% Rule, identify any number of properties with total fair market value not exceeding 200% of relinquished property; (3) 95% Rule, identify any number of properties of any value, but must acquire 95% of identified value. Most taxpayers use Three-Property Rule; sophisticated taxpayers identify under 200% to maintain optionality.

Qualified intermediary

Direct exchanges are operationally difficult; most exchanges use Qualified Intermediary (QI) safe harbor: (1) QI holds sale proceeds from relinquished property; (2) taxpayer never receives proceeds, direct receipt would trigger taxable boot; (3) QI uses proceeds to acquire replacement property; (4) QI transfers replacement to taxpayer. QI must satisfy independence requirements (cannot be related party, employee, agent during 2-year period). QI selection is critical, QI failure (insolvency, fraud) creates substantial loss exposure.

Boot and partial exchanges

"Boot", non-like-kind property (cash, debt relief, other property), triggers gain recognition: (1) cash boot, gain recognized to extent of cash received; (2) debt boot, net debt relief is boot; (3) property boot, non-like-kind property received. To fully defer: (a) replacement property value ≥ relinquished property value; (b) replacement property debt ≥ relinquished property debt; (c) all proceeds reinvested. "Partial" exchanges with some boot defer most gain but recognize some, useful when full reinvestment is impractical.

Common structures

Recurring exchange structures: (1) delayed exchange, sale first, replacement after; standard QI structure; (2) simultaneous exchange, closing on same day; rare in practice; (3) reverse exchange, replacement acquired before relinquished property sale; uses Exchange Accommodation Titleholder (EAT); (4) build-to-suit / improvement exchange, improvements made to replacement property during exchange period; complex; (5) Delaware Statutory Trust (DST), fractional ownership in institutional property; passive investment alternative.

Practical context

For Texas real estate investors, Section 1031 is foundational tax planning. Best practice: (1) plan exchange before closing relinquished property, coordinating QI engagement and replacement property identification; (2) engage experienced QI, independent, well-capitalized, established firm; (3) calendar 45/180 deadlines absolutely; (4) identify multiple replacement properties to maintain optionality; (5) ensure replacement property value and debt at least match relinquished, for full deferral; (6) coordinate with cost segregation and depreciation strategy on replacement property; (7) document exchange compliance carefully. For sellers/buyers in transactions with 1031 party: (1) accommodate exchange structure (typically standard); (2) coordinate timing, may affect closing schedule; (3) use exchange addenda in purchase agreements. Common pitfall: missed 45-day identification deadline, single most common reason for failed exchanges. Calendar discipline is essential.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Commercial Real Estate Purchase Agreement· Deed· Title Insurance· Earnest Money· Section 1202

Section 1202 (QSBS Exclusion)

2025

Internal Revenue Code Section 1202 provides an exclusion of up to 100% of capital gains on the sale of qualified small business stock (QSBS) held for at least 5 years. Maximum exclusion: greater of $10 million or 10x basis. Requirements: (i) C corporation issuer with assets ≤$50M (since 2026 amendments) at issuance, (ii) active business in qualified industry, (iii) original issuance, (iv) 5-year holding period. Among the most powerful tax provisions for U.S. startups and early-stage investors.

Internal Revenue Code Section 1202 provides an exclusion of up to 100% of capital gains on the sale of qualified small business stock (QSBS) held for at least 5 years. The exclusion is among the most powerful tax provisions for U.S. startups and early-stage investors, properly structured QSBS investments can generate millions of dollars of tax-free gain on exit. Section 1202 has been amended multiple times to expand its scope, most recently with the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) reforms expanding asset thresholds and gain exclusion limits.

The exclusion percentages

Section 1202 exclusion percentage depends on stock acquisition date: (1) before Feb. 18, 2009, 50% exclusion; (2) Feb. 18, 2009 - Sept. 27, 2010, 75% exclusion; (3) after Sept. 27, 2010, 100% exclusion (the standard for current investments). The 100% exclusion makes post-2010 QSBS particularly valuable, qualifying gain is entirely excluded from federal income tax (with parallel exclusion from federal Net Investment Income Tax and AMT for 100% category). Pre-2010 stock has reduced exclusions and partial AMT preference treatment.

The dollar cap, $10M or 10x basis

The maximum gain excludable per issuer per taxpayer is the greater of: (1) $10 million; (2) 10x adjusted basis. Example: investor purchases QSBS for $200K; can exclude up to $10M gain (the greater amount); for $500K basis, can exclude up to $10M (still); for $2M basis, can exclude up to $20M (10x); for $5M basis, can exclude up to $50M (10x). Higher-basis investors benefit substantially from the 10x multiplier. Multiple QSBS investments in different issuers each have their own $10M/10x cap, the cap is per-issuer.

Qualified small business, asset test

Section 1202(d) requires the issuer to be a "qualified small business", historically defined as C corporation with aggregate gross assets of $50 million or less at all times during qualifying period (immediately before and after stock issuance). The 2025 OBBBA reforms increased the asset threshold to $75 million for stock issued after the effective date, expanding QSBS eligibility for slightly larger companies. The asset test is at issuance, not at sale; companies that grow substantially after QSBS issuance retain QSBS qualification.

Active business requirement

The issuer must conduct a "qualified trade or business", generally any business EXCEPT: (1) professional services, health, law, engineering, accounting, actuarial, performing arts, consulting, athletics, financial services, brokerage; (2) banking, insurance, financing, leasing, investing; (3) farming; (4) extraction of natural resources, oil, gas, mining; (5) hotels, restaurants, similar businesses. Most technology companies, manufacturers, retailers, and many service businesses qualify. The exclusions reflect Congressional judgment about which industries deserve QSBS preferential treatment.

Original issuance requirement

QSBS must be acquired by the taxpayer at original issuance, not from a prior holder. Acquisition methods: (1) direct from issuer, most common; (2) tax-free exchanges, typically from another QSBS issuer in §351 or §368 transactions; (3) gift, recipient inherits original issuance status; (4) death, heir inherits original issuance status. Secondary purchases of QSBS (from a prior holder) do NOT qualify, buyer's gain is not QSBS-eligible. This requirement makes QSBS planning particularly important at financing rounds.

5-year holding period

QSBS must be held for at least 5 years before sale to qualify for the exclusion. Sales before 5 years: (1) regular capital gain, no QSBS exclusion; (2) §1045 rollover, sale plus reinvestment in new QSBS within 60 days defers gain and tacks holding period. The 5-year requirement aligns QSBS with long-term investment horizons. Holding period typically begins: SAFE, at conversion to stock; convertible note, at investment (debt-to-stock exchange tacks holding period); preferred stock, at issuance.

Section 1045 rollover

Section 1045 permits gain deferral on QSBS sales held more than 6 months but less than 5 years if proceeds are reinvested in new QSBS within 60 days. Mechanics: (1) sale of QSBS with gain; (2) reinvestment within 60 days into different QSBS issuer; (3) gain deferred rather than recognized; (4) basis carried over to new QSBS; (5) holding period tacks from original investment. § 1045 is valuable for managing QSBS portfolios and resetting QSBS positions; sophisticated QSBS investors use it actively.

Stack structures and family planning

Sophisticated QSBS planning multiplies $10M cap across multiple taxpayers: (1) spousal stack, joint filers have one $10M cap, but spouse can have separate $10M cap if originally issued to spouse; (2) trust stack, non-grantor trusts can each have separate $10M cap; family planning with non-grantor trusts can multiply the exclusion; (3) charitable planning, donations of QSBS to charity provide deductions and avoid recognition. Stack structures require careful tax planning but can substantially expand QSBS benefit.

Practical context

For Texas startups and investors, QSBS planning is high-value. Best practice for issuers: (1) maintain C corporation status from inception (LLC must convert to C corp; consider timing carefully, conversion before substantial value creation preserves QSBS); (2) document QSBS qualification at each issuance, corporate records confirming asset levels, active business, original issuance; (3) coordinate equity issuances to maximize QSBS-qualifying timing; (4) avoid disqualifying redemptions in 4-year window before/after issuance; (5) provide investors with QSBS qualification analysis at investment. For investors: (1) verify QSBS qualification at investment, request issuer representations and analysis; (2) document basis carefully, tax records, subscription documents; (3) plan 5-year holding period from investment; (4) consider §1045 rollover for shorter-hold positions; (5) consider stack structures for high-value positions; (6) maintain QSBS records through holding period. For founders: (1) understand that LLC-to-C-corp conversion timing affects QSBS, generally must convert before substantial value creation; (2) preserve QSBS through subsequent rounds, most rounds maintain QSBS; (3) coordinate exit timing with 5-year requirement. Common pitfall: companies operating as LLC for years before C-corp conversion lose QSBS for value creation during LLC period, early planning preserves substantial future tax savings.

Companion article: Selling Your Business

Related Terms
Section 83(b) Election· C Corporation Tax Treatment· Convertible Note· SAFE· Preferred Stock

Section 363 Sale

A sale of property of the bankruptcy estate under 11 U.S.C. § 363, typically conducted under court supervision in Chapter 11 cases. Property is sold "free and clear" of liens, claims, and interests under § 363(f), with liens attaching to sale proceeds. Common in distressed M&A; provides certainty of clean title and quick sale process. Often conducted through stalking-horse bidder establishing minimum bid, followed by auction process. Standard mechanism for selling distressed businesses without full Chapter 11 plan confirmation.

A Section 363 Sale is a sale of property of the bankruptcy estate under 11 U.S.C. § 363, typically conducted under court supervision in Chapter 11 cases. Property is sold "free and clear" of liens, claims, and interests under § 363(f), with liens attaching to sale proceeds. Section 363 sales are foundational to distressed M&A, they provide certainty of clean title and a quick sale process compared to plan confirmation. Most large Chapter 11 cases use 363 sales to monetize assets, with the resulting proceeds distributed through a subsequent plan or structured dismissal.

Free-and-clear authority, § 363(f)

Section 363(f) permits sale free and clear of liens and interests if any of: (1) applicable nonbankruptcy law permits, sale free of interest; (2) consent of interest holder; (3) sale price exceeds aggregate value of all interests in property; (4) interest is in bona fide dispute; (5) interest holder could be compelled to accept money satisfaction in legal or equitable proceeding. Most 363 sales rely on consent (alternative 2) or sale-price-exceeds-interests (alternative 3). Free-and-clear status is critical, buyers receive title without successor liability concerns.

Stalking-horse process

Standard 363 sale uses stalking-horse process: (1) stalking-horse agreement, initial bidder commits to purchase at specified price subject to higher bids; provides minimum floor; (2) bid procedures motion, court approval of auction process, bidding requirements, qualified bidder criteria, break-up fee, expense reimbursement; (3) marketing period, typically 30-60 days; (4) qualified bid deadline; (5) auction, competing qualified bidders; (6) sale hearing, court approval of winning bid; (7) closing. Stalking horse typically receives break-up fee (1-3% of purchase price) and expense reimbursement if outbid.

"Sound business reasons" standard

Section 363 sales of substantially all assets are scrutinized under "sound business reasons" standard from In re Lionel (2d Cir. 1983). Factors include: (1) proportionate value of asset to estate; (2) amount of elapsed time since filing; (3) likelihood that plan of reorganization will be proposed and confirmed in near future; (4) effect on future plan; (5) amount of proceeds to be obtained from sale compared to appraised value or book value; (6) good faith of proposed sale; (7) adequacy of process. Courts apply Lionel factors flexibly based on case circumstances.

Section 363(m), sale finality

Section 363(m) provides substantial finality to 363 sales: a reversal or modification on appeal of an authorization to sell does not affect the sale's validity to a good faith purchaser. This means the buyer receives substantial certainty, even if the sale order is later challenged, the buyer's title is typically protected. Sophisticated buyers insist on § 363(m) findings and "good faith" findings to maximize finality. Stay pending appeal is technically possible but rarely granted.

Sub rosa plan concerns

363 sales of substantially all assets can constitute a "sub rosa plan", circumventing plan confirmation requirements. Czyzewski v. Jevic (2017) restricted structured dismissals that skip priority requirements. Courts scrutinize 363 sales that: (1) effectively distribute proceeds in violation of priority scheme; (2) bind creditors without plan confirmation procedures; (3) restructure debts outside plan framework. Modern practice typically uses 363 sale + subsequent plan to confirm distribution scheme, addressing sub rosa concerns.

Successor liability

Section 363 sales free and clear of "claims" provide significant protection from successor liability, including products liability, environmental, employment, and tort claims. In re Chrysler LLC (2009) confirmed broad free-and-clear treatment. Some claims (particularly environmental) may receive narrower treatment. Buyers in 363 sales typically negotiate broad free-and-clear language and specific findings on successor liability protection. Limitations: future claims (post-sale conduct), federal regulatory enforcement, certain employment obligations.

Practical context

For Texas distressed sellers and buyers, 363 sales offer significant advantages over out-of-court alternatives. Best practice for sellers: (1) consider pre-petition 363 strategy with stalking-horse bidder; (2) coordinate sale with DIP financing and milestones; (3) develop comprehensive marketing strategy; (4) negotiate stalking-horse protections (break-up fee, expense reimbursement). For buyers: (1) understand free-and-clear protections vs. limitations; (2) negotiate stalking-horse position with substantial bid protections; (3) conduct accelerated diligence, 30-60 day timeline typical; (4) coordinate with regulatory approvals if needed; (5) plan integration despite compressed timeline. For creditors: (1) review sale process for adequacy; (2) participate in objections to inadequate process; (3) preserve rights regarding distribution of proceeds. Common pitfall: rushed 363 sales without proper marketing or process, courts may reject sales lacking adequate market check.

Companion article: Selling Your Business

Related Terms
Chapter 11· Debtor-in-Possession· Plan of Reorganization· Asset Purchase· Automatic Stay

Section 83(b) Election

An election to recognize income on the receipt of restricted property (typically founder or employee equity subject to vesting) at the time of grant rather than at vesting. Made by filing a written election with the IRS within 30 days of receipt. The election fixes the taxable amount at the grant-date value and starts the capital gains holding period.

A Section 83(b) election is a federal tax election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code allowing a recipient of restricted property, typically founder stock or employee equity subject to vesting, to recognize income at the time of grant rather than waiting until the property vests. The election fixes the taxable amount at the grant-date fair market value, starts the capital gains holding period, and converts what would otherwise be ordinary income at vesting into capital gain on later sale. The election must be filed with the IRS within 30 days of receipt, a deadline that has no extensions.

Why the election matters

Without an 83(b) election, the recipient of restricted property recognizes ordinary income on each vesting date equal to the property's fair market value at vesting (less any amount paid). For founders whose stock is subject to a 4-year vesting schedule, this means recognizing ordinary income, at the highest rate, on each vesting tranche, calculated against the (presumably) growing value of the company. With an 83(b) election, the entire grant-date value is recognized once at grant, when the value is typically minimal, and all future appreciation is taxed as capital gain on sale.

The 30-day deadline

The election must be filed with the IRS within 30 days of the property transfer (the date of stock grant or unvested equity issuance). The deadline is strict, there is no extension, no relief for late filing, and no equitable doctrine that excuses missing it. The election is filed by mailing a written statement (Rev. Proc. 2012-29 provides a sample) to the IRS office where the recipient files their tax return, with copy retained for the recipient's tax return for the year of transfer. As of 2023, electronic filing of 83(b) elections is also accepted.

Required election content

The 83(b) election must include: (1) name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the taxpayer; (2) description of the property (e.g., 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock); (3) date of transfer and tax year for which the election applies; (4) nature of restrictions on the property; (5) fair market value at transfer (without regard to lapse restrictions); (6) amount paid for the property; (7) amount included in gross income; and (8) statement that copies have been furnished to the entity.

Risk of forfeiture

If the recipient pays tax on the grant-date value via 83(b) election but later forfeits the unvested shares (e.g., by leaving the company before vesting), no deduction or refund is available for the previously-paid tax. This is the principal risk of the election. For founders highly likely to remain through vesting and where grant-date value is low (often nominal), the risk is small relative to the upside. For employees with material grant-date value or uncertain commitment, the analysis is more nuanced.

When the election is most valuable

83(b) elections are essentially mandatory for founders receiving stock in a newly-formed C-corporation, where the per-share value is typically nominal ($0.0001 or similar) and the entire grant value is well below any tax threshold. The election preserves capital-gains treatment on the entire equity stake, frequently worth millions in tax savings on a successful exit. For employees receiving stock at fair market value, the election analysis depends on growth expectations, vesting risk, and the recipient's individual tax situation.

Practical context

The 83(b) election is one of the small handful of legal-administrative steps where the cost of getting it wrong is permanent and large. Texas founders forming a C-corporation with vesting on founder stock should: (1) calendar the 30-day deadline at formation; (2) prepare the election concurrently with the stock grant documents; (3) mail certified-with-return-receipt and retain proof of timely mailing; (4) keep a copy in the company's books and records and the founder's tax records. Missed elections cannot be remediated and are one of the most common avoidable tax errors in startup formation.

Companion article: Business Succession Planning in Texas

Related Terms
Section 1202 / Qualified Small Business Stock· Stock Purchase· C-Corporation Tax Treatment· Shareholder· Capital Contribution

Security Interest

A contingent property right held by a creditor in personal property of a debtor that secures payment or performance of an obligation. Foundation of secured commercial lending, equipment financing, working-capital lines, asset-based lending. Governed by UCC Article 9.

A security interest is a contingent property right held by a creditor (the "secured party") in personal property of a debtor (the "collateral") that secures payment or performance of an obligation. If the debtor defaults, the secured party may, subject to UCC procedural requirements, take possession of and dispose of the collateral to satisfy the obligation. Security interests in personal property are governed by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, codified in Texas at Tex. Bus. & Com. Code Chapter 9.

Distinguished from real-property liens

UCC Article 9 does not govern security interests in real property, those are governed by Texas mortgage law and real-estate-lien statutes. Article 9 covers all kinds of personal property: tangible (goods, inventory, equipment, fixtures) and intangible (accounts receivable, instruments, chattel paper, deposit accounts, investment property, general intangibles).

Three lifecycle stages

Attachment (§ 9.203): the security interest becomes enforceable against the debtor when (1) value has been given by the secured party; (2) the debtor has rights in the collateral; and (3) the debtor has authenticated a security agreement describing the collateral, or the secured party has possession or control of the collateral.

Perfection (§ 9.308): the security interest becomes enforceable against third parties, typically by filing a UCC-1 financing statement with the Texas Secretary of State, but also by possession (for tangible collateral) or control (for deposit accounts, investment property, electronic chattel paper). See Perfection.

Priority and enforcement (§§ 9.317–9.339, 9.601–9.628): the secured party's rights against competing creditors are determined by the UCC priority rules (generally first-to-file-or-perfect wins), and on default the secured party may take possession and dispose of the collateral under the procedural requirements of Part 6.

Purchase money security interest (PMSI)

A PMSI is a special category of security interest taken to secure the purchase price of the specific collateral (or to enable acquisition of the collateral). § 9.103. PMSIs receive priority over previously-perfected general security interests in the same collateral, subject to specific timing and notice requirements. § 9.324.

Practical context

Security interests are foundational to commercial lending, equipment financing, working-capital lines secured by accounts receivable and inventory, asset-based lending. Inadequate documentation or perfection failures convert secured creditors into unsecured creditors in bankruptcy, with severe consequences for recovery. Sophisticated practice involves careful collateral description, timely UCC-1 filing, monitoring of debtor name changes and asset transfers, and continuation filings before the five-year lapse.

Companion article: Collecting a Judgment in Texas

Related Terms
Financing Statement· Perfection· Collateral· Promissory Note· Guaranty Agreement

Self-Insured Retention (SIR)

An amount the insured must pay before insurance coverage applies, distinct from a deductible in operation. With a deductible, the insurer typically defends from dollar one and is reimbursed; with an SIR, the insured retains responsibility for defense and indemnity within the SIR amount, with insurance attaching only above the SIR. SIRs are common in higher-risk industries, large commercial accounts, and as a cost-management tool. Triggers important questions about defense provider, coordination with insurance, and Stowers obligations.

A Self-Insured Retention (SIR) is an amount the insured must pay before insurance coverage applies. SIRs differ operationally from deductibles in important ways: with a traditional deductible, the insurer typically provides defense from dollar one and is reimbursed by the insured; with an SIR, the insured retains responsibility for defense and indemnity within the SIR amount, with insurance attaching only after the SIR is exhausted. SIRs are common in higher-risk industries (energy, construction, healthcare), large commercial accounts, and as a cost-management tool for organizations with stable claim histories.

SIR vs. deductible, the operational distinction

The principal operational differences: (1) defense provider, under SIR, insured typically defends within the SIR (or hires its own counsel); under deductible, insurer typically defends; (2) cash flow, under SIR, insured pays defense and indemnity dollars directly; under deductible, insurer pays and bills insured; (3) limits erosion, SIR amounts typically don't reduce the policy aggregate limit; deductibles often do; (4) insurer involvement, SIR-period claims are managed by the insured (with reporting to insurer); deductible-period claims are insurer-managed; (5) insolvency impact, if the insured is insolvent, SIR claims can become an issue (insurer not obligated to fund SIR for insolvent insured). The choice between SIR and deductible affects operations and economics.

Common SIR contexts

Where SIRs are typically used: (1) energy and oil/gas, large self-insured retentions ($1M+) common; (2) construction, SIRs on owner-controlled and contractor-controlled programs; (3) healthcare, medical professional liability with SIRs above $250K; (4) cyber, increasingly common; SIRs of $25K-$500K typical; (5) D&O, Side B/C usually has SIR (often called retention); Side A typically does not; (6) professional liability, large law firm and consulting practices often use SIRs; (7) large commercial accounts, Fortune 1000-class businesses use SIRs across multiple lines; (8) captive insurance, SIRs coordinate with captive insurance arrangements.

Defense within the SIR

Within the SIR amount, the insured typically defends with its own counsel (or sometimes through a TPA, third-party administrator). Common arrangements: (1) insured-counsel defense, insured retains its own counsel; (2) panel-counsel defense, insured uses approved panel counsel even within SIR; (3) TPA-managed defense, third-party administrator handles claims; (4) shared services, insured's risk management coordinates with insurer's claim handling. Quality of within-SIR defense affects post-SIR coverage; sloppy or under-funded defense within SIR can prejudice the insurer's position and expose the insured to coverage challenges.

Stowers obligations within SIR

SIR-funding insureds may have Stowers-like obligations to evaluate settlement offers within SIR as if the insured were the carrier. Excess insurers (responding above the SIR) can pursue Stowers-like claims against the insured for negligent failure to settle within SIR limits when reasonable demand was made. The doctrine creates pressure on insureds to evaluate settlement offers carefully even when the immediate cost is borne by the insured. Best practice: maintain disciplined claim evaluation processes within SIR; document settlement decisions carefully; coordinate with excess insurer on material settlement decisions.

Reporting and coordination

SIR policies typically require the insured to report claims and circumstances even during the SIR period: (1) initial notice, typically required upon awareness; (2) periodic updates, for matters likely to exceed SIR; (3) pre-settlement notice, before material settlements; (4) defense reports, for matters approaching SIR exhaustion. Failure to report can void coverage. Sophisticated insureds maintain reporting protocols ensuring compliance with policy notice provisions even for matters within SIR.

SIR exhaustion

SIRs are typically exhausted by amounts paid by the insured for indemnity, defense, or both (varies by policy). Important details: (1) defense costs within SIR, most SIRs include defense; some apply only to indemnity; (2) multiple claims, SIRs may be per-claim (each claim has its own SIR) or aggregate (SIR shared across all claims); (3) exhaustion proof, insureds must demonstrate SIR exhaustion before coverage attaches; (4) coordination with carrier, exhaustion notice typically required. Disputes about SIR exhaustion are common; precise policy language and contemporaneous documentation prevent most issues.

Bankruptcy and insolvency considerations

SIRs raise specific bankruptcy issues: (1) insurer obligation to fund SIR, insurers generally are not obligated to fund the SIR if the insured cannot pay (some policies have "drop-down" but most do not); (2> SIR as estate asset, funded SIR amounts may be estate assets in bankruptcy; (3) claim treatment, SIR-period claims may be treated as general unsecured claims in bankruptcy; (4) D&O Side B/C SIR, particularly important; if the insured cannot fund Side B/C SIR, individual directors may need Side A coverage to bridge the gap. Bankruptcy planning for SIR-funded businesses requires coordination of insurance, claim management, and capital planning.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties using SIRs, careful coordination is essential. Best practice: (1) confirm whether SIR or deductible is in place, read policy language carefully; (2) maintain disciplined within-SIR claim management with reporting protocols; (3) coordinate within-SIR defense with insurer expectations to preserve excess coverage; (4) for material SIRs, retain experienced claims management, within-SIR mistakes can prejudice excess coverage; (5) document SIR exhaustion contemporaneously; (6) for D&O, ensure Side A coverage adequate to address Side B/C SIR-funding gaps in insolvency; (7) coordinate with captive insurance arrangements where applicable. Common pitfalls: businesses use SIRs for cost savings without infrastructure to manage within-SIR claims well, leading to excess coverage challenges and Stowers-type exposure. SIR adoption should be paired with claims management capability, not just cost savings.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Excess Insurance· Commercial General Liability Insurance· Stowers Doctrine· Directors and Officers Insurance· Reservation of Rights

Series LLC

A Texas LLC that has established one or more designated series within itself. Each series may have separate members, managers, assets, and limitation of liability, properly maintained, the assets of one series are protected from the creditors of another series.

A Texas series LLC is a Texas LLC that has established one or more designated series within itself. Each series may have separate members, managers, assets, and limitation of liability. Properly maintained, the assets of one series are protected from the creditors of another series and from the creditors of the LLC itself. The series LLC is most commonly used in real estate (one series per property), insurance, and complex investment structures.

Establishment

Under § 101.601, a Texas LLC may establish one or more series within the LLC if (a) the LLC's certificate of formation provides notice that the LLC may have one or more series and that the debts and liabilities of one series are not enforceable against the assets of another series, and (b) the LLC's company agreement establishes the series. Both requirements must be satisfied to obtain inter-series liability protection.

The internal liability shield

Under § 101.602, the debts, liabilities, obligations, and expenses incurred or contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular series are enforceable against the assets of that series only, and not against the assets of any other series or against the assets of the LLC generally. This is the principal feature distinguishing a series LLC from a single LLC owning multiple assets.

Notice requirements

The internal liability shield is not automatic. It applies only if all of the following are satisfied: (1) the certificate of formation provides notice of the limitation; (2) the company agreement establishes the series; (3) the records maintained for the series account for the series' assets separately from the LLC's other assets and the assets of any other series; (4) the series' obligations and the persons who contract with the series have notice (constructive or actual) of the limitation. §§ 101.602–101.604.

Protected series and registered series (2022)

Effective June 1, 2022, Texas added two additional series LLC structures. A protected series is the original Texas series structure, the series exists internally within the LLC. A registered series is a series that has filed a certificate of registered series with the Texas Secretary of State, providing a public filing for each series. Registered series are useful where third parties (lenders, title companies, insurers) require evidence of series existence.

Separate operations

To preserve the internal liability shield, each series should maintain separate books and records, separate bank accounts, separate insurance, and separate contracts. The series should sign in its own name (rather than the LLC's name), and counterparties should have actual or constructive notice that they are dealing with the series and not the LLC generally. Failure to maintain these formalities can result in the loss of inter-series protection, a "series-piercing" outcome that has not yet been definitively addressed by Texas appellate courts but which is widely anticipated based on principles applied in single-LLC veil-piercing.

Tax treatment

The federal income tax treatment of series LLCs remains unsettled. Treasury proposed regulations in 2010 that would have treated each series as a separate entity for federal tax purposes; the regulations were never finalized. In practice, most series LLC sponsors treat each series as a separate entity for tax purposes based on the structural separation, but the Internal Revenue Service has not issued definitive guidance.

Practical context

The Texas series LLC is most commonly used in real estate (one series per property, allowing inter-property liability separation without forming separate LLCs for each property), insurance vehicles, securitization structures, and complex investment partnerships. The principal advantages over forming separate LLCs are reduced filing fees and simplified administration. The principal disadvantages are the unsettled tax treatment, the unsettled treatment in non-Texas jurisdictions (some states do not recognize the inter-series liability shield), and the ease with which sloppy operations can compromise the protection. For most closely-held businesses, separate Texas LLCs remain the simpler, more conservative choice. Series LLCs work best where the cost savings and administrative simplicity meaningfully outweigh the legal uncertainty.

Companion article: Starting a Business in Texas

Related Terms
Limited Liability Company· Member· Manager· Certificate of Formation· Company Agreement

Service Mark

A word, name, symbol, or device used to identify and distinguish the services of one person from those of others. The services-equivalent of a trademark, governed by the same Lanham Act provisions and Texas trademark statute. Most "trademark" rights protecting brand names for services are technically service marks.

A service mark is a word, name, symbol, or device used by a person to identify and distinguish the services of one person from the services of others. A service mark is the services-equivalent of a trademark, the same legal framework applies to both, with "trademark" used for goods and "service mark" used for services. Most consumer-facing brand protection in service-economy industries (consulting, hospitality, software-as-a-service, financial services, professional services) operates through service-mark rights.

Distinguishing trademark from service mark

Trademarks identify and distinguish goods; service marks identify and distinguish services. The legal protections, registrability standards, and infringement standards are identical, but the use specimens required for federal registration differ, trademark specimens show the mark on the goods or packaging, while service-mark specimens show the mark in advertising or rendering of the services. Many marks are both: a software company's name may serve as a service mark for its SaaS service and as a trademark for boxed software.

Registration

Service-mark registration follows the same path as trademark registration: federal application to the USPTO; state-level application to the Texas Secretary of State; or unregistered use creating common-law rights. Service-mark applications must specify the services covered with reasonable specificity in International Class 35 through 45 (the services classes). The use-in-commerce requirement for federal registration requires that the services be rendered in commerce under the mark, promotional or planned use is insufficient under § 1051(a).

Use in commerce

For service marks, "use in commerce" means the mark is used or displayed in the sale or advertising of services rendered, with the services rendered in interstate commerce. This standard differs from goods, where the mark must be physically affixed to the goods. Display in advertising materials, websites, signage, invoices, or contracts is sufficient for service marks, provided the services are being rendered.

Practical context

For Texas service-economy businesses, law firms, consultancies, software companies, agencies, restaurants, healthcare practices, most outward-facing brand protection is service-mark protection. Federal registration (≈$350-$750 per class) provides nationwide constructive notice of ownership, presumptive validity, and incontestability after five years of continuous use. State registration is supplementary and inexpensive; common-law rights protect within the geographic area of actual use.

Companion article: Patents vs. Trademarks vs. Trade Secrets

Related Terms
Trademark· Trade Dress· License Agreement· IP Assignment

Settlement Agreement

A contract resolving a dispute, typically (though not exclusively) in connection with pending or threatened litigation. Standard terms include (1) consideration (typically a payment or other performance); (2) releases of claims; (3) confidentiality; (4) non-disparagement; (5) choice of law and forum; (6) representations about authority; (7) indemnification for breach. Settlement agreements are enforceable as contracts; in pending litigation, often coupled with a Rule 11 Agreement for procedural enforceability.

A settlement agreement is a contract resolving a dispute, typically (though not exclusively) in connection with pending or threatened litigation. Settlement agreements are the principal mechanism for ending lawsuits short of trial, well over 90% of commercial cases resolve by settlement rather than judgment. The settlement agreement itself is a contract enforceable under general Texas contract law; in pending litigation, settlement agreements are typically coupled with a Rule 11 Agreement for additional procedural enforceability under Tex. R. Civ. P. 11.

Standard settlement agreement components

Comprehensive commercial settlement agreements typically include: (1) recitals, describing the dispute and the parties' agreement to settle; (2) consideration, payment terms (lump sum, installment, structured settlement) or other performance; (3) releases, mutual or unilateral release of claims; (4) covenants not to sue, promises not to bring future actions on released matters; (5) confidentiality, restrictions on disclosing settlement terms or facts; (6) non-disparagement, restrictions on disparaging statements; (7) representations, authority to enter the agreement, no other claims, satisfaction of conditions; (8) indemnification, covering breach of representations or third-party claims; (9) choice of law and forum, typically Texas law and Texas venue; (10) integration, entire agreement clause; (11) amendment requirement, written amendment only; (12) specific performance, equitable remedies; (13) fees and costs, typically each party bears own.

Confidentiality provisions

Settlement confidentiality is heavily negotiated. Standard provisions: (1) terms confidentiality, settlement terms and amount cannot be disclosed; (2) fact confidentiality, underlying facts cannot be disclosed; (3) permitted disclosures, to attorneys, accountants, tax advisors, family members, court order, regulatory requirement; (4) liquidated damages for breach, given difficulty of proving damages, often a fixed amount per disclosure. Note: confidentiality of sexual-harassment settlements has been federally limited since 2017, under 26 U.S.C. § 162(q), settlement payments and related attorney fees are not deductible if the settlement is subject to a non-disclosure agreement covering sexual harassment claims. Several states have also enacted statutes limiting confidentiality in similar contexts.

Tax treatment of settlements

Settlement tax treatment depends on the nature of the underlying claims: (1) physical injury settlements, generally excluded from gross income under § 104(a)(2); (2) employment discrimination settlements, typically taxable as wages or other income; (3) contract settlements, tax treatment depends on what the payment substitutes for (lost profits taxable, return of capital not); (4) punitive damages, always taxable; (5) attorney fees, often taxable to plaintiff even if paid directly to attorneys (above-the-line deduction available in some categories). Allocation of settlement payments among different claim categories has substantial tax consequences; settlement agreements should allocate carefully and consistently with the underlying claims.

Court approval requirements

Most commercial settlements do not require court approval. Exceptions: (1) class actions, court approval required under Rule 42 (Texas) or Rule 23 (federal); (2) minor or incompetent plaintiffs, guardian ad litem and court approval typically required; (3) bankruptcy proceedings, bankruptcy-court approval under Bankruptcy Rule 9019; (4) shareholder derivative suits, court approval required; (5) certain government-involvement settlements, DOJ or agency approval; (6) structured settlements, sometimes require court approval depending on circumstances.

Enforcement of settlement agreements

If a party breaches a settlement agreement, enforcement options include: (1) specific performance, court order requiring compliance; (2) contract damages, for breach; (3) liquidated damages, if specified; (4) attorney's fees, typically recoverable for enforcement under § 38.001 if in writing; (5) reinstatement of underlying claims, in some cases, breach of a settlement permits restoration of the underlying claims (often subject to credit for amounts paid). The proper enforcement procedure depends on whether the underlying litigation is dismissed: if dismissed with prejudice, the new claim is for breach of settlement; if dismissed without prejudice, the underlying claims may be re-filed.

Common drafting issues

Recurring sources of settlement disputes: (1) scope ambiguity in releases, see Release; (2) missing affiliated parties, release covers signatories but not affiliates; (3) contingent obligations, payment conditioned on events that prove difficult; (4) tax allocation, disputes over characterization of payments; (5) confidentiality scope, what's covered, what's permitted disclosure; (6) competing interpretation of operative terms. Sophisticated commercial settlements should be drafted by experienced counsel; templates rarely capture the specific dispute's nuances.

Practical context

For Texas commercial litigants, settlement-agreement drafting is among the highest-leverage moments in any case. Best practice: (1) align settlement timing with payment terms, most defendants prefer payment after release execution; most plaintiffs prefer payment before; (2) draft releases comprehensively with affiliated parties, future claims, and disclaimer of reliance; (3) coordinate Rule 11 filing with settlement agreement execution; (4) consider tax allocation carefully, improper allocation can shift hundreds of thousands of dollars in tax burden; (5) for confidential settlements, consider whether NDA falls under § 162(q) and other federal/state limits; (6) include specific-performance language and attorney's fees provision for enforcement. Settlement agreements are contracts, they should be drafted with the same care as any commercial contract, not rushed at the close of mediation.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Release· Rule 11 Agreement· Mediation· Confidentiality Agreement· Severance Agreement

Severance Agreement

A contract between an employer and a departing employee under which the employer provides specified compensation, benefits continuation, or other consideration in exchange for the employee's release of legal claims and other negotiated obligations.

A severance agreement is a contract between an employer and a departing employee under which the employer provides specified compensation, benefits continuation, or other consideration in exchange for the employee's release of legal claims against the employer and other negotiated obligations. Severance is generally voluntary on the employer's part, Texas law does not require severance pay absent contract or company policy.

Typical structure

(1) Severance compensation (lump sum, salary continuation, or a combination); (2) benefits continuation (typically COBRA-related); (3) general release of claims, broadly worded; (4) reaffirmation of confidentiality, noncompete, and nonsolicitation obligations from prior agreements; (5) non-disparagement; (6) cooperation in transition or litigation; (7) return of property.

OWBPA requirements (age 40+)

For releases of Age Discrimination in Employment Act claims by employees age 40 or older, the OWBPA requires: (1) plain-language drafting; (2) specific reference to ADEA rights; (3) advice to consult an attorney; (4) at least 21 days to consider (45 days for group reductions); (5) at least 7 days to revoke after signing; (6) consideration beyond what the employee was already entitled to receive. Failure renders the ADEA waiver unenforceable.

Texas-specific considerations

Releases of Texas Commission on Human Rights Act claims under Tex. Lab. Code Ch. 21 are generally enforceable if knowing and voluntary. Releases cannot waive future claims, FLSA wage claims (which require DOL or court approval to compromise), or workers' compensation claims for injuries already sustained.

Tax treatment

Severance is wages, subject to income tax withholding and employment taxes. Allocations to non-wage components (e.g., release of personal injury claims) may be tax-advantaged but invite IRS scrutiny.

Practical context

Severance agreements are negotiated documents. Employees should understand they are waiving claims they may not yet recognize as available; employers should ensure OWBPA compliance for age-40+ employees and clear documentation of consideration beyond what was already earned or owed.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee in Texas

Related Terms
Employment Agreement· At-Will Employment· Workplace Discrimination· Final Paycheck· Wrongful Termination

Shareholder

2025

The owner of one or more shares of stock in a Texas corporation. Shareholders elect the board of directors, vote on certain fundamental corporate transactions, and receive dividends when declared. Shareholders generally do not manage the corporation directly.

A shareholder is the owner of one or more shares of stock in a Texas corporation. Shareholders are the corporation's equity owners; they elect the board of directors, vote on certain fundamental corporate transactions, and receive dividends when declared. Shareholders generally do not manage the corporation directly, that authority is vested in the board under TBOC § 21.401.

Core rights

Voting. Shareholders elect directors at each annual meeting (§ 21.405) and vote on fundamental transactions including mergers, conversions, sales of substantially all assets, certificate amendments, and dissolution. Voting is typically one vote per share; the certificate may create classes with different voting rights, including non-voting classes.

Dividends. Declared by the board in its discretion. The corporation may not declare a dividend that would render it insolvent. § 21.303.

Books and records inspection. Under § 21.218, a shareholder of record for at least six months or holding 5% of outstanding shares may examine specified records on written demand stating a proper purpose. As amended by SB 29 effective May 14, 2025, the inspection right was significantly narrowed: emails, text messages, and social media communications are excluded unless those communications effectuate corporate action. New § 21.218(b-2) permits publicly-traded corporations and § 21.419 opt-in corporations to deny inspection demands made in connection with active or anticipated derivative proceedings.

Derivative actions. Under §§ 21.551–21.563, a shareholder may sue on behalf of the corporation when management fails to do so. See Derivative Action.

Shareholder liability

Under § 21.223, a shareholder is not liable for the corporation's obligations merely by reason of being a shareholder, with limited exceptions for veil-piercing, contractual guarantees, and statutory liability for unauthorized distributions.

No vested property right

Under § 21.051, a shareholder has no vested property right resulting from the certificate of formation. The certificate may be amended without unanimous shareholder consent, subject to procedural protections and class-vote rights.

Closely held corporations

TBOC § 21.563 defines a "closely held corporation" as one with fewer than 35 shareholders and no public market. Closely held corporation shareholders have substantially better procedural advantages in derivative actions, including no demand requirement and direct recovery if justice requires. See Closely Held Corporation.

Practical context

Shareholder practice in Texas was substantially reshaped by SB 29 (effective May 14, 2025), which narrowed inspection rights, codified the business judgment rule, and authorized exclusive-forum and ownership-threshold restrictions on derivative actions. The cumulative effect makes Texas substantially more director-friendly than before May 2025, particularly for publicly-traded and § 21.419 opt-in corporations. Closely-held corporation shareholders under § 21.563 retain their pre-SB 29 procedural advantages.

Companion article: Raising Capital in Texas

Related Terms
Corporation· Director· Bylaws· Derivative Action· Business Judgment Rule· Closely Held Corporation

Shareholder Agreement

2025

A contract among shareholders of a corporation that supplements the certificate of formation and bylaws by addressing matters such as voting, transfers, buy-sell rights, and dispute resolution.

A shareholder agreement is a contract among the shareholders of a corporation that supplements the certificate of formation and bylaws. Common provisions include voting agreements (requiring shareholders to vote together on specified matters), transfer restrictions (right of first refusal, drag-along, tag-along rights), buy-sell mechanics (mandatory purchase upon death, disability, departure, or dispute), valuation procedures (formula vs. appraisal), and dispute-resolution provisions (mediation, arbitration, forum-selection).

Shareholder agreements are particularly important in closely held corporations where the parties have negotiated for specific rights that go beyond the default rules of the corporate code. They also play a central role in family-business succession planning, where buy-sell mechanics determine how shares move between generations or branches of the family. In multi-owner businesses, well-drafted shareholder agreements are the most effective tool for preventing partner disputes from becoming litigation.

Permitted scope

For-profit corporations governed by the Texas Business Organizations Code may enter into shareholder agreements that vary the default rules under § 21.101, subject to certain limits. Shareholder agreements may, among other things, eliminate or limit the powers of the board, govern distributions, restrict transfers, require specified buy-sell mechanics, and authorize binding dispute resolution.

Recent developments

Senate Bill 29 (effective May 14, 2025) authorized shareholder agreements to include jury waivers and exclusive forum-selection clauses for internal entity claims (TBOC §§ 2.115 and 2.116). The codified business judgment rule in § 21.419 also interacts with shareholder agreement provisions allocating director protection.

Shareholder Oppression

A historical Texas common-law doctrine recognized from 1988 through 2014 under which a minority shareholder could pursue a direct cause of action for harsh or wrongful conduct by majority shareholders. After Ritchie v. Rupe (2014), Texas no longer recognizes the common-law action; the term now refers narrowly to a statutory ground for rehabilitative receivership.

"Shareholder oppression" historically referred to a Texas common-law doctrine, recognized from 1988 through 2014, under which a minority shareholder of a closely-held corporation could pursue a direct cause of action and obtain equitable relief (including a court-ordered buyout) when controlling shareholders engaged in conduct that defeated the minority's reasonable expectations. After Ritchie v. Rupe, 443 S.W.3d 856 (Tex. 2014), Texas no longer recognizes a common-law cause of action for minority shareholder oppression. The term now refers narrowly to a statutory ground for rehabilitative receivership under TBOC § 11.404(a)(1)(C).

The pre-Ritchie doctrine

From 1988 through 2014, Texas appellate courts recognized a common-law cause of action where majority-shareholder conduct (a) substantially defeated the minority's reasonable expectations or (b) constituted harsh or wrongful conduct departing from fair-dealing standards. Courts granted equitable remedies including court-ordered buyouts at fair value, dividend mandates, and removal of oppressive directors.

The Ritchie v. Rupe decision (2014)

In a 6–3 decision, the Texas Supreme Court fundamentally restructured the landscape:

(1) No common-law cause of action. Texas became one of a small number of states with no common-law oppression cause of action.

(2) Statutory remedy is exclusive. TBOC § 11.404 provides the exclusive Texas remedy for shareholder oppression, foreclosing court-ordered buyouts under the statute.

(3) Narrow definition. "Oppressive" under § 11.404(a)(1)(C) requires all four of: (a) abuse of authority by management; (b) intent to harm one or more shareholders; (c) action that does not comport with the honest exercise of business judgment; and (d) creation of a serious risk of harm to the corporation itself. The fourth element is particularly difficult, many minority-harming "freeze-out" tactics may not harm the corporation.

(4) Remedy is limited to rehabilitative receivership. Even where oppression is established, court-ordered buyouts are not available under § 11.404.

What survives after Ritchie

Derivative breach-of-fiduciary-duty claims under TBOC §§ 21.551–21.563 with closely-held-corporation procedural advantages. The principal post-Ritchie mechanism. Sneed v. Webre, 465 S.W.3d 169 (Tex. 2015), reinforced this avenue.

Informal fiduciary duty claims arising from a "moral, social, domestic, or purely personal relationship of trust and confidence prior to and independent of the parties' business relationship." Ritchie, 443 S.W.3d at 874. Court-ordered buyouts may be available as remedy. Id. at 892 n.32.

Rehabilitative receivership under § 11.404, narrow but available where the four-element test is met.

Judicial dissolution under § 11.314, for LLCs and partnerships only. Not subject to Ritchie's narrow oppression test. See Judicial Dissolution.

Contractual remedies under shareholders' agreements, buy-sell agreements, employment contracts.

Practical context

Ritchie v. Rupe did not eliminate minority shareholder protections; it shifted them. The protections that survive are largely fiduciary-based rather than expectation-based, derivative rather than direct, and contractual rather than common-law. The most consequential practical lesson is that minority shareholders cannot rely on courts to backfill the protections that careful drafting at formation should have provided.

Companion article: Your Business Partner Wants Out

Related Terms
Closely Held Corporation· Derivative Action· Fiduciary Duty· Judicial Dissolution· Business Judgment Rule· Business Divorce

Software License Agreement

A negotiated commercial license under which the licensor grants the licensee specified rights to install, access, and use software, typically on the licensee's own infrastructure. Distinct from a SaaS agreement (services-based, vendor-hosted) and a consumer EULA (form, non-negotiated). Key terms: scope of license, seats/users, deployment environment, support and maintenance, source-code escrow, warranty, indemnification, and limitation of liability.

A software license agreement is a negotiated commercial contract under which the licensor grants the licensee specified rights to install, access, and use software, typically on the licensee's own infrastructure ("on-premise") or hosted by the licensee in a third-party cloud. The software license agreement is distinct from a SaaS agreement (services-based, vendor-hosted) and a consumer EULA (form, non-negotiated). It is the principal commercial document for enterprise software transactions where the licensee will run the software in its own environment.

License grant and scope

The license grant defines (1) permitted uses, install, copy, run, modify, integrate, internal-only, restricted to specific affiliates; (2) the user metric, named users, concurrent users, CPU cores, instances, or capacity-based; (3) the environment, production, development, testing, disaster recovery; (4) territorial restrictions; and (5) duration, perpetual, term, or subscription. Each enumerated right is a separate grant; rights not granted are reserved.

Support, maintenance, and service levels

Most software license agreements include a separate exhibit or appendix governing support and maintenance, typically a recurring fee equal to 18-22% of the license fee per year. Support exhibits define severity levels, response time SLAs, escalation procedures, and the version/release support window. The licensor's right to discontinue support of older versions is a critical negotiation point for licensees with long deployment cycles.

Source-code escrow

Source-code escrow protects the licensee against the licensor's bankruptcy, acquisition, or discontinuation of the product. Source code is deposited with a neutral escrow agent (typically Iron Mountain, EscrowTech, or NCC Group), updated on each major release. Release events, defined contractually, trigger delivery of the source code to the licensee for limited maintenance purposes. Standard release events: licensor bankruptcy, cessation of business, material breach of support obligations, or acquisition followed by support discontinuation.

Warranty and limitation of liability

Standard licensor warranties cover (1) ownership and authority to grant the license; (2) limited media warranty (90 days, replacement remedy); (3) general performance warranty for a defined warranty period (typically 90 days, replacement remedy); and (4) IP non-infringement, with carve-outs for licensee modifications, combinations, and post-knowledge use. Limitation of liability typically caps damages at fees paid in the preceding 12 months, with carve-outs for IP indemnification, breach of confidentiality, and gross negligence/willful misconduct.

Practical context

Enterprise software license agreements have evolved as SaaS has become dominant. On-premise software licensing is now most common for (1) heavily regulated industries with data-residency or sovereignty requirements; (2) industrial control systems and manufacturing software; (3) legacy enterprise applications; and (4) software with extreme performance requirements unsuited to multi-tenant SaaS. Texas businesses negotiating these agreements should pay particular attention to source-code escrow, support discontinuation rights, and IP indemnification carve-outs.

Companion article: Licensing Your IP in Texas

Related Terms
License Agreement· SaaS Agreement· End User License Agreement· Open-Source License· Master Service Agreement

Special Meeting

A meeting of shareholders other than the annual meeting, called for a specific purpose stated in the meeting notice. Business at a special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

A special meeting of shareholders is a meeting other than the annual meeting, called for a specific purpose stated in the meeting notice. Business at a special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Who may call

Under § 21.352(a), a special meeting may be called by (1) the president, the board of directors, or any other person authorized by the certificate of formation or bylaws; or (2) holders of the percentage of shares specified in the certificate of formation, not to exceed 50% of shares entitled to vote. If no percentage is specified, the threshold is 10% of shares entitled to vote.

Purpose limitation

Under § 21.352(c), other than procedural matters, the only business that may be conducted at a special meeting is business within the purposes described in the notice. This is a significant procedural protection, shareholders cannot be ambushed at a special meeting with business they were not warned about.

Record date

Unless the bylaws provide otherwise, the record date for shareholders entitled to call a special meeting is the date the first shareholder signs the notice. § 21.352(b).

Practical context

Special meetings are the standard mechanism for shareholder votes on transactions outside the ordinary annual cycle, mergers, asset sales, certificate amendments, and contested director elections. The 50%-cap on shareholder-call thresholds protects minority shareholders; a corporation cannot draft a certificate that requires a supermajority above 50% to call a special meeting.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Annual Meeting· Shareholder· Quorum· Voting

Spoliation

The intentional or negligent destruction, alteration, or failure to preserve evidence relevant to litigation. Texas spoliation framework was substantially clarified in Brookshire Bros., Ltd. v. Aldridge, 438 S.W.3d 9 (Tex. 2014), which held that a spoliation jury instruction generally requires intentional spoliation, with a narrow exception for negligent spoliation that irreparably deprives a party of meaningful ability to present a claim or defense. The duty to preserve evidence arises when litigation is reasonably anticipated.

Spoliation is the intentional or negligent destruction, alteration, or failure to preserve evidence relevant to litigation. The doctrine implicates both substantive law (defining when a duty to preserve arises) and procedural law (defining remedies when the duty is breached). The Texas spoliation framework was substantially clarified in Brookshire Bros., Ltd. v. Aldridge, 438 S.W.3d 9 (Tex. 2014), which raised the bar for spoliation jury instructions to require intentional conduct in most circumstances.

The two-step Brookshire framework

Brookshire Bros. v. Aldridge (Tex. 2014) established a two-step process for analyzing spoliation: (1) Did spoliation occur?, A question of law for the trial court (not the jury). The court determines whether (a) a duty to preserve existed, (b) the duty was breached, and (c) the spoliation was intentional or negligent. (2) What is the appropriate remedy?, The trial court's discretion, applying TransAmerican proportionality factors. Spoliation evidence is admissible to the jury only insofar as it bears on the substantive merits; the spoliation determination itself is for the court.

The duty to preserve

The duty to preserve evidence arises when "a party knows or reasonably should know that there is a substantial chance that a claim will be filed and that evidence in its possession or control will be material and relevant to that claim" (Brookshire, citing Wal-Mart Stores v. Johnson). "Substantial chance" means more than mere possibility but does not require certainty, it is "more than merely an abstract possibility or unwarranted fear." Common triggers: (1) specific demand letter or threat of suit; (2) knowledge of an injury or claim event; (3) internal awareness of significant exposure; (4) regulatory inquiry that could lead to litigation; (5) litigation hold notices from counsel.

Scope of the duty

Once triggered, the duty extends to evidence the party knows or reasonably should know is relevant to the anticipated litigation. The duty is not absolute, parties are not required to preserve every document in their possession indefinitely. Courts apply reasonableness: (1) the importance of the evidence; (2) the burden of preservation; (3) the party's knowledge of relevance; (4) the proportionality of preservation to the dispute. Routine document destruction policies must be suspended for documents covered by the duty; failure to suspend can support spoliation findings.

Intentional vs. negligent spoliation, the instruction question

The most consequential Brookshire holding: a spoliation jury instruction (which permits the jury to draw an adverse inference from the destruction) generally requires intentional spoliation. "Intentional" means the party "acted with the subjective purpose of concealing or destroying discoverable evidence." Mere negligent failure to preserve, even with significant resulting prejudice, generally does not support a jury instruction. Brookshire substantially raised the bar from earlier doctrine which permitted instructions for negligent spoliation.

The "willful blindness" expansion

Brookshire includes "willful blindness" within the intentional category, a party who does not directly destroy evidence known to be relevant and discoverable, but allows it to be destroyed (e.g., by failing to suspend routine destruction processes after notice). Willful blindness fills the gap between pure intent and pure negligence; it captures conduct where the party was on notice but failed to act, with consequences functionally indistinguishable from intentional destruction. The doctrine ensures that sophisticated parties cannot evade the intent requirement by simply not paying attention.

The narrow exception for irreparable prejudice

Brookshire recognized a narrow exception to the intent requirement: "if the act of spoliation, although merely negligent, so prejudices the nonspoliating party that it is irreparably deprived of having any meaningful ability to present a claim or defense." In such cases, a spoliation instruction may be appropriate even without intentional spoliation. The exception is genuinely narrow, courts apply it only where the destroyed evidence was so central that the case cannot fairly proceed without it. Most spoliation findings in Texas now hinge on the intent vs. negligence distinction with the irreparable-prejudice exception serving as a safety valve.

Remedies, the spectrum

Trial-court remedies available for spoliation, in approximate order of severity: (1) monetary sanctions, payment of opposing party's attorney's fees and costs related to the spoliation issue; (2) cost-shifting, for additional discovery occasioned by the destruction; (3) evidentiary exclusions, preventing the spoliating party from offering certain evidence; (4) spoliation instruction, requires intentional spoliation (or irreparable prejudice from negligent spoliation); (5) striking pleadings, case-dispositive sanction subject to TransAmerican due-process limits; (6) dismissal or default judgment, most severe; available only for the most egregious cases.

ESI considerations

Electronic evidence presents distinctive spoliation challenges: (1) routine destruction through email retention policies, server overwriting; (2) BYOD/personal device evidence subject to limited corporate control; (3) cloud storage evidence held by third parties; (4) ephemeral messaging apps designed to delete; (5) backup tape obsolescence and recovery cost. Federal Rule 37(e) provides a more detailed ESI-specific spoliation framework than Texas state-court doctrine; many sophisticated commercial cases are litigated in federal court partly because of the rule's clarity.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, spoliation discipline begins long before suit is filed. Best practice: (1) implement litigation-hold protocols triggered by demand letters, regulatory inquiries, or internal awareness of significant exposure; (2) suspend routine document destruction for held categories; (3) document preservation actions contemporaneously, preservation memos, hold notices, custodian acknowledgments; (4) preserve more rather than less when duty triggers are unclear; (5) for ESI, coordinate with IT to ensure preservation reaches backup tapes, cloud storage, and personal devices; (6) post-suit, work with opposing counsel to define preservation scope through Rule 26-style negotiations; (7) for plaintiffs, document evidence of opposing-party spoliation contemporaneously, these become motion materials. Sophisticated commercial litigation increasingly turns on preservation discipline; counsel who manage spoliation risk effectively gain substantial leverage.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Sanctions· Discovery· Expert Witness Disclosure· Summary Judgment· Motion in Limine

Statute of Frauds

The doctrine that certain categories of contracts are unenforceable unless evidenced by a writing signed by the party to be charged. Texas codifies the statute of frauds for general contracts at Tex. Bus. & Com. Code Ch. 26 and for sales of goods at § 2.201.

The statute of frauds is the doctrine that certain categories of contracts are unenforceable unless evidenced by a writing signed by the party to be charged. Texas codifies the statute of frauds for general contracts at Tex. Bus. & Com. Code Chapter 26 and for sales of goods at § 2.201.

Categories requiring a writing (§ 26.01)

(1) Promises to answer for the debt of another (suretyship, guaranty); (2) agreements made in consideration of marriage; (3) contracts for the sale of real estate; (4) leases of real estate for more than one year; (5) agreements not to be performed within one year from making; (6) commissions for sales of real estate or oil and gas; (7) agreements to lend money in excess of $50,000 (§ 26.02 for loan agreements); (8) physician contracts to cure or warrant medical results.

Sale of goods (§ 2.201)

Contracts for the sale of goods for $500 or more must be evidenced by a writing, with several exceptions (specially manufactured goods, admission in litigation, partial performance, merchant confirmation rule). See Sale of Goods.

Required writing

The writing need not be a single document, formal contract, or include all material terms. It must (1) indicate that a contract was made; (2) be signed by the party to be charged; and (3) identify the subject matter with reasonable certainty. An exchange of emails, text messages, or other electronic communications can satisfy the requirement under the Texas Uniform Electronic Transactions Act (Tex. Bus. & Com. Code Ch. 322).

Main purpose doctrine

A common-law exception to the suretyship/guaranty writing requirement: where the guarantor's primary purpose in promising to pay another's debt is to advance the guarantor's own economic interest, the oral promise may be enforceable.

Practical context

Statute-of-frauds defenses are frequently raised but rarely dispositive at the motion-to-dismiss stage; most disputes turn on whether the writing is sufficient and the party-to-be-charged signed. Modern electronic communication has made the "writing" element easier to satisfy than in earlier eras. The doctrine remains a meaningful trap for oral side agreements modifying written contracts.

Companion article: Contract Disputes in Texas

Related Terms
Sale of Goods· Guaranty Agreement· Promissory Note· Commercial Lease

Statute of Limitations

A statute that bars a cause of action after a specified period from accrual. Texas limitations periods are codified principally in Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 16: 2 years (most torts, DTPA, wrongful death), 4 years (contracts, fraud, real property), 5 years (specific actions). The discovery rule may toll accrual in specific contexts. Distinct from statutes of repose (fixed external event regardless of accrual). Multiple tolling and exception doctrines apply.

A statute of limitations is a statute that bars a cause of action after a specified period from accrual. The doctrine serves multiple purposes: providing finality and repose, requiring prompt pursuit of claims while evidence is fresh, and protecting defendants from stale claims. Texas limitations periods are codified principally in Chapter 16 of the Civil Practice and Remedies Code, with cause-specific periods ranging from one year (defamation) to ten years (judgments). Limitations is a defense, the defendant must affirmatively plead and prove it.

Common limitations periods

Frequently encountered Texas limitations periods: (1) 1 year, defamation (libel and slander); malicious prosecution; (2) 2 years, most torts (negligence, trespass, conversion, intentional torts); wrongful death; survival claims; DTPA (separate § 17.565); (3) 4 years, contracts (oral and written); fraud; real property recovery; debt; usury (special); breach of fiduciary duty; (4) 5 years, adverse possession (specific scenarios); (5) 10 years, judgments (renewal required to extend); adverse possession (other scenarios). The rule of thumb: torts run 2 years, contracts run 4 years, with significant exceptions in both directions.

Accrual, when the clock starts

Limitations runs from accrual, the date the cause of action accrues. Default rule: a cause of action accrues when "facts come into existence which authorize a claimant to seek a judicial remedy" (Computer Associates v. Altai). Specific accrual rules: (1) contract claims, accrue at breach; (2) tort claims, accrue at injury; (3) fraud claims, accrue at the fraudulent act, but discovery rule typically applies; (4) continuing torts, accrue at each occurrence; (5) installment contracts, separate accrual for each missed installment, unless acceleration. Accrual analysis is fact-specific; sophisticated parties dispute accrual dates frequently.

The discovery rule

The discovery rule tolls accrual until the plaintiff knows or, in the exercise of reasonable diligence, should have known of the injury and its cause. Texas applies the discovery rule selectively, not to all causes of action but to specific categories where the injury is inherently undiscoverable: (1) medical malpractice; (2) fraud (where the defendant concealed the wrongdoing); (3) fiduciary breach in some contexts; (4) certain professional negligence. The discovery rule does not generally apply to ordinary contract or tort claims with overt injuries. Plaintiffs invoking the discovery rule bear the burden of pleading and proving the elements.

Fraudulent concealment

Fraudulent concealment is a related but distinct doctrine: where the defendant knew of the wrongdoing and concealed it, limitations is tolled until the plaintiff discovers (or should have discovered) the wrongdoing. Unlike the discovery rule (which is a substantive accrual rule), fraudulent concealment is an equitable estoppel doctrine. S.V. v. R.V. (Tex. 1996) is the foundational case. Elements: (1) defendant's actual knowledge of the wrong; (2) duty to disclose; (3) fixed purpose to conceal; (4) actual concealment. Plaintiffs invoke fraudulent concealment to defeat limitations defenses where their claim was timely-filed but for the concealment.

Tolling and exceptions

Multiple Texas tolling doctrines: (1) plaintiff's disability, minority, mental incapacity (§ 16.001); (2) defendant's absence from state, § 16.063; (3) counterclaim tolling, § 16.069 (counterclaims arising from same transaction tolled by main claim filing); (4) fraudulent concealment, equitable estoppel; (5) continuing tort, accrual restarts at each new occurrence; (6) contractual extension, parties may sometimes extend limitations by agreement; (7) court-ordered tolling in bankruptcy and similar contexts. Each tolling doctrine has specific elements and limits.

Limitations vs. repose

Statutes of limitations and statutes of repose are distinct: (1) limitations runs from accrual (when the cause of action arose); subject to discovery rule and tolling doctrines; affects the remedy. (2) repose runs from a fixed external event (substantial completion of construction, sale of product); not subject to discovery rule or most tolling; extinguishes the underlying right. See Statute of Repose. Repose periods are typically longer than limitations but provide an absolute outer boundary.

Limitations as affirmative defense

Limitations is an affirmative defense, the defendant must plead it specifically (Tex. R. Civ. P. 94) and prove its elements. The plaintiff bears no initial burden to establish timeliness; once the defendant pleads limitations, the burden shifts to the plaintiff to establish (a) timely filing, (b) applicability of a tolling doctrine, or (c) inapplicability of the asserted limitations period. Failure to plead limitations waives the defense; subsequent motions for summary judgment or dismissal cannot restore a waived defense.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, limitations is among the most common defenses raised in commercial litigation. Best practice for plaintiffs: (1) calendar limitations dates from accrual, with substantial buffer (file 6+ months before expiration where possible); (2) for ambiguous accrual, file early and litigate the date later; (3) preserve discovery-rule and fraudulent-concealment evidence contemporaneously; (4) consider counterclaim tolling for cross-claims arising from the same transaction. For defendants: (1) plead limitations promptly under Rule 94; (2) build limitations defenses with specific accrual dates and supporting documents; (3) raise the affirmative defense in summary-judgment proceedings to test enforceability; (4) for repeat-pattern defendants, develop standardized limitations analysis frameworks. The single most common cause of malpractice claims against plaintiff-side counsel: missed limitations deadlines. Calendaring discipline is foundational.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Statute of Repose· Deceptive Trade Practices Act· Statute of Frauds· Summary Judgment· Tortious Interference

Statute of Repose

A statutory bar that extinguishes a cause of action after a specified period from a defined event, typically completion of work, sale of a product, or another fixed reference point, regardless of when the injury occurs or is discovered. Distinct from a statute of limitations, which runs from accrual. Texas has statutes of repose for architects, engineers, and surveyors (10 years), contractors (10 years), and products liability (15 years).

A statute of repose is a statutory bar that extinguishes a cause of action after a specified period from a defined event, typically completion of work, sale of a product, or another fixed reference point, regardless of when the injury occurs or whether the injury has been discovered. Statutes of repose are distinct from statutes of limitations: limitations run from accrual (when the cause of action accrues, including discovery rules); repose runs from a fixed external event regardless of when the cause of action accrues. Repose periods are typically longer than limitations periods, but provide an absolute outer boundary that limitations does not.

Repose vs. limitations, the critical distinction

Statutes of limitations and statutes of repose differ in several material ways: (1) starting event, limitations runs from accrual (typically when injury occurs or is discovered); repose runs from a fixed event (substantial completion, sale of product). (2) discovery rule, limitations is typically subject to the discovery rule (clock tolls until injury is or should be discovered); repose is not subject to discovery, the period runs regardless of injury or knowledge. (3) nature of the bar, limitations affects the remedy (procedural); repose may extinguish the underlying right (substantive). (4) length, repose periods are typically longer (10-15 years) than limitations periods (often 2-4 years).

Construction repose, § 16.008 and § 16.009

Sections 16.008 and 16.009 establish parallel 10-year repose periods for architects/engineers/surveyors and contractors of improvements to real property. The 10-year period runs from substantial completion of the improvement. Claims for design defects, construction defects, structural failures, and similar causes of action against construction-industry defendants are extinguished after 10 years from substantial completion, regardless of when defects manifest. The repose statutes apply across cause-of-action types, negligence, breach of contract, breach of warranty, products liability, wherever a construction-industry defendant is sued in connection with the underlying construction.

Products liability repose, § 16.012

Section 16.012 establishes a 15-year repose period for products liability actions against manufacturers and sellers, running from the date the product was first sold (in some cases, 15 years from delivery to the first owner). Several exceptions and exclusions apply: (1) the period does not run if the manufacturer expressly represented a longer useful life; (2) does not apply where the manufacturer failed to comply with FDA requirements for products subject to FDA regulation; (3) various other narrow exclusions for specific product categories. Aircraft and certain specialized products have longer or shorter repose periods under federal law.

Computation issues

The reference event for repose computation can itself be litigated: (1) "substantial completion" for construction, typically the date the work is complete enough for its intended use, or the date a certificate of occupancy is issued, or the date the owner takes possession; (2) "date of sale" for products, typically the date of first sale to a consumer, but can be earlier (sale to retailer) or later (date of delivery). Courts apply the statutes' definitional terms strictly; ambiguous reference events can result in case-dispositive disputes over whether the repose period has expired.

Tolling and exceptions

Statutes of repose are typically not subject to common-law tolling doctrines that apply to limitations (continuing tort, discovery rule, equitable tolling). The whole point of repose is to provide an absolute outer boundary regardless of these doctrines. Limited statutory exceptions: fraudulent concealment of the cause of action may toll repose in some circumstances. Continuing duties (failure to warn, ongoing maintenance obligations) may extend liability beyond initial repose periods if the duties create independent causes of action with their own accrual dates.

Constitutional challenges

Statutes of repose have been challenged on Texas Open Courts Clause grounds, that they unconstitutionally bar claims before they accrue, denying victims any opportunity to bring suit. Texas appellate courts have generally upheld the repose framework as constitutional, recognizing the legislature's authority to balance access-to-justice against finality and economic certainty. Specific applications can be challenged on as-applied constitutional grounds in particularly compelling factual circumstances.

Practical context

For Texas businesses (particularly construction-industry defendants and product manufacturers), statutes of repose are among the most favorable defensive doctrines. Best practice: (1) document the repose-triggering event (substantial completion, date of sale) clearly and contemporaneously; (2) calendar repose expiration dates and update litigation reserves accordingly; (3) for contracts of long duration (project-by-project construction), maintain records that establish the substantial-completion date for each project; (4) for products, retain sale records sufficient to establish first-sale dates. For plaintiffs, the practical effect is acute: claims arising from latent defects discovered after 10-15 years are typically extinguished. Affected parties' only recourse may be against ongoing responsible parties (current property owners, current manufacturers of replacement parts) rather than the original wrongdoer.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Construction Contract· Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act· Mechanic's and Materialman's Lien

Stock Purchase

A transaction structure in which the buyer acquires the equity (shares of a corporation, membership interests of an LLC, or partnership interests) of the target entity from the target's owners. The target continues as a going concern under new ownership.

A stock purchase is a transaction structure in which the buyer acquires the equity (shares of a corporation, membership interests of an LLC, or partnership interests) of the target entity from the target's owners. The target entity continues to exist as a going concern under new ownership; all of the target's assets, liabilities, contracts, and licenses remain with the entity by operation of law.

Continuity of liabilities

In a stock purchase, the target entity carries forward all of its pre-closing liabilities, known and unknown, contingent and fixed, by operation of law. The buyer's exposure is theoretically capped at its investment in the target (limited liability), but the target's value is reduced by every retained liability. Indemnification provisions in the stock purchase agreement are the primary mechanism for shifting pre-closing liability risk back to the seller.

Continuity of contracts and licenses

Because the target entity continues to exist, contracts, leases, licenses, and permits typically continue without need for assignment or third-party consent, except where contracts contain specific change-of-control provisions triggered by the equity transfer.

Tax treatment

A stock purchase generally does not produce a tax basis step-up in the target's assets for the buyer (with limited exceptions under IRC § 338(h)(10) elections for S corporations and certain subsidiary purchases). This contrasts with asset purchases, which generally produce a basis step-up, a meaningful tax difference.

Practical context

Stock purchases are favored where the target's value is heavily concentrated in assignment-restricted contracts (government contracts, intellectual property licenses, regulatory licenses) and where the seller's tax position favors equity-level capital gains over asset-level ordinary income on certain categories.

Companion article: Selling Your Business in Texas

Related Terms
Asset Purchase· Merger· Reverse Merger· Due Diligence· Representations and Warranties· Indemnification (M&A)

Stowers Doctrine

2024

A Texas common-law doctrine imposing on a liability insurer a duty to settle third-party claims against its insured when settlement would be reasonably prudent. Originating in G.A. Stowers Furniture Co. v. American Indemnity Co., 15 S.W.2d 544 (Tex. Comm'n App. 1929), the doctrine penalizes insurers that unreasonably refuse settlement offers within policy limits, making them liable for the entire excess judgment if the case results in a judgment exceeding limits. The three-prong Garcia test governs when the duty is triggered.

The Stowers Doctrine is a Texas common-law doctrine imposing on a liability insurer a duty to settle third-party claims against its insured when settlement within policy limits would be reasonably prudent. The doctrine penalizes insurers that unreasonably refuse settlement offers within policy limits by making them liable for the entire excess judgment if the case results in a judgment exceeding limits. Stowers is a Texas creation, its principles influence other states (often called "duty to settle" or "duty of good faith") but the specific Texas framework is distinctive. The doctrine emerged in 1929 and has been refined over nearly a century of Texas Supreme Court decisions.

The three-prong Garcia test

Under American Physicians Insurance Exchange v. Garcia (Tex. 1994), an insurer's Stowers duty is triggered when three conditions are met: (1) the claim against the insured is within the scope of coverage; (2) the demand is within the policy limits; (3) the terms of the demand are such that an ordinarily prudent insurer would accept it, considering the likelihood and degree of the insured's potential exposure to an excess judgment. All three prongs must be satisfied; failure of any prong defeats the Stowers claim. The third prong, reasonableness of acceptance, is the most heavily litigated and turns on facts of the underlying case (severity of injury, defendant's liability exposure, available defenses, etc.).

Origin, the 1929 case

The 1929 G.A. Stowers Furniture case involved a $5,000 auto liability policy. After a delivery truck accident causing serious injuries, the plaintiff offered to settle for $4,000 (within limits). American Indemnity refused. The case went to trial; jury verdict was approximately $14,000, substantially above the $5,000 policy limit. Stowers (the insured) sued American Indemnity for negligent failure to settle. The Texas Supreme Court held that the insurer's control over the litigation under the policy carried a corresponding duty to exercise reasonable care in deciding whether to settle. Failure to exercise that care exposed the insurer to liability for the entire excess judgment.

The "sum certain" requirement

Rocor International v. National Union (Tex. 2002) established that a Stowers demand must include a sum certain, a specific dollar amount within policy limits. Demands for "all policy limits of any and all insurance contracts" or other ambiguous formulations do not trigger Stowers obligations. Golden Bear v. 34th S&S (S.D. Tex. 2024) recently reaffirmed the sum-certain requirement in the federal court context. The demand must propose: (1) a clear settlement amount; (2) a full release of the insured; (3) a reasonable time to accept (commonly 30 days, though shorter periods can be reasonable depending on circumstances).

The excess-judgment requirement

Phillips v. Bramlett (Tex. 2009) and In re Farmers (Tex. 2021) establish that a Stowers cause of action requires an actual judgment in excess of policy limits, not merely the risk of an excess judgment. The Stowers claim is for damages resulting from the excess judgment, so without an excess judgment, there are no damages. Within-limits settlements (where the insurer paid policy limits but no excess judgment occurred) do not support Stowers claims even where the insurer's settlement decisions were arguably negligent. The In re Farmers decision particularly clarified this requirement.

Reasonable time to accept

Stowers demands must allow a reasonable time for the insurer to evaluate and respond. Westport Insurance Corp. v. Pennsylvania National Mutual Casualty Ins. Co., 117 F.4th 653 (5th Cir. 2024), held that a 45-minute settlement window did not provide reasonable time, defeating the Stowers claim. Allstate Insurance Co. v. Kelly, 680 S.W.2d 595 (Tex. App.-Tyler 1984), found 14 days reasonable. The reasonableness of the deadline is a question of fact; standard practice is 30 days or longer for substantive settlement evaluation.

Statutory parallel, § 541.060(a)(2)(A)

Section 541.060(a)(2)(A) of the Texas Insurance Code creates a statutory parallel to the Stowers doctrine: it makes it an unfair settlement practice to fail to attempt in good faith to effectuate prompt, fair, and equitable settlement of a claim for which the insurer's liability is reasonably clear. Rocor International (Tex. 2002) recognized that § 541.060(a)(2)(A) imposes essentially the same duty as the common-law Stowers doctrine. Statutory claims under Chapter 541 can carry treble damages and mandatory attorney's fees, providing additional remedies beyond the common-law Stowers framework.

Damages and remedies

Successful Stowers claim damages include: (1) the entire excess judgment, the difference between the underlying judgment and the policy limits; (2) defense costs, costs incurred by the insured in the underlying suit beyond what the insurer paid; (3) post-judgment interest; (4) attorney's fees in the Stowers action, recoverable under various theories. Bad-faith claims under § 541.060 can add (5) treble damages for knowing violations; (6) mandatory attorney's fees on the statutory claim. Combined Stowers/§ 541 claims can substantially expand damages.

Excess insurer's Stowers rights

American Centennial Insurance Co. v. Canal Insurance Co., 843 S.W.2d 480 (Tex. 1992), established that excess insurers can pursue direct Stowers-type claims against primary insurers. When an excess judgment exhausts primary limits and reaches excess coverage, the excess insurer can sue the primary for negligent failure to settle within primary limits. This creates strong pressure on primary insurers to settle when reasonable demands are made, the excess insurer becomes an active monitor of primary settlement decisions in significant cases.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, the Stowers doctrine is one of the most valuable tools in liability insurance. Best practice for plaintiff's counsel: (1) draft Stowers demands with sum certain, full release, and reasonable acceptance period (typically 30 days); (2) confirm coverage and limits before sending; (3) document the demand and any response carefully; (4) follow up with statutory § 541 demand if insurer fails to engage. Best practice for insureds with excess exposure: (1) press primary insurers to evaluate Stowers demands seriously; (2) document settlement positions; (3) coordinate with excess insurers on material decisions; (4) preserve Stowers rights through the underlying litigation. Best practice for primary insurers: (1) evaluate within-limits demands carefully; (2) document the basis for refusal; (3) consider settlement leverage and litigation risk realistically; (4) coordinate with excess insurer expectations. The Stowers framework has shaped Texas insurance practice for nearly a century; familiarity with its requirements is essential for any insurance-adjacent matter.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Texas Insurance Code Chapter 541· Commercial General Liability Insurance· Excess Insurance· Reservation of Rights· Settlement Agreement

Subject Matter Jurisdiction

A court's authority to hear a particular type of case. Unlike personal jurisdiction, subject matter jurisdiction cannot be waived, a court without it lacks power to act, and any judgment it enters is void. Federal: 28 U.S.C. § 1331 (federal question), § 1332 (diversity).

Subject matter jurisdiction is a court's authority to hear a particular type of case. Unlike personal jurisdiction, subject matter jurisdiction cannot be waived by the parties, a court without subject matter jurisdiction lacks power to act, and any judgment it enters is void.

Federal court subject matter jurisdiction

Federal question jurisdiction (28 U.S.C. § 1331): the case arises under federal law. The "well-pleaded complaint" rule requires the federal question to appear on the face of the plaintiff's complaint, not as an anticipated defense.

Diversity jurisdiction (28 U.S.C. § 1332): complete diversity of citizenship between plaintiffs and defendants, plus an amount in controversy exceeding $75,000.

Supplemental jurisdiction (28 U.S.C. § 1367): federal courts may hear state-law claims that share a common nucleus of operative fact with claims independently within federal jurisdiction.

Texas state court subject matter jurisdiction

District courts have general jurisdiction over civil matters with no monetary cap, subject to specialized courts (probate, family). County courts have limited jurisdiction with statutory caps. Justice courts handle small claims (currently $20,000 or less). The Texas Business Court has concurrent jurisdiction with district courts for qualifying business disputes meeting the $5 million threshold (post-HB 40).

Challenges to subject matter jurisdiction

Subject matter jurisdiction may be challenged at any stage of litigation, including for the first time on appeal or by the court sua sponte. Parties cannot stipulate to subject matter jurisdiction that does not exist.

Practical context

Subject matter jurisdiction analysis precedes substantive analysis in every Texas case. Federal-court litigants must establish jurisdiction in their pleadings; state-court defendants in cases that could have been filed in federal court may consider removal.

Companion article: The CEO's Guide to Getting Sued

Related Terms
Personal Jurisdiction· Venue· Removal· Texas Business Court

Subordination Agreement

A contract under which a creditor agrees to subordinate its claim or lien to that of another creditor, reordering the priority that would otherwise apply by operation of law. Texas UCC § 9.339 expressly authorizes subordination of priority by agreement; bankruptcy enforces subordination under 11 U.S.C. § 510(a). Distinct from intercreditor agreements (broader, comprehensive), though subordination provisions are typically a component of intercreditor agreements.

A subordination agreement is a contract under which a creditor agrees to subordinate its claim or lien to that of another creditor, reordering the priority that would otherwise apply by operation of law. Subordination is a foundational tool of commercial finance: it allows borrowers to access additional capital while preserving senior-creditor positions, and it allows creditors to extend additional credit on the strength of a senior position.

Lien subordination vs. payment subordination

Two principal categories of subordination: (1) lien subordination, the subordinating creditor's lien is junior to the senior creditor's lien on specified collateral; (2) payment subordination, the subordinating creditor agrees not to receive payments while the senior creditor is unpaid (or under specified default conditions). Both can apply to the same creditor relationship; comprehensive intercreditor agreements typically address both. The substantive effects differ: lien subordination affects priority in collateral proceeds; payment subordination affects timing of permitted payments during ordinary loan performance.

Two-party vs. three-party agreements

Subordination may be implemented by (1) a two-party agreement between the senior and junior creditors; or (2) a three-party agreement including the borrower as a party (typically as a consent, acknowledgment, or covenant). Two-party agreements are sufficient under § 9.339 and § 510(a), the debtor's consent is not required. However, three-party agreements are common because they (a) bind the debtor not to make payments inconsistent with subordination; (b) make the debtor party to the dispute resolution mechanisms; (c) facilitate the debtor's compliance with payment-blockage and similar requirements.

Standalone subordinations

The simplest subordination is a standalone subordination of one specific debt to another, common in (1) real estate financings, junior mortgage subordinated to senior; (2) intra-family loans subordinated to bank financing; (3) seller financing subordinated to bank acquisition loans; (4) shareholder loans subordinated to senior debt. These are typically short documents addressing only the priority and (sometimes) basic payment-blockage provisions, without the breadth of intercreditor agreements.

Comprehensive intercreditor agreements

Where subordination is part of a complex multi-creditor structure (senior secured + mezzanine + revolver + second lien), the subordination provisions are typically embedded in a comprehensive intercreditor agreement addressing not only priority but also enforcement standstills, voting in restructurings, DIP financing, plan support, turnover, and many other aspects of the multi-creditor relationship. See Intercreditor Agreement.

Bankruptcy enforcement

Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code makes subordination agreements enforceable in bankruptcy "to the same extent that such agreement is enforceable under applicable non-bankruptcy law." This means that subordination agreements valid under Texas law generally remain valid in bankruptcy. Distribution priorities in plans of reorganization must respect subordination unless the agreement is itself subject to challenge as fraudulent transfer, equitable subordination, or other bankruptcy-specific doctrines. The "rule of explicitness", requiring clear language for certain provisions like senior-secured-creditor's right to post-petition interest from junior recoveries, has been the subject of litigation but generally is no longer a barrier to enforcement of clear subordination terms.

Subordination of federal tax liens

Federal tax liens generally take priority based on their assessment and filing dates, not subject to ordinary subordination by private agreement. However, the IRS may issue a subordination certificate under 26 U.S.C. § 6325(d) on application, typically when subordination facilitates collection of the underlying tax (e.g., enabling refinancing that produces cash for tax payment). Federal tax lien subordinations are an important but specialized area requiring application to the IRS.

Practical context

For Texas commercial lenders, subordination agreements are encountered in (1) routine real estate financings, junior mortgages subordinated to senior; (2) workout situations, junior creditors agreeing to subordinate to fresh financing; (3) seller-financed acquisitions, seller note subordinated to bank acquisition loan; (4) shareholder loans, owner advances subordinated to operating company debt. The principal drafting points: (a) which obligations are subordinated and which are excluded; (b) what events trigger payment blockage; (c) standstill duration on enforcement; (d) carve-outs for ordinary payments during compliance. For borrowers, subordination provisions typically cap the operational flexibility of the subordinated obligation, payments to the subordinated creditor become contingent on senior compliance, which can affect cash management and family-loan dynamics.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Intercreditor Agreement· Priority· Perfection· Security Interest· Mezzanine Financing

Subrogation

An equitable doctrine and contractual right under which an insurer that has paid an insured's claim assumes the insured's rights against responsible third parties. After payment, the insurer can pursue the third party for reimbursement to the extent of the payment. Common in property, auto, and workers' compensation contexts. Many commercial contracts include "waiver of subrogation" provisions in which the insured (or its insurer) waives subrogation rights against contractual counterparties, coordinating with insurance to allocate risk between the contracting parties.

Subrogation is an equitable doctrine and contractual right under which an insurer that has paid an insured's claim assumes the insured's rights against responsible third parties. After payment, the insurer "stands in the shoes" of the insured and can pursue the third party for reimbursement to the extent of the payment made. Subrogation prevents double recovery (insured collecting from both insurer and tortfeasor) while ensuring the ultimate financial burden falls on the responsible party. Common in property insurance (insurer pays building damage, then sues the contractor whose negligence caused it), auto, workers' compensation, and increasingly cyber.

The subrogation principle

Subrogation arises in two principal forms: (1) contractual subrogation, most insurance policies include a subrogation provision granting the insurer subrogation rights upon payment; (2) equitable subrogation, equitable doctrine independent of contract, applying where one party pays a debt or claim that should ultimately be borne by another. The principle: the insurer pays the insured's loss, then steps into the insured's position to pursue the responsible third party. Recovery from the third party reimburses the insurer (preventing the insured from double recovery) while ensuring the responsible party bears the ultimate cost.

Common subrogation contexts

Recurring subrogation scenarios: (1) property damage, property insurer pays the insured for fire damage, then sues the contractor whose work caused the fire; (2) auto accidents, auto insurer pays its insured's collision claim, then pursues the at-fault driver; (3) workers' compensation, workers' comp carrier pays employee's medical and wage benefits, then sues the third party responsible for the workplace injury; (4) health insurance, health insurer pays medical bills, then pursues the tortfeasor whose negligence caused the injury (subject to made-whole and other limitations); (5) cyber insurance, increasingly common; cyber insurer pays for ransomware response, then pursues the hacker (often unsuccessfully) or vendor whose security failures contributed; (6) products liability, insurer pays under product policy, then pursues component manufacturer.

Workers' compensation subrogation

Texas workers' compensation subrogation has specific statutory framework: (1) § 417.001 creates the workers' comp subrogation right against responsible third parties; (2) § 417.002 specifies the carrier's recovery, typically the amount of benefits paid; (3) § 417.003 addresses third-party suit settlement and apportionment; (4) the carrier has a "first dollar" recovery right, recovers benefits paid before the injured worker recovers any tort damages (with statutory exceptions and apportionment provisions). The framework gives workers' comp carriers powerful recovery rights but also coordinates with the injured worker's recovery for damages beyond benefits.

Made-whole doctrine

The "made-whole" doctrine is a general equitable principle that an insurer cannot pursue subrogation until the insured has been fully made whole for its loss. The principle protects insureds against scenarios where partial recovery would be allocated to the insurer's reimbursement before the insured's uncompensated loss. Fortis Benefits v. Cantu, 234 S.W.3d 642 (Tex. 2007), addressed the made-whole doctrine in Texas. Application varies: contract-based subrogation may override made-whole if the contract is clear; equitable subrogation typically follows made-whole. ERISA preemption can affect made-whole application in self-funded health plans.

Waiver of subrogation

Many commercial contracts include "waiver of subrogation" provisions in which the parties (and their insurers) waive subrogation rights against contractual counterparties. Common in: (1) construction contracts, AIA standard forms include mutual waivers; (2) commercial leases, landlord and tenant waive against each other; (3) service agreements, vendor and customer waive against each other; (4) joint ventures, JV partners waive against each other. The principle: when both parties carry insurance for the same risk, allowing subrogation creates inefficient circular litigation; better to allocate the risk to one party's insurance and forgo subrogation. Waivers are generally enforceable in Texas as part of the parties' risk allocation. Key drafting: waiver must be conspicuous and clear; insurer's consent is typically deemed effective by policy language.

Insurance policy waiver-of-subrogation provisions

Commercial property and liability policies typically include language addressing waiver of subrogation: (1) pre-loss waiver, insured can waive subrogation in writing before the loss without affecting coverage; (2) post-loss waiver, typically void; insured cannot waive after loss because the right has vested in the insurer; (3) contractual waivers, recognized when made before the loss; (4) specific endorsements, some policies require specific endorsement to recognize waivers (CG 24 04 in CGL). Best practice in commercial contracting: (a) include waiver of subrogation in the contract; (b) confirm both parties' insurance recognizes the waiver; (c) coordinate with additional insured and other risk-allocation provisions.

Common defenses to subrogation

Defenses commonly raised against subrogation claims: (1) waiver, contractual waiver bars the claim; (2) made-whole, insured not yet made whole; (3) statute of limitations, limitations runs from the original injury, not the insurer's payment; (4> release, insured's release of the third party may bind the insurer; (5) no underlying liability, the third party is not liable for the loss; (6) sole negligence of insured, third party not at fault; (7) insured's contractual indemnification of third party, if the insured agreed to indemnify the third party, subrogation may be barred.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, subrogation arises in two primary contexts: (1) understanding insurer subrogation rights when collecting on insurance claims; (2) waiving subrogation in commercial contracts to allocate risk efficiently. Best practice for contracting parties: (1) include mutual waiver of subrogation in commercial contracts where both parties carry insurance; (2) ensure waivers are conspicuous, clearly stated, and specifically waive subrogation against contracting parties; (3) confirm insurance carrier recognition of waiver (insurance certificate or specific endorsement); (4) coordinate with additional insured and indemnification provisions for comprehensive risk allocation. Best practice for insureds: (1) understand insurer subrogation rights upon claim payment; (2) preserve documentation of underlying tortfeasor identity and liability; (3) coordinate with insurer on settlement decisions affecting subrogation; (4) for workers' comp, understand the carrier's first-dollar recovery rights. Common gap: contracts include indemnification but not waiver of subrogation, leaving the insurer to subrogate against the indemnifier, defeating the parties' risk allocation.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Additional Insured· Commercial General Liability Insurance· Indemnification (Contractual)· Construction Contract· Workers' Compensation

Subscription Agreement

A contract between an issuer and an investor in a private securities offering, documenting the investor's commitment to purchase securities and providing investor representations regarding accredited status, sophistication, suitability, and other matters relevant to securities exemption compliance. Standard component of private offerings alongside PPM. Includes investor questionnaire, representations, signature pages, and payment instructions.

A Subscription Agreement is a contract between an issuer and an investor in a private securities offering. The agreement documents the investor's commitment to purchase securities and provides investor representations regarding accredited status, sophistication, suitability, and other matters relevant to securities exemption compliance. Subscription agreements are foundational to private placement compliance, they document the issuer's basis for relying on Reg D or other exemptions and provide defensive documentation against subsequent investor claims.

Standard subscription agreement components

Comprehensive subscription agreements typically include: (1) recitals, describing the offering and parties; (2) commitment to purchase, investor agrees to purchase specified amount of securities at stated price; (3) investor representations, extensive representations supporting exemption compliance; (4) investor questionnaire, accredited investor verification, sophistication, investment experience; (5) conditions to closing; (6) delivery and payment mechanics; (7) indemnification, investor indemnifies issuer for breach of representations; (8) governing law and dispute resolution; (9) signature pages and notarization.

Investor representations

Standard investor representations include: (1) accredited investor status, specific category claimed (income, net worth, professional certification, etc.); (2) investment experience, sophistication and ability to evaluate investment; (3) investment intent, purchase for own account, not for distribution; (4) residence, state of residence (relevant for state-law compliance); (5) access to information, opportunity to ask questions and obtain additional information; (6) review of disclosure, receipt and review of PPM, financial statements, etc.; (7) independent investment decision, relied on own analysis, not issuer representations beyond the disclosure documents; (8) risks understood, investor understands and accepts investment risks; (9) no public solicitation (for Rule 506(b)), investor not solicited through public communications; (10) OFAC compliance, not a sanctioned person.

Investor questionnaire

The investor questionnaire is typically attached to or integrated with the subscription agreement: (1) accredited investor checkbox, investor selects qualifying category; (2) net worth/income certification; (3) investment experience; (4) employment and finance background; (5) investment objectives; (6) tax status; (7) OFAC and AML certifications; (8) other suitability information. The questionnaire creates contemporaneous documentation of investor qualification, critical for SEC and TSSB defense.

Verification documentation (Rule 506(c))

For Rule 506(c) general solicitation offerings, subscription agreements typically include or reference verification documentation: (1) income verification, tax returns, W-2s, K-1s; (2) net worth verification, bank statements, brokerage statements, real estate appraisals, credit reports; (3) third-party verification, letters from CPA, attorney, broker-dealer, RIA. The subscription agreement typically requires investor to deliver verification or authorize third-party verification before closing. Many issuers use third-party verification services to streamline the process.

Indemnification

Subscription agreements typically include investor indemnification of issuer for: (1) breach of investor representations, particularly accredited status and investment intent; (2) misrepresentation in questionnaire; (3) resale violations, investor reselling in violation of securities laws. The indemnification protects issuer if investor's representations turn out to be false (e.g., investor was not accredited despite certification), preserving exemption while shifting cost to non-compliant investor.

Closing mechanics

Subscription agreements typically provide for: (1) conditional acceptance, issuer reserves right to accept or reject subscription; (2) delivery of funds, wire transfer or escrow procedure; (3) delivery of securities, typically electronic delivery or paper certificates; (4) execution of additional documents, joinder to investor agreements, voting agreements, ROFR/co-sale agreements as applicable. Many private offerings have specific closing procedures (rolling closes, milestone closes, drag-along on initial close).

Common drafting issues

Recurring issues: (1) vague accredited investor representations, should require specific category claimed; (2) missing investment intent representations, important for Rule 144 holding period analysis; (3) missing residence and OFAC certifications, important for state-law and AML compliance; (4) weak indemnification, should cover breaches by investor; (5) governing law issues, typically state of issuer's incorporation or state with broader rights; (6) arbitration provisions, increasingly common; subject to FAA enforcement; (7) integration with side letters, sophisticated investors often negotiate side letters with additional terms.

Practical context

For Texas issuers, subscription agreement preparation is essential. Best practice: (1) coordinate subscription agreement with PPM and investor questionnaire as integrated package; (2) obtain specific accredited investor category claim, not just general certification; (3) for Rule 506(c), require verification documentation as condition to closing; (4) include comprehensive investor indemnification; (5) maintain executed copies for compliance file, typically 6-year minimum retention; (6) coordinate with cap table and securities issuance documentation. For investors: (1) review representations carefully, accuracy is critical to enforceability; (2) understand indemnification scope; (3) preserve copy of executed subscription package; (4) verify accuracy of accredited investor category at signing and any subsequent investments. Common pitfall: issuers using template subscription agreements without customizing for specific offering, generic representations fail to address offering-specific issues.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Regulation D· Accredited Investor· Private Placement Memorandum· Form D· Texas Securities Act

Summary Judgment

A procedure by which a court resolves a case (or specific claims) without trial, on grounds that there is no genuine dispute of material fact and the movant is entitled to judgment as a matter of law. Texas TRCP 166a provides two distinct procedures, traditional and no-evidence, with materially different burdens.

Summary judgment is a procedure by which a court resolves a case (or specific claims) without trial, on grounds that there is no genuine dispute of material fact and the movant is entitled to judgment as a matter of law. Texas Rule of Civil Procedure 166a provides two distinct summary-judgment procedures, traditional and no-evidence, with materially different burdens of proof.

Traditional summary judgment (TRCP 166a(c))

The movant must produce evidence establishing that there is no genuine issue of material fact and that the movant is entitled to judgment as a matter of law. The movant carries the entire burden, must conclusively negate the opponent's claim, conclusively establish all elements of an affirmative defense, or otherwise prove entitlement to judgment.

No-evidence summary judgment (TRCP 166a(i))

Adopted in 1997, the no-evidence procedure permits a movant to shift the burden by asserting that there is no evidence of one or more essential elements of the non-movant's claim. The non-movant must then come forward with specific evidence raising a genuine issue of material fact on each challenged element. Failure to do so requires summary judgment for the movant.

The no-evidence motion may be filed only after adequate time for discovery has elapsed. The motion must specifically state which elements are challenged, it cannot simply assert "no evidence" generically.

Standard of review

Evidence is reviewed in the light most favorable to the non-movant; all reasonable inferences are drawn in favor of the non-movant. Credibility determinations and weighing of conflicting evidence are not appropriate at summary judgment, those are jury functions.

Hybrid motions

Movants frequently combine traditional and no-evidence grounds in a single motion, addressing different elements through different procedures. Courts typically address no-evidence grounds first because they are most procedurally favorable to movants.

Federal summary judgment

Federal Rule 56 has a single procedure, substantively similar to Texas traditional summary judgment but procedurally streamlined. The Celotex trilogy of 1986 cases established federal summary judgment as a meaningful pretrial disposition mechanism, not the disfavored mechanism of earlier eras.

Practical context

Summary judgment is the principal pretrial dispositive mechanism in Texas commercial litigation. The no-evidence procedure has shifted Texas practice substantially since 1997, it puts genuine pressure on plaintiffs to develop evidence supporting each element of their claims during discovery. Sophisticated defense practice involves early identification of weak elements and timely no-evidence challenges.

Companion article: The CEO's Guide to Getting Sued

Related Terms
Discovery· Motion to Dismiss· Petition / Complaint· Answer

Supersedeas Bond

A bond posted by a judgment debtor to suspend (supersede) execution of the judgment during the pendency of appeal. Texas supersedeas is governed by Tex. R. App. P. 24 and Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code § 52.006. The bond amount typically equals the judgment plus interest and costs, capped under § 52.006 at the lesser of (a) 50% of the judgment debtor's net worth or (b) $25 million. Constitutional and statutory net-worth caps protect against confiscatory bonds.

A supersedeas bond is a bond posted by a judgment debtor to suspend (supersede) execution of the judgment during the pendency of appeal. Without supersedeas, the judgment creditor can execute on the judgment immediately upon entry, garnishing accounts, foreclosing on assets, conducting turnover sales, even if appeal is pending. The supersedeas bond is the price of staying execution during appeal. Texas supersedeas practice is governed by Tex. R. App. P. 24 and Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code § 52.006, with statutory net-worth caps protecting against confiscatory bond requirements.

Standard supersedeas amount

Rule 24.2(a)(1) sets the standard supersedeas amount at the sum of: (1) the amount of compensatory damages awarded; (2) interest for the estimated duration of the appeal (statutorily set at 1 year of post-judgment interest); and (3) costs awarded. Punitive damages are excluded from the calculation. The bond may be in the form of cash deposit, surety bond, letter of credit, or alternative security approved by the court. Most commercial supersedeas is by surety bond, substantially less expensive than cash deposit.

Statutory net-worth cap, § 52.006

Section 52.006 imposes a critical cap on supersedeas amounts: the bond may not exceed the lesser of (a) 50% of the judgment debtor's current net worth or (b) $25 million. This statutory cap protects against confiscatory bond requirements that would prevent appeals by judgment debtors with limited net worth. The judgment debtor must affirmatively invoke the cap by motion supported by financial evidence; the trial court determines current net worth. The judgment creditor may challenge the net-worth determination, sometimes leading to evidentiary hearings on debtor financial condition.

Reduction motions

The judgment debtor may seek further reduction of the supersedeas bond by motion under Rule 24.2(b). The trial court may reduce the amount upon a showing that posting the standard amount would cause "substantial economic harm." Substantial economic harm typically means inability to operate the business, loss of going-concern value, or other irreversible consequences disproportionate to the protection of the judgment creditor. The trial court has discretion to set alternative security, collateral with a value supporting the judgment, ongoing payment commitments, or cash deposits in lower amounts.

Trial court vs. appellate court jurisdiction

Supersedeas determinations are typically made initially by the trial court, with the trial court retaining limited jurisdiction over supersedeas issues during the pendency of appeal. The appellate court has authority to modify supersedeas requirements on motion under Rule 24.4. The trial court's determination of net worth is typically final unless clearly erroneous; reduction motions and modifications are reviewed for abuse of discretion.

Effect of supersedeas

Once supersedeas is posted in proper form and amount, the judgment creditor cannot execute on the judgment during the pendency of appeal, no garnishment, no turnover, no foreclosure. Post-judgment interest continues to accrue at the rate determined under Tex. Fin. Code Ch. 304. If the judgment is affirmed on appeal, the bond is paid to the judgment creditor (up to the bond amount) on the affirmance becoming final. If the judgment is reversed, the bond is released. Partial reversals or modifications result in pro rata satisfactions.

Strategic considerations

Supersedeas is a critical strategic decision in post-judgment posture: (1) cost-benefit analysis, surety bond premiums (typically 1-2% of bond amount per year) plus collateral requirements vs. risk of execution during appeal; (2) likelihood of reversal, supersedeas makes most sense when the judgment debtor has substantial appellate prospects; (3) asset protection, supersedeas prevents the judgment creditor from reaching assets during appeal, even if the debtor ultimately loses; (4) settlement leverage, debtors who can post supersedeas often negotiate from stronger positions than those who cannot. Inability to post supersedeas can effectively force settlement on terms unfavorable to the judgment debtor.

Practical context

For Texas judgment debtors contemplating appeal, the supersedeas calculation is the threshold financial decision. Best practice: (1) obtain net-worth analysis from financial professionals before judgment to enable rapid bond determination; (2) maintain banking relationships with surety markets, having a surety lined up enables prompt bond posting; (3) consider letter-of-credit alternatives if surety is unavailable or expensive; (4) prepare net-worth-cap motion contemporaneously with notice of appeal; (5) for closely-held businesses, careful pre-judgment net-worth structuring (consistent with not committing fraud) can reduce ultimate supersedeas requirements. For judgment creditors, contesting net-worth determinations and challenging form-of-security alternatives is an important post-judgment strategic activity, pressure on supersedeas often produces settlement opportunities.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Post-Judgment Interest· Interlocutory Appeal· Mandamus· Garnishment· Turnover Order

T

Tag-Along / Drag-Along Rights

Two complementary rights in stockholder agreements: (1) Tag-Along Rights protect minority stockholders by allowing them to participate in ("tag along") sales by majority on same terms; (2) Drag-Along Rights protect majority by allowing them to compel minority to sell ("drag along") in qualifying transactions. Standard provisions in venture-backed company stockholder agreements and PE-portfolio company governance. Together they manage minority and majority interests in liquidity events.

Tag-Along and Drag-Along Rights are two complementary provisions in stockholder agreements that manage minority and majority stockholder interests in liquidity events. Tag-Along Rights protect minority stockholders by allowing them to participate in ("tag along") sales by majority on the same terms. Drag-Along Rights protect majority by allowing them to compel minority to sell ("drag along") in qualifying transactions. Together these rights are foundational to venture-backed company stockholder agreements and PE-portfolio company governance, addressing the central tension between majority control and minority protection in exits.

Tag-Along Rights

Tag-Along Rights, also called Co-Sale Rights, protect minority stockholders by allowing participation in majority sales: (1) triggering event, proposed sale by majority stockholder(s) to third party; (2) notice to minority of proposed sale terms; (3) election period, typically 15-30 days; (4) tag election, minority can sell pro rata portion of holdings on same terms; (5) third-party closing, majority cannot complete sale unless minority's tag rights satisfied. Tag rights ensure minority cannot be left behind if majority exits, preserving exit liquidity for all stockholders.

Drag-Along Rights

Drag-Along Rights protect majority by compelling minority to sell in qualifying transactions: (1) triggering event, majority approval of sale (typically requires specified threshold, often majority of preferred plus board approval); (2) compelled sale, minority must sell at same terms; (3) conditions, typically minimum sale price, full release of minority, indemnification limits, no non-compete obligations; (4) same terms, economic terms identical to majority's; (5) fiduciary considerations, directors approving must satisfy fiduciary duties. Drag rights are critical for sale negotiation, buyer wants 100% acquisition; without drag, minority can hold up sale.

Common structures

Tag-along and drag-along provisions are typically in: (1) Right of First Refusal/Co-Sale Agreement, combined ROFR + tag-along; (2) Voting Agreement, drag-along provisions; (3) Stockholders Agreement, comprehensive document with all transfer rights; (4) Investor Rights Agreement, tag-along provisions in some structures. NVCA model documents bundle these provisions in standard packages, serving as market-standard templates.

Typical drag-along thresholds

Standard drag-along trigger thresholds: (1) majority of preferred approval; (2) majority of common approval (sometimes); (3) board approval; (4) combined preferred + common majority in some structures; (5) specific class consents for protected matters. Higher thresholds give minority more protection; lower thresholds give majority more flexibility. Sophisticated structures balance based on specific deal dynamics.

Drag-along protections for minority

Minority stockholders typically negotiate protections in drag-along provisions: (1) same form of consideration, cash, stock, etc.; (2) minimum sale price; (3) maximum indemnification exposure, typically pro rata, with caps; (4) no non-compete obligations on dragged minority; (5) no extended employment commitments; (6) representations and warranties limits, typically only own ownership and authority; (7) process requirements, adequate notice, opportunity for representation. Without protections, drag-along can compel minority to accept unfavorable terms.

Preferred stockholder dynamics

For preferred stockholders, tag-along and drag-along interact with liquidation preferences: (1) tag with preferred preferences, tag-along sale realizes liquidation preference; (2) drag of preferred, typically requires preferred consent threshold; (3> conversion at sale, preferred typically receives greater of liquidation preference or as-converted common amount. Sophisticated preferred negotiations include drag-along thresholds requiring preferred consent for sales below specific multiples of original investment.

Common drafting issues

Recurring drafting issues: (1) covered transactions, direct sale, merger, recapitalization; (2) excluded transactions, family transfers, estate planning; (3) "same terms" precision, economic equivalent vs. literal same; (4) indemnification scope and pro rata; (5) fundamental representations, typically full liability; (6) escrow / holdback treatment; (7) change of control of upstream entities; (8) specific performance availability.

Practical context

For Texas venture-backed companies and PE portfolio companies, tag-along and drag-along provisions are standard. Best practice for sellers (founders, common holders): (1) negotiate drag-along thresholds carefully, higher thresholds protect against premature drag; (2) include minority protections, minimum price, pro rata indemnification, no non-compete; (3) coordinate with founder employment and equity vesting; (4) understand drag-along practical implications. For investors: (1) standardize provisions through NVCA templates; (2) ensure drag-along thresholds support exit flexibility; (3) tag-along protects pro rata participation. For minority investors: (1) ensure tag-along covers all material sales; (2) negotiate drag-along protections; (3) coordinate with preferred preferences. Common pitfall: drag-along provisions allowing majority to compel minority into unfavorable terms (extensive indemnification, non-competes, restrictive covenants), minority should negotiate explicit limits.

Companion article: Selling Your Business

Related Terms
Right of First Refusal· Buy-Sell Agreement· Preferred Stock· Shareholder· Term Sheet

Tax Distribution Provision

An operating agreement or partnership agreement clause requiring the entity to distribute cash to owners in amounts sufficient to cover their estimated tax liability on allocated income. The principal structural remedy for phantom income, taxable income allocated without corresponding cash distribution. Calculated at an assumed tax rate applied to each owner's K-1 allocated income.

A tax distribution provision is a clause in an operating agreement, partnership agreement, or LLC company agreement requiring the entity to distribute cash to owners in amounts sufficient to cover their estimated federal and state income tax liability on allocated income. Tax distributions are the principal structural remedy for phantom income, taxable income allocated to pass-through owners that exceeds cash distributed. Without a tax-distribution provision, owners can find themselves owing material tax with no cash from the entity to pay it.

Mechanics

A typical tax-distribution provision specifies: (1) an "Assumed Tax Rate", usually the highest applicable federal individual rate plus the highest applicable state rate (often 40%-45%); (2) the calculation base, usually each member's allocated taxable income net of allocated losses; (3) timing, typically quarterly distributions sized to cover the federal estimated-tax due dates (April 15, June 15, September 15, January 15); (4) interaction with regular distributions, tax distributions are usually treated as advances against future regular distributions to maintain pro rata treatment; (5) safe-harbor adjustments at year-end based on actual K-1 figures.

Mandatory vs. discretionary

Two principal drafting approaches: (1) mandatory, the entity MUST distribute the calculated amount unless prohibited by law or financing covenants; (2) discretionary, the manager or board MAY make tax distributions in their reasonable judgment. Mandatory provisions favor minority owners (who might otherwise be squeezed by majority refusing distributions); discretionary provisions favor the entity's flexibility. The typical compromise: mandatory subject to enumerated exceptions for solvency, financing covenants, and reserves for foreseeable obligations.

Pro rata vs. allocated-income basis

Tax distributions raise a structural question: should they be made (a) pro rata in proportion to ownership, or (b) in proportion to each owner's allocated K-1 income? When allocations track ownership (typical case), the two approaches converge. In partnerships and LLCs with special allocations (preferred returns, waterfall structures), the two approaches diverge significantly. Sophisticated agreements address this by tying tax distributions to allocated income and treating them as advances to be reconciled in subsequent waterfall distributions.

Interaction with debt covenants

Tax-distribution provisions frequently conflict with debt-covenant restrictions on distributions. Lenders typically permit "permitted tax distributions" up to a calculated amount, but the definitions matter, some agreements limit tax distributions to actual tax owed (requiring K-1 reconciliation), while others permit estimated-rate distributions. Mismatch between operating agreement requirements and debt-covenant permissions is a recurring negotiation point in financing transactions.

Common drafting errors

Frequent issues: (1) failure to address state and local taxes in the assumed rate; (2) ambiguity over whether tax distributions are gross-up or net of credits; (3) no provision for true-up against actual K-1 amounts; (4) no exception for solvency or financing-covenant restrictions; (5) failure to address former owners (who may still receive K-1s for partial-year allocations); (6) no provision for tax distributions in years of loss-allocation followed by gain (where prior-year losses sheltered current-year tax obligations).

Practical context

For Texas LLCs, the tax-distribution provision should be included in every operating agreement covering pass-through entities with multiple owners. The cost of including a well-drafted provision at formation is small; the cost of disputes over discretionary distributions during a profitable year, particularly with minority owners, is significant. The provision should be revisited when (1) entity adds new owners; (2) entity changes tax classification; (3) entity takes on debt with distribution covenants; (4) state-tax exposure changes (multistate operations).

Companion article: Business Divorces in Texas

Related Terms
Phantom Income· Distribution· Schedule K-1· Pass-Through Entity· Company Agreement· Estimated Tax Payments

Tenant Estoppel Certificate

A signed statement by a tenant confirming key terms of a lease, rent amount, term, security deposit, lease modifications, claimed defaults, and other material facts, for the benefit of a prospective lender, purchaser, or other third party. Used in commercial property acquisitions and refinancings to confirm the lease cash flow underlying the transaction. The tenant is "estopped" from later disputing the facts certified.

A tenant estoppel certificate (sometimes simply "estoppel" or "estoppel letter") is a signed statement by a tenant confirming key terms of its commercial lease, rent amount, lease term, security deposit, lease modifications, claimed landlord defaults, and other material facts, for the benefit of a prospective lender or purchaser of the leased property. The tenant is legally "estopped" from later disputing the facts certified, providing the third-party recipient with reliable confirmation of the lease cash flow underlying the transaction.

When estoppels are required

Estoppels are typically required at (1) property sale, purchaser requires estoppels from material tenants confirming lease terms before closing; (2) refinancing, lender requires estoppels confirming the rent stream supporting the loan; (3) recapitalization, equity investors verifying the underlying tenancy; (4) lease assignment by landlord, assignee verifying obligations being assumed; (5) certain tenant disputes, establishing the parties' positions at a fixed point in time.

Standard contents

A typical tenant estoppel certifies: (1) the lease, including all amendments and addenda, identified by date and document; (2) lease term, commencement, expiration, options to extend; (3) current monthly base rent and the date through which paid; (4) operating expense pass-through structure and current escalations; (5) security deposit amount and form; (6) tenant's possession of the premises and rent commencement; (7) landlord and tenant defaults claimed (or none); (8) tenant offsets, abatements, or claims (or none); (9) prepayments beyond current month (or none); (10) consent to assignment of the lease (where applicable).

Negotiation points

Common tenant resistance points: (1) scope of certifications, tenants typically resist certifications about future obligations or matters outside their direct knowledge; (2) "to tenant's knowledge" qualifiers, tenants prefer knowledge qualifiers on representations about landlord performance; (3) delivery deadline, tenants resist short deadlines (5-10 day windows are common; tenants often request 15-30 days); (4) liability for incorrect statements, tenants resist absolute liability for any inaccuracy. Landlords typically push for broad certifications, short deadlines, and absolute liability, which is why estoppels are heavily negotiated in lease drafting (the obligation is established years before the certificate is needed).

Failure to deliver

If a tenant refuses or fails to deliver a requested estoppel, lease provisions typically deem the tenant to have certified that (1) the lease is in full force and effect; (2) no defaults exist; and (3) all rent has been paid through the current period. This "deemed estoppel" provides the landlord with workable substitute for the actual document. However, deemed estoppels rely on contractual provisions; absent such provision in the lease, the landlord must obtain the estoppel through other means (subpoena, declaratory action) which delays closing.

SNDA interaction

Tenant estoppels are frequently delivered concurrently with Subordination, Non-Disturbance, and Attornment Agreements (SNDAs), separate documents in which the tenant agrees that (1) its lease is subordinate to a specified mortgage; (2) the lender will not disturb tenant's possession on foreclosure if tenant is not in default ("non-disturbance"); and (3) tenant will recognize lender or successor as landlord post-foreclosure ("attornment"). Estoppels and SNDAs together form the standard tenant-cooperation package required at most commercial closings.

Practical context

For Texas commercial property buyers, tenant estoppels are typically a closing condition for material tenants (often defined as the top 10-15 leases or those with rent above a threshold). A buyer should (1) provide the form estoppel to seller well before closing for distribution to tenants; (2) follow up directly with tenants if seller is not driving the process; (3) review returned estoppels carefully for material discrepancies from the rent roll; (4) be prepared to negotiate around missing or modified estoppels (price adjustment, indemnity, holdback). For tenants asked to deliver estoppels, the document warrants careful review, modifications to "match the rent roll" should be resisted if they are inaccurate.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Commercial Lease· Commercial Real Estate Purchase Agreement· Title Insurance· Due Diligence

Term Sheet

A non-binding (with limited binding provisions) preliminary agreement outlining the principal economic and governance terms of a proposed financing or transaction. Term sheets in VC financings typically include valuation, investment amount, security type, liquidation preference, anti-dilution, voting and protective provisions, board composition, and key closing conditions. While generally non-binding as to deal completion, term sheets typically have binding exclusivity, confidentiality, and expense provisions.

A Term Sheet is a non-binding (with limited binding provisions) preliminary agreement outlining the principal economic and governance terms of a proposed financing or transaction. Term sheets are foundational to deal-making practice, they capture the parties' agreement on key terms before substantial diligence and definitive documentation. In venture capital and growth equity, term sheets typically include valuation, investment amount, security type, liquidation preference, anti-dilution, voting and protective provisions, board composition, and key closing conditions.

Standard term sheet components

Comprehensive VC term sheets typically include: (1) economic terms, investment amount, pre-money valuation, security type (typically Series Preferred); (2) liquidation preference; (3) dividend preference; (4) anti-dilution; (5) voting rights; (6) protective provisions; (7) board composition, investor designees, independent directors; (8) information rights; (9) registration rights; (10) pro rata rights; (11) right of first refusal/co-sale; (12) drag-along; (13) founder vesting; (14) option pool, pre-money or post-money expansion; (15) conditions to closing; (16) no-shop / exclusivity; (17) expenses; (18) confidentiality.

Binding vs. non-binding provisions

Term sheets typically distinguish: (1) non-binding provisions, economic and governance terms; subject to definitive documentation; either party can walk away; (2) binding provisions, typically: (a) exclusivity / no-shop, issuer cannot solicit competing offers for stated period (typically 30-60 days); (b) confidentiality, terms and discussions remain confidential; (c) expenses, who bears legal/diligence costs; (d) governing law; (e) termination. Clear identification of which provisions are binding vs. non-binding is critical to avoid disputes.

The pre-money valuation negotiation

Pre-money valuation is typically the most negotiated term sheet item. Calculation: (1) pre-money valuation + investment amount = post-money valuation; (2) investor ownership = investment / post-money. Example: $5M investment at $20M pre-money = 20% ownership ($25M post-money). Sophisticated terms: (a) option pool inclusion, pre-money or post-money, substantially affects effective valuation; (b) SAFE/note conversion, typically converts at lower of cap or financing price, affecting cap table; (c) full diluted vs. issued shares for valuation purposes.

Option pool (the "shuffle")

Option pool sizing and timing is heavily negotiated: (1) pre-money option pool, pool created before investment dilutes existing stockholders only; investor-favorable; (2) post-money option pool, pool created after investment dilutes both existing stockholders and new investor; founder-favorable; (3) top-up, adding shares to existing pool to reach target percentage; analytical framework matters substantially. Typical pool sizes: 10-20% of fully-diluted post-money. Pool sizing affects effective valuation, a larger pre-money pool means lower effective valuation for founders.

The drag-along right

Drag-along rights compel common stockholders to participate in sale of company approved by specified threshold of preferred holders (and sometimes board). Standard provisions: (1) triggering threshold, typically majority of preferred or board+majority preferred approval; (2) terms, same terms as the dragged-along holders, with appropriate adjustments for liquidation preference; (3) limitations, minimum sale price, cap on liability for representations, indemnification limits. Drag-along provides liquidity by ensuring all stockholders participate in qualifying sales.

Exclusivity / no-shop

Exclusivity provisions prevent issuer from soliciting or accepting competing offers during stated period: (1) scope, what discussions are prohibited; (2) duration, typically 30-60 days; (3) termination, automatic at expiration unless extended; (4) limitations, typically permits responding to unsolicited offers with notice. Exclusivity is critical for investors investing in diligence and legal costs; without exclusivity, issuers might use term sheets to generate competing offers. Standard provision in venture term sheets.

Term sheet timeline

Standard term sheet to closing timeline: (1) term sheet execution, week 0; (2) diligence and documentation, weeks 1-6; (3) definitive agreement signing, week 6-8; (4) closing, typically simultaneous with signing or shortly thereafter. Total timeline: typically 6-10 weeks from term sheet to closing for typical Series A. Compressed timelines (3-4 weeks) are increasingly common in competitive deals; longer timelines (3-6 months) for complex situations.

Letter of intent vs. term sheet

"Term sheet" is the standard term for VC and growth equity preliminary agreements; "Letter of Intent" (LOI) is the parallel term for M&A. Functional differences are minimal, both are preliminary agreements with similar binding/non-binding structure. M&A LOIs may emphasize structure (asset vs. stock purchase), purchase price mechanism (cash, stock, earn-out), and indemnification framework. See Letter of Intent.

Practical context

For Texas startups, term sheet negotiation is among the highest-leverage activities in the financing process. Best practice: (1) use NVCA model term sheet as starting point for Series A and later; (2) understand each provision's practical implications, not just legal terms; (3) negotiate option pool sizing carefully, pre-money inclusion substantially reduces effective valuation; (4) understand binding vs. non-binding distinction, sign with awareness of binding obligations; (5) calendar exclusivity period; (6) coordinate term sheet with anticipated definitive agreements; (7) engage experienced VC counsel for material rounds. For investors: (1) standardize term sheet templates for portfolio efficiency; (2) calibrate terms to deal stage and competitive dynamics; (3) prioritize deal-critical terms over marginal ones; (4) build relationships through reasonable term negotiation. Common pitfall: founders signing term sheets without modeling cap table impact under various scenarios, discovering at closing that liquidation preferences and option pool dilution substantially reduce founder economics. Modeling is essential before signature.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Preferred Stock· Letter of Intent· SAFE· Convertible Note· Representations and Warranties

Texas Arbitration Act

Codified at Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 171, the Texas General Arbitration Act (TGAA) governs arbitration agreements involving intrastate commerce in Texas, those that fall outside the FAA's interstate-commerce reach. Procedurally similar to the FAA but with a different statutory framework. The TGAA is the default state-law backstop where the FAA does not apply; in interstate-commerce cases, the FAA preempts inconsistent TGAA provisions.

The Texas Arbitration Act (TGAA), codified at Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 171, is Texas's state-law arbitration framework governing arbitration agreements that fall outside the FAA's interstate-commerce reach. The TGAA tracks the Federal Arbitration Act framework procedurally, addressing agreement enforceability, motions to compel, motions to stay, confirmation, and vacatur, but operates as a state-law backstop. Most commercial arbitration in Texas is governed by the FAA because of the broad interpretation of "involving commerce"; the TGAA applies primarily to purely intrastate transactions and certain specifically excluded categories.

Scope, when the TGAA applies

The TGAA applies to arbitration agreements that fall outside the Federal Arbitration Act's reach. Two principal scenarios: (1) intrastate transactions, both parties Texas residents, performance entirely within Texas, no out-of-state connections that would invoke "interstate commerce" under the FAA's broad definition; (2) FAA-excluded categories, the FAA excludes certain categories of workers (seamen, railroad employees, transportation workers under New Prime Inc. v. Oliveira, 586 U.S. 105 (2019)). Where neither party invokes the FAA and the contract is silent on governing law, courts may apply the TGAA. In practice, most commercial arbitration in Texas is FAA-governed because of the broad "involving commerce" interpretation.

Section 171.001, agreement validity

Section 171.001 makes arbitration agreements "valid and enforceable", a state-law equivalent to FAA § 2. The provision applies to written agreements to arbitrate disputes between the contracting parties. The TGAA permits the same general contract defenses to enforcement (fraud, duress, unconscionability) as the FAA, applied without arbitration-specific bias. Enforcement proceedings parallel federal procedures: motion to compel arbitration with stay of court proceedings, with the arbitration agreement's validity determined by the court (gateway issue) before the arbitrator addresses the merits.

Procedural mechanics

TGAA enforcement procedures: (1) Motion to Compel, § 171.021; party moves to compel arbitration in any court with jurisdiction; (2) Stay of Litigation, § 171.025 stays trial on issues subject to arbitration; (3) Initiation, § 171.041 governs how arbitration is commenced; (4) Conduct, §§ 171.041-171.060 address arbitration procedure (witnesses, subpoenas, depositions in limited circumstances); (5) Award, § 171.053 addresses the award form; (6) Confirmation, § 171.087 makes awards judicially enforceable; (7) Vacatur, § 171.088 lists grounds (corruption, partiality, exceeded powers, no proper notice); (8) Appeal, § 171.098 governs appellate review.

FAA-TGAA interaction

Where both the FAA and TGAA potentially apply, the FAA controls and preempts inconsistent TGAA provisions. Practical implications: (1) most commercial arbitration is FAA-governed; (2) sophisticated arbitration clauses often expressly invoke FAA governance; (3) where the contract is silent on governing law, FAA applicability is determined by the interstate-commerce nexus; (4) the TGAA serves as a backup framework in genuinely intrastate arbitration. For most practitioners, FAA familiarity is essential; TGAA familiarity is useful for the residual cases where the FAA does not apply.

Vacatur grounds

Section 171.088 lists TGAA vacatur grounds, paralleling FAA § 10: (1) award procured by corruption, fraud, or other undue means; (2) evident partiality or corruption of arbitrator; (3) arbitrator misconduct refusing to postpone hearing on showing of sufficient cause, refusing to hear evidence material to the controversy, or other misbehavior prejudicing rights of party; (4) arbitrator exceeded powers or rendered an indefinite, mootness or otherwise improper award. The Texas Supreme Court has rejected "manifest disregard" as a separate ground (paralleling federal doctrine). Vacatur is rare; most awards are confirmed.

Appellate review

Section 171.098 authorizes interlocutory appeal from orders: (1) denying a motion to compel arbitration; (2) granting a motion to stay arbitration; (3) confirming or denying confirmation; (4) modifying or correcting; (5) vacating without directing rehearing. Other arbitration-related orders are appealable only after final judgment in the underlying litigation. The interlocutory appeal pathway distinguishes TGAA practice from some other state arbitration regimes; orders denying compelled arbitration can be reviewed promptly rather than waiting for trial.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, TGAA familiarity matters in narrow but important contexts. Best practice: (1) for most commercial contracts, draft arbitration clauses to expressly invoke FAA governance, broader pro-arbitration policy and clearer preemption analysis; (2) for genuinely intrastate transactions where parties prefer the TGAA, draft clearly to that effect; (3) be aware of FAA-excluded categories (transportation workers per New Prime) where the TGAA may be the only available framework; (4) for procedural disputes, recognize that TGAA procedures track FAA procedures closely but with state-law specifics; (5) for vacatur and confirmation proceedings, distinguish state-court forum (TGAA framework) from federal-court forum (FAA framework), choice of forum can be material. The TGAA is rarely the primary framework but is foundational for the cases it governs.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Arbitration· FAA Preemption· Choice of Law· Mandamus· Interlocutory Appeal

Texas Business Court

2025

A specialized statewide trial court created in 2023 to hear complex commercial disputes involving corporate governance, fiduciary duties, derivative actions, securities law, and qualified transactions. Began accepting cases September 1, 2024. Appeals go exclusively to the Fifteenth Court of Appeals.

The Texas Business Court is a specialized statewide trial court created in 2023 to hear complex commercial disputes involving corporate governance, fiduciary duties, derivative actions, securities law, and qualified transactions. It began accepting cases on September 1, 2024. Appeals go exclusively to the Fifteenth Court of Appeals.

Structure

The Business Court is organized into 11 geographical divisions corresponding to Texas's Administrative Judicial Regions. Five divisions began operation on September 1, 2024 (Dallas, Austin, San Antonio, Fort Worth, Houston). Under HB 40 (eff. Sept. 1, 2025), the Texas Legislature authorized activation of the remaining six divisions. Each division is staffed by judges appointed by the governor.

Subject-matter jurisdiction

Tex. Gov't Code § 25A.004 grants concurrent jurisdiction with district courts over specified categories of cases. As amended by HB 40 effective September 1, 2025, the principal categories are actions exceeding $5 million involving derivative proceedings, corporate governance disputes, securities law claims, claims between an organization and its current or former owners or officers, breach of fiduciary duty by directors or officers, veil-piercing actions, claims arising under the TBOC, qualified transactions, intellectual property, and trade-secret matters. For publicly traded companies, no amount-in-controversy threshold applies.

The HB 40 threshold reduction

Before September 1, 2025, the principal jurisdictional thresholds were $10 million. HB 40 reduced these to $5 million, substantially expanding the court's reach.

Removal and transfer

A case filed in district court that falls within the Business Court's jurisdiction may be removed by any party within 30 days of discovering jurisdictional facts, by agreement, or at the originating court's request. Tex. Gov't Code § 25A.006.

Procedure

The Business Court applies the Texas Rules of Civil Procedure with supplemental rules in Tex. R. Civ. P. 352–359. Right to jury trial is preserved (in contrast to Delaware's Chancery Court). Filing fees are $2,500 versus $350 in district court. Tex. R. Civ. P. 360 requires a written opinion on dispositive rulings upon any party's request, producing a developing body of published Business Court opinions.

Forum-selection clauses

Texas corporations may now mandate the Business Court as the exclusive venue for internal governance claims through certificate of formation or bylaw provisions. Tex. Bus. Orgs. Code § 2.115 (as amended by SB 29, eff. May 14, 2025).

Practical context

The Business Court is the most consequential institutional development in Texas corporate practice in a generation. Combined with SB 29's codified business judgment rule and HB 40's expanded jurisdiction, it positions Texas as a serious forum-of-choice competitor to Delaware. Texas-based businesses with potential exposure above $5 million should expect increased Business Court litigation.

Companion article: The CEO's Guide to Getting Sued

Related Terms
Director· Corporation· Fiduciary Duty· Derivative Action· Business Judgment Rule

Texas Business Organizations Code

2025

The unified Texas statute that governs the formation, governance, internal operations, and termination of Texas business entities including for-profit corporations, LLCs, partnerships, and other domestic filing entities. Often abbreviated "TBOC."

The Texas Business Organizations Code (often abbreviated "TBOC") is the unified Texas statute that governs the formation, governance, internal operations, and termination of Texas business entities. Codified at Tex. Bus. Orgs. Code §§ 1.001 et seq., it supplanted the predecessor Texas business statutes (the Texas Business Corporation Act, the Texas Limited Liability Company Act, the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act, the Texas Revised Partnership Act, and others) effective January 1, 2010, when its mandatory application phase concluded.

Structure

The TBOC is organized into eight titles:

Title 1. General provisions applicable to all entities, §§ 1.001–12.355. Includes definitions, formation, name reservation, registered agents, foreign-entity registration, mergers and conversions, dispositions of property, fundamental business transactions, and winding up.

Title 2. Corporations, §§ 21.001–22.515. Chapter 21 governs for-profit corporations; Chapter 22 governs nonprofit corporations.

Title 3. Limited liability companies, §§ 101.001–101.622.

Title 4. Partnerships (general partnerships, limited partnerships, limited liability partnerships), §§ 151.001–154.402.

Title 5. Real estate investment trusts, §§ 200.001–200.564.

Title 6. Associations (cooperatives, professional associations), §§ 251.001–252.018.

Title 7. Professional entities, §§ 301.001–304.003.

Title 8. Miscellaneous and transition provisions, §§ 401.001–402.014.

Hub-and-spoke design

The TBOC was designed on a "hub-and-spoke" model: Title 1 contains general provisions applicable to all entities (the "hub"), and Titles 2 through 8 contain entity-specific provisions (the "spokes"). When working with a TBOC question, the answer is typically found in the entity-specific title first, supplemented by the general provisions of Title 1. The Texas Bar Foundation publishes an annotated version that organizes provisions by entity type.

Definitions

The TBOC contains a substantial general-definitions section at § 1.002, supplemented by entity-specific definitions in each title's lead chapter (e.g., § 21.002 for corporations, § 101.001 for LLCs). Practitioners should consult both the general and entity-specific definitions when interpreting a TBOC term.

Recent amendments

The TBOC has been amended in significant respects at every legislative session since enactment. Notable recent amendments include:

(1) 2021 (eff. Sept. 1, 2021): Indemnification flexibility expanded to permit restrictions in any "governing document" (§ 8.003); LLC-distribution insolvency test refined to permit GAAP/IFRS-based asset valuation (§ 101.206).

(2) 2022 (eff. June 1, 2022): Series LLC framework expanded to authorize "registered series" with separate Texas Secretary of State filings (§§ 101.621–101.622); LLC filing-instrument signature requirements tightened to require authorized officer, manager, or member (§ 101.0515).

(3) 2023 (eff. Sept. 1, 2024): Texas Business Court created by HB 19 (Tex. Gov't Code Ch. 25A); related TBOC and Texas Government Code amendments.

(4) 2025 (eff. May 14, 2025): SB 29 enacted the most significant Texas corporate-governance amendments in a generation. New § 21.419 (codified business judgment rule for publicly-traded and opt-in corporations); amendments to § 21.218 (narrowed books-and-records inspection rights, including new (b-1) excluding emails/texts/social media unless those communications effectuate corporate action, and new (b-2) authorizing denial of demands made in connection with anticipated derivative proceedings); new § 21.552(a)(3) (3% derivative-action ownership threshold for publicly-traded and opt-in corporations); new § 21.561(c) (no attorney's fees for disclosure-only derivative settlements); amended § 2.115 (exclusive forum and venue clauses in governing documents); new § 2.116 (jury-waiver clauses in governing documents); amended § 101.401 (LLC fiduciary-duty elimination through company agreement); new § 152.002(e) (extending limited-partnership fiduciary-duty elimination authority).

(5) 2025 (eff. Sept. 1, 2025): HB 40 reduced the Business Court's amount-in-controversy threshold from $10 million to $5 million for most categories of cases.

Practical context

The TBOC is now in its 16th year of operation as the unified Texas business-entity statute. Its hub-and-spoke design and contractual-flexibility orientation make Texas one of the most user-friendly U.S. business-entity codes. The 2024–2025 amendments, combined with the Texas Business Court's operationalization in September 2024, have repositioned Texas as a serious competitor to Delaware as a state of corporate domicile for the first time in modern history. Practitioners should expect continued amendment activity as the Texas Business Court generates published opinions and as the Legislature responds to the comparative analysis between Texas and Delaware corporate-governance regimes. Mark the date of every TBOC citation: provisions that read accurately in 2024 may have been substantially amended in 2025.

Companion article: Texas Business Law: Formation to Exit

Related Terms
Corporation· Limited Liability Company· Director· Shareholder· Member· Texas Business Court· Business Judgment Rule

Texas Commission on Human Rights Act (TCHRA)

Texas's principal employment discrimination statute, codified at Tex. Lab. Code Chapter 21. Prohibits discrimination in employment based on race, color, sex, national origin, religion, age, and disability. Generally tracks Title VII, ADA, and ADEA frameworks but with Texas-specific procedural elements. Administered by the Texas Workforce Commission Civil Rights Division (TWC-CRD); requires administrative exhaustion before suit. Filing deadline: 180 days. Damages caps parallel federal Civil Rights Act of 1991.

The Texas Commission on Human Rights Act (TCHRA), codified as Chapter 21 of the Texas Labor Code, is Texas's principal employment discrimination statute. The TCHRA prohibits discrimination in employment based on race, color, sex, national origin, religion, age (40+), and disability. The statute generally tracks Title VII, ADA, and ADEA frameworks but contains Texas-specific procedural and substantive elements. Administration was transferred from the Texas Commission on Human Rights to the Texas Workforce Commission Civil Rights Division (TWC-CRD) in 2004.

Coverage and protected classes

TCHRA applies to employers with 15 or more employees (matching Title VII; broader than ADEA's 20-employee threshold). Protected classes under § 21.051: race; color; sex (including pregnancy, childbirth, related conditions per § 21.106; following Bostock at the federal level); national origin; religion; age (40 and older); disability. The 15-employee threshold extends TCHRA protection to mid-market Texas employers not covered by federal ADEA.

Relationship to federal law

TCHRA generally tracks federal employment discrimination law: (1) elements, substantially similar to Title VII, ADA, ADEA; (2) burden-shifting framework, McDonnell Douglas analysis applied to TCHRA claims; (3) damages caps, TCHRA has its own structure mirroring federal Civil Rights Act of 1991 caps; (4) administrative exhaustion, required for TCHRA claims through TWC-CRD, parallel to EEOC for federal claims. Texas Supreme Court in NME Hospitals confirmed TCHRA standards generally follow federal precedent, but with Texas-specific differences in some procedural and damages provisions.

Administrative exhaustion

TCHRA claims require administrative exhaustion through TWC-CRD: (1) charge filing within 180 days; (2) TWC-CRD investigation, typically 6-12 months; (3) conciliation if reasonable cause found; (4) right-to-sue letter issued; (5) state-court suit within 60 days of right-to-sue letter (if filed before 2 years from charge filing) or within 2 years from charge filing. The 60-day post-letter and 2-year-from-charge deadlines are both jurisdictional; missing either typically bars the TCHRA claim.

Damages and remedies

TCHRA damages structure (§ 21.2585): (1) compensatory damages for emotional distress; (2) punitive damages for malicious or reckless violations; (3) back pay and benefits; (4) front pay or reinstatement; (5) injunctive relief; (6) attorney's fees and costs. Damages caps under § 21.2585 vary by employer size: $50K (15-100 employees), $100K (101-200), $200K (201-500), $300K (500+), mirroring CRA 1991 caps for federal claims. The caps apply to combined compensatory and punitive damages; back pay, front pay, and equitable relief are not subject to caps.

The TWC-CRD work-share with EEOC

TWC-CRD and EEOC operate under a work-share agreement: charges filed with either agency are typically deemed filed with both. This provides several advantages: (1) extended deadline, TCHRA filing deadline is 180 days; coordination with EEOC extends federal Title VII deadline to 300 days in Texas; (2) dual investigation; (3) reduced administrative burden. TCHRA charges must be filed within 180 days; the deadline is strictly applied.

Coordination with federal claims

Plaintiffs frequently file dual TCHRA and federal Title VII (or ADA, ADEA) claims. Coordination considerations: (1) different deadlines, TCHRA 180/60-day vs. Title VII 300/90-day; (2) different jurisdictions, TCHRA can be filed in state or federal court; Title VII typically federal court; (3) different elements, generally similar but with Texas-specific variations; (4) strategic considerations, state-court venue may be preferable in some cases. Sophisticated employment plaintiffs frequently dual-file to preserve options.

Practical context

For Texas employers, TCHRA compliance parallels federal law but with Texas-specific procedural requirements. Best practice: (1) maintain compliant policies covering all TCHRA-protected classes; (2) train managers on TCHRA standards; (3) respond to TWC-CRD charges promptly; (4) coordinate state and federal claim defenses where dual-filed; (5) for severance agreements with employees 40+, comply with both OWBPA (federal) and TCHRA waiver requirements; (6) maintain HR documentation supporting business reasons. For employees: (1) calendar 180-day TCHRA deadline strictly; (2) consider dual-filing; (3) preserve evidence of discriminatory comments and patterns; (4) calendar 60-day post-letter and 2-year-from-charge deadlines for state-court suit. Common pitfall: plaintiffs missing the 60-day post-letter deadline for TCHRA suit while preserving the 90-day federal deadline, losing state-law claims and damages cap advantages.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
Title VII· Age Discrimination in Employment Act· Americans with Disabilities Act· EEOC Charge· Texas Workforce Commission

Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act

Subchapter C of Chapter 151 of the Texas Insurance Code, effective January 1, 2012, voiding broad-form indemnity provisions in construction contracts that purport to indemnify a party for its own fault. Also voids related additional-insured insurance procurement to the same extent. Cannot be waived. Limited residential and employee-injury exceptions apply.

The Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act (TCAIA) is Subchapter C of Chapter 151 of the Texas Insurance Code, effective January 1, 2012. It voids broad-form indemnity provisions in construction contracts that purport to indemnify the indemnitee for its own fault, even shared or contributory fault, and renders unenforceable related additional-insured insurance procurement provisions to the same extent. The Act cannot be waived. It applies prospectively to construction contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2012.

The core prohibition

Section 151.102 voids any provision in a construction contract that purports to require an indemnitor to indemnify, hold harmless, or defend an indemnitee against a claim caused by the indemnitee's negligence, fault, or breach of contract. The prohibition is absolute, it cannot be circumvented by careful drafting (express references to negligence and conspicuous language under Ethyl Corp.). Unlike the common-law fair-notice doctrine, TCAIA renders the offending indemnity provision void, not merely unenforceable.

Scope, broad definition of construction contract

The TCAIA's reach is intentionally broad. "Construction contract" includes contracts to "construct, alter, remodel, repair, demolish, or maintain" improvements to real property other than single-family homes, townhouses, duplexes, or land development directly related thereto (§ 151.001(5)). The definition has been applied to crane leases, equipment rental agreements with installation services, and other arrangements that parties reasonably believed had little to do with "construction." Master service agreements between facility owners and service providers often fall within the Act's scope without the parties realizing it.

Additional-insured procurement also void

Section 151.104 extends the prohibition to additional-insured insurance procurement. A contract provision requiring the indemnitor to procure additional-insured coverage protecting the indemnitee against the indemnitee's own fault is void to the same extent as the underlying indemnity provision. This eliminates the most common workaround that pre-2012 Texas construction contracts used, extracting through additional-insured policies what could not be extracted through indemnity. Specific exception: consolidated insurance programs (CIPs) under Subchapter A may carry additional-insured terms otherwise prohibited.

Employee injury exception

Section 151.103 provides a critical exception: the prohibition does NOT apply to claims for the bodily injury or death of the indemnitor's employee, agent, or subcontractor of any tier. This means indemnity provisions covering injuries to the indemnitor's own workforce remain enforceable, including for the indemnitee's own negligence. The exception is the subject of substantial case law, including Maxim Crane Works, L.P. v. Zurich American Ins. Co., 642 S.W.3d 551 (Tex. 2022), addressing scope of the exception.

Other exceptions

Section 151.105 provides additional exceptions, including: (1) public works contracts with municipalities; (2) workers' compensation benefits; (3) copyright infringement claims; (4) certain rail-related contracts; (5) claims arising from pre-existing environmental conditions; (6) liens for failure to pay subcontractors. These narrow exceptions do not materially limit the Act's broad application to typical commercial construction.

Drafting after TCAIA

Compliant indemnity provisions in post-2012 Texas construction contracts must be limited to the indemnitor's own fault and the fault of those for whom it is responsible (employees, agents, subcontractors). Common compliant patterns: "to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, its employees, agents, or subcontractors." Pre-2012 form contracts must be revised before use; AIA and ConsensusDocs forms have been updated to reflect TCAIA but require Texas-specific verification.

Practical context

For Texas owners, contractors, subcontractors, and their insurers, TCAIA fundamentally reshaped indemnity practice. The Act has been on the books since 2012, but compliance gaps persist, particularly in master service agreements and equipment-rental arrangements that the parties did not consider "construction contracts." The cost of TCAIA-noncompliant indemnity is permanent: the offending provision is void, and the indemnitee has no fallback. Texas counsel reviewing or drafting any contract that touches buildings, structures, or real property should perform a TCAIA scope analysis.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Construction Contract· Indemnification (Corporate)· Mechanic's and Materialman's Lien· Texas Prompt Payment Act· Master Service Agreement

Texas Data Privacy and Security Act

2026

Texas's comprehensive consumer data privacy law, effective July 1, 2024 (with universal opt-out provisions effective January 1, 2025). Imposes transparency, purpose-limitation, security, and consumer-rights obligations on controllers processing the personal data of Texas residents. Enforced exclusively by the Texas Attorney General; no private right of action.

The Texas Data Privacy and Security Act (TDPSA) is Texas's comprehensive consumer data privacy law. Signed by Governor Abbott on June 18, 2023, it took effect July 1, 2024, with universal opt-out (Global Privacy Control) provisions taking effect January 1, 2025. The TDPSA imposes transparency, purpose-limitation, security, and consumer-rights obligations on businesses that process the personal data of Texas residents.

Applicability

The TDPSA applies to any person who (1) conducts business in Texas or produces products or services consumed by Texas residents; (2) processes or engages in the sale of personal data; and (3) is not a small business as defined by the U.S. Small Business Administration. Notably, the TDPSA contains no revenue threshold and no minimum-consumer-count threshold, distinguishing it from California, Colorado, and most other state privacy laws. Small businesses are exempt from most obligations except the requirement to obtain consumer consent before selling sensitive data.

Controller obligations

A controller, the entity determining the purpose and means of processing personal data, must (1) limit personal data collection to what is reasonably necessary for the disclosed purpose; (2) provide a clear privacy notice describing categories of data, purposes, sharing practices, and consumer rights; (3) obtain explicit opt-in consent before processing sensitive data (precise geolocation, health, biometrics, race, religion, sexual orientation, immigration status, children's data); (4) honor consumer-rights requests within 45 days; and (5) maintain reasonable administrative, technical, and physical security measures.

Consumer rights

Texas residents acting in an individual or household context (excluding employment and commercial contexts) have rights to (1) know whether their data is being processed; (2) access the data; (3) correct inaccurate data; (4) delete data; (5) obtain a portable copy; and (6) opt out of (a) sale of personal data, (b) targeted advertising, and (c) profiling that produces legal or similarly significant effects. Since January 1, 2025, controllers must honor universal opt-out signals such as Global Privacy Control transmitted via the consumer's browser.

Enforcement

The Texas Attorney General has exclusive enforcement authority. The AG must provide written notice of a violation and a 30-day cure period before initiating an enforcement action. Civil penalties may reach $7,500 per violation; treble damages are available for willful violations. The TDPSA does not provide a private right of action, consumers cannot sue businesses directly under the statute. The Attorney General has been actively investigating major technology platforms for TDPSA compliance since enforcement began.

Practical context

Texas businesses operating any consumer-facing website or app should treat TDPSA compliance as table stakes. Minimum compliance posture: (1) update the privacy notice to TDPSA standards; (2) implement a consumer-rights request intake process; (3) execute DPAs with all processors handling personal data; (4) deploy a Global Privacy Control honor mechanism on all customer-facing properties; (5) conduct data protection assessments for sensitive-data processing and targeted advertising; and (6) ensure incident-response procedures meet both TDPSA security obligations and Chapter 521 breach-notification requirements.

Companion article: Data Breach Response: The First 72 Hours

Related Terms
SaaS Agreement· Master Service Agreement· Confidentiality Agreement· Trade Secret· Generative AI Output

Texas Franchise Tax

2026

A privilege tax imposed by Texas on most taxable entities formed in or doing business in the state. Calculated as a percentage of taxable margin under Tex. Tax Code Ch. 171, the lowest of four computation methods. The 2026 no-tax-due threshold is $2.65 million in annualized total revenue. Standard rate 0.75% (0.375% for retail/wholesale); EZ Computation rate 0.331%. Reports due May 15.

The Texas Franchise Tax is a privilege tax imposed by the State of Texas on most taxable entities formed in or doing business in the state. Despite its name, the tax has nothing to do with franchising, it is a margin-based tax administered by the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts. Texas does not impose a state corporate or personal income tax; the franchise tax is the principal entity-level state tax replacing the income tax in those structures. Annual reports are due May 15.

Who pays

Subject entities include corporations (including S-corporations), LLCs (including single-member LLCs), limited partnerships and limited liability partnerships, professional associations, business trusts, and certain financial institutions. Out-of-state entities with nexus in Texas, including economic nexus over $500,000 in Texas gross receipts, are also subject. NOT subject: sole proprietorships (other than single-member LLCs); general partnerships owned entirely by natural persons; certain passive entities; entities exempt under Subchapter B of Ch. 171; qualified new veteran-owned businesses for the first five years.

Margin calculation, four methods, lowest wins

Taxable margin under § 171.101 is the lowest of: (1) 70% of total revenue; (2) total revenue minus cost of goods sold; (3) total revenue minus compensation (capped at $480,000 per person for 2026 reports); or (4) total revenue minus $1 million. The chosen method is then apportioned to Texas using single-factor gross-receipts apportionment under § 171.106 (Texas gross receipts ÷ gross receipts everywhere).

Rates and thresholds (2026)

Standard rate: 0.75% of apportioned taxable margin. Retail or wholesale entities: 0.375% (must derive 50%+ of revenue from retail or wholesale activities). EZ Computation rate: 0.331% (available to entities with annualized total revenue ≤ $20 million; foregoes deductions and most credits). 2026 no-tax-due threshold: $2.65 million in annualized total revenue (up from $2.47M in 2024-2025). Entities at or below the threshold owe no franchise tax but must still file an information report (PIR or OIR).

Reporting obligations

Entities above the threshold file the Long Form (Forms 05-158-A and 05-158-B) or the EZ Computation (Form 05-169). All entities (except passive entities and qualified veteran-owned businesses) must annually file either a Public Information Report (Form 05-102, corporations, LLCs, LPs, professional associations, financial institutions) or an Ownership Information Report (Form 05-167, other entities). Entities at or below the no-tax-due threshold no longer file a No Tax Due Report (effective for 2024+ reports) but must file the information report. Reports due May 15; six-month extension available with Form 05-164 plus required payment of 90% of current-year or 100% of prior-year tax.

Forfeiture and reinstatement

Failure to file or pay franchise tax results in forfeiture of the entity's right to transact business in Texas under § 171.251. Forfeited entities lose access to Texas courts as plaintiffs and may face personal liability for officers and directors who incurred debts during the forfeiture period. Reinstatement requires filing all delinquent reports, paying all tax due plus penalties and interest, and filing a tax clearance request, a process that frequently takes 4-8 weeks even after all filings are current.

Practical context

For most Texas SMBs operating below the $2.65M threshold, the franchise tax obligation is administrative rather than substantive, file the information report, owe nothing. The pitfall is treating filing as optional. Forfeiture for non-filing is automatic and creates significant downstream complications. Best practice: calendar May 15 annually, run all four margin computations even when below threshold to confirm classification, and never let an entity drift into delinquent status. Annual filing fees are minimal compared to reinstatement costs and litigation-standing problems caused by forfeiture.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Corporation· Limited Liability Company· Texas Sales and Use Tax· Certificate of Formation· Registered Agent· Foreign Entity

Texas Insurance Code Chapter 541

Texas Insurance Code Chapter 541 (formerly Article 21.21) prohibits unfair methods of competition and unfair or deceptive acts or practices in the business of insurance, including unfair settlement practices. Section 541.060 lists specific prohibited acts (failing to settle when liability is reasonably clear, misrepresenting material facts, failing to provide reasonable explanations). Section 541.151 creates a private cause of action with damages including actual damages, treble damages for knowing violations, and mandatory attorney's fees.

Texas Insurance Code Chapter 541 (formerly codified as Article 21.21 of the Insurance Code) prohibits unfair methods of competition and unfair or deceptive acts or practices in the business of insurance. The chapter's most heavily litigated provisions address unfair settlement practices, Section 541.060 lists specific prohibited acts that, when committed in handling claims, expose the insurer to private liability under Section 541.151. Chapter 541 is the principal statutory framework for "bad faith" insurance claims in Texas, paralleling the common-law Stowers doctrine but with broader scope and statutory remedies including treble damages.

Section 541.060, the unfair settlement practices

Section 541.060(a) lists the principal unfair settlement practices: (1) misrepresenting a material fact or policy provision; (2) failing to attempt in good faith to effectuate prompt, fair, and equitable settlement when liability is reasonably clear (the Stowers parallel); (3) failing to provide reasonable explanation of denial; (4) failing to affirm or deny coverage within reasonable time after a proof-of-loss; (5) refusing to pay claim without conducting reasonable investigation; (6) compelling claimant to institute suit by offering substantially less than amount ultimately recovered. Each subsection creates a distinct violation; multiple violations can be alleged concurrently.

The Section 541.151 private cause of action

Section 541.151 creates a private cause of action for any "person" who sustains "actual damages" caused by another's violation of Chapter 541. Standing extends to: (1) insureds; (2) third-party claimants in some contexts; (3) excess insurers in subrogation. Damages include: (1) actual damages, the loss caused by the unfair practice; (2) treble damages for knowing violations under Section 541.152; (3) court costs and reasonable attorney's fees under Section 541.153, mandatory for prevailing plaintiff. The statutory scheme provides substantially broader remedies than common-law bad-faith claims.

Treble damages and "knowingly"

Section 541.152(b) provides for up to three times actual damages where the violation is committed "knowingly." "Knowingly" requires actual awareness of the falsity, unfairness, or deceptiveness of the act constituting the violation; awareness can be inferred from objective manifestations. The treble damages provision is the principal teeth of Chapter 541, converting modest actual damages into substantially larger awards. Pleading "knowingly" requires factual support; conclusory allegations are insufficient.

Pre-suit notice, Section 541.154

Section 541.154 requires written pre-suit notice at least 60 days before filing a Chapter 541 claim. The notice must (1) advise the defendant of the specific complaint; (2) include the amount of actual damages and attorney's fees claimed. Failure to provide proper notice typically results in abatement (allowing the defendant 60 days to respond) rather than dismissal. The pre-suit notice provides a settlement opportunity; rejected offers can affect post-suit damages. For property damage claims subject to Chapter 542A (HB 1774, 2017), the 60-day notice requirement is supplemented with additional requirements specific to weather-related property claims.

Coordination with Stowers

Chapter 541 and the common-law Stowers doctrine substantially overlap. Rocor International v. National Union (Tex. 2002) recognized that § 541.060(a)(2)(A) imposes essentially the same duty as Stowers, failing to attempt in good faith to effectuate settlement when liability is reasonably clear. Plaintiffs frequently plead both theories. The advantages of Chapter 541: (1) treble damages; (2) mandatory attorney's fees; (3) broader scope (covers more than just within-limits settlement). The advantages of Stowers: (1) excess judgment is the measure of damages (potentially substantial); (2) more developed case-law framework. Combined claims can substantially expand recoverable damages.

Common claim categories

Frequent Chapter 541 claim scenarios: (1) unreasonable denial of property claims, insurer denies legitimate claim without reasonable basis; (2) delay in payment, extended investigation and delays in payment; (3) misrepresentation of policy provisions, insurer misstates coverage in the claim file; (4) failure to investigate, denial without reasonable investigation; (5) lowball settlement offers, offering substantially less than the claim is worth, forcing litigation; (6) commercial coverage disputes, denial of CGL, D&O, or specialty claim coverage on insufficient grounds; (7) UM/UIM disputes, uninsured/underinsured motorist claim handling. Each scenario raises distinct unfair-settlement-practice analysis under § 541.060.

Defenses to Chapter 541 claims

Common defenses to Chapter 541 actions: (1) no underlying coverage, if the claim is not covered, denial cannot be unfair; (2) reasonable basis for action, insurer's actions were based on reasonable analysis; (3) genuine coverage dispute, bona fide coverage disputes do not constitute bad faith; (4> plaintiff did not give pre-suit notice, § 541.154; (5) statute of limitations, 2-year limitations period under § 541.162; (6) plaintiff's misrepresentation in the claim. The "reasonable basis" defense is critical: insurers can challenge claim positions in good faith without bad-faith exposure, but unreasonable conduct supports Chapter 541 liability.

Chapter 542A overlay for property claims

Chapter 542A (HB 1774, effective September 1, 2017) added specific procedures for property damage claims arising from "forces of nature", earthquakes, wildfires, tornadoes, lightning, hurricanes, hail, wind, snowstorms, rainstorms. The chapter overlays Chapter 541 obligations with: (1) 61-day pre-suit notice; (2) 30-day inspection right; (3) reduced statutory interest rate (5% above post-judgment rate vs. 18% standard); (4) limited attorney's fee recovery formula; (5) insurer election to accept agent liability. Property-damage Chapter 541 claims are now significantly modified by the Chapter 542A framework.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, Chapter 541 is among the most powerful statutory tools in insurance disputes. Best practice for plaintiff's counsel: (1) document specific § 541.060 violations contemporaneously with claim handling; (2) provide proper § 541.154 pre-suit notice with specific damages and fees; (3) plead "knowingly" with factual support for treble damages; (4) combine with Stowers for excess-judgment damages where applicable; (5) coordinate with Chapter 542A for property claims. Best practice for insurers: (1) maintain reasonable basis for all claim decisions with contemporaneous documentation; (2) communicate decisions promptly with reasonable explanations; (3) conduct reasonable investigations before denial; (4) avoid lowball settlement positions in claims with clear liability; (5) for property claims, comply with Chapter 542A procedures rigorously. The treble-damages and mandatory-fees structure makes Chapter 541 claims expensive for insurers; settlement rather than litigation is often the economic choice once bad-faith elements are well-pleaded.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Stowers Doctrine· Texas Prompt Payment of Claims Act· Commercial General Liability Insurance· Reservation of Rights· Deceptive Trade Practices Act

Texas Payday Law

The primary Texas state statute (Tex. Lab. Code Chapter 61) governing the timing, frequency, and method of wage payment by Texas employers. Establishes pay-frequency requirements, regulates deductions, sets final-paycheck timing, and provides a TWC wage-claim mechanism with treble-damages liability for willful nonpayment.

The Texas Payday Law, codified at Tex. Lab. Code Chapter 61, is the primary state statute governing the timing, frequency, and method of wage payment by Texas employers. It establishes pay-frequency requirements, regulates permissible deductions from wages, sets timing requirements for final paychecks at separation, and provides an administrative wage-claim mechanism through the Texas Workforce Commission with treble-damages liability for willful nonpayment.

Pay frequency

Non-exempt employees must be paid at least twice per month (semi-monthly). § 61.011(a). Exempt employees (typically salaried managerial, professional, and administrative employees) may be paid once per month. § 61.011(b). Employers must designate paydays in advance and post notice in the workplace. § 61.012.

Final pay at separation (§ 61.014)

Involuntary termination (employer-initiated): wages must be paid within six calendar days of termination. Voluntary resignation (employee-initiated): wages must be paid by the next regularly scheduled payday following the date of resignation.

Permissible deductions (§ 61.018)

Wages may be withheld only when (1) authorized by law (taxes, garnishments, child support); (2) required by court order; or (3) authorized in writing by the employee. Employer "policies" purporting to authorize deductions without specific written employee authorization are insufficient.

Wage claim mechanism

An employee with unpaid wages may file a wage claim with TWC within 180 days of when the wages were due. § 61.051(c). TWC investigates, issues a Preliminary Wage Determination Order, and may order payment, file an administrative lien (§ 61.081), or pursue collection. Both employer and employee have appeal rights.

Treble damages for willful nonpayment

Under § 61.0031, where TWC determines that the employer's failure to pay wages was willful, the employer may be ordered to pay three times the wages owed. This treble-damages provision is among the most punitive features of Texas wage law.

Practical context

The Texas Payday Law is the everyday wage-payment statute for Texas employers. Compliance failures, late final paychecks, unauthorized deductions, off-cycle pay schedules, generate routine TWC wage claims and, in willful cases, triple-damages exposure. Coordination with FLSA (federal minimum wage and overtime) is critical: claims often involve both Payday Law (timing/deduction) and FLSA (amount) violations.

Companion article: Wage and Hour Compliance in Texas

Related Terms
Final Paycheck· Wage Claim· Fair Labor Standards Act· Exempt vs. Non-Exempt Employee

Texas Prompt Payment Act

Two parallel Texas statutes mandating timely payment on construction projects: Tex. Prop. Code Ch. 28 (private projects) and Tex. Gov't Code Ch. 2251 (public projects). On private projects, owner must pay prime within 35 days of invoice; prime must pay subs within 7 days of receiving owner payment. Late payments accrue 1.5%/month interest, with attorney's fees recoverable in litigation.

The Texas Prompt Payment Act is two parallel statutes mandating timely payment on construction projects: Tex. Prop. Code Ch. 28 for private projects and Tex. Gov't Code Ch. 2251 for public projects. On private projects, the owner must pay the prime contractor within 35 days of receiving a proper payment request; the prime contractor must pay subcontractors within 7 days of receiving payment from the owner; and the same 7-day downstream rule applies at each lower tier. Late payments accrue interest at 1.5% per month, with attorney's fees recoverable in litigation.

Private project payment timing

Under § 28.002, the owner must pay the prime contractor within 35 days of receiving a written payment request for properly performed work or suitably stored or specially fabricated materials. The prime contractor then has 7 days from receipt of owner payment to pay subcontractors, materialmen, and suppliers their proportionate share. Each lower tier in the contract chain has 7 days from receipt of upper-tier payment to pay its own downstream parties. The chain operates as a series of cascading 7-day deadlines triggered by actual receipt, not by the original invoice date.

Public project payment timing

Under Tex. Gov't Code § 2251.021, governmental entities must pay vendors within 30 days of receiving a proper invoice. Prime contractors on public projects must pay subcontractors within 10 days of receiving payment from the governmental entity. The longer downstream window on public projects (10 vs. 7 days on private projects) reflects the greater administrative complexity of public-project payment processing.

Interest, attorney's fees, and right to suspend

Late payment under either Act accrues interest at 1.5% per month (Property Code § 28.004; Government Code § 2251.025). In litigation to recover an unpaid amount, the court may award reasonable attorney's fees and costs to the prevailing party (§ 28.005; § 2251.043). On private projects, an unpaid contractor or subcontractor has the statutory right to suspend performance after 10 days' written notice if payment is not made (§ 28.007), a powerful remedy that effectively shifts owner-payment risk to a stop-work threat. The public-project act does not include an analogous suspension right.

Good-faith dispute exception

An owner or upper-tier contractor may withhold payment for a "good-faith dispute", defined in § 28.001 for private projects to mean a dispute over whether the work was performed in a proper manner. An owner withholding payment under this exception may withhold up to 110% of the disputed amount under § 28.006. The "good faith" requirement is fact-intensive and frequently litigated; pretextual withholding to obtain commercial leverage does not qualify and exposes the withholding party to interest, attorney's fees, and (on private projects) the contractor's right to suspend performance.

Anti-waiver

Section 28.009 makes the private-project Prompt Payment Act non-waivable, a contractual provision purporting to waive its protections is void. The single exception is for residential single-family construction, where contracts may extend the owner's payment window beyond 35 days (with the same 1.5%/month interest still applicable). The non-waiver rule means standard subcontract pay-when-paid clauses cannot extend the 7-day downstream payment requirement once funds are received.

Practical context

For Texas contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers, the Prompt Payment Act is a powerful collection tool, interest, attorney's fees, and stop-work rights make late payment substantially more expensive than timely payment. Best practice: (1) calendar payment-request and payment-receipt dates with 7-day and 35-day downstream tracking; (2) document delivery of payment requests via certified mail or other proof-of-receipt method; (3) deliver written demand for late payment promptly with statutory citation; (4) on private projects, deliver 10-day suspension notice if payment remains overdue. For owners and upper-tier contractors, calendaring payment deadlines and avoiding pretextual "good-faith dispute" withholding is the most cost-effective compliance posture.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Construction Contract· Mechanic's and Materialman's Lien· Texas Construction Anti-Indemnity Act· Retainage· Pay-When-Paid vs. Pay-If-Paid

Texas Prompt Payment of Claims Act

2024

Texas Insurance Code Chapter 542, Subchapter B, imposes deadlines on insurers for acknowledging, investigating, and paying claims. Violations carry statutory interest (18% per annum) and mandatory attorney's fees. Chapter 542A (added in 2017) modifies the framework for property damage claims arising from forces of nature, reduced 5% interest rate, 61-day pre-suit notice with specific requirements, attorney's fee formula, and insurer election rights. The Texas Supreme Court's 2024 Rodriguez v. Safeco decision clarified attorney's fee limits under 542A.

The Texas Prompt Payment of Claims Act (TPPCA), codified in Chapter 542, Subchapter B of the Insurance Code, imposes specific deadlines on insurers for acknowledging, investigating, and paying claims. Violations carry significant penalties, statutory interest (18% per annum on standard claims, 5% above post-judgment rate on Chapter 542A claims) and mandatory attorney's fees. The TPPCA is one of the most-used insurance statutes in Texas; combined with Chapter 541 and Stowers, it forms the principal framework for insurance bad-faith and delay litigation. Chapter 542A (HB 1774, 2017) substantially modified the framework for weather-related property damage claims.

The standard TPPCA deadlines

Section 542.055 imposes the principal deadlines: (1) acknowledgment, insurer must acknowledge claim within 15 days of receipt; (2) claim decision, insurer must accept or reject claim within 15 days of receiving all items, statements, and forms reasonably requested (with extension provisions in § 542.058); (3) payment, if accepted, payment must be made within 5 business days of acceptance (Section 542.057). Each deadline triggers separate consequences for non-compliance. Failure to comply with any deadline, when followed by a judgment in favor of the claimant, triggers the 18% interest penalty and mandatory attorney's fees.

The 18% interest penalty

Section 542.060(a) provides that an insurer not in compliance with TPPCA deadlines "is liable to pay the holder of the policy, in addition to the amount of the claim, simple interest on the amount of the claim as damages each year at the rate of 18 percent" plus reasonable and necessary attorney's fees. The 18% interest is substantially above market rates and provides strong incentive for prompt insurer compliance. Interest accrues from the date the claim was required to be paid (i.e., from the missed deadline) through judgment.

Chapter 542A, the 2017 reform

Chapter 542A, effective September 1, 2017 (HB 1774), substantially modified TPPCA application to property damage claims caused by "forces of nature", earthquakes, wildfires, tornadoes, lightning, hurricanes, hail, wind, snowstorms, rainstorms. The chapter responded to a perceived crisis of weather-related claim litigation following major hailstorms. Key changes: (1) 61-day pre-suit notice, claimant must provide written notice 61 days before suit, with specific facts, amount alleged owed, and attorney fee calculation; (2) 30-day inspection right, insurer can request inspection within 30 days; (3) reduced interest rate, 5% above post-judgment rate (currently around 13.5% total) instead of 18%; (4) attorney's fee formula, limits fees based on amount awarded vs. amount alleged; (5) insurer agent election, insurer can accept its agent's liability and dismiss claims against the agent.

Chapter 542A pre-suit notice requirements

Section 542A.003(b) requires the pre-suit notice to include: (1) statement of acts or omissions, specific facts giving rise to the claim; (2) specific amount alleged owed, dollar amount on the claim under the policy; (3) amount of attorney's fees, calculated from contemporaneous time records using customary hourly rates. Failure to provide proper notice can result in abatement and limitations on attorney fee recovery. The specific-amount requirement is critical, vague notices that don't state a sum certain may be deficient under Rodriguez analysis.

Rodriguez v. Safeco, the 2024 attorney's fee preclusion

Rodriguez v. Safeco Insurance Co. of Indiana, No. 23-0534 (Tex. 2024) addressed a critical Chapter 542A question: whether an insurer's full payment of an appraisal award plus interest precludes recovery of attorney's fees. The Texas Supreme Court answered yes, the § 542A.007(a)(3) attorney's fee formula calculates fees based on "the amount to be awarded in the judgment to the claimant... under the insurance policy." If the insurer pays the full appraisal award plus any possible interest before judgment, there is no "amount to be awarded in the judgment," so the fee calculation under (a)(3) yields zero, which is always the "lesser of" the three formula methods. Result: insurers can substantially eliminate attorney fee exposure by promptly paying appraisal awards plus interest.

Section 542A.006, the agent election

Section 542A.006 allows the insurer to elect to accept the legal responsibility of its agent (employee, agent, representative, or adjuster) for acts related to the claim. Once the election is made: (1) before lawsuit, no cause of action exists against the agent; if claimant nevertheless sues, the court must dismiss with prejudice; (2) after lawsuit, the court must dismiss the action against the agent. The election prevents claimants from forcing diversity jurisdiction by joining a Texas-resident agent against an out-of-state insurer. The election is irrevocable as to the specific claim.

Common TPPCA claim scenarios

Frequent TPPCA claim categories: (1) property claims with delayed payment, fire, flood, hail, wind damage; (2) liability claims with delayed handling, auto, premises, products; (3) uninsured/underinsured motorist claims; (4) commercial coverage disputes, CGL, D&O delay; (5) health insurance claims, though many subject to ERISA preemption; (6) life and disability claims, particularly significant given the simple-interest accrual.

Coordination with Chapter 541 and Stowers

TPPCA claims typically coordinate with Chapter 541 and Stowers: (1) different remedies, TPPCA provides interest penalty; Chapter 541 provides treble damages; Stowers provides excess judgment recovery; (2) different elements, TPPCA focuses on deadlines; Chapter 541 on substantive unfair practices; Stowers on settlement decisions; (3) combined claims, single claim can support all three theories for different damages. Sophisticated bad-faith litigation typically pleads all applicable theories.

Practical context

For Texas commercial parties, the TPPCA is among the most consequential insurance statutes. Best practice for claimants: (1) document claim timing meticulously (date of submission, requested information, deadlines); (2) for property damage claims, comply rigorously with Chapter 542A pre-suit notice (61 days, specific amount, fee calculation); (3) coordinate TPPCA with Chapter 541 and Stowers theories; (4) post-Rodriguez, recognize that pre-judgment payment of full claim plus interest can preclude fee recovery, claim-prosecution timing matters. Best practice for insurers: (1) maintain rigorous claim-deadline tracking; (2) document compliance contemporaneously; (3) for property damage, use Chapter 542A inspection rights; (4) consider §542A.006 agent election in appropriate cases; (5) post-Rodriguez, recognize the strategic value of prompt payment of appraisal awards plus interest. Common pitfalls: claimants treating TPPCA as automatic 18% interest without recognizing reduced 542A rate; insurers missing 542A deadlines and triggering interest exposure. Calendar discipline is foundational.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Texas Insurance Code Chapter 541· Stowers Doctrine· Post-Judgment Interest· Attorney's Fees Recovery· Deceptive Trade Practices Act

Texas Restrictive Covenant Statute

Tex. Bus. & Com. Code §§ 15.50-15.52, the exclusive Texas statutory framework for enforcement of covenants not to compete. Section 15.50 sets enforceability criteria (ancillary to enforceable agreement; reasonable in time, geography, scope). Section 15.51 governs procedures, requires reformation of overly broad covenants, and provides fee shifting in some cases. Section 15.52 preempts common-law alternatives. Marsh USA v. Cook (Tex. 2011) substantially relaxed the framework; post-Marsh covenants are increasingly enforceable.

Tex. Bus. & Com. Code §§ 15.50-15.52, the Texas Restrictive Covenant Statute, provides the exclusive framework for enforcement of covenants not to compete in Texas. Section 15.50 sets the enforceability criteria. Section 15.51 governs procedures, requires reformation of overly broad covenants, and provides fee shifting in some cases. Section 15.52 preempts common-law alternatives. The framework was substantially relaxed by Marsh USA v. Cook, 354 S.W.3d 764 (Tex. 2011); post-Marsh covenants are increasingly enforceable in Texas, contrary to the doctrine's earlier reputation as a "covenant graveyard."

The Section 15.50 framework

Section 15.50(a) establishes the enforceability criteria: a covenant not to compete is enforceable if it is "ancillary to or part of an otherwise enforceable agreement at the time the agreement is made to the extent that it contains limitations as to time, geographical area, and scope of activity to be restrained that are reasonable and do not impose a greater restraint than is necessary to protect the goodwill or other business interest of the promisee." The two-part test: (1) "ancillary to or part of an otherwise enforceable agreement"; (2) reasonable in time, geography, and scope.

The "ancillary to" requirement, Marsh evolution

The "ancillary to" requirement has evolved substantially: (1) Light era (pre-2006), required simultaneous exchange of consideration; non-competes ancillary to at-will employment generally void; (2) Sheshunoff (2006), permitted "unilateral promises" (employer's promise to provide confidential information that ripens into binding obligation when fulfilled); (3) Marsh (2011), substantially relaxed: covenant must be "supplementary or part of" an otherwise enforceable agreement; the agreement must be "reasonably related to the interest worthy of protection" (goodwill, confidential information, customer relationships). Post-Marsh, stock-option grants, equity awards, and other consideration types support non-competes in many circumstances. Most modern Texas non-competes structured around equity grants, confidential information disclosure, or specialized training satisfy the ancillary requirement.

Reasonableness analysis

The reasonableness analysis examines time, geography, and scope: (1) time, typically 1-3 years post-employment; longer periods harder to defend; (2) geography, must be reasonably tied to where employee performed work or had customer contact; nationwide covenants difficult to enforce; (3) scope of activity, must be limited to the activities performed for the employer or competitive business; broad "any competing business" language frequently overbroad. The standard: "no greater restraint than is necessary to protect the goodwill or other business interest of the promisee."

The reformation requirement

Section 15.51(c) requires reformation of overly broad covenants, Texas courts must reform unreasonable covenants to the extent necessary to make them reasonable, rather than refusing to enforce them entirely. Calhoun v. Jack Doheny (5th Cir. 2020) confirmed reformation can occur at the preliminary injunction stage. Reformation is a substantial advantage for employers, even overbroad covenants generally produce some enforceable scope. However, § 15.51(c) provides that if the original covenant was overly broad and the employer "sought to enforce the covenant to a greater extent than was necessary," the court may award the defendant employee reasonable attorney's fees incurred in defending the action. Fee shifting is rare but creates risk for aggressive employer enforcement strategies.

Burden of proof allocation

Section 15.51(b) allocates burdens based on agreement purpose: (1) personal services agreements (employment), promisee (employer) bears burden of establishing § 15.50 criteria; (2) other agreements (sale of business, partnership exit), promisor bears burden of establishing covenant does not meet criteria.

Physician covenants, § 15.50(b)

Section 15.50(b) provides specific framework for physician non-competes: enforceable only if covenants do not deny physician access to patient list; provide access to patient medical records; provide for buy-out at reasonable price; permit continuing care for acute illness even after termination.

Section 15.52 preemption

Section 15.52 preempts common-law alternatives: the criteria and procedures provided by §§ 15.50-15.51 are "exclusive and preempt any other criteria for enforceability of a covenant not to compete or procedures and remedies in an action to enforce a covenant not to compete under common law or otherwise." Texas covenant enforcement is exclusively statutory.

FTC noncompete ban, current status

The FTC issued a final rule in April 2024 attempting to ban most non-compete agreements nationwide. The rule was challenged and a federal district court vacated it in August 2024. Current federal landscape: the FTC ban is not in effect; state-law frameworks continue to govern. Texas employers should rely on the state-law framework while monitoring federal developments.

Practical context

For Texas employers, the post-Marsh framework substantially supports non-compete enforcement when properly structured. Best practice: (1) tie covenants to confidential information access, equity grants, or specialized training; (2) draft reasonable scope, 1-2 years post-employment, geography matching actual customer contact, scope limited to actual competitive activities; (3) include severability and reformation language; (4) coordinate with confidentiality agreements and trade-secret protections; (5) for physicians, comply with § 15.50(b) requirements; (6) avoid overbroad initial drafting, fee-shifting risk under § 15.51(c). For employees: (1) review covenant scope before signing, overbroad covenants are reformed but not voided; (2) document the actual scope of work and customer contact for later geography/scope challenges; (3) understand that Texas reformation creates uncertainty. Common drafting failure: nationwide or "any competing business" scope, almost always reformed substantially narrower, with potential fee-shifting.

Companion article: Non-Competes in Texas

Related Terms
Noncompete Agreement· Nonsolicitation Agreement· Confidentiality Agreement· Restrictive Covenant· Trade Secret

Texas Rules of Civil Procedure

The procedural rules governing civil litigation in Texas state courts. Promulgated by the Texas Supreme Court, the TRCP cover pleadings, motions, discovery, trial procedure, and post-trial remedies. Distinct from the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, which govern federal-court practice.

The Texas Rules of Civil Procedure (TRCP) are the procedural rules governing civil litigation in Texas state courts. Promulgated by the Texas Supreme Court under statutory authority, the TRCP cover pleadings, motions, discovery, trial procedure, and post-trial remedies. The TRCP are distinct from the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (FRCP), which govern federal-court practice and are sometimes used as persuasive authority in Texas state courts.

Structure

The TRCP are organized topically: pleadings (Rules 45–98), parties (Rules 28–44), pretrial procedure (Rules 165a–168), discovery (Rules 190–215), trial (Rules 216–298), judgment (Rules 299–329b), and appeals (Rules 329c–356). Specialized rules govern temporary restraining orders (Rules 680–693a), eminent domain, and other categories.

Relationship to other authorities

TRCP procedures must be read alongside (1) the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code (statutory framework for many causes of action and procedures); (2) the Texas Government Code (court structure, judicial qualifications); (3) local rules of individual judicial districts; and (4) Texas Business Court Rules for business-court matters.

Recent developments

The Texas Supreme Court adopted Texas Rules of Civil Procedure for the Business Court effective with HB 40 (Sept. 1, 2025), addressing jurisdictional determination procedures and interlocutory appeals.

Practical context

The TRCP are foundational to all Texas state-court litigation. Practitioners must master pleadings (Rules 47, 91a, 92), discovery (Rules 192–200), summary judgment (Rule 166a), and trial procedure. Federal-court practitioners moving to Texas state court must adjust to TRCP-specific procedures (general denial, no-evidence summary judgment, three-tier discovery levels).

Companion article: The CEO's Guide to Getting Sued

Related Terms
Texas Business Court· Petition / Complaint· Discovery· Summary Judgment

Texas Sales and Use Tax

Texas's principal transaction-based tax, 6.25% state rate plus up to 2% local tax (combined cap 8.25%) on retail sales of tangible personal property and certain services. Post-Wayfair economic nexus threshold for remote sellers: $500,000 in Texas gross receipts in the preceding twelve months. Permits issued by the Texas Comptroller; reports filed monthly, quarterly, or annually depending on tax liability.

Texas Sales and Use Tax is the state's principal transaction-based tax, imposed on retail sales of tangible personal property and certain enumerated services in Texas (sales tax) and on the use, storage, or consumption of taxable items purchased outside Texas (use tax). The state rate is 6.25%; local jurisdictions (cities, counties, special-purpose districts, transit authorities) may add up to 2% additional, capped at a combined rate of 8.25%. The tax is administered by the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts.

What is taxable

Tangible personal property is broadly taxable except as exempted. Texas taxes far fewer services than many states, but selected services are taxable, including: amusement services, cable television, credit reporting, data processing services, debt collection, information services, insurance services, internet access (up to $25/month exemption), motor vehicle parking, nonresidential real property repair/remodeling, personal property repair, personal services, real property services (e.g., landscaping, janitorial), security services, telecommunications, telephone answering, and utility transmission/distribution. Sales for resale are exempt with a properly executed resale certificate; sales to exempt entities require an exemption certificate.

Economic nexus, post-Wayfair

Following South Dakota v. Wayfair, Texas adopted economic nexus for remote sellers effective October 1, 2019. Threshold: total Texas revenue of $500,000 or more in the preceding twelve calendar months, a rolling twelve-month test, not calendar-year-based, with no transaction-count component. Total Texas revenue includes gross revenue from sales of tangible personal property and taxable services for storage, use, or consumption in Texas, including taxable, exempt, and resale transactions. Remote sellers crossing the threshold must obtain a permit and begin collecting tax by the first day of the fourth month after the month in which the threshold was exceeded.

Single Local Use Tax Rate

Remote sellers may elect to collect local use tax at a "Single Local Use Tax Rate" (1.75% as of 2026) instead of computing the actual rate at each customer's destination, a substantial simplification given Texas's 1,800+ local taxing jurisdictions. The election is made via Form 01-799 and applies to all of the seller's Texas use-tax obligations going forward. In-state sellers cannot use the Single Local Rate option.

Marketplace facilitator collection

Marketplace facilitators (Amazon, eBay, Etsy, Walmart Marketplace, etc.) are responsible for collecting and remitting Texas sales tax on sales they facilitate, regardless of whether the underlying seller has nexus. Marketplace sales count toward the $500,000 economic nexus threshold for the underlying seller (since April 1, 2020), but if all of a remote seller's Texas sales are made through marketplace facilitators that certify they collect tax, the seller is not required to obtain its own permit.

Filing frequency and reports

Filing frequency depends on tax liability: monthly (most permittees with significant tax), quarterly (typically collecting under $1,500 per quarter), or annually (under $1,000 annually with timely filing history). Reports are due on the 20th of the month following the reporting period. Texas Tax Code Ch. 151 imposes meaningful penalties for late filing (5% if 1-30 days late, 10% over 30 days) plus interest, and significant penalties for failure to obtain a required permit.

Practical context

For Texas SMBs, the most common sales-tax compliance gaps are: (1) failing to recognize that selected services (especially data processing, repairs, security services) are taxable; (2) crossing into multistate territory without monitoring economic-nexus thresholds in other states; (3) unintentionally creating physical-presence nexus through remote employees, inventory in 3PL warehouses, or trade-show attendance; (4) failure to maintain valid resale and exemption certificates from customers claiming exempt status. The compliance burden rises sharply with multi-state operations, most growing businesses should use sales-tax automation software (Avalara, TaxJar, etc.) once they exceed nexus in 3+ states.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Texas Franchise Tax· Sale of Goods· Foreign Entity· Independent Contractor· Registered Agent

Texas Securities Act

Codified at Tex. Gov't Code §§ 4001-4008 (recodified from former Vernon's Ann. Civ. St. art. 581-1), the Texas Securities Act governs securities offerings and sales involving Texas. The Act requires registration of securities offered in Texas unless an exemption applies, regulates dealers and agents, and provides anti-fraud enforcement authority for the Texas State Securities Board. Largely preempted for federal "covered securities" under NSMIA, but state notice filings and anti-fraud enforcement remain.

The Texas Securities Act (TSA) is the principal Texas statutory framework for securities regulation. Codified at Tex. Gov't Code §§ 4001-4008 (recodified from former Vernon's Ann. Civ. St. art. 581-1 in 2019), the Act governs securities offerings and sales involving Texas. The TSA requires registration of securities offered in Texas unless an exemption applies, regulates dealers and agents, and provides anti-fraud enforcement authority. The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996 (NSMIA) preempted state registration for "covered securities", but Texas retains notice filing requirements, fee authority, and anti-fraud enforcement.

Texas State Securities Board

The Texas State Securities Board (TSSB) administers and enforces the TSA. The Board is the principal Texas state agency for securities regulation. Functions: (1) securities registration review and approval; (2) dealer and agent registration; (3) investment adviser regulation; (4) notice filings for federal covered securities; (5) enforcement, civil and criminal; (6) investor education. Headquartered in Austin; coordinates with SEC and other state regulators through NASAA (North American Securities Administrators Association).

Securities registration in Texas

Securities offered or sold in Texas must be registered under the TSA unless an exemption applies. Registration methods: (1) coordination, concurrent SEC registration; primarily relevant for IPOs; (2) qualification, substantive review by TSSB; rare in modern practice; (3) filing, notice procedure for certain federal-covered offerings. Registration is rare in modern practice, most offerings rely on exemptions or NSMIA preemption.

Common exemptions

The TSA includes exemptions for: (1) federal covered securities, NSMIA preemption; notice filing required; (2) private offerings, § 4005.011 (parallel to federal Reg D framework); (3) institutional investor sales, § 4005.012; (4) existing security holder offerings; (5) limited offerings, small offerings to limited investors; (6) federal exempt securities, government securities, bank securities, etc. Each exemption has specific requirements; counsel review is essential before reliance.

NSMIA preemption framework

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996 (NSMIA) preempts state registration for "covered securities," including: (1) SEC-registered securities, Form S-1, S-3, F-1, etc.; (2) Rule 506 offerings (both 506(b) and 506(c)); (3) certain investment company securities; (4) specific other categories. States retain authority to: (a) require notice filings and fees; (b) enforce anti-fraud provisions; (c) regulate broker-dealers and agents. The preemption framework simplifies multi-state offerings substantially, Rule 506 offerings need only file notice with each state where sales occur, not register in each state.

Texas notice filing requirements

For federal covered securities sold to Texas residents, notice filing with TSSB is required. Standard requirements for Rule 506 offerings: (1) copy of Form D; (2) filing fee; (3) Form U-2 (consent to service of process); (4) typically due within 15 days of first sale to Texas resident; (5) amendments for material changes. Other federal-covered securities (Reg A+, Rule 147A, etc.) have parallel notice procedures. Failure to make notice filing does not void federal exemption but exposes issuer to TSSB enforcement and potential rescission liability.

Dealer and agent registration

The TSA requires registration of: (1) dealers, persons engaged in selling securities; (2) agents, individuals representing dealers; (3) investment advisers, providing investment advice; (4) investment adviser representatives. Registration involves examination, application, and ongoing reporting. Texas coordinates registration through the Central Registration Depository (CRD) for FINRA-affiliated dealers, with parallel registration for state-only registrants. Issuer-direct sales are typically exempt if conducted by officers and directors without compensation tied to sales.

Civil liability, § 4008

The TSA provides private cause of action for securities violations under § 4008.001-4008.105: (1) rescission rights, investors can rescind purchases for unregistered securities or material misrepresentations; (2) damages, for losses caused by violations; (3) three-year statute of limitations for most claims; (4) strict liability for unregistered offerings (no scienter required); (5) attorney's fees available in some claims. The civil liability framework parallels federal Section 12(a)(1) and Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act, with similar rescission remedy for violations.

Anti-fraud enforcement

The TSA includes broad anti-fraud provisions parallel to federal Rule 10b-5: prohibits material misrepresentations, omissions, and fraudulent conduct in securities transactions. The TSSB has authority to: (1) issue cease and desist orders; (2) impose administrative penalties; (3) refer matters for criminal prosecution; (4) coordinate with SEC and other states. Texas anti-fraud enforcement remains in full force despite NSMIA preemption, states retain anti-fraud authority over all securities transactions involving their residents.

Practical context

For Texas issuers, TSA compliance is operational but cannot be ignored. Best practice: (1) for Rule 506 offerings, file Texas notice with TSSB within 15 days of first sale to Texas resident; (2) maintain documentation of notice filings and fees; (3) for small offerings or local-only offerings, evaluate Rule 504 vs. Rule 506 trade-offs (504 requires state-by-state compliance; 506 preempts state registration); (4) ensure dealer/agent compliance for any compensated sales activity, issuer-direct sales by officers/directors without sales compensation typically exempt; (5) maintain anti-fraud discipline regardless of federal preemption, Texas anti-fraud enforcement is independent. For investors: (1) verify TSSB notice filing for offerings sold to Texas residents; (2) preserve TSA rescission rights under § 4008, three-year statute of limitations; (3) coordinate state and federal claims for anti-fraud. Common pitfall: issuers focused on federal Reg D compliance forget Texas notice filing, exposing themselves to TSSB enforcement and potential rescission liability for technical violations.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Regulation D· Form D· Accredited Investor· Private Placement Memorandum· Regulation CF

Texas Workforce Commission (TWC)

The Texas state agency administering employment-related programs including unemployment insurance, the Civil Rights Division (TCHRA enforcement), workforce development, child labor enforcement, and wage claims under the Texas Payday Law. Established in 1995, the TWC consolidates functions previously distributed across multiple state agencies. Most Texas employer interactions with state employment regulation involve TWC.

The Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) is the Texas state agency administering employment-related programs including unemployment insurance, the Civil Rights Division (TCHRA enforcement), workforce development, child labor enforcement, and wage claims under the Texas Payday Law. Established in 1995, the TWC consolidates functions previously distributed across multiple state agencies. The TWC is the principal state-government interface for Texas employers on employment regulation matters. Coordinated work-share arrangements with federal agencies (EEOC, DOL) make TWC the typical first stop for both state and federal employment regulation issues.

Unemployment insurance administration

The TWC administers Texas unemployment insurance: (1) employer registration, quarterly UI tax returns; (2) UI tax assessments, based on payroll and experience rating; (3) claim processing; (4) appeals, three-level appeal structure (deputy decision, appeal tribunal, full Commission); (5) employer hearing participation. Most employer-TWC interactions involve unemployment claims; experience-rating implications make claim contests financially significant for stable employers.

Civil Rights Division

The TWC Civil Rights Division (TWC-CRD), formerly the Texas Commission on Human Rights, administers TCHRA. The Division receives TCHRA charges, conducts investigations, operates work-share with EEOC (charges filed with either agency typically deemed filed with both), issues right-to-sue letters, and conducts conciliation for reasonable-cause findings. The work-share extends federal Title VII filing deadline to 300 days in Texas; TCHRA deadline remains 180 days.

Texas Payday Law administration

The TWC administers the Texas Payday Law (Tex. Lab. Code Ch. 61): (1) wage claims, employees can file claims for unpaid wages with TWC; (2) 180-day filing deadline; (3) investigation and determination; (4) appeal procedures; (5) collection. The Payday Law process is faster and cheaper than civil litigation for most wage disputes. Common claim types: unpaid final wages, commission disputes, vacation/PTO payouts, wage rate disputes.

Workforce development services

The TWC provides workforce development services: (1) WorkInTexas.com, state job search platform; (2) Workforce Solutions, local centers; (3) job training programs, Skills Development Fund, JET grants; (4) employer services, recruitment, hiring assistance, layoff assistance; (5) veteran employment programs; (6) vocational rehabilitation services.

Common employer interactions

Recurring employer-TWC interactions: (1) quarterly UI tax filings and payments; (2) UI claim responses; (3) UI appeals; (4) TCHRA charge responses through Civil Rights Division; (5) Payday Law claim defense; (6) experience rating assessments; (7) workforce development partnerships; (8) occasional audits.

Practical context

For Texas employers, TWC compliance is foundational. Best practice: (1) maintain compliant quarterly UI filings; (2) respond to UI claims promptly with documentation; (3) calendar TCHRA charge response deadlines; (4) maintain Texas Payday Law compliance, particularly final wage payment timing and commission/bonus accrual; (5) evaluate workforce development resources for hiring needs. For employees: (1) understand UI eligibility; (2) file Payday Law claims promptly (180-day deadline); (3) coordinate UI claims with TCHRA discrimination charges where applicable; (4) leverage workforce development services. Common gap: employers ignoring UI claim notices or providing minimal documentation, generating poor outcomes that affect experience rating.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
Texas Commission on Human Rights Act· Unemployment Compensation· Texas Payday Law· EEOC Charge· Wage Claim

Title Insurance

An indemnity contract under which a title insurer agrees to defend the insured against title defects existing as of the policy date and to pay losses up to the policy amount. Texas title insurance is heavily regulated, premium rates and policy forms are promulgated by the Texas Department of Insurance. Two principal forms: T-1 owner's policy (protects buyer); T-2 loan policy (protects lender). One-time premium paid at closing.

Title insurance is an indemnity contract under which a title insurer agrees, in exchange for a one-time premium paid at closing, to defend the insured against title defects existing as of the policy date and to pay losses up to the policy amount. Unlike most insurance products that protect against future events, title insurance protects against past events that may surface later, undisclosed liens, defective deeds in the chain of title, forgeries, errors in public records, and similar issues predating the policy. Texas title insurance is among the most heavily regulated in the United States; the Texas Department of Insurance promulgates both premium rates and policy forms.

Owner's policy vs. loan policy

The two principal Texas title insurance products are: (1) T-1 Owner's Policy, protects the buyer (or other owner) against title defects affecting the insured estate, with coverage equal to the purchase price; remains in force as long as the insured (or successor heirs) holds title; covers defense costs in addition to loss amounts. (2) T-2 Loan Policy, protects the lender against title defects affecting the priority of the insured mortgage; coverage equal to the loan balance; decreases as the loan is paid down; assignable with the loan. Most commercial closings include both, the owner's policy benefits the buyer; the loan policy benefits the lender.

The commitment process

Title insurance issues only after a commitment process: (1) the title company performs a title search reviewing the chain of title, encumbrances, easements, restrictions, judgments, taxes, and other matters of record; (2) the title company issues a title commitment identifying the proposed insured, the property, the policy amount, and the proposed exceptions; (3) the buyer reviews the commitment and objects to specific exceptions; (4) the parties resolve objections (cure, waive, or terminate); (5) closing occurs and the policy issues. The commitment review and objection period are critical, exceptions in the commitment become exceptions in the policy and are not insured.

Standard policy structure

Texas title insurance policies have four schedules: Schedule A (proposed insured, property, amount, effective date); Schedule B (exceptions to coverage, what the policy does NOT insure); Schedule C (requirements that must be met before issuance); Schedule D (disclosures, including escrow agent identity and premium splits among insurers). Standard exceptions (the "general exceptions") include matters arising after policy date, claims of parties in possession, easements not disclosed by the public records, and discrepancies that an accurate survey would reveal. Each general exception can typically be deleted or modified through endorsements at additional premium.

Coverage and exclusions

The standard owner's policy insures against (1) defects in title; (2) liens or encumbrances on title; (3) lack of right of access; and (4) unmarketability of title. Standard exclusions (matters never covered) include: (1) restrictions, regulations, and ordinances by governmental authority; (2) eminent domain unless notice was recorded; (3) defects, liens, or encumbrances created or known by the insured but not disclosed to the insurer; (4) results of failure of consideration; (5) governmental forfeiture.

Endorsements

Texas title insurers offer numerous endorsements that expand or modify standard coverage, including: T-19 (restrictions, encroachments, minerals); T-19.1 (residential restrictions); environmental endorsement; access endorsement; mineral endorsement; condemnation endorsement. Each endorsement carries an additional premium. Sophisticated commercial buyers typically negotiate a slate of endorsements addressing specific transaction risks.

Practical context

For Texas commercial real estate buyers, title insurance is the principal protection mechanism against pre-closing title defects, substantially more important than the deed warranty itself. The title commitment review is the most concentrated risk-identification opportunity in the transaction. Buyers should (1) thoroughly review every Schedule B exception with counsel; (2) order any exceptions cured rather than accepting them; (3) negotiate appropriate endorsements; (4) require the seller to deliver a current survey and tenant estoppels supporting the coverage. Sloppy title commitment review is a frequent source of post-closing disputes and surprise litigation.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Deed· Commercial Real Estate Purchase Agreement· Easement· Restrictive Covenant· Lis Pendens· Earnest Money

Title VII (Civil Rights Act of 1964)

The principal federal employment discrimination statute, codified at 42 U.S.C. § 2000e et seq. Prohibits employment discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex (including pregnancy and, post-Bostock, sexual orientation/gender identity), and national origin. Applies to employers with 15+ employees. Damages include back pay, compensatory and punitive damages capped by employer size ($50K-$300K), and attorney's fees. Texas state-law parallel: TCHRA (Tex. Lab. Code Ch. 21).

Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 is the principal federal employment discrimination statute, prohibiting employment discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Title VII transformed American employment law by prohibiting widespread discriminatory practices that previously characterized U.S. workplaces. The statute applies to employers with 15 or more employees and provides administrative exhaustion, federal-court litigation, and capped damages. Major amendments: Pregnancy Discrimination Act (1978), Civil Rights Act of 1991 (compensatory and punitive damages with caps), and judicial extension to LGBT employees through Bostock v. Clayton County, 590 U.S. 644 (2020).

Protected classes

Title VII protects against employment discrimination based on five protected classes: (1) race; (2) color; (3) religion; (4) sex, including pregnancy and related conditions per the Pregnancy Discrimination Act, and per Bostock (2020) sexual orientation and gender identity; (5) national origin. Section 1981 (42 U.S.C. § 1981) parallels Title VII for race claims with broader coverage (no employer-size threshold, no damages caps) but more limited scope. Title VII covers hiring, firing, promotion, compensation, terms and conditions of employment, and prohibits both discrimination and retaliation for protected activity.

The McDonnell Douglas framework

McDonnell Douglas v. Green (1973) established the burden-shifting framework for Title VII disparate-treatment claims when direct evidence is lacking: (1) plaintiff prima facie case, protected class membership; qualified for position; adverse employment action; circumstances giving rise to inference of discrimination; (2) employer rebuttal, articulate legitimate, non-discriminatory reason; (3) plaintiff pretext, show employer's reason is pretext for discrimination. Burden of persuasion remains with plaintiff throughout. Muldrow v. City of St. Louis (2024) clarified that "adverse employment action" requires only "some harm," not "significant" harm, broadening Title VII's reach to lateral transfers and similar actions.

Disparate impact

Title VII also addresses disparate impact, facially neutral practices with disproportionate adverse effect on protected classes. Plaintiff must (1) identify specific employment practice; (2) show statistical disparate impact; (3) defeat employer's "job related and consistent with business necessity" defense. Employer alternative: less discriminatory alternative exists. Common targets: testing requirements, height/weight standards, criminal-record screens, credit checks. Disparate-impact theory is heavily used in EEOC enforcement and class actions.

Sexual harassment

Sexual harassment is actionable as sex discrimination. Two principal forms: (1) quid pro quo, adverse employment action conditioned on sexual conduct; (2) hostile work environment, severe or pervasive sex-based harassment. Faragher and Ellerth (1998) established employer liability framework: strict liability for tangible adverse action by supervisor; affirmative defense available where no tangible action, employer exercised reasonable care to prevent and correct, employee unreasonably failed to take advantage of preventive opportunities. The Ending Forced Arbitration of Sexual Assault and Sexual Harassment Act (EFAA, 2022) invalidates pre-dispute arbitration of sexual harassment claims at employee election.

Religious accommodation, post-Groff

Groff v. DeJoy, 600 U.S. 447 (2023), substantially raised the religious accommodation undue-hardship standard. Pre-Groff, TWA v. Hardison (1977) had been read to permit denial when accommodation imposed "more than de minimis" cost. Groff requires employers to show that accommodation would result in "substantial increased costs", a meaningfully higher bar. Post-Groff, religious-accommodation refusals require more substantial justification. Common accommodations: schedule modifications for Sabbath observance, dress and grooming exceptions, prayer-time accommodations, dietary accommodations.

Bostock and LGBT protections

Bostock v. Clayton County, 590 U.S. 644 (2020), held that Title VII's prohibition on sex discrimination protects sexual orientation and gender identity, the textual reasoning being that firing someone for being gay or transgender necessarily considers sex. The decision resolved a long circuit split and extended Title VII protection to LGBT employees not previously covered. Post-Bostock issues: religious-employer exemptions; coordination with state laws; reasonable accommodation of transgender employees; bathroom/dress-code policies; coordination with EEOC enforcement guidance.

Damages structure

Title VII damages (post-1991): (1) back pay; (2) front pay or reinstatement; (3) compensatory damages for emotional distress and other non-economic harm; (4) punitive damages for malicious or reckless violations; (5) attorney's fees and costs. Compensatory and punitive damages combined are capped by employer size: $50K (15-100 employees); $100K (101-200); $200K (201-500); $300K (500+). Back pay, front pay, and equitable relief are not subject to caps. Damages caps are a principal limitation relative to some state-law alternatives.

Administrative exhaustion

Title VII requires administrative exhaustion through EEOC before federal-court suit: (1) charge filing deadline, 180 days standard, 300 days in Texas (deferral state via TWC-CRD work-share); (2) EEOC investigation; (3) right-to-sue letter; (4) 90-day federal-suit deadline from right-to-sue letter receipt. Fort Bend County v. Davis, 587 U.S. 541 (2019), held that exhaustion is non-jurisdictional but mandatory, meaning failure to exhaust can be waived but if timely raised will bar the claim. Strict deadline calendaring is essential.

Practical context

For Texas employers, Title VII compliance is foundational. Best practice: (1) maintain comprehensive anti-discrimination and anti-harassment policies covering all Title VII-protected classes (including post-Bostock sexual orientation and gender identity); (2) train regularly on harassment prevention and discrimination avoidance; (3) maintain effective complaint procedures with multiple reporting channels; (4) investigate complaints promptly with documented response; (5) document non-discriminatory business reasons for adverse employment actions; (6) post-Groff, evaluate religious accommodation requests with substantial-cost analysis rather than de-minimis dismissal; (7) coordinate Title VII with TCHRA (largely parallel) and ADA/ADEA. For employees: (1) document discriminatory comments and patterns contemporaneously; (2) use internal complaint procedures (preserves Faragher/Ellerth issues); (3) calendar 300-day EEOC charge deadline; (4) calendar 90-day federal-suit deadline strictly; (5) coordinate dual-filing with TWC-CRD for TCHRA claims. Common pitfall: employers without effective complaint procedures lose Faragher/Ellerth defense, exposing them to vicarious liability for non-tangible-action harassment.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
Age Discrimination in Employment Act· Americans with Disabilities Act· Texas Commission on Human Rights Act· EEOC Charge· Workplace Discrimination

Tortious Interference

A tort claim arising from a third party's wrongful interference with the plaintiff's contractual or prospective business relationships. Texas recognizes two distinct claims: tortious interference with existing contracts (ACS Investors v. McLaughlin, 943 S.W.2d 426 (Tex. 1997)) and tortious interference with prospective business relations (Wal-Mart Stores v. Sturges, 52 S.W.3d 711 (Tex. 2001)). Each has specific elements; the prospective-relations tort is narrower, requiring independent tortious or unlawful conduct.

Tortious interference is a tort claim arising from a third party's wrongful interference with the plaintiff's contractual or prospective business relationships. Texas recognizes two distinct tortious-interference claims: interference with existing contracts (sometimes called "interference with contract") and interference with prospective business relations. The two claims have different elements and require different proof; the prospective-relations claim is substantially narrower, requiring independently tortious or unlawful conduct rather than mere interference.

Tortious interference with existing contract, elements

ACS Investors v. McLaughlin articulates the four elements: (1) existence of a valid contract subject to interference; (2) willful and intentional act of interference with the contract; (3) proximate cause, the act caused the breach or non-performance; (4) actual damages. The interference must be intentional, the defendant must have knowledge of the contract and act with the intent to interfere. Negligent interference is not actionable; only intentional, willful conduct supports the claim.

The justification defense

Tortious interference with existing contract is subject to a justification defense. The defendant may justify interference by showing that it was acting in furtherance of a legitimate interest of greater or equal weight to the plaintiff's contractual interest. Prudential Ins. Co. v. Financial Review Servs. (Tex. 2000) is the controlling case. Common justifications: (1) colorable legal right, defendant had a legal right to take the action even if it caused interference; (2) protection of own contractual interest, defendant interfered to protect a competing contract; (3) fiduciary duty, defendant interfered as part of fiduciary obligations; (4) professional advice, attorney or financial advisor advised the breaching party. Justification is an affirmative defense; the defendant bears the burden.

Tortious interference with prospective business relations, elements

Wal-Mart Stores v. Sturges (Tex. 2001) substantially raised the bar for prospective-relations claims. The foundational case requires: (1) reasonable probability that the plaintiff would have entered into a business relationship with a third party; (2) independently tortious or unlawful conduct by the defendant that prevented the relationship from occurring; (3) proximate cause; (4) actual damages. The "independently tortious or unlawful" element is the critical distinction from existing-contract interference: mere competitive interference with a prospective relationship, fair competition, is not actionable. The plaintiff must show conduct that is independently tortious (defamation, fraud, threats, intimidation) or unlawful (criminal, regulatory violation).

The Sturges framework, competition vs. tortious interference

Sturges rejected the older Restatement framework that asked whether interference was "improper", a vague standard that potentially captured ordinary competition. The Texas Supreme Court reasoned that aggressive competition for prospective business relationships should not be tortious; only conduct that is independently wrongful (a separate tort or unlawful act) is actionable. This makes Texas's prospective-relations tort substantially narrower than equivalent claims in some other states. Common types of conduct that satisfy Sturges: (1) fraudulent misrepresentations to the prospective customer; (2) defamation of the plaintiff; (3) intimidation or threats; (4) antitrust violations; (5) regulatory violations; (6) misappropriation of trade secrets.

Common factual patterns

Recurring tortious-interference patterns in Texas commercial litigation: (1) employee raiding, competitor recruits employees subject to non-compete agreements; (2) customer poaching, competitor targets customers with existing contracts; (3) supply chain disruption, defendant interferes with key supplier or distributor relationships; (4) M&A interference, third party intervenes to disrupt pending acquisition; (5) regulatory complaints, competitor files baseless regulatory complaints to disrupt business operations; (6) defamation, false statements about plaintiff to plaintiff's customers or partners.

Damages

Tortious interference damages typically include: (1) lost profits from the interfered-with relationship; (2) consequential damages from the interference; (3) punitive damages for malicious or grossly negligent conduct (subject to Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 41 caps); (4) disgorgement of defendant's gains in some circumstances. Damages must be proven with reasonable certainty; speculative damages do not support recovery. Lost-profits expert testimony is typically required for any meaningful damages claim.

Statute of limitations

Both tortious-interference variants are subject to the 2-year limitations period under § 16.003. Accrual generally occurs at the date of breach (existing contract) or at the date prospective relationship was prevented from occurring (prospective relations). The discovery rule does not generally apply unless the interference itself is concealed.

Practical context

For Texas commercial plaintiffs, tortious interference is a powerful tool against competitor misconduct, but the prospective-relations claim's independently-tortious requirement is a significant barrier. Best practice: (1) for existing-contract claims, identify the specific contract, the breach, and the defendant's knowledge; (2) for prospective-relations claims, identify the independently tortious or unlawful conduct first, the claim cannot survive without it; (3) document the reasonable probability of the prospective relationship through past dealing, ongoing negotiations, or other evidence; (4) prepare lost-profits evidence with expert support; (5) plead and preserve punitive-damages elements. For defendants: (1) the justification defense is powerful for existing-contract claims, develop the protected interest framework; (2) for prospective-relations claims, attack the independently-tortious element first; (3) competition defenses are strong for prospective-relations claims under Sturges. Tortious interference cases are heavily fact-driven; thorough factual development is essential.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Civil Conspiracy· Noncompete Agreement· Nonsolicitation Agreement· Trade Secret· Statute of Limitations

Trade Dress

The total visual image and overall appearance of a product or its packaging that identifies the source of goods to consumers. Protectable under federal and Texas law where it is non-functional and either inherently distinctive or has acquired secondary meaning. Distinct from the underlying utility of the product; protects appearance, not function.

Trade dress is the total visual image and overall appearance of a product or its packaging that identifies the source of goods to consumers. Trade dress can include shape, color combinations, textures, graphics, and the overall design of packaging or product configuration. Protectable trade dress allows businesses to protect distinctive product appearances and brand presentations beyond what trademark protection of names and logos provides.

Two categories: packaging vs. product configuration

The Supreme Court's Wal-Mart decision distinguished two trade-dress categories: packaging trade dress (the dress of the package or container) and product-configuration trade dress (the design of the product itself). Packaging trade dress can be inherently distinctive, protectable without proof of secondary meaning. Product-configuration trade dress is never inherently distinctive and always requires proof of acquired secondary meaning before protection attaches.

Functionality bar

Functional features cannot be protected as trade dress. TrafFix (2001) held that a feature is functional if it is essential to the use or purpose of the product, affects the cost or quality of the product, or if exclusive use of the feature would put competitors at a significant non-reputation-related disadvantage. The functionality bar prevents trade-dress law from being used to protect what should be protected (if at all) by patent law. Aesthetic functionality, features that drive consumer demand for non-source reasons, is also barred.

Secondary meaning

Secondary meaning exists where consumers have come to associate the trade dress with a single source. Evidence includes (1) length and exclusivity of use; (2) advertising expenditure; (3) sales volume; (4) consumer surveys; (5) intentional copying by competitors; and (6) media coverage. Consumer survey evidence is often dispositive in litigation.

Two Pesos and the Texas connection

Two Pesos v. Taco Cabana (1992) is a Texas-origin case that established trade-dress protection for restaurant decor under the Lanham Act. The Supreme Court affirmed a Texas jury verdict finding that Taco Cabana's restaurant interior, a combination of color schemes, mural patterns, and seating layout, was inherently distinctive trade dress and infringed by Two Pesos's similar restaurants.

Practical context

Trade-dress protection becomes valuable at scale, when imitators begin to copy a successful product or service presentation. For Texas businesses developing distinctive product designs, packaging, or service environments, federal registration on the Principal Register provides the strongest protection. Documentation of consumer association, surveys, brand recognition studies, advertising spend, should be developed before litigation arises, not after, when retrospective evidence is harder to gather and more easily challenged.

Companion article: Patents vs. Trademarks vs. Trade Secrets

Related Terms
Trademark· Service Mark· Patent· Injunctive Relief

Trade Secret

Information, including formulas, methods, processes, customer lists, financial data, that derives independent economic value from not being generally known and is the subject of reasonable efforts to maintain secrecy. A primary alternative to noncompete agreements for protecting employer competitive interests.

A trade secret is information, including a formula, pattern, compilation, program, device, method, technique, process, financial data, or list of actual or potential customers or suppliers, that derives independent economic value from not being generally known and is the subject of reasonable efforts to maintain its secrecy. Trade secret protection is a primary alternative to noncompete agreements for protecting employer competitive interests.

Elements of a trade secret

Under § 134A.002(6), the information must (1) derive independent economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to or readily ascertainable by other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (2) be the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.

Reasonable efforts to maintain secrecy

Reasonable measures typically include (1) marking documents confidential; (2) limiting access on a need-to-know basis; (3) requiring employees and contractors to sign confidentiality agreements; (4) using physical and electronic security; (5) training employees on confidentiality obligations; (6) exit interviews emphasizing continuing obligations.

Misappropriation

Misappropriation occurs through (a) acquisition by improper means; or (b) disclosure or use without consent by a person who used improper means or knew the information was a trade secret. § 134A.002(3). Improper means include theft, bribery, breach of confidentiality obligations, and electronic intrusion.

Remedies

Injunctive relief preventing further use or disclosure; damages for actual loss and unjust enrichment (or in lieu, a reasonable royalty); exemplary damages up to twice compensatory damages for willful and malicious misappropriation; attorney's fees in cases of willful misappropriation or bad faith.

Practical context

Trade secret protection is a powerful complement (or alternative) to noncompete agreements. Where noncompete enforcement is uncertain, for healthcare practitioners under SB 1318, for example, robust trade secret protection through confidentiality agreements, IT controls, and exit procedures preserves competitive position regardless of restrictive-covenant enforceability.

Companion article: Patents vs. Trademarks vs. Trade Secrets

Related Terms
Confidentiality Agreement· Noncompete Agreement· Nonsolicitation Agreement· Employment Agreement

Trademark

2024

A word, name, symbol, or device used to identify and distinguish goods of one source from those of others. Protected under the federal Lanham Act and the Texas Trademark Act, plus common-law rights from actual use. Strength turns on distinctiveness; protection scope on likelihood of confusion.

A trademark is a word, name, symbol, device, or any combination used by a person to identify and distinguish that person's goods from goods sold by others, and to indicate the source of the goods. Trademark protection arises from actual use of the mark in commerce; federal registration with the USPTO provides nationwide constructive notice, presumptive validity, and procedural advantages but is not the source of trademark rights. Texas common-law trademark rights exist independent of registration.

The distinctiveness spectrum

Trademark strength is a function of distinctiveness, ranked along the Abercrombie spectrum (Abercrombie & Fitch Co. v. Hunting World, Inc., 537 F.2d 4 (2d Cir. 1976)): (1) fanciful (coined terms, "Kodak," "Exxon") and arbitrary ("Apple" for computers) marks are inherently distinctive and protected immediately; (2) suggestive marks (suggesting a quality without describing it, "Coppertone") are inherently distinctive; (3) descriptive marks (describing the goods, "Cold and Creamy" for ice cream) are protectable only on proof of acquired distinctiveness (secondary meaning); (4) generic terms (the common name for the product itself) are never protectable.

Likelihood of confusion

Trademark infringement turns on likelihood of consumer confusion as to source, sponsorship, or affiliation. The Fifth Circuit applies the Roto-Rooter factors, (1) strength of the mark; (2) similarity of the marks; (3) similarity of products or services; (4) identity of retail outlets and purchasers; (5) identity of advertising media; (6) defendant's intent; (7) evidence of actual confusion; (8) degree of care exercised by purchasers, none individually dispositive. The Fifth Circuit added that no single factor is dispositive in Smack Apparel Co. v. Bd. of Supervisors of La. State Univ., 550 F.3d 465 (5th Cir. 2008).

Dilution of famous marks

Dilution protects famous marks against unauthorized uses that blur or tarnish the mark's distinctiveness, even absent likelihood of confusion. Federal dilution claims arise under 15 U.S.C. § 1125(c); Texas claims under Tex. Bus. & Com. Code § 16.103. Both statutes require proof of fame, defined as widespread recognition by the general consuming public (federal) or in Texas (state). Famous-mark fame is a high bar, most marks do not qualify.

Recent Supreme Court developments

In Vidal v. Elster (2024), the Court unanimously upheld the Lanham Act's "names clause" (15 U.S.C. § 1052(c)) prohibiting registration of marks containing the name of a living person without consent, against a First Amendment challenge. In Jack Daniel's v. VIP Products (2023), the Court limited the Rogers v. Grimaldi test that had immunized parodies and expressive works from infringement claims, when a defendant uses a mark as a source-identifier for its own goods, the ordinary likelihood-of-confusion analysis applies, not the Rogers heightened test.

Practical context

For Texas businesses, the practical trademark sequence is: (1) clearance search before adoption, verifying no senior conflicting marks; (2) federal application as soon as use begins (or intent-to-use application before launch); (3) actual continuous use to maintain the registration; (4) policing the mark, sending cease-and-desist letters to junior infringers; and (5) renewal at the 5-year, 10-year, and subsequent 10-year intervals. Failure to police can result in loss of distinctiveness through "genericide" (Aspirin, Cellophane, Escalator).

Companion article: Patents vs. Trademarks vs. Trade Secrets

Related Terms
Service Mark· Trade Dress· Trade Secret· License Agreement· IP Assignment· Injunctive Relief

Turnover Order

A post-judgment court order compelling the judgment debtor to turn over non-exempt property to a sheriff, constable, or receiver for application against the judgment. Texas turnover is governed by Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code § 31.002 and is the principal remedy for reaching property that cannot be reached by ordinary execution, closely-held business interests, intangible assets, foreign-located assets, and accounts not in the debtor's possession.

A turnover order is a post-judgment court order compelling the judgment debtor to turn over non-exempt property to a sheriff, constable, or court-appointed receiver for application against the judgment. Texas turnover is governed by Section 31.002 of the Civil Practice and Remedies Code. The remedy is most useful for reaching property that cannot be reached by ordinary execution, closely-held business interests, intangible assets, foreign-located assets, accounts at non-resident financial institutions, and other assets where ordinary execution mechanisms are ineffective.

The turnover statutory framework

Section 31.002 authorizes a court to order a judgment debtor to turn over property that: (1) cannot readily be attached or levied on by ordinary legal process; and (2) is not exempt from attachment, execution, or seizure for the satisfaction of liabilities. The order may direct the debtor to turn over the property to a sheriff or constable for execution sale, or to a court-appointed receiver for management and disposition. The court may also enjoin the debtor from transferring, encumbering, or otherwise disposing of the property pending turnover.

Categories of turnover-suitable property

Property typically reachable through turnover that ordinary execution cannot reach: (1) closely-held business interests, stock in private corporations, LLC membership interests, partnership interests; (2) accounts receivable, though typically reached through garnishment first; (3) intellectual property, patents, trademarks, copyrights; (4) litigation rights, claims and choses in action; (5) foreign-located assets, assets outside Texas where execution is procedurally complex; (6) cryptocurrency and digital assets; (7) cash and securities at non-resident institutions; (8) future income streams, royalties, contractual receivables.

Turnover receiverships

The court-appointed receiver is the principal turnover mechanism for complex assets, particularly closely-held business interests and intangibles. The receiver's powers typically include: (1) taking possession of the asset; (2) operating or managing the asset to preserve value; (3) selling the asset in commercially reasonable manner; (4) collecting income from the asset; (5) instituting legal proceedings to enforce rights related to the asset. Receivers are typically attorneys or commercial-collection professionals; their fees and expenses are paid from the asset's value or by the judgment debtor under the court's order.

Property exemptions limiting turnover

Section 31.002 expressly excludes exempt property from turnover. Texas exempt property under Property Code Chapter 42 includes: (1) up to $50,000 (single) or $100,000 (family) of personal property, household furnishings, food, clothing, jewelry, vehicles up to specified values, tools of the trade, livestock; (2) retirement accounts, qualified retirement plans, IRAs, 403(b)s; (3) professionally prescribed health aids; (4) certain insurance benefits. Homestead under Chapter 41 is also exempt. The debtor must claim exemptions; the burden is on the debtor to identify property as exempt.

Turnover vs. other collection tools

Turnover is one of several Texas post-judgment collection tools: (1) execution, sheriff or constable seizes tangible personal property under writ of execution; works for ordinary tangible assets; (2) garnishment, reaches debtor's property held by third parties (banks, customers); works for cash and accounts receivable; (3) turnover, reaches non-exempt property not subject to ordinary execution; works for intangibles, foreign assets, business interests; (4) receivership, court-appointed manager takes control of assets for liquidation; works for complex assets requiring active management. Sophisticated collection campaigns typically combine multiple tools targeting different asset categories.

Disclosure orders supporting turnover

Section 31.002(b)(2) authorizes courts to compel the judgment debtor to disclose information about non-exempt property, supporting the underlying turnover application. Texas Rule of Civil Procedure 621a similarly authorizes post-judgment discovery of debtor assets through interrogatories, document requests, depositions, and subpoenas duces tecum. Asset-discovery practice typically precedes turnover application, the creditor first identifies what property exists, then targets specific assets through turnover orders.

Practical context

For Texas judgment creditors, turnover is the principal mechanism for reaching the assets of sophisticated debtors who structure holdings to evade ordinary execution. Best practice: (1) initiate post-judgment asset discovery promptly upon judgment; (2) identify business interests, intellectual property, and intangible assets that ordinary execution cannot reach; (3) prepare turnover application with specific identification of target property and proposed receiver; (4) consider receivership for assets requiring active management; (5) coordinate turnover with garnishment and execution to attack the full asset portfolio. For judgment debtors, the appropriate response is (1) careful pre-judgment exemption planning (consistent with not committing fraudulent transfer); (2) accurate and complete responses to asset discovery (failure to respond can produce sanctions and adverse inferences); (3) opposition to overbroad receivership requests; (4) coordination with bankruptcy or settlement strategy. Aggressive turnover campaigns often produce settlements at substantial discounts to underlying judgment value.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Garnishment· Post-Judgment Interest· Supersedeas Bond· Workout and Restructuring

U

Unemployment Compensation

Federally-coordinated state-administered insurance program providing partial wage replacement to workers who are unemployed through no fault of their own and able and available for work. Texas program codified at Tex. Lab. Code § 201.001 et seq.; administered by Texas Workforce Commission. Eligibility: monetary qualification; not disqualified by misconduct, voluntary quit without good cause, etc.; able, available, actively seeking work. Standard duration up to 26 weeks plus federal extensions in recessions.

Unemployment Compensation is a federally-coordinated state-administered insurance program providing partial wage replacement to workers who are unemployed through no fault of their own and able and available for work. The program is funded through employer payroll taxes (federal and state), with benefits paid to qualifying claimants. Texas's program is codified at Tex. Lab. Code § 201.001 et seq. and administered by the Texas Workforce Commission. Unemployment benefits are time-limited (typically up to 26 weeks plus federal extensions in recessions) and partial. Eligibility involves monetary qualification, separation qualification, and ongoing requirements.

Eligibility framework

Texas UI eligibility has three principal components: (1) monetary qualification, sufficient earnings during base period (first four of last five completed calendar quarters before claim); (2) separation qualification, separation must not have been disqualifying (misconduct, voluntary quit without good cause, refusal of suitable work, labor dispute); (3) ongoing requirements, claimant must be totally or partially unemployed, able to work, available for work, actively seeking work, registered for work search.

Benefit amount and duration

Texas UI benefit: (1) weekly benefit amount, typically 1/25th of highest-quarter base-period wages; subject to minimum and maximum caps; (2) maximum benefit, varies by year based on Texas average wage; (3) maximum total benefits, typically up to 26 times weekly benefit amount, or 27% of total base-period wages; (4) partial benefits for claimants with reduced earnings. Standard UI is 26 weeks; federal extensions in recessions can add additional weeks (CARES Act provided substantial pandemic-era extensions through PUA and PEUC).

Disqualification, misconduct

"Misconduct connected with work" disqualifies claimants. Texas defines misconduct as "mismanagement of a position of employment by action or inaction, neglect that places in jeopardy the lives or property of others, intentional wrongdoing or malfeasance, intentional violation of a law, or violation of a policy or rule adopted to ensure orderly work and the safety of employees." Common examples: theft, fraud, insubordination, tardiness/absenteeism after warning, safety violations, policy violations after warning. Distinction from poor performance: misconduct requires fault and willfulness; mere inability to perform satisfactorily is not typically misconduct. Burden of proof: employer bears burden.

Disqualification, voluntary quit

Voluntary quit without "good cause connected with work" disqualifies claimants. "Good cause connected with work" includes: safety hazards; employer's failure to pay; significant change in work conditions; illegal demands; harassment or discrimination; medical reasons; spousal job-related relocation. Personal reasons not connected with work, caregiving needs, dissatisfaction without specific work-related justification, lifestyle preferences, generally do not constitute good cause.

The appeals process

Texas UI appeals: (1) initial determination, TWC deputy decision; (2) appeal tribunal hearing, telephone or in-person; sworn testimony, evidence, witnesses; (3) full Commission review, three-member Commission reviews record; (4) judicial review, Commission decision can be appealed to Texas state district court (limited record-based review). Most appeals resolved at tribunal level. Employer participation substantially affects outcomes.

Employer experience rating

Texas UI tax rates use experience rating: (1) new employer rate, applied initially; varies by industry; (2) experience rate, calculated from claim history after sufficient experience period; (3) chargebacks, paid UI benefits charged back to former employer's account; (4) tax rate calculation, based on chargebacks vs. taxable wages. The system gives employers direct financial incentive to manage UI claims actively.

Practical context

For Texas employers, UI cost management is operational. Best practice: (1) participate actively in UI claim contests where appropriate; (2) document misconduct and voluntary-quit reasons contemporaneously; (3) maintain UI claim files; (4) coordinate UI defense with discrimination defense, consistent positions reduce credibility risks; (5) consider work-share or alternative arrangements before mass layoffs. For employees: (1) understand separation reasons that disqualify; (2) provide complete information on initial application; (3) actively pursue work-search and reporting requirements; (4) appeal denials promptly; (5) coordinate UI with COBRA, severance, ACA marketplace decisions; (6) consider tax implications, UI is taxable income.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
Texas Workforce Commission· WARN Act· Severance Agreement· Wrongful Termination· COBRA

Usury

Charging interest in excess of the maximum rate authorized by law. Texas usury law applies to commercial AND consumer loans (unlike many states). The Texas Constitution sets a 10% default ceiling; Texas Finance Code Chapter 303 authorizes ceilings up to 18% for commercial loans that comply with stated requirements. Penalties for violation include forfeiture of all interest, refund of overcharges, and in some cases treble damages.

Usury is the act of charging interest in excess of the maximum rate authorized by law. Unlike many states, Texas usury law applies to both consumer and commercial loans, a distinctive feature that surprises out-of-state lenders extending credit to Texas borrowers. Texas usury law is rooted in the Texas Constitution and elaborated through the Texas Finance Code; violations expose the lender to civil penalties including forfeiture of interest, double the overcharge, and in some cases treble damages plus attorney's fees.

Constitutional and statutory ceilings

Article XVI, Section 11 of the Texas Constitution sets two baseline rates: (1) when a written agreement specifies an interest rate, the constitutional ceiling is 10% per year; (2) when the agreement is silent on interest, the rate cannot exceed 6% per year. The Constitution permits the Legislature to authorize higher rates "by law." The Legislature has done so through the Texas Finance Code, which establishes a series of category-specific ceilings substantially higher than 10%.

The 18% commercial loan ceiling

Section 303.009 establishes a "weekly ceiling" calculated based on a federal formula but with an absolute floor of 18%. For commercial transactions, the weekly ceiling has been at the 18% floor for many years, effectively making 18% the maximum legal interest rate for commercial loans subject to Chapter 303. The Texas Office of Consumer Credit Commissioner (OCCC) publishes the weekly ceiling in the Texas Credit Letter; lenders rely on the published rate to ensure compliance. The 18% ceiling generally applies absent specific statutory authorization for higher rates (e.g., credit cards under § 346.101).

What counts as "interest"

Texas usury law defines "interest" broadly to capture amounts characterized as something else but functioning as compensation for the use of money. Key inclusions and exclusions: (1) included, stated interest; loan-origination fees that exceed reasonable cost; commitment fees that are unreasonable in relation to the credit extended; default rates and late charges that exceed reasonable limits; (2) excluded, bona fide third-party costs (title insurance, escrow fees, property taxes); time-price differentials in genuine credit sales; reasonable commitment and origination fees; warrants and equity kickers when properly structured. The substance-over-form principle applies, courts look at the economic effect, not the labels.

Substance over form

Texas courts apply substance-over-form analysis to detect disguised loans: a transaction structured as a sale, investment, or partnership but functioning economically as a loan can be reclassified as a loan and tested against usury limits. Holley v. Watts, 629 S.W.2d 694 (Tex. 1982), is the foundational case on the sale-vs.-loan distinction. Indicators of a loan disguised as a sale: (1) repayment obligation absolute, not contingent; (2) seller's continuing operational control; (3) "buyer's" return is fixed rather than tied to underlying performance; (4) seller bears credit risk on the receivables; (5) recourse provisions favoring the "buyer."

Penalties for usury

Section 305 penalties depend on the nature and amount of the usury. Mild penalties: forfeiture of all interest contracted for or charged. Severe penalties (typically requiring a knowing or willful violation, or substantial usury): three times the amount of usurious interest contracted for or charged. Lenders may face attorney's fees as additional penalty. The cure provision in § 305.103 allows lenders to avoid penalties by providing the borrower a cure offer within 60 days of receiving notice of the alleged usury, refunding overcharges and corrected loan terms going forward.

Savings clauses

Texas usury practice relies heavily on "usury savings clauses", contract provisions stating that any interest exceeding the legal maximum is automatically reduced to the legal maximum and any overage refunded. Savings clauses are generally enforceable but not unlimited: a lender cannot contract for an obviously usurious rate (e.g., 30%) and rely on a savings clause to escape penalty. The savings clause must operate against a contract that could be performed legally; clearly contrary contracts cannot be saved. Modern Texas commercial loan documents universally include savings clauses as a defensive measure.

Out-of-state lender considerations

Lenders extending credit from non-Texas jurisdictions to Texas borrowers should not assume they can rely on home-state usury rules. Texas applies its usury law to loans where the contacts with Texas are sufficient; choice-of-law clauses selecting non-Texas law will be honored only when the contacts with the chosen jurisdiction are sufficient and the chosen jurisdiction has a "substantial relationship" to the transaction. Federal preemption under the National Bank Act, Federal Credit Union Act, and similar statutes may permit national banks and federally chartered institutions to "export" home-state rates to Texas borrowers; private lenders generally cannot.

Practical context

For Texas commercial lenders, the 18% ceiling is rarely a binding constraint for traditional bank loans, where rates are well below 18% almost regardless of credit quality. The ceiling becomes practical for: (1) mezzanine debt, all-in rates approach or exceed 18% with PIK and equity components; (2) hard-money real estate lending, short-term, high-rate loans against equity-heavy collateral; (3) merchant cash advances and factoring, although these often qualify as purchases rather than loans; (4) default-rate provisions, increased rates on default that, combined with regular interest, can exceed the ceiling. Best practice: (1) include a properly drafted usury savings clause in every commercial loan document; (2) carefully analyze all-in cost of credit (interest + fees + warrants) against the ceiling; (3) for high-rate structures, consider non-recourse-loan-with-equity-kicker treatment to extract economics outside the usury framework; (4) confirm choice-of-law analysis when out-of-state law would be more permissive.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Promissory Note· Mezzanine Financing· Factoring· Default· Guaranty Agreement

V

Veil-Piercing / Alter Ego

The equitable doctrine under which Texas courts disregard the limited-liability shield of a corporation or LLC and hold individual shareholders, members, or affiliates personally liable for the entity's obligations. Substantially narrowed by TBOC §§ 21.223–21.226; one of the most difficult-to-establish theories in Texas business litigation.

Veil-piercing, sometimes called "piercing the corporate veil" or "alter ego" liability, is the equitable doctrine under which Texas courts disregard the limited-liability shield of a corporation or LLC and hold individual shareholders, members, owners, or affiliates personally liable for the entity's obligations. Texas has substantially narrowed the doctrine since the Texas Supreme Court's broad 1986 decision in Castleberry v. Branscum; the current statutory framework under TBOC §§ 21.223–21.226 makes veil-piercing for contractual obligations one of the most difficult-to-establish theories in Texas business litigation.

The pre-statute Castleberry framework (1986–1989)

Castleberry adopted a broad equitable approach, holding that courts would "disregard the corporate fiction" when "the corporate form has been used as part of a basically unfair device to achieve an inequitable result." 721 S.W.2d at 271. Castleberry recognized six grounds, including constructive fraud, without requiring proof of actual fraudulent intent.

The 1989 statutory response

The Texas business community lobbied the Legislature, which substantially narrowed veil-piercing for contractual obligations. The current TBOC § 21.223 carries forward this restriction.

The current statutory framework, § 21.223

General rule of nonliability (§ 21.223(a)). A shareholder or affiliate may not be held liable to the corporation or its obligees with respect to: (1) shares (apart from the obligation to pay consideration); (2) any contractual obligation, on the basis of alter ego, actual or constructive fraud, sham to perpetrate fraud, or similar theories; or (3) any obligation on the basis of failure to observe corporate formalities.

Actual fraud exception (§ 21.223(b)). The nonliability rule does not apply when the obligee demonstrates that the holder caused the corporation to be used for the purpose of perpetrating, and did perpetrate, an actual fraud on the obligee, primarily for the direct personal benefit of the holder. Three independent elements: (a) actual fraud (not constructive); (b) use of the corporation to perpetrate the fraud; (c) primarily for direct personal benefit.

Statutory preemption (§ 21.224)

The TBOC framework is exclusive and preempts common-law alter-ego claims for contractual obligations. Willis v. Donnelly, 199 S.W.3d at 271–73.

Application to LLCs

§ 101.002 imports §§ 21.223–21.226 into the LLC context. LLC members receive the same statutory protection as corporate shareholders.

Single business enterprise abolished

SSP Partners v. Gladstrong Investments held that the "single business enterprise" theory is not a valid Texas theory of liability. Two corporations or LLCs do not become jointly liable merely because they were operated as a single business enterprise.

Tort claims and statutory liabilities

§ 21.223 by its terms applies to contractual obligations. Corporate agents may be held individually liable for their own tortious conduct, separate from veil-piercing. Statutory liabilities (Texas Tax Code, environmental, securities fraud) are not preempted.

Failure to observe formalities is not a basis

§ 21.223(a)(3) expressly forecloses veil-piercing on the basis of failure to observe corporate formalities.

Practical context

Texas veil-piercing for contractual obligations is one of the most difficult theories in Texas business litigation. Plaintiffs commonly plead alter-ego and similar theories despite the statutory framework, but pleadings rarely survive summary judgment without specific allegations of actual fraud perpetrated through the entity primarily for the defendant's direct personal benefit. The most frequent successful applications involve owners who siphoned corporate funds, used the corporation to make fraudulent representations, or transferred corporate assets to thwart known creditors.

Companion article: Collecting a Judgment in Texas

Related Terms
Corporation· Limited Liability Company· Shareholder· Member

Venue

The geographic location within a court system where a case may properly be heard. Subject matter jurisdiction determines whether a court system can hear a case; venue determines which specific court within that system. Texas venue rules: Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 15.

Venue is the geographic location within a court system where a case may properly be heard. While subject matter jurisdiction determines whether a court system can hear a case, venue determines which specific court within that system. Texas venue rules are codified in Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 15.

General venue rule (§ 15.002)

Absent a specific mandatory venue provision, suit may be brought in: (1) the county where all or a substantial part of the events occurred; (2) the county of the defendant's residence (for individual defendants); (3) the county of the defendant's principal office (for entity defendants); or (4) the county of the plaintiff's residence (for cases against non-resident defendants).

Mandatory venue (§§ 15.011–15.020)

Specific categories of cases must be brought in specific counties: actions involving real property in the county where the property is located (§ 15.011); breach-of-warranty claims; injuries to person or property in the county where injury occurred. For "major transactions" with consideration exceeding $1 million, parties may by contract designate any Texas county as the mandatory venue (§ 15.020).

Transfer and motion to change venue

A party may move to transfer venue under TRCP 86–87, supported by affidavits. Improper-venue motions must be filed in the defendant's first responsive pleading or are waived.

Practical context

Venue selection affects forum-shopping considerations, jury composition, judicial-decision tendencies, and the convenience of parties and witnesses. The § 15.020 mandatory-venue provision for major transactions is heavily used in commercial contracts to lock down forum.

Companion article: Operating Across State Lines

Related Terms
Personal Jurisdiction· Subject Matter Jurisdiction· Choice of Law / Choice of Forum

Voting

2025

The mechanism by which shareholders or directors of a Texas corporation make decisions binding on the corporation. Shareholder voting governs election of directors and certain fundamental transactions; director voting governs ordinary management decisions.

Voting is the mechanism by which shareholders or directors of a Texas corporation make decisions binding on the corporation. Shareholder voting governs election of directors and certain fundamental corporate transactions; director voting governs ordinary management decisions.

Default voting rules

Election of directors (§ 21.359): the candidates receiving the highest number of votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote in the election are elected, up to the number of directors to be elected (plurality voting).

Other shareholder matters (§ 21.363): the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on, and that voted for or against, the matter is the act of the shareholders, unless a different threshold is required by the certificate, the bylaws, or the TBOC.

Fundamental actions (§ 21.364): mergers, conversions, sales of substantially all assets, and certificate amendments require the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate provides for a different threshold (which may be as low as a majority).

Number of votes

Each outstanding share is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a shareholders' meeting unless the certificate provides otherwise. § 21.366.

Class voting and SB 29

Under § 21.364(d)(1), as amended by SB 29 effective May 14, 2025, Texas corporations may waive separate class or series voting in their certificates of formation, including in connection with fundamental actions. See Class Voting.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Shareholder· Director· Quorum· Cumulative Voting· Class Voting / Series Voting· Proxy

W

Wage Claim

A sworn statement filed with the Texas Workforce Commission by an employee seeking recovery of unpaid wages under the Texas Payday Law. Administrative alternative to a private civil lawsuit, with no filing fees and TWC investigation and collection assistance.

A wage claim is a sworn statement filed with the Texas Workforce Commission by an employee seeking recovery of unpaid wages under the Texas Payday Law. The TWC wage-claim process is an administrative alternative to a private civil lawsuit, available without filing fees and with TWC investigation and collection assistance.

Filing requirements

Under § 61.051, a wage claim must be (1) in writing on a TWC-prescribed form; (2) verified (signed under penalty of perjury); and (3) filed within 180 days after the date the wages became due. The 180-day deadline is jurisdictional, claims filed later are barred from the TWC process (though private civil claims may survive under longer limitations periods).

TWC procedure

On receipt, TWC notifies the employer and requests a response within 14 days. § 61.052. After investigation, TWC issues a Preliminary Wage Determination Order, either dismissing the claim or ordering payment. Both parties may appeal to the Commission and then to district court for judicial review.

Remedies

Order to pay unpaid wages plus, where the failure was willful, treble damages under § 61.0031. TWC may file an administrative lien under § 61.081 to secure collection. Criminal penalties under § 61.019 are available in extreme cases of willful nonpayment with intent to defraud.

Alternatives

An employee may instead pursue: (1) a private civil suit for breach of contract or unjust enrichment (longer limitations period; no treble damages absent contract); (2) an FLSA claim with the U.S. Department of Labor for minimum wage or overtime violations (two-year statute of limitations, three years for willful violations); (3) if the employer is in bankruptcy, a proof of claim in the bankruptcy court.

Practical context

TWC wage claims are the most common enforcement mechanism for unpaid-wage disputes in Texas, fast, no filing fees, and administered by an agency with collection authority. The 180-day deadline is the principal pitfall; employees miss it routinely. Sophisticated employee-side practice considers the deadline and the option of a parallel FLSA claim where overtime or minimum-wage issues are involved.

Companion article: Wage and Hour Compliance in Texas

Related Terms
Texas Payday Law· Final Paycheck· Fair Labor Standards Act

WARN Act (Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification)

Federal statute (29 U.S.C. §§ 2101-2109) requiring employers with 100+ employees to provide 60 days advance written notice of plant closings or mass layoffs. "Plant closing" = shutdown resulting in employment loss for 50+ employees in 30-day period. "Mass layoff" = 500+ employees, or 50-499 if 33% of active workforce. Notice to affected employees, state dislocated worker unit, local elected officials. Damages: up to 60 days back pay and benefits per employee. Texas has no state mini-WARN.

The Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification (WARN) Act is a federal statute requiring covered employers to provide 60 days advance written notice of plant closings or mass layoffs. WARN's purpose: provide workers and communities advance notice of significant job loss to facilitate transition assistance, alternative employment search, and economic adjustment. The statute applies to employers with 100 or more employees. Some states have parallel "mini-WARN" laws with broader coverage; Texas does not have a state WARN equivalent, so federal WARN is the only applicable framework for Texas employers.

Coverage threshold

WARN applies to "employers" with 100 or more employees. Coverage rules: (1) full-time employees, workers averaging more than 20 hours per week and worked at least 6 of last 12 months; (2) part-time employees, generally excluded from 100-employee count; (3) private employers (non-profit and for-profit). The "single site of employment" concept governs which group of workers the threshold applies to.

"Plant closing" defined

"Plant closing" means: (1) permanent or temporary shutdown; (2) of a single site of employment, or one or more facilities or operating units within single site; (3) resulting in employment loss; (4) for 50 or more full-time employees; (5) during any 30-day period. "Employment loss" includes terminations, layoffs exceeding 6 months, and reductions in hours of more than 50% during 6-month period.

"Mass layoff" defined

"Mass layoff" means employment loss at single site of employment (other than plant closing) of: (1) 500 or more full-time employees in any 30-day period; OR (2) 50 to 499 full-time employees if those employees represent 33% or more of active workforce. Aggregation: layoffs at the same site within 90-day period are typically aggregated to determine WARN trigger.

Notice requirements

WARN notice requirements: (1) 60 days advance written notice before plant closing or mass layoff; (2) recipients, affected employees (or their union representative); state dislocated worker unit; chief elected official of local government; (3) specific content, name and address of employment site; whether closing or mass layoff; expected date of action; expected separation date for individual employee; bumping rights information; name and contact for further information.

Exceptions to 60-day requirement

WARN provides three exceptions reducing notice requirement: (1) faltering company exception, actively seeking capital; notice would have precluded obtaining it; (2) unforeseeable business circumstances, caused by sudden, dramatic, unexpected actions outside employer's control; (3) natural disaster. Exception application reduces but does not eliminate notice obligation, employer must give as much notice as practicable with brief statement of reason. Exceptions are narrowly construed.

Damages and remedies

WARN damages: (1) back pay, for each day of violation, up to 60 days; (2) benefits for same period including health insurance, pension contributions; (3) attorney's fees; (4) civil penalties, up to $500 per day for failure to notify local government. Damages calculation: number of days of inadequate notice × daily wage × number of affected employees. Substantial exposure even for technically-faulty notice.

WARN coordination with other obligations

WARN coordinates with other employment obligations: (1) COBRA, qualifying events triggered by termination; WARN notice does not satisfy COBRA notice; (2) severance agreements, payment in lieu of notice generally satisfies WARN if structured properly; (3) collective bargaining, WARN notice to union representative satisfies notice to represented employees; (4) state UI; (5) OWBPA waivers. Sophisticated reductions in force coordinate WARN with all related obligations.

Practical context

For Texas employers with 100+ employees, WARN compliance is critical for any significant reduction in force. Best practice: (1) calculate WARN trigger early; (2) provide 60-day notice when possible; (3) for unforeseen circumstances, provide as much notice as practicable with documented reason; (4) coordinate notice content carefully (specific information requirements); (5) deliver to all required recipients; (6) coordinate WARN with COBRA, severance, OWBPA waivers; (7) document business reasons to support exception arguments. For employees: (1) understand that WARN provides 60 days notice or pay in lieu; (2) check if employer's notice was adequate; (3) preserve evidence of layoff timing for potential WARN claim; (4) coordinate WARN with severance evaluation. Common pitfall: payment in lieu of notice without proper structuring can fail to satisfy WARN.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
COBRA· Severance Agreement· Unemployment Compensation· Age Discrimination in Employment Act· Texas Workforce Commission

Warranty (Express, Implied, Disclaimer)

In commercial sales, a seller's promise about the quality, condition, performance, or characteristics of goods. UCC Article 2 recognizes both express warranties (created by seller statements) and implied warranties (arising by operation of law). Both can be disclaimed with specific language.

A warranty in commercial sales is a seller's promise about the quality, condition, performance, or characteristics of goods. UCC Article 2 recognizes both express warranties (created by seller statements or actions) and implied warranties (arising by operation of law). Both can be disclaimed, but disclaimer requires specific language and procedural compliance.

Express warranty (§ 2.313)

Created by (1) any affirmation of fact or promise by the seller relating to the goods that becomes part of the basis of the bargain; (2) any description of the goods that becomes part of the basis of the bargain; or (3) any sample or model that becomes part of the basis of the bargain. Use of "warrant" or "guarantee" is not required; any factual statement that influences the bargain qualifies.

Implied warranty of merchantability (§ 2.314)

Arises in any transaction where the seller is a merchant with respect to the goods sold. The goods must be at least: pass without objection in the trade; fit for ordinary purposes; of fair average quality within the description; adequately contained, packaged, and labeled. Most ordinary commercial goods sales include this implied warranty unless effectively disclaimed.

Implied warranty of fitness for particular purpose (§ 2.315)

Arises when the seller, at the time of contracting, has reason to know (1) the buyer's particular purpose for the goods, and (2) that the buyer is relying on the seller's skill or judgment to select suitable goods. Buyer must in fact rely.

Disclaimer (§ 2.316)

Merchantability may be disclaimed by language mentioning "merchantability", and if in writing, must be conspicuous. Fitness may be disclaimed by general written language ("there are no warranties extending beyond the description on the face hereof"), conspicuous. Both implied warranties are excluded by expressions like "as is," "with all faults," or similar language. Inspection or refusal to inspect by the buyer also excludes warranties as to defects that an examination would have revealed.

Practical context

Disclaimer language and conspicuousness requirements are routinely litigated. "Conspicuous" means that "a reasonable person against which it is to operate ought to have noticed it" (§ 1.201(b)(10)), typically requires capital letters, bold, contrasting type, or larger font. Boilerplate disclaimers in non-conspicuous fine print are routinely held ineffective.

Companion article: Contract Disputes in Texas

Related Terms
Sale of Goods· Statute of Frauds· Force Majeure

Work-for-Hire Doctrine

A copyright doctrine under which the employer or commissioning party, not the actual creator, is deemed the author and copyright owner of a work. Applies automatically to works created by employees within the scope of employment, and to nine enumerated categories of commissioned works only when reduced to a signed writing.

The work-for-hire doctrine is a copyright rule under which the employer or commissioning party, rather than the actual human creator, is deemed the "author" and original copyright owner of a work. The doctrine applies automatically to works created by employees within the scope of employment. For independent contractors and other non-employees, the doctrine applies only to nine narrowly enumerated categories of works, and only when the parties have signed a written work-for-hire agreement before creation.

Employee work-for-hire

Under § 101 and CCNV v. Reid, a work created by an employee within the scope of employment is automatically a work for hire, no written agreement required. The "employee" determination uses common-law agency factors: (1) control over the manner and means of work; (2) source of tools and instrumentalities; (3) location of work; (4) duration of the relationship; (5) assignment of additional projects; (6) the right to assign additional projects; (7) hired party's discretion over hours; (8) method of payment; (9) hired party's role in hiring assistants; (10) whether the work is part of regular business; (11) whether the hired party is in business; (12) employee benefits; (13) tax treatment.

Contractor work-for-hire, the nine categories

Works created by independent contractors qualify as works for hire only if they fit one of the nine enumerated categories AND a written, signed work-for-hire agreement exists. Software, graphic design, marketing copy, and most business deliverables do not fit the nine categories. For these, the work-for-hire doctrine fails as a matter of law, and the contractor remains the copyright owner regardless of the contract language, unless a separate written copyright assignment transfers ownership.

Belt-and-suspenders drafting

Because the work-for-hire doctrine fails for most contractor deliverables, well-drafted contractor agreements include both (1) a work-for-hire clause designating the deliverable a work for hire to the extent legally possible; AND (2) an express present-tense copyright assignment ("Contractor hereby assigns all right, title, and interest..."). The express assignment serves as a backstop when work-for-hire fails. See IP Assignment.

Termination of transfers

Author-creators of works that are NOT works for hire have a statutory right to terminate copyright transfers 35-40 years after the transfer (17 U.S.C. § 203). This termination right does not exist for works for hire. The distinction matters most for works of substantial long-term economic value, where authors or their heirs may seek to recapture rights decades later. Properly characterizing a work as a work for hire forecloses this future termination risk.

Practical context

For Texas businesses, the most common work-for-hire failure pattern is a contractor agreement labeling deliverables (software, design, content) as "works for hire" without a backup assignment. The deliverable falls outside the nine categories, work-for-hire fails, and the contractor, sometimes a former contractor with whom the relationship has ended badly, remains the copyright owner. The fix is the belt-and-suspenders approach above. Existing contractor relationships without proper IP transfer should be addressed retroactively through a confirmatory assignment agreement.

Companion article: Licensing Your IP in Texas

Related Terms
Copyright· IP Assignment· Independent Contractor· Employment Agreement· Trade Secret

Workers' Compensation

A statutorily-created insurance system providing no-fault medical and wage benefits for work-related injuries and illnesses in exchange for limiting employer liability. Texas is the only state where private-employer workers' compensation coverage is elective rather than mandatory, non-subscribing employers face common-law negligence suits without contributory negligence, fellow-servant, or assumption-of-risk defenses (Tex. Lab. Code § 406.033). Subscribing employers benefit from the exclusive-remedy bar (§ 408.001).

Workers' Compensation is a statutorily-created insurance system providing no-fault medical and wage benefits for work-related injuries and illnesses, in exchange for limiting employer liability through an exclusive-remedy framework. Texas is unique among U.S. jurisdictions: private-employer workers' compensation coverage is elective, not mandatory. Texas employers can choose to subscribe to workers' comp insurance (gaining exclusive-remedy protection) or operate as "non-subscribers" (preserving common-law negligence liability but without the standard tort defenses). The choice has substantial financial and operational implications.

The Texas elective system

Section 406.002 makes Texas workers' comp coverage "generally elective" for private employers, Texas remains the only U.S. state with this opt-out structure. Employers choose between two paths: (1) subscriber, purchase workers' comp insurance through commercial carrier, self-insure (with regulatory approval), or join group self-insurance; gain exclusive-remedy protection under § 408.001; or (2) non-subscriber, decline workers' comp; preserve common-law tort framework but lose the contributory negligence, assumption-of-risk, and fellow-servant defenses under § 406.033. Public-sector employers (state, certain political subdivisions) have different coverage requirements; certain industries face mandatory coverage under specific statutes.

The subscriber framework, exclusive remedy

For subscribing employers, § 408.001 makes workers' comp benefits the exclusive remedy for work-related injuries: "Recovery of workers' compensation benefits is the exclusive remedy of an employee covered by workers' compensation insurance coverage or a legal beneficiary against the employer for a work-related injury sustained by the employee." Practical implications: (1) employees forgo tort suits against subscribing employers for ordinary work injuries; (2) fixed benefit schedule, medical, income (TIBs, IIBs, SIBs, LIBs, DIBs), and death benefits per statutory schedule; (3) predictable cost for employers; (4) quick benefits for employees without proving fault; (5) limited remedies, no compensatory damages for emotional distress, no punitive damages.

Exceptions to exclusive remedy

Several exceptions allow subscribing-employer tort suits despite exclusive remedy: (1) intentional torts, employer's intentional injury of employee; (2) gross negligence death claims, Texas Constitution Art. XVI § 26 preserves wrongful-death claim against grossly negligent subscribing employer; (3) third-party tort claims, § 417 preserves employee's claim against responsible third parties (with carrier subrogation); (4) retaliation claims, § 451.001 prohibits retaliation for filing workers' comp claim, supporting separate tort cause of action; (5) specific statutory claims not covered by exclusive remedy. Most work injury claims are channeled through workers' comp; tort claims against subscribers are narrow exceptions.

The non-subscriber framework

Non-subscribing employers face common-law negligence liability for work injuries, but with substantial procedural advantages for employees. Section 406.033 prohibits non-subscribers from asserting: (1) contributory negligence; (2) assumption of risk; (3) fellow-servant rule (negligence of co-employee). The plaintiff must still prove employer negligence (§ 406.033(d)) and damages, but without the principal common-law defenses. Pre-injury waivers of non-subscriber liability are void (§ 406.033(e)), employees cannot waive the right to sue before injury. Dunn v. East Texas Medical Center (Tex. 2024) clarified that non-subscribers can invoke proportionate responsibility under Tex. Civ. Prac. & Rem. Code Ch. 33 to allocate fault to responsible third parties.

The economic calculation

Many large Texas employers, particularly in retail, transportation, healthcare, operate as non-subscribers because the math favors it: (1) workers' comp premiums can be substantial for high-injury industries; (2) non-subscriber alternative plans (often called "occupational injury benefit plans" or ERISA-governed welfare plans) provide medical and wage benefits without statutory schedule constraints; (3) litigation costs for non-subscriber tort suits can be lower than expected if plans address most injuries economically; (4) large self-insured employers can absorb tort exposure as cost of doing business. Smaller employers typically subscribe, exposure to a single substantial tort verdict can be catastrophic.

Benefits structure (subscribers)

Texas workers' comp benefits include: (1) medical benefits, reasonable and necessary care related to compensable injury; lifetime if needed; (2) Temporary Income Benefits (TIBs), 70-75% of average weekly wage during recovery, up to maximum weekly benefit; (3) Impairment Income Benefits (IIBs), 70% of AWW based on impairment rating; (4) Supplemental Income Benefits (SIBs), for serious impairment with continuing earning loss; (5) Lifetime Income Benefits (LIBs), for catastrophic specific injuries (loss of two limbs, total blindness, severe brain injury); (6) Death Benefits, to surviving spouse/children of fatally injured worker; (7) Burial Benefits. Benefits are administered through the Division of Workers' Compensation (DWC) of the Texas Department of Insurance.

Subrogation

Workers' comp carriers (or self-insured subscribing employers) have subrogation rights against responsible third parties for benefits paid: (1) § 417.001, creates the subrogation right; (2) § 417.002, specifies recovery scope (benefits paid); (3) § 417.003, addresses settlement and apportionment with injured worker. The carrier has "first dollar" recovery against third-party tortfeasors, typically recovers benefits paid before the worker recovers tort damages, with statutory apportionment for amounts beyond benefits. This makes workers' comp cases involving third-party negligence (auto accidents, premises liability, products liability) operationally complex; coordination with subrogation is essential. Non-subscribers do not have subrogation rights, § 417 applies only to subscribers.

Retaliation under § 451.001

Texas Labor Code § 451.001 prohibits retaliation against employees for filing workers' comp claims, hiring an attorney to represent claim, instituting proceeding, or testifying in proceeding. Retaliation claims proceed in tort with damages including: (1) lost wages and benefits; (2) compensatory damages; (3) punitive damages (subject to Ch. 41 caps); (4) attorney's fees; (5) reinstatement. The retaliation cause of action operates outside the exclusive-remedy framework, it's a separate statutory tort, not a workers' comp benefit issue. Employers must structure separation decisions for injured employees carefully to avoid retaliation exposure.

Practical context

For Texas employers, the subscriber/non-subscriber decision is among the most consequential operational choices. Best practice: (1) evaluate the economic trade-off carefully, non-subscriber status often favors larger employers with effective safety programs and self-insurance capacity; subscriber status typically favors smaller employers; (2) for non-subscribers, implement comprehensive occupational-injury benefit plan (often ERISA-governed) addressing medical and wage benefits while preserving litigation defenses; (3) for subscribers, coordinate with workers' comp carrier on claim management, RTW programs, premium rating; (4) maintain strong safety programs regardless of status, both subscribers and non-subscribers benefit; (5) document workplace safety, hazard analysis, employee training; (6) handle injury claims promptly and professionally; (7) coordinate ADA, FMLA, and workers' comp obligations for injured employees; (8) avoid retaliation under § 451.001, decisions adverse to claim-filing employees create substantial exposure. For employees: (1) report injuries promptly; (2) understand subscriber vs. non-subscriber implications for benefits and litigation rights; (3) preserve claim and treatment documentation; (4) consult counsel for non-subscriber claims (negligence framework); (5) calendar SOL, generally 2 years for tort claims, separate framework for workers' comp benefits.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee

Related Terms
Subrogation· Family and Medical Leave Act· Americans with Disabilities Act· Unemployment Compensation· Wrongful Termination

Working Capital Adjustment

A post-closing purchase price adjustment in M&A transactions reconciling estimated working capital at closing to actual working capital determined after closing. Mechanics: parties estimate target working capital level and closing working capital; final adjustment trues up purchase price for variance. Standard in middle-market and larger transactions to ensure buyer receives target with normalized working capital. Frequently disputed component requiring careful definition of working capital and adjustment procedures.

A Working Capital Adjustment is a post-closing purchase price adjustment in M&A transactions reconciling estimated working capital at closing to actual working capital determined after closing. The mechanic: parties agree on a "target" or "peg" working capital level; estimate working capital at closing for purchase price calculation; then determine actual working capital post-closing and true up the purchase price. Working capital adjustments are standard in middle-market and larger transactions to ensure the buyer receives the target with normalized working capital, preventing seller from extracting cash through working capital manipulation pre-closing.

Standard adjustment mechanics

Typical working capital adjustment process: (1) target working capital, agreed in purchase agreement; typically based on 12-month historical average; (2) estimated closing balance sheet, seller delivers pre-closing with estimated working capital; (3) preliminary purchase price, based on estimated closing working capital vs. target; (4) final closing balance sheet, buyer prepares post-closing (typically 60-90 days); (5) review and dispute period, seller reviews; disputed items resolved through procedures; (6) final adjustment, purchase price adjusted up or down based on actual vs. estimated. Final adjustment can move purchase price meaningfully, single-digit percent typical, larger in volatile working capital businesses.

Defining working capital

"Working capital" definition is critical and heavily negotiated: (1) standard formula, current assets minus current liabilities; (2) excluded items, typically cash (cash-free deal); intercompany; debt-like items; tax accruals; (3) included items, accounts receivable, inventory, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, accrued expenses; (4) specific carve-outs, deal-specific items; (5) accounting principles, GAAP, consistently applied with target's historical practice (often "consistent past practice" provision). Definition precision is critical, small variations can result in millions of dollars of adjustment.

Target setting

Target working capital ("peg") setting approaches: (1) historical average, typically 12-month average of monthly working capital; (2) seasonal adjustment, adjusting for closing date relative to seasonal patterns; (3) ratio-based, working capital as percentage of revenue; (4) budget-based, projected working capital adjusted for actuals; (5) specific line item targets, separate targets for major components. Sophisticated deals use detailed historical analysis to set target reflecting normal operations.

Common disputes

Recurring working capital disputes: (1) accounting principles, buyer applies different standards than target's historical practice; (2) reserves and accruals, bad debt reserves, inventory reserves, warranty reserves often disputed; (3) cut-off issues, timing of receivables and payables around closing; (4) specific line items, interpretation of formula; (5) extraordinary items, one-time vs. recurring categorization; (6) seller manipulation, buyer alleges seller manipulated working capital pre-closing (factoring receivables, delaying payments, inventory build-up). Disputes often resolved through specialized accountant arbitrator.

Dispute resolution

Standard adjustment dispute procedures: (1) buyer delivers final closing statement; (2) seller review period, typically 30-45 days; (3) notice of dispute with specific items challenged; (4) negotiation period, typically 30-60 days; (5) independent accountant arbitration, single accountant or firm as arbitrator on remaining disputes; (6) arbitrator decision, typically binding, limited review. Disputes typically address only items specifically challenged within prescribed period, undisputed items become final.

Other purchase price adjustments

Working capital adjustment is one of several post-closing adjustments: (1) cash adjustment, true-up of cash at closing (typically dollar-for-dollar); (2) debt adjustment, true-up of indebtedness; (3) transaction expenses adjustment, true-up of seller transaction expenses; (4) tax-related adjustments; (5) specific identified items, asset-specific true-ups. Sophisticated transaction documents address all categories with specific definitions and adjustment procedures.

Practical context

For Texas M&A transactions, working capital adjustment is among the highest-impact provisions. Best practice for sellers: (1) understand target setting methodology; (2) prepare clean closing balance sheet with detailed support; (3) avoid working capital manipulation pre-closing, buyer claims and disputes follow; (4) document accounting principles consistently applied; (5) coordinate with deal financial advisor on adjustment modeling. For buyers: (1) develop comprehensive target with detailed historical analysis; (2) draft working capital definition precisely with deal-specific carve-outs; (3) negotiate dispute resolution procedures favorable to buyer; (4) prepare detailed closing balance sheet review post-closing. For both: (1) engage experienced transactional accountants, working capital provisions are technical; (2) document carefully throughout; (3) plan for dispute resolution timeline. Common pitfall: parties focusing on headline purchase price while underestimating working capital adjustment impact, sophisticated deals recognize working capital is a real economic term, not just a technicality.

Companion article: Selling Your Business

Related Terms
Asset Purchase· Stock Purchase· Earnout· Disclosure Schedule· Representations and Warranties Insurance

Workout and Restructuring

A consensual modification of a defaulted or distressed loan, reached between borrower and lender(s) without resort to foreclosure or bankruptcy. May involve forbearance agreements, loan amendments, debt-for-equity exchanges, sales of assets, or other restructuring. Distinct from formal bankruptcy reorganization but often the alternative to bankruptcy or a precursor to a structured bankruptcy filing.

A workout (also called restructuring or out-of-court restructuring) is a consensual modification of a defaulted or distressed loan, reached between the borrower and lender(s) without resort to foreclosure, formal litigation, or bankruptcy. Workouts can range from simple bilateral forbearance agreements to complex multi-creditor restructurings involving debt-for-equity exchanges, asset sales, and operational turnarounds. The workout option is the alternative to formal bankruptcy proceedings, typically faster, less expensive, and less destructive of going-concern value, but lacking the binding effect of court orders that resolves holdout creditors.

Workout categories

Workouts range from simplest to most complex: (1) forbearance agreement, lender agrees not to exercise remedies for a stated period in exchange for borrower covenants and milestones; (2) amendment and waiver, lender waives existing defaults and amends loan terms going forward (covenants, payment schedule, interest rate); (3) standstill agreement, multiple creditors agree to refrain from individual enforcement while a comprehensive solution is negotiated; (4) debt restructuring, material modification of payment terms, interest rates, principal amount, or maturity; (5) debt-for-equity exchange, creditor accepts equity in lieu of all or part of the debt; (6) asset sale, sale of operating assets with proceeds applied to debt; (7) recapitalization, comprehensive restructuring of the capital stack with new equity, new debt, and existing-creditor concessions.

Forbearance agreements

The forbearance agreement is the most common workout instrument. Standard terms: (1) acknowledgment of existing defaults and waiver of any defenses; (2) lender agreement not to exercise remedies for a stated forbearance period (typically 30-90 days, sometimes longer); (3) borrower covenants, financial reporting, milestone deliverables, restrictions on additional debt or asset sales, fees and expenses; (4) cooperation with lender's diligence; (5) preservation of all rights upon expiration. The forbearance period is typically used to negotiate a longer-term solution (refinancing, sale, restructuring) or, alternatively, to enable the borrower to cure the underlying default.

Out-of-court vs. bankruptcy

The principal trade-off in choosing between out-of-court workout and bankruptcy: (1) workout advantages, faster, less expensive, less public, preserves customer/supplier relationships, avoids automatic-stay effect on operations; (2) workout disadvantages, requires unanimous or near-unanimous creditor consent (holdouts can block); cannot eliminate non-consenting creditor claims; cannot reject burdensome contracts; cannot use bankruptcy-specific tools (sec. 363 sales, sec. 1129(b) cramdown); (3) bankruptcy advantages, automatic stay; ability to bind dissenting creditors through cramdown; ability to reject burdensome contracts; ability to sell assets free and clear under § 363; tax-attribute preservation; (4) bankruptcy disadvantages, cost (often millions in professional fees); duration (6-18+ months for chapter 11); public scrutiny; operational disruption; potential customer/supplier loss; loss of control to creditors and U.S. Trustee. The decision is typically driven by (a) the breadth of creditor consent achievable; (b) the cost of bankruptcy relative to the value at stake; (c) the operational impact tolerance.

Pre-packaged and pre-arranged bankruptcy

Hybrid solutions combine out-of-court negotiation with brief bankruptcy proceedings: (1) pre-packaged bankruptcy, creditors solicited and vote on a plan of reorganization before filing, with the plan approved within 30-60 days of filing; (2) pre-arranged bankruptcy, major creditors agree on plan terms before filing, but soliciting and voting occur in bankruptcy. Both reduce the cost and duration of formal bankruptcy while preserving the cramdown and binding-effect features. Texas-headquartered companies can file in Texas (Northern, Eastern, Southern, or Western District) or in Delaware (where many entities are organized) or other circuit-shopped venues.

State-law receivership

Texas receivership under Chapter 64 of the Civil Practice and Remedies Code is an alternative to both out-of-court workout and federal bankruptcy. A receiver is appointed by court order to take possession of and manage assets pending resolution of disputes. Receiverships are most common for (1) deadlocked entities (shareholder disputes); (2) landlord-tenant or secured-creditor enforcement; (3) judgment enforcement. State-law receivership can be faster and cheaper than bankruptcy but lacks the comprehensive discharge and reorganization tools.

Restructuring professionals

Sophisticated restructurings typically involve specialized professionals: (1) restructuring counsel for the borrower, the senior lender, and (often) an unsecured creditors group; (2) financial advisors for the borrower, lenders, and ad hoc creditor groups; (3) chief restructuring officer (CRO), interim executive role focused on the restructuring; (4) investment bankers for asset sales or new financing; (5) turnaround consultants for operational improvements. These engagements add cost but typically pay for themselves through better-negotiated outcomes.

Practical context

For Texas borrowers facing distress, the workout-vs.-bankruptcy decision frequently turns on creditor cohesion. Single-lender situations almost always begin (and often end) as workouts, bilateral forbearance and amendment can resolve most issues. Multi-creditor situations are harder; one or two holdout creditors can force the borrower into bankruptcy to bind all parties. Best practice: (1) engage restructuring counsel early, before defaults occur if possible; (2) preserve cash and avoid preference-period transfers (90-day window before any potential bankruptcy); (3) understand creditor incentive structures, what each creditor wants and how to provide it; (4) maintain credibility through transparent communication and accurate financial information; (5) develop a realistic forecast that all parties can accept as a starting point for discussions. The workout process is principally a negotiation; outcomes are driven by leverage, alternatives, and the parties' willingness to compromise.

Companion article: The Board Meeting Nobody Prepared For

Related Terms
Default· Acceleration Clause· Nonjudicial Foreclosure· Deficiency Judgment· Intercreditor Agreement· Material Adverse Change

Workplace Discrimination

Adverse treatment of employees or applicants on the basis of legally-protected characteristics. Federal and Texas statutes prohibit discrimination based on race, color, national origin, religion, sex (including pregnancy and sexual orientation), age (40+), disability, and genetic information.

Workplace discrimination is adverse treatment of employees or applicants on the basis of legally-protected characteristics. Federal and Texas statutes prohibit discrimination based on race, color, national origin, religion, sex (including pregnancy and sexual orientation), age (40+), disability, and genetic information. Texas employers face overlapping federal and state regulatory regimes.

Protected characteristics

Race, color, religion, sex (including pregnancy, childbirth, and related medical conditions; under Bostock v. Clayton County (2020), sexual orientation and gender identity), national origin, age (40 and over), disability, genetic information. Texas Commission on Human Rights Act covers the same characteristics with substantially identical protections at the state level.

Forms of discrimination

Disparate treatment: intentional adverse action based on a protected characteristic. Disparate impact: facially-neutral policies that disproportionately affect a protected group without business justification. Harassment: unwelcome conduct based on a protected characteristic that creates a hostile work environment. Retaliation: adverse action against an employee for engaging in protected activity (filing a complaint, participating in an investigation).

Coverage thresholds

Title VII applies to employers with 15+ employees; ADEA applies to employers with 20+ employees; ADA applies to employers with 15+ employees; Tex. Lab. Code Ch. 21 applies to employers with 15+ employees.

Procedural prerequisites

Federal claims require an EEOC charge filed within 300 days of the discriminatory act (180 days where no state agency exists; 300 days in Texas due to TWC dual-filing). Texas claims require a TWC charge within 180 days.

Remedies

Backpay, front pay, compensatory damages, punitive damages (capped by employer size under Title VII), attorney's fees. Equitable relief (reinstatement, injunction).

Practical context

Most discrimination claims involve allegations of disparate treatment in hiring, promotion, compensation, or termination. Sophisticated employer practice involves documented hiring and termination decisions, consistent application of policies, prompt response to complaints, and effective training.

Companion article: Workplace Investigations in Texas

Related Terms
Wrongful Termination· At-Will Employment· Severance Agreement· Employment Agreement

Wrongful Termination

A narrow Texas concept, termination of employment in violation of a specific common-law exception or statutory protection limiting the at-will rule. Texas does not recognize a generalized cause of action for wrongful discharge based on broad public-policy grounds.

"Wrongful termination" in Texas is a narrow concept, termination of employment in violation of a specific common-law exception or statutory protection limiting the at-will rule. Texas does not recognize a generalized cause of action for "wrongful discharge" based on broad public-policy grounds; the available causes of action are specifically defined and require careful claim selection.

Recognized causes of action

Sabine Pilot claim: termination because the employee refused to perform an act for which the employee would be personally criminally liable. Narrowly construed; the act must be criminal, not merely unethical or unwise.

Workers' compensation retaliation: termination for filing a workers' comp claim or reporting a work-related injury. Tex. Lab. Code § 451.001.

Anti-discrimination claims: termination based on a protected characteristic under federal or Texas anti-discrimination statutes. See Workplace Discrimination.

FMLA retaliation: termination for taking FMLA-protected leave (employers with 50+ employees).

Whistleblower claims: federal SOX, OSHA, and other statute-specific protections. The Texas Whistleblower Act covers only public employees, not private-sector workers.

Damages

Vary by claim. Common categories: lost wages and benefits (back pay, front pay), emotional distress damages, punitive damages where authorized, attorney's fees under fee-shifting statutes.

Practical context

Texas's narrow approach to wrongful termination contrasts sharply with states recognizing a general public-policy exception. Many Texas employees who feel wrongly terminated have no legal cause of action because their grievance, perceived unfairness, bad management, personality conflicts, does not fit within a recognized statutory or common-law exception. Effective claim evaluation requires identifying which specific statutory protection or common-law exception applies, and whether the employee has the procedural prerequisites (EEOC charge, TWC charge, internal complaint) needed to proceed.

Companion article: Before Firing an Employee in Texas

Related Terms
At-Will Employment· Workplace Discrimination· Severance Agreement· Employment Agreement

Z

Zoning and Land Use

The framework of municipal regulations governing the permitted uses, density, height, setback, and design of buildings on real property. In Texas, zoning is exclusively a municipal function, Texas counties have no general zoning authority. Texas cities adopt zoning under chapter-211 authority, with variances, special-use permits, and rezoning available through the Board of Adjustment and the city council. Houston is famously without a comprehensive zoning ordinance.

Zoning and land use regulation is the framework of municipal regulations governing the permitted uses, density, height, setback, and design of buildings on real property. In Texas, zoning is exclusively a municipal function, Texas counties have very limited zoning authority outside extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ) areas. Texas municipalities adopt zoning ordinances under Chapter 211 of the Texas Local Government Code; the framework is substantially uniform across most cities, with notable local variations. Houston is famously the largest U.S. city without a comprehensive zoning ordinance, relying instead on private deed restrictions and various land-use regulations.

Zoning structure

Texas zoning ordinances typically organize the city into zoning districts, residential (R-1, R-2, etc.), commercial (C-1, C-2), office, industrial, agricultural, and mixed-use, with each district having permitted uses (uses allowed as of right), conditional uses (uses allowed with special permit), and prohibited uses. Other regulatory dimensions include: (1) density (units per acre, floor-area ratio); (2) height limits; (3) setbacks (distance from lot lines); (4) parking requirements; (5) signage restrictions; (6) landscaping requirements; (7) impervious cover limits. Form-based codes, regulating physical form rather than primarily use, are increasingly common in Texas downtown and transit-oriented districts.

Variances and special exceptions

Property owners seeking relief from strict ordinance compliance can pursue several paths: (1) variance, granted by the Board of Adjustment under § 211.009 upon showing of "unnecessary hardship" specific to the property (not a self-created hardship); (2) special exception (also called special-use permit or conditional-use permit), granted by the Board of Adjustment or city council for uses specifically authorized in the ordinance subject to conditions; (3) rezoning, legislative action by the city council to change the zoning district designation; (4) planned development, district designed for specific large project with bespoke regulations.

Vested rights

Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code protects "vested rights" in pending permit applications and projects, a regulatory authority generally cannot apply newly-adopted regulations to a project for which an application was filed before the new regulation took effect. Vested-rights analysis is highly fact-specific and frequently contested. Property owners contemplating major developments should consider filing an early permit application to lock in current regulations even if construction will occur later.

The Houston exception

Houston, the fourth-largest U.S. city, does not have a comprehensive zoning ordinance, voters have rejected zoning proposals multiple times. Houston regulates land use through (1) deed restrictions enforceable by HOAs and the City; (2) the Houston Code of Ordinances regulating specific issues (parking, signage, historic preservation); (3) the Subdivision Ordinance regulating platting; (4) the Development Regulations (Chapter 42) regulating density, parking, and other standards. The result is a unique Texas regulatory pattern that produces development outcomes superficially similar to zoned cities through different mechanisms.

ETJ and county limits

Texas municipalities have limited regulatory authority in their extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ), the area within a defined distance of city limits where the city has annexation rights. ETJ regulation is much more limited than within-city zoning; counties have very limited zoning authority in unincorporated areas. The result is that large portions of unincorporated Texas have minimal zoning regulation, governed primarily by subdivision platting requirements (Tex. Loc. Gov't Code Ch. 232) and private deed restrictions.

Practical context

For Texas commercial property buyers and developers, zoning is typically the second most important due diligence item after title (and arguably more important for properties whose value depends on a planned use). Buyers should (1) obtain a zoning verification letter from the municipality confirming current district and allowed uses; (2) review the full zoning ordinance for setback, height, density, and parking implications for planned use; (3) verify whether any pending rezoning or comprehensive plan amendments could affect the property; (4) for projects requiring variance, special exception, or rezoning, complete those processes before closing or include closing conditions tying closing to approval. The cost of failed approval after closing (a property purchased for its planned use that cannot be used as planned) is the most expensive zoning mistake.

Companion article: Buying Commercial Property in Texas

Related Terms
Commercial Real Estate Purchase Agreement· Restrictive Covenant· Easement· Due Diligence· Title Insurance
For Researchers

Citation conventions and how to cite this glossary

Statutory citations

Texas Business Organizations Code citations follow the format Tex. Bus. Orgs. Code § 21.419, with the symbol § rendered as a numbered section. Where multiple subsections are cited together, the format is § 21.218(b-2).

Case citations

Case citations follow standard Texas legal citation format: case name italicized, reporter and page number, parenthetical with court and year. For example, Ritchie v. Rupe, 443 S.W.3d 856, 868 (Tex. 2014).

Citing the glossary

Each entry has a stable permalink. To cite this glossary, use: Texas Business Law Glossary, Kraus Law (last visited May 7, 2026), https://kraus.law/glossary/#fiduciary-duty.

Currency and revisions

Statutory amendments through May 2026 are reflected in the corpus. Entries marked 2025 reflect content from the 2024–2026 legislative cluster. The glossary is reviewed annually and revised as Texas business law evolves.

Last revised: May 7, 2026 · Next scheduled review: November 2026
Maintained by Kraus Law, Granbury, Texas